Adding upstream version 86.0.1.upstream/86.0.1upstream

Signed-off-by: Daniel Baumann <daniel.baumann@progress-linux.org>

208 files changed, 29308 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/about.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/about.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..07f97ec826
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/about.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE the following declarations were copied from
+     mozilla/toolkit/locales/en-US/chrome/global/about.dtd which was removed
+     by bug 1408044. -->
+
+<!ENTITY about.version                "versão">
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (about.credits.beforeLink): note that there is no space
+     between this phrase and the linked about.credits.linkTitle phrase, so if
+     your locale needs a space between words, add it at the end of this
+     entity. -->
+<!ENTITY about.credits.beforeLink     "Ver uma lista de ">
+<!ENTITY about.credits.linkTitle      "contribuidores">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (about.credits.afterLink): note that there is no space
+     between the linked about.credits.linkTitle phrase and this phrase, so if
+     your locale needs a space between words, add it at the start of this
+     entity. -->
+<!ENTITY about.credits.afterLink      " para o Projeto Mozilla.">
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (about.license.beforeTheLink): note that there is no
+     space between this phrase and the linked about.license.linkTitle phrase,
+     so if your locale needs a space between words, add it at the end of this
+     entity. -->
+<!ENTITY about.license.beforeTheLink  "Leia a ">
+<!ENTITY about.license.linkTitle      "informação de licenciamento">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (about.license.afterTheLink): note that there is no
+     space between the linked about.license.linkTitle phrase and this phrase,
+     so if your locale needs a space between words, add it at the start of
+     this entity. -->
+<!ENTITY about.license.afterTheLink   " para este produto.">
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (about.relnotes.beforeTheLink): note that there is no
+     space between this phrase and the linked about.relnotes.linkTitle phrase,
+     so if your locale needs a space between words, add it at the end of this
+     entity. -->
+<!ENTITY about.relnotes.beforeTheLink "Leia as ">
+<!ENTITY about.relnotes.linkTitle     "notas de atualização">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (about.relnotes.afterTheLink): note that there is no
+     space between the linked about.relnotes.linkTitle phrase and this phrase,
+     so if your locale needs a space between words, add it at the start of
+     this entity. -->
+<!ENTITY about.relnotes.afterTheLink  " para esta versão.">
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (about.buildconfig.beforeTheLink): note that there is
+     no space between this phrase and the linked about.buildconfig.linkTitle
+     phrase, so if your locale needs a space between words, add it at the end
+     of this entity. -->
+<!ENTITY about.buildconfig.beforeTheLink "Veja a ">
+<!ENTITY about.buildconfig.linkTitle     "configuração de compilação">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (about.buildconfig.afterTheLink): note that there is no
+     space between the linked about.buildconfig.linkTitle phrase and this
+     phrase, so if your locale needs a space between words, add it at the
+     start of this entity. -->
+<!ENTITY about.buildconfig.afterTheLink  " usada para esta versão.">
+
+<!ENTITY about.buildIdentifier        "Identificador de compilação: ">
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE end of declarations that were copied from
+     mozilla/toolkit/locales/en-US/chrome/global/about.dtd -->
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (channel.description.start,channel.description.end):
+     channel.description.start and channel.description.end create one sentence,
+     with the current channel label inserted in between.
+     example: You are currently on the _Stable_ update channel. -->
+<!ENTITY channel.description.start  "Você está atualmente no ">
+<!ENTITY channel.description.end    " canal de atualização.">
+<!ENTITY about.userAgent            "Agente do usuário: ">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/aboutPrivateBrowsing.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/aboutPrivateBrowsing.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f085954a9e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/aboutPrivateBrowsing.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE: where ".private" and ".normal" variants exist,
+   - the former is shown in a private browsing window and the latter in
+   - a regular (non-private) browsing window. -->
+
+<!ENTITY privatebrowsingpage.title.private       "Você está em uma janela de navegação privativa">
+<!ENTITY privatebrowsingpage.title.normal        "Gostaria de iniciar a navegação privativa?">
+
+<!ENTITY privatebrowsingpage.status.private      "O &brandShortName; não se lembrará de nenhuma história para esta janela.">
+<!ENTITY privatebrowsingpage.status.normal       "Você não está em uma janela privativa atualmente.">
+
+<!ENTITY privatebrowsingpage.common.description  "Em uma aba privativa, o &brandShortName; não memoriza histórico, dados fornecidos a páginas e à barra de pesquisa, lista de downloads, cookies e arquivos temporários. Entretanto, serão preservados arquivos baixados e novos favoritos.">
+<!ENTITY privatebrowsingpage.track.warn          "Embora este computador não guardará registros do seu histórico, seu empregador ou provedor de internet ainda podem rastrear as páginas que você visita.">
+<!ENTITY privatebrowsingpage.learnmore.label     "Saiba mais">
+<!ENTITY privatebrowsingpage.learnmore.accesskey "m">
+
+<!ENTITY privatebrowsingpage.close.info          "Uma vez feito isso, feche a janela para interromper a navegação privativa.">
+<!ENTITY privatebrowsingpage.close.label         "Fechar esta janela agora">
+<!ENTITY privatebrowsingpage.close.accesskey     "c">
+
+<!ENTITY privatebrowsingpage.start.info          "Para iniciar a navegação privativa, clique no botão abaixo ou no menu Arquivo ▶ Nova ▶ Janela Privativa.">
+<!ENTITY privatebrowsingpage.private.label       "Abrir uma nova janela privativa">
+<!ENTITY privatebrowsingpage.private.accesskey   "o">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/aboutSessionRestore.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/aboutSessionRestore.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a057f6c0a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/aboutSessionRestore.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY restorepage.tabtitle       "Restaurar sessão">
+<!ENTITY restorepage.pagetitle      "Deseja restaurar a sessão?">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE: If "closed unexpectedly" sounds too awkward in the translation,
+                        you may translate "crash" instead (even though it's IT-speak) -->
+<!ENTITY restorepage.issueDesc      "A sessão anterior do &brandShortName; travou. Desculpe-nos o inconveniente. Você pode restaurar as abas e janelas da sessão anterior ou iniciar uma nova sessão caso elas não sejam mais necessárias.">
+<!ENTITY restorepage.remedies       "Se &brandShortName; travar repetidamente:">
+<!ENTITY restorepage.dueToChrome    "Tente desativar quaisquer extensões adicionadas recentemente no Gerenciador de complementos.">
+<!ENTITY restorepage.dueToContent   "Tente restaurar sua sessão sem quaisquer páginas que suspeite que possam causar o problema:">
+
+<!ENTITY restorepage.restoreButton  "Restaurar sessão anterior">
+<!ENTITY restorepage.restore.access "R">
+<!ENTITY restorepage.cancelButton   "Iniciar nova sessão">
+<!ENTITY restorepage.cancel.access  "s">
+
+<!ENTITY restorepage.restoreHeader  "Restaurar">
+<!ENTITY restorepage.listHeader     "Janelas e abas">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE: &#37;S will be replaced with a number. -->
+<!ENTITY restorepage.windowLabel    "Janela &#037;S">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/aboutSyncTabs.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/aboutSyncTabs.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..775d49f3c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/aboutSyncTabs.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (tabs.otherComputers.label): Keep this in sync with syncTabsMenu.label from navigator.dtd -->
+
+<!ENTITY tabs.otherComputers.label               "Abas de outros computadores">
+
+<!ENTITY tabs.searchText.label                   "Digite aqui para encontrar abas…">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (tabs.context.openTab.accesskey, tabs.context.openMultipleTabs.accesskey;
+     tabs.context.bookmarkSingleTab.accesskey, tabs.context.bookmarkMultipleTabs.accesskey):
+     Only one of each of these pairs will show at a time (based on selection), so reusing accesskey is ok. -->
+
+<!ENTITY tabs.context.openTab.label                   "Abrir esta aba">
+<!ENTITY tabs.context.openTab.accesskey               "A">
+<!ENTITY tabs.context.openMultipleTabs.label          "Abrir abas selecionadas">
+<!ENTITY tabs.context.openMultipleTabs.accesskey      "A">
+<!ENTITY tabs.context.bookmarkSingleTab.label         "Adicionar esta aba aos favoritos...">
+<!ENTITY tabs.context.bookmarkSingleTab.accesskey     "f">
+<!ENTITY tabs.context.bookmarkMultipleTabs.label      "Adicionar abas selecionadas aos favoritos...">
+<!ENTITY tabs.context.bookmarkMultipleTabs.accesskey  "s">
+<!ENTITY tabs.context.refreshList.label               "Atualizar a lista">
+<!ENTITY tabs.context.refreshList.accesskey           "t">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/askViewZoom.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/askViewZoom.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..38f779f8f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/askViewZoom.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY askViewZoom.title "Zoom">
+<!ENTITY selectZoom.label "Tamanho (&#037;):">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/certError.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/certError.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4f70debf57
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/certError.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- These strings are used by SeaMonkey's custom about:certerror page,
+a replacement for the standard security certificate errors produced
+by NSS/PSM via netError.xhtml. -->
+
+<!ENTITY certerror.pagetitle  "Conexão não confiável">
+<!ENTITY certerror.longpagetitle "Esta conexão não é confiável">
+
+<!-- Localization note (certerror.introPara1) - The string "#1" will
+be replaced at runtime with the name of the server to which the user
+was trying to connect. -->
+<!ENTITY certerror.introPara1 "Você solicitou que o &brandShortName; se conectasse de forma 
+segura a <b>#1</b>, mas não é possível confirmar que esta conexão é segura.">
+
+<!-- Localization note (certerror.introPara1a) - The text content of the span
+tag will be replaced at runtime with the name of the server to which the user
+was trying to connect. -->
+<!ENTITY certerror.introPara1a "Você pediu para o &brandShortName; se conectar com segurança com <span class='hostname'/>, mas não podemos confirmar que a conexão é segura.">
+<!ENTITY certerror.introPara2 "Normalmente, quando você tenta conectar de forma segura, 
+sites apresentarão identificação confiável, para provar que você 
+está indo para o lugar certo. Porém, a identidade deste site não pode ser verificada.">
+
+<!ENTITY certerror.whatShouldIDo.heading "O que devo fazer?">
+<!ENTITY certerror.whatShouldIDo.content "Se você normalmente se conecta neste 
+site sem problemas, este erro pode significar que alguém invadiu 
+o site e você não deva continuar.">
+<!ENTITY certerror.whatShouldIDo.badStsCertExplanation "Este site usa HTTP 
+Strict Transport Security (HSTS) para especificar que o &brandShortName; 
+deve conectar-se a ele seguramente. Como resultado, não é possível adicionar 
+exceções a este certificado.">
+<!ENTITY certerror.getMeOutOfHere.label "Isso parece estranho, me leve para minha página inicial">
+
+<!ENTITY certerror.expert.heading "Eu entendo os riscos">
+<!ENTITY certerror.expert.content "Se você entende o que está acontecendo, 
+você pode indicar para o &brandShortName; confiar na identificação deste site. 
+<b>Mesmo que você confie no site, este erro pode significar que alguém está 
+hackeando tua conexão.</b>">
+<!ENTITY certerror.expert.contentPara2 "Não adicione uma exceção, a menos que conheça um bom motivo para este site não usar uma identificação confiável.">
+<!ENTITY certerror.addException.label "Adicionar exceção…">
+
+<!ENTITY certerror.technical.heading "Detalhes técnicos">
+
+<!ENTITY dnsNotFound.pageTitle "Servidor não encontrado">
+<!ENTITY malformedURI.pageTitle "URL inválida">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/console/console.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/console/console.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..af99594792
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/console/console.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY errorConsole.title   "Error Console">
+
+<!ENTITY errFile.label        "Source File:">
+<!ENTITY errLine.label        "Line:">
+<!ENTITY errColumn.label      "Column:">
+
+<!ENTITY all.label            "All">
+<!ENTITY all.accesskey        "A">
+<!ENTITY errors.label         "Errors">
+<!ENTITY errors.accesskey     "E">
+<!ENTITY warnings.label       "Warnings">
+<!ENTITY warnings.accesskey   "W">
+<!ENTITY messages.label       "Messages">
+<!ENTITY messages.accesskey   "M">
+<!ENTITY clear.label          "Clear">
+<!ENTITY clear.accesskey      "C">
+<!ENTITY codeEval.label       "Code:">
+<!ENTITY codeEval.accesskey   "o">
+<!ENTITY evaluate.label       "Evaluate">
+<!ENTITY evaluate.accesskey   "v">
+<!ENTITY filter2.label        "Filter:">
+<!ENTITY filter2.accesskey    "F">
+
+<!ENTITY copyCmd.label         "Copy">
+<!ENTITY copyCmd.accesskey     "C">
+<!ENTITY copyCmd.commandkey    "C">
+<!ENTITY sortFirst.label       "First > Last Sort Order">
+<!ENTITY sortFirst.accesskey   "f">
+<!ENTITY sortLast.label        "Last > First Sort Order">
+<!ENTITY sortLast.accesskey    "l">
+<!ENTITY closeCmd.commandkey   "w">
+<!ENTITY focus1.commandkey     "l">
+<!ENTITY focus2.commandkey     "d">
+
+<!ENTITY menuBar.tooltip       "Barra de menu">
+<!ENTITY modeToolbar.tooltip   "Barra de ferramentas">
+<!ENTITY entryToolbar.tooltip  "Barra de ferramentas de JavaScript">
+<!ENTITY toolbarsCmd.label     "Mostrar/Ocultar">
+<!ENTITY toolbarsCmd.accesskey "w">
+<!ENTITY toolbarMode.label     "Modo">
+<!ENTITY toolbarMode.accesskey "M">
+<!ENTITY toolbarEval.label     "Conteúdo JavaScript">
+<!ENTITY toolbarEval.accesskey "J">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/console/console.properties b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/console/console.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a17a250b38
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/console/console.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+typeError=Error:
+typeWarning=Warning:
+typeMessage=Message:
+errFile=Source File: %S
+errLine=Line: %S
+errLineCol=Line: %S, Column: %S
+errCode=Source Code:
+errTime=Timestamp: %S
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (evaluationContextChanged): The message displayed when the
+# browser console's evaluation context (window against which input is evaluated)
+# changes.
+evaluationContextChanged=The console’s evaluation context changed, probably because the target window was closed or because you opened a main window from the browser console’s window.
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/contentAreaCommands.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/contentAreaCommands.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e1f30f1a96
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/contentAreaCommands.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- Context Menu -->
+<!ENTITY popupWindowRejectCmd.label     "Bloquear popups deste site">
+<!ENTITY popupWindowRejectCmd.accesskey "o">
+<!ENTITY popupWindowAllowCmd.label      "Desbloquear popups deste site">
+<!ENTITY popupWindowAllowCmd.accesskey  "o">
+<!ENTITY openLinkCmdInTab.label       "Abrir em nova aba">
+<!ENTITY openLinkCmdInTab.accesskey   "n">
+<!ENTITY openLinkCmd.label            "Abrir em nova janela">
+<!ENTITY openLinkCmd.accesskey        "A">
+<!ENTITY openLinkCmdInPrivateWindow.label     "Abrir em nova janela privativa">
+<!ENTITY openLinkCmdInPrivateWindow.accesskey "v">
+<!ENTITY openLinkInWindowCmd.label    "Abrir">
+<!ENTITY openLinkInWindowCmd.accesskey "b">
+<!ENTITY openFrameCmd.label           "Abrir quadro em nova janela">
+<!ENTITY openFrameCmd.accesskey       "A">
+<!ENTITY openFrameCmdInTab.label      "Abrir quadro em nova aba">
+<!ENTITY openFrameCmdInTab.accesskey  "n">
+<!ENTITY keywordfield.label           "Criar palavra-chave da pesquisa…">
+<!ENTITY keywordfield.accesskey       "h">
+<!ENTITY showOnlyThisFrameCmd.label     "Exibir somente este quadro">
+<!ENTITY showOnlyThisFrameCmd.accesskey "m">
+<!ENTITY goBackCmd.label              "Voltar">
+<!ENTITY goBackCmd.accesskey          "V">
+<!ENTITY goForwardCmd.label           "Avançar">
+<!ENTITY goForwardCmd.accesskey       "A">
+<!ENTITY goUpCmd.label                "Um nível acima">
+<!ENTITY goUpCmd.accesskey            "c">
+<!ENTITY reloadCmd.label              "Recarregar">
+<!ENTITY reloadCmd.accesskey          "R">
+<!ENTITY reloadCmd.commandkey         "r">
+<!ENTITY stopCmd.label                "Parar">
+<!ENTITY stopCmd.accesskey            "P">
+<!ENTITY reloadFrameCmd.label         "Recarregar quadro">
+<!ENTITY reloadFrameCmd.accesskey     "R">
+<!ENTITY viewPartialSourceForSelectionCmd.label "Código-fonte da seleção">
+<!ENTITY viewPartialSourceForMathMLCmd.label    "Código-fonte MathML">
+<!ENTITY viewPartialSourceCmd.accesskey "f">
+<!ENTITY viewPageSourceCmd.label      "Código-fonte">
+<!ENTITY viewPageSourceCmd.accesskey  "f">
+<!ENTITY viewFrameSourceCmd.label     "Código-fonte deste quadro">
+<!ENTITY viewFrameSourceCmd.accesskey "f">
+<!ENTITY viewPageInfoCmd.label        "Propriedades da página">
+<!ENTITY viewPageInfoCmd.accesskey    "o">
+<!ENTITY viewFrameInfoCmd.label       "Propriedades do quadro">
+<!ENTITY viewFrameInfoCmd.accesskey   "o">
+<!ENTITY fitImageCmd.label            "Redimensionar imagem">
+<!ENTITY fitImageCmd.accesskey        "R">
+<!ENTITY reloadImageCmd.label         "Recarregar imagem">
+<!ENTITY reloadImageCmd.accesskey     "R">
+<!ENTITY viewImageCmd.label           "Ver imagem">
+<!ENTITY viewImageCmd.accesskey       "V">
+<!ENTITY viewImageInfoCmd.label       "Ver informações da imagem">
+<!ENTITY viewImageInfoCmd.accesskey   "f">
+<!ENTITY viewVideoCmd.label           "Exibir vídeo">
+<!ENTITY viewVideoCmd.accesskey       "i">
+<!ENTITY viewBGImageCmd.label         "Exibir plano de fundo">
+<!ENTITY viewBGImageCmd.accesskey     "x">
+<!ENTITY setDesktopBackgroundCmd.label     "Definir papel de parede…">
+<!ENTITY setDesktopBackgroundCmd.accesskey "a">
+<!ENTITY bookmarkPageCmd.label        "Criar marcador">
+<!ENTITY bookmarkPageCmd.accesskey    "m">
+<!ENTITY bookmarkLinkCmd.label        "Criar marcador para este link">
+<!ENTITY bookmarkLinkCmd.accesskey    "l">
+<!ENTITY bookmarkFrameCmd.label       "Criar marcador para este quadro">
+<!ENTITY bookmarkFrameCmd.accesskey   "c">
+<!ENTITY savePageAsCmd.label          "Salvar página como...">
+<!ENTITY savePageCmd.label            "Salvar como...">
+<!ENTITY savePageCmd.accesskey        "l">
+<!ENTITY savePageCmd.commandkey       "s">
+<!ENTITY saveFrameAsCmd.label         "Salvar quadro como...">
+<!ENTITY saveFrameCmd.label           "Salvar quadro como...">
+<!ENTITY saveFrameCmd.accesskey       "v">
+<!ENTITY printFrameCmd.label          "Imprimir quadro…">
+<!ENTITY printFrameCmd.accesskey      "p">
+<!ENTITY saveLinkAsCmd.label          "Salvar link como...">
+<!ENTITY saveLinkCmd.label            "Salvar link como...">
+<!ENTITY saveLinkCmd.accesskey        "c">
+<!ENTITY saveImageAsCmd.label         "Salvar imagem como...">
+<!ENTITY saveImageCmd.label           "Salvar imagem como...">
+<!ENTITY saveImageCmd.accesskey       "i">
+<!ENTITY saveVideoCmd.label           "Salvar vídeo como…">
+<!ENTITY saveVideoCmd.accesskey       "v">
+<!ENTITY saveAudioCmd.label           "Salvar áudio como…">
+<!ENTITY saveAudioCmd.accesskey       "v">
+<!ENTITY copyLinkCmd.label            "Copiar endereço do link">
+<!ENTITY copyLinkCmd.accesskey        "o">
+<!ENTITY copyImageCmd.label           "Copiar endereço da imagem">
+<!ENTITY copyImageCmd.accesskey       "r">
+<!ENTITY copyVideoURLCmd.label        "Copiar localização do vídeo">
+<!ENTITY copyVideoURLCmd.accesskey    "o">
+<!ENTITY copyAudioURLCmd.label        "Copiar localização do áudio">
+<!ENTITY copyAudioURLCmd.accesskey    "l">
+<!ENTITY metadataCmd.label            "Propriedades do objeto">
+<!ENTITY metadataCmd.accesskey        "t">
+<!ENTITY copyEmailCmd.label           "Copiar email">
+<!ENTITY copyEmailCmd.accesskey       "a">
+<!ENTITY thisFrameMenu.label          "Este quadro">
+<!ENTITY thisFrameMenu.accesskey      "q">
+<!ENTITY mediaPlay.label              "Play">
+<!ENTITY mediaPlay.accesskey          "P">
+<!ENTITY mediaPause.label             "Pausar">
+<!ENTITY mediaPause.accesskey         "P">
+<!ENTITY mediaMute.label              "Silenciar">
+<!ENTITY mediaMute.accesskey          "S">
+<!ENTITY mediaUnmute.label            "Ativar som">
+<!ENTITY mediaUnmute.accesskey        "s">
+<!ENTITY mediaPlaybackRate.label        "Velocidade de reprodução">
+<!ENTITY mediaPlaybackRate.accesskey    "d">
+<!ENTITY mediaPlaybackRate050.label     "Câmera lenta (½×)">
+<!ENTITY mediaPlaybackRate050.accesskey "C">
+<!ENTITY mediaPlaybackRate100.label     "Velocidade normal">
+<!ENTITY mediaPlaybackRate100.accesskey "n">
+<!ENTITY mediaPlaybackRate125.label     "Velocidade rápida (1¼ ×)">
+<!ENTITY mediaPlaybackRate125.accesskey "F">
+<!ENTITY mediaPlaybackRate150.label     "Velocidade alta (1½×)">
+<!ENTITY mediaPlaybackRate150.accesskey "V">
+<!ENTITY mediaPlaybackRate200.label     "Velocidade dobrada">
+<!ENTITY mediaPlaybackRate200.accesskey "d">
+<!ENTITY mediaLoop.label              "Repetir">
+<!ENTITY mediaLoop.accesskey          "o">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE: The access keys for "Show Controls" and
+"Hide Controls" are the same because the two context-menu
+items are mutually exclusive. -->
+<!ENTITY mediaShowControls.label      "Exibir controles de mídia">
+<!ENTITY mediaShowControls.accesskey  "a">
+<!ENTITY mediaHideControls.label      "Ocultar controles de mídia">
+<!ENTITY mediaHideControls.accesskey  "a">
+<!ENTITY videoFullScreen.label        "Tela inteira">
+<!ENTITY videoFullScreen.accesskey    "c">
+<!ENTITY videoSaveImage.label         "Salvar a captura como…">
+<!ENTITY videoSaveImage.accesskey     "S">
+<!ENTITY videoShowStats.label         "Mostrar estatísticas">
+<!ENTITY videoShowStats.accesskey     "t">
+<!ENTITY videoHideStats.label         "Ocultar estatísticas">
+<!ENTITY videoHideStats.accesskey     "t">
+<!ENTITY search.accesskey             "P">
+<!ENTITY bidiSwitchPageDirectionItem.label        "Alternar a direção da página">
+<!ENTITY bidiSwitchPageDirectionItem.accesskey    "g">
+<!ENTITY bidiSwitchTextDirectionItem.label        "Alternar a direção do texto">
+<!ENTITY bidiSwitchTextDirectionItem.accesskey    "t">
+<!ENTITY spellAddToDictionary.label     "Adicionar ao dicionário">
+<!ENTITY spellAddToDictionary.accesskey "d">
+<!ENTITY spellUndoAddToDictionary.label      "Desfazer memorizar como correta">
+<!ENTITY spellUndoAddToDictionary.accesskey  "i">
+<!ENTITY spellIgnoreWord.label          "Ignorar palavra">
+<!ENTITY spellIgnoreWord.accesskey      "I">
+<!ENTITY spellCheckEnable.label         "Verificar ortografia">
+<!ENTITY spellCheckEnable.accesskey     "V">
+<!ENTITY spellNoSuggestions.label       "(Nenhuma sugestão)">
+<!ENTITY spellDictionaries.label        "Idiomas">
+<!ENTITY spellDictionaries.accesskey    "I">
+<!ENTITY spellAddDictionaries.label     "Baixar mais dicionários...">
+<!ENTITY spellAddDictionaries.accesskey "x">
+
+<!ENTITY fillLoginMenu.label          "Preencher conta de acesso">
+<!ENTITY fillLoginMenu.accesskey      "P">
+<!ENTITY fillPasswordMenu.label       "Preencher senha">
+<!ENTITY fillPasswordMenu.accesskey   "P">
+<!ENTITY fillUsernameMenu.label       "Preencher nome de usuário">
+<!ENTITY fillUsernameMenu.accesskey   "P">
+<!ENTITY noLoginSuggestions.label     "(nenhuma sugestão de conta de acesso)">
+<!ENTITY viewSavedLogins.label        "Ver contas de acesso salvas">
+
+<!-- Developer Tools -->
+<!ENTITY devtoolsInspect.label          "Inspecionar elemento">
+<!ENTITY devtoolsInspect.accesskey      "n">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/contentAreaCommands.properties b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/contentAreaCommands.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6230e53519
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/contentAreaCommands.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+# context menu strings
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (searchSelected): %1$S is the search engine,
+# %2$S is the selection string.
+searchSelected=Pesquisar em %1$S por "%2$S"
+searchSelected.accesskey=e
+
+blockImage=Bloquear imagens de %S
+blockImage.accesskey=B
+unblockImage=Desbloquear imagens de %S
+unblockImage.accesskey=b
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/customizeToolbar.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/customizeToolbar.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7beae3ee12
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/customizeToolbar.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE: Strings below used to be in mozilla-central's
+  toolkit/locales/en-US/chrome/global/customizeToolbar.dtd -->
+<!ENTITY dialog.title             "Personalizar barra de ferramentas">
+<!ENTITY dialog.dimensions        "width: 92ch; height: 36em;">
+<!ENTITY instructions.description "Adicione ou remova itens arrastando-os das barras de ferramentas.">
+<!ENTITY show.label               "Mostrar:">
+<!ENTITY iconsAndText.label       "Ícones e texto">
+<!ENTITY icons.label              "Ícones">
+<!ENTITY text.label               "Texto">
+<!ENTITY useSmallIcons.label      "Usar ícones pequenos">
+<!ENTITY restoreDefaultSet.label  "Restaurar padrão">
+<!ENTITY addNewToolbar.label      "Adicionar nova barra de ferramentas">
+<!ENTITY saveChanges.label        "Concluído">
+<!ENTITY undoChanges.label        "Desfazer alterações">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/customizeToolbar.properties b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/customizeToolbar.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..47dc0e25f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/customizeToolbar.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE: Strings below used to be in mozilla-central's
+#   toolkit/locales/en-US/chrome/global/customizeToolbar.properties
+enterToolbarTitle=Nova barra de ferramentas
+enterToolbarName=Informe um nome para essa barra de ferramentas:
+enterToolbarDup=Já existe uma barra de ferramentas com o nome “%S”. Digite um nome diferente.
+enterToolbarBlank=Você deve fornecer um nome para criar uma nova barra de ferramentas.
+separatorTitle=Separador
+springTitle=Espaço flexível
+spacerTitle=Espaço
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/dataman/dataman.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/dataman/dataman.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..aaac7a60ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/dataman/dataman.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY dataman.windowTitle "Gerenciador de dados">
+
+<!ENTITY selectAll.key "a">
+
+<!ENTITY select.all.label "Todos os tipos de dados">
+<!ENTITY select.cookies.label "Somente os cookies">
+<!ENTITY select.permissions.label "Somente as permissões">
+<!ENTITY select.preferences.label "Somente as preferências">
+<!ENTITY select.passwords.label "Somente as senhas">
+<!ENTITY select.storage.label "Somente o armazenamento">
+
+<!ENTITY domain.search.placeholder "Domínios de pesquisa">
+<!ENTITY domain.search.key "f">
+
+<!ENTITY domain.tree.domain.label "Domínio">
+
+<!ENTITY domain.ctx.forgetdomain.label "Esquecer esse domínio">
+<!ENTITY domain.ctx.forgetdomain.accesskey "E">
+<!ENTITY domain.ctx.forgetglobal.label "Esquecer dados globais">
+<!ENTITY domain.ctx.forgetglobal.accesskey "g">
+
+<!ENTITY data.search.key "k">
+
+<!ENTITY tab.cookies.label "Cookies">
+<!ENTITY tab.permissions.label "Permissões">
+<!ENTITY tab.preferences.label "Preferências">
+<!ENTITY tab.passwords.label "Senhas">
+<!ENTITY tab.storage.label "Armazenamento">
+<!ENTITY tab.formdata.label "Dados de formulários">
+<!ENTITY tab.forget.label "Esquecer">
+
+<!-- cookies -->
+<!ENTITY cookies.description "Este domínio armazena os seguintes cookies no seu computador:">
+
+<!ENTITY cookies.tree.host.label "Site da web">
+<!ENTITY cookies.tree.name.label "Cookie">
+<!ENTITY cookies.tree.expires.label "Expira">
+
+<!ENTITY cookies.infobox.label "Detalhes do cookie selecionado">
+
+<!ENTITY cookies.info.name.label "Nome:">
+<!ENTITY cookies.info.value.label "Valor:">
+<!ENTITY cookies.info.host.label "Servidor:">
+<!ENTITY cookies.info.domain.label "Domínio:">
+<!ENTITY cookies.info.path.label "Caminho:">
+<!ENTITY cookies.info.sendtype.label "Enviar:">
+<!ENTITY cookies.info.expires.label "Válido até:">
+
+<!ENTITY cookies.ctx.remove.label "Remover">
+<!ENTITY cookies.ctx.remove.accesskey "R">
+<!ENTITY cookies.ctx.selectAll.label "Selecionar tudo">
+<!ENTITY cookies.ctx.selectAll.accesskey "a">
+
+<!ENTITY cookies.button.remove.label "Remover">
+<!ENTITY cookies.button.remove.accesskey "R">
+
+<!ENTITY cookies.blockOnRemove.label "Ao remover, bloquear os sites listados de definir cookies futuramente">
+<!ENTITY cookies.blockOnRemove.accesskey "A">
+
+<!-- permissions -->
+<!ENTITY perm.UseDefault "Usar padrão">
+<!ENTITY perm.AskAlways "Sempre perguntar">
+<!ENTITY perm.NeverSave "Nunca salvar">
+<!ENTITY perm.Allow "Permitir">
+<!ENTITY perm.AllowSameDomain "Permitir para o mesmo domínio">
+<!ENTITY perm.AllowSession "Excluir ao sair">
+<!ENTITY perm.Block "Bloquear">
+
+<!ENTITY perm.host.placeholder "Digite um nome de servidor">
+<!ENTITY perm.button.add.label "Adicionar">
+<!ENTITY perm.button.add.accesskey "A">
+
+<!-- preferences -->
+<!ENTITY prefs.description "As preferências de conteúdo são uma forma do &brandShortName; salvar configurações, como níveis de zoom, especificamente para um site.">
+
+<!ENTITY prefs.tree.host.label "Site">
+<!ENTITY prefs.tree.name.label "Nome da preferência">
+<!ENTITY prefs.tree.value.label "Valor">
+
+<!ENTITY prefs.ctx.remove.label "Remover">
+<!ENTITY prefs.ctx.remove.accesskey "R">
+<!ENTITY prefs.ctx.selectAll.label "Selecionar tudo">
+<!ENTITY prefs.ctx.selectAll.accesskey "a">
+
+<!ENTITY prefs.button.remove.label "Remover">
+<!ENTITY prefs.button.remove.accesskey "R">
+
+<!-- passwords -->
+<!ENTITY pwd.description "Você tem as seguintes senhas armazenadas para este domínio:">
+
+<!ENTITY pwd.tree.host.label "Site">
+<!ENTITY pwd.tree.username.label "Nome de usuário">
+<!ENTITY pwd.tree.password.label "Senha">
+
+<!ENTITY pwd.ctx.remove.label "Remover">
+<!ENTITY pwd.ctx.remove.accesskey "R">
+<!ENTITY pwd.ctx.copyPasswordCmd.label "Copiar senha">
+<!ENTITY pwd.ctx.copyPasswordCmd.accesskey "C">
+<!ENTITY pwd.ctx.selectAll.label "Selecionar tudo">
+<!ENTITY pwd.ctx.selectAll.accesskey "a">
+
+<!ENTITY pwd.button.remove.label "Remover">
+<!ENTITY pwd.button.remove.accesskey "R">
+
+<!-- storage -->
+<!ENTITY storage.description "Esse domínio utiliza os seguintes armazenamentos remotos em seu computador:">
+
+<!ENTITY storage.tree.host.label "Site">
+<!ENTITY storage.tree.type.label "Tipo">
+<!ENTITY storage.tree.size.label "Tamanho">
+
+<!ENTITY storage.ctx.remove.label "Remover">
+<!ENTITY storage.ctx.remove.accesskey "R">
+<!ENTITY storage.ctx.selectAll.label "Selecionar tudo">
+<!ENTITY storage.ctx.selectAll.accesskey "a">
+
+<!ENTITY storage.button.remove.label "Remover">
+<!ENTITY storage.button.remove.accesskey "R">
+
+<!-- form data -->
+<!ENTITY fdata.search.placeholder "Dados do campo de pesquisa">
+
+<!ENTITY fdata.tree.fieldname.label "Nome">
+<!ENTITY fdata.tree.value.label "Valor digitado">
+<!ENTITY fdata.tree.usecount.label "Contagem de Uso">
+<!ENTITY fdata.tree.firstused.label "Primeira utilização">
+<!ENTITY fdata.tree.lastused.label "Última utilização">
+
+<!ENTITY fdata.ctx.remove.label "Remover">
+<!ENTITY fdata.ctx.remove.accesskey "R">
+<!ENTITY fdata.ctx.selectAll.label "Selecionar tudo">
+<!ENTITY fdata.ctx.selectAll.accesskey "a">
+
+<!ENTITY fdata.button.remove.label "Remover">
+<!ENTITY fdata.button.remove.accesskey "R">
+
+<!-- forget -->
+<!ENTITY forget.cookies.label "Cookies">
+<!ENTITY forget.cookies.accesskey "C">
+<!ENTITY forget.permissions.label "Permissões">
+<!ENTITY forget.permissions.accesskey "P">
+<!ENTITY forget.preferences.label "Preferências de conteúdo">
+<!ENTITY forget.preferences.accesskey "o">
+<!ENTITY forget.passwords.label "Senhas">
+<!ENTITY forget.passwords.accesskey "a">
+<!ENTITY forget.storage.label "Armazenamento">
+<!ENTITY forget.storage.accesskey "m">
+<!ENTITY forget.formdata.label "Dados de formulário">
+<!ENTITY forget.formdata.accesskey "D">
+
+<!ENTITY forget.button.label "Esquecer esses dados">
+<!ENTITY forget.button.accesskey "E">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/dataman/dataman.properties b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/dataman/dataman.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..745444b93f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/dataman/dataman.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+# cookies
+cookies.expireAtEndOfSession=No final da sessão
+
+cookies.secureOnly.httponly=Apenas conexões criptografadas e sem acesso a script
+cookies.secureOnly.all=Somente conexões criptografadas
+cookies.anyConnection.httponly=Qualquer tipo de conexão e sem acesso a script
+cookies.anyConnection.all=Qualquer tipo de conexão
+
+cookies.deleteSelected=Tem certeza de que deseja excluir os cookies selecionados?
+cookies.deleteSelectedTitle=Remover Cookies selecionados
+cookies.deleteSelectedYes=&Remover
+
+# permissions
+perm.allowXULXBL.label=Usar marcação XUL/XBL
+perm.cookie.label=Definir Cookies
+perm.falsestart-rc4.label=Início falso do TLS usando RC4
+perm.falsestart-rsa.label=Início falso do TLS usando RSA
+perm.geo.label=Compartilhar localização
+perm.image.label=Carregar imagens
+perm.indexedDB.label=Armazenar bancos de dados locais
+perm.install.label=Instalar complementos
+perm.offline-app.label=Aplicações web offline
+perm.object.label=Executar plugins
+perm.login-saving.label=Salvar senhas
+perm.plugins.label=Ativar plugins
+perm.popup.label=Abrir janelas popup
+perm.script.label=Executar scripts
+perm.stylesheet.label=Carregar folhas de estilo
+perm.sts/use.label=Usar segurança rigorosa de transporte
+perm.sts/subd.label=Aplicar segurança rigorosa de transporte em subdomínios
+perm.trackingprotection.label=Registrando atividade
+
+perm.type.default=Selecione um tipo
+perm.validation.invalidurl=A URL informada não é válida
+
+# passwords
+pwd.hidePasswords=Esconder senhas
+pwd.hidePasswords.accesskey=P
+pwd.showPasswords=Exibir senhas
+pwd.showPasswords.accesskey=s
+pwd.noMasterPasswordPrompt=Tem certeza que deseja exibir suas senhas?
+
+pwd.deleteSelected=Tem certeza de que deseja excluir as senhas selecionadas?
+pwd.deleteSelectedTitle=Remover as senhas selecionadas
+pwd.deleteSelectedYes=&Remover
+
+# preferences
+prefs.deleteSelected=Tem certeza de que deseja excluir as preferências selecionadas?
+prefs.deleteSelectedTitle=Remover as preferências selecionadas
+prefs.deleteSelectedYes=&Remover
+
+# storage
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE: The next string is for disk usage of any storage
+#   e.g. storageUsage: "50.23 MB"
+#   %1$S = size (in bytes or megabytes, ...)
+#   %2$S = unit of measure (bytes, KB, MB, ...)
+storageUsage=%1$S %2$S
+
+storage.deleteSelected=Tem certeza de que deseja excluir os armazenamentos web selecionados?
+storage.deleteSelectedTitle=Remover armazenamentos selecionados
+storage.deleteSelectedYes=&Remover
+
+# form data
+fdata.deleteSelected=Tem certeza de que deseja excluir as entradas do histórico de formulários selecionadas?
+fdata.deleteSelectedTitle=Remover dados de formulários selecionados
+fdata.deleteSelectedYes=&Remover
+
+# forget
+forget.desc.domain.pre=Esquecer todos os dados dos seguintes tipos associados ao domínio "%S":
+forget.desc.domain.post=Todos os dados associados com o domínio "%S" dos seguintes tipos serão excluídos:
+forget.desc.global.pre=Esquecer sobre todos os dados globais dos seguintes tipos:
+forget.desc.global.post=Todos os dados globais dos seguintes tipos serão deletados:
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/datetimepicker.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/datetimepicker.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b010c48313
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/datetimepicker.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- first day of week to display in datepicker, a value from 0 to 6,
+     0 = Sunday, 1 = Monday, etc. -->
+<!ENTITY firstdayofweek.default "0">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/defaultClientDialog.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/defaultClientDialog.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..17d9ea7531
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/defaultClientDialog.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY defaultClient.title  "Cliente padrão">
+<!ENTITY defaultClient.intro  "Usar o &brandShortName; como cliente padrão para:">
+
+<!ENTITY browser.label "Navegador">
+<!ENTITY email.label "Email">
+<!ENTITY newsgroups.label "Grupos de notícias">
+<!ENTITY feeds.label "RSS">
+
+<!ENTITY checkOnStartup.label "Sempre realizar essa verificação ao iniciar o &brandShortName;">
+<!ENTITY checkOnStartup.accesskey "S">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/downloads/downloadmanager.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/downloads/downloadmanager.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c1f152efd1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/downloads/downloadmanager.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY downloadManager.title           "Gerenciador de downloads">
+
+<!ENTITY menuBar.tooltip                 "Barra de menu">
+<!ENTITY searchBar.tooltip               "Barra de pesquisa">
+
+<!ENTITY search.placeholder              "Pesquisar nos downloads">
+<!ENTITY search.label                    "Pesquisar nos downloads">
+<!ENTITY search.accesskey                "s">
+<!ENTITY search.key                      "f">
+
+<!ENTITY cmd.clearList.label             "Limpar lista">
+<!ENTITY cmd.clearList.tooltip           "Remove transferências concluídas, canceladas e falhas da lista">
+<!ENTITY cmd.clearList.accesskey         "L">
+
+<!ENTITY col.name.label                  "Nome">
+<!ENTITY col.name.accesskey              "N">
+<!ENTITY col.name.tooltip                "Nome do arquivo">
+<!ENTITY col.status.label                "Status">
+<!ENTITY col.status.accesskey            "S">
+<!ENTITY col.status.tooltip              "Status">
+<!ENTITY col.actionPlay.label            "Pausar/Continuar/Tentar novamente">
+<!ENTITY col.actionPlay.accesskey        "u">
+<!ENTITY col.actionPlay.tooltip          "Pausar/Continuar/Tentar novamente">
+<!ENTITY col.actionStop.label            "Cancelar/Remover">
+<!ENTITY col.actionStop.accesskey        "C">
+<!ENTITY col.actionStop.tooltip          "Cancelar/Remover">
+<!ENTITY col.progress.label              "Andamento">
+<!ENTITY col.progress.accesskey          "A">
+<!ENTITY col.progress.tooltip            "Andamento">
+<!ENTITY col.timeremaining.label         "Tempo restante">
+<!ENTITY col.timeremaining.accesskey     "r">
+<!ENTITY col.timeremaining.tooltip       "Tempo restante">
+<!ENTITY col.transferred.label           "Transferido">
+<!ENTITY col.transferred.accesskey       "T">
+<!ENTITY col.transferred.tooltip         "Transferido">
+<!ENTITY col.transferrate.label          "Velocidade">
+<!ENTITY col.transferrate.accesskey      "d">
+<!ENTITY col.transferrate.tooltip        "Velocidade">
+<!ENTITY col.timeelapsed.label           "Tempo decorrido">
+<!ENTITY col.timeelapsed.accesskey       "e">
+<!ENTITY col.timeelapsed.tooltip         "Tempo decorrido">
+<!ENTITY col.starttime.label             "Hora de Início">
+<!ENTITY col.starttime.accesskey         "a">
+<!ENTITY col.starttime.tooltip           "Hora de início">
+<!ENTITY col.endtime.label               "Hora de término">
+<!ENTITY col.endtime.accesskey           "i">
+<!ENTITY col.endtime.tooltip             "Hora de término">
+<!ENTITY col.progresstext.label          "&#037;">
+<!ENTITY col.progresstext.accesskey      "&#037;">
+<!ENTITY col.progresstext.tooltip        "Progresso (&#037;)">
+<!ENTITY col.source.label                "Fonte">
+<!ENTITY col.source.accesskey            "o">
+<!ENTITY col.source.tooltip              "Origem">
+
+<!ENTITY view.columns.label              "Exibir colunas">
+<!ENTITY view.columns.accesskey          "u">
+<!ENTITY view.sortBy.label               "Ordenar por">
+<!ENTITY view.sortBy.accesskey           "O">
+
+<!ENTITY view.unsorted.label             "Não ordenar">
+<!ENTITY view.unsorted.accesskey         "N">
+<!ENTITY view.sortAscending.label        "Ordem crescente">
+<!ENTITY view.sortAscending.accesskey    "c">
+<!ENTITY view.sortDescending.label       "Ordem decrescente">
+<!ENTITY view.sortDescending.accesskey   "d">
+
+<!ENTITY cmd.pause.label                 "Pausar">
+<!ENTITY cmd.pause.accesskey             "P">
+<!ENTITY cmd.resume.label                "Continuar">
+<!ENTITY cmd.resume.accesskey            "C">
+<!ENTITY cmd.retry.label                 "Tentar novamente">
+<!ENTITY cmd.retry.accesskey             "n">
+<!ENTITY cmd.cancel.label                "Cancelar">
+<!ENTITY cmd.cancel.accesskey            "C">
+<!ENTITY cmd.remove.label                "Remover da lista">
+<!ENTITY cmd.remove.accesskey            "e">
+<!ENTITY cmd.open.label                  "Abrir">
+<!ENTITY cmd.open.accesskey              "A">
+<!ENTITY cmd.show.label                  "Abrir pasta">
+<!ENTITY cmd.show.accesskey              "p">
+<!ENTITY cmd.goToDownloadPage.label      "Abrir página de download">
+<!ENTITY cmd.goToDownloadPage.accesskey  "A">
+<!ENTITY cmd.copyDownloadLink.label      "Copiar link do download">
+<!ENTITY cmd.copyDownloadLink.accesskey  "L">
+<!ENTITY cmd.properties.label            "Propriedades…">
+<!ENTITY cmd.properties.accesskey        "s">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (cmd.unblock2.label):
+     This command is shown in the context menu when downloads are blocked.
+     -->
+<!ENTITY cmd.unblock2.label               "Permitir download">
+<!ENTITY cmd.unblock2.accesskey           "d">
+
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/downloads/downloadmanager.properties b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/downloads/downloadmanager.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7fbfa78e36
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/downloads/downloadmanager.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (stateUnknown):
+# Indicates that the download stat is unknown.
+# You should never see this in the ui.
+stateUnknown=Desconhecido
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (stateDownloading):
+# Indicates that the download is in progress.
+stateDownloading=Baixando
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (stateUploading):
+# Indicates that the upload is in progress.
+stateUploading=Carregando
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (stateStarting):
+# Indicates that the download is starting.
+# You won't probably ever see this in the ui.
+stateStarting=Iniciando...
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (stateNotStarted):
+# Indicates that the download has not started yet.
+# You won't probably ever see this in the ui.
+stateNotStarted=Não Iniciado
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (stateScanning):
+# Indicates that an external program is scanning the download for viruses.
+stateScanning=Verificando a existência de vírus...
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (stateFailed):
+# Indicates that the download failed because of an error.
+stateFailed=Falhou
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (statePaused):
+# Indicates that the download was paused by the user.
+statePaused=Pausado
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (stateCanceled):
+# Indicates that the download was canceled by the user.
+stateCanceled=Cancelado
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (stateCompleted):
+# Indicates that the download was completed.
+stateCompleted=Concluído
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (stateBlockedParentalControls):
+# Indicates that the download was blocked by the Parental Controls feature of
+# Windows.  "Parental Controls" should be consistently named and capitalized
+# with the display of this feature in Windows.  The following article can
+# provide a reference for the translation of "Parental Controls" in various
+# languages:
+# http://windows.microsoft.com/en-US/windows-vista/Set-up-Parental-Controls
+stateBlockedParentalControls=Bloqueado pelo controle parental
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (stateBlockedPolicy):
+# Indicates that the download was blocked on Windows because of the "Launching
+# applications and unsafe files" setting of the "security zone" associated with
+# the target site.  "Security zone" should be consistently named and capitalized
+# with the display of this feature in Windows.  The following article can
+# provide a reference for the translation of "security zone" in various
+# languages:
+# http://support.microsoft.com/kb/174360
+stateBlockedPolicy=Bloqueado pela sua política local de segurança
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (stateDirty):
+# Indicates that the download was blocked after scanning.
+stateDirty=Bloqueado: pode conter um vírus ou spyware
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (blockedMalware, blockedPotentiallyUnwanted,
+#                    blockedUncommon2):
+# These strings are shown in the panel for some types of blocked downloads, and
+# are immediately followed by the "Learn More" link, thus they must end with a
+# period.  You may need to adjust "downloadDetails.width" in "downloads.dtd" if
+# this turns out to be longer than the other existing status strings.
+# Note: These strings don't exist in the UI yet.  See bug 1053890.
+blockedMalware=Este arquivo contém um vírus ou malware.
+blockedPotentiallyUnwanted=Este arquivo poderá danificar seu computador.
+blockedUncommon2=Este arquivo não é normalmente baixado.
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (unblockHeaderUnblock, unblockHeaderOpen,
+#                    unblockTypeMalware, unblockTypePotentiallyUnwanted2,
+#                    unblockTypeUncommon2, unblockTip2, unblockButtonOpen,
+#                    unblockButtonUnblock, unblockButtonConfirmBlock):
+# These strings are displayed in the dialog shown when the user asks a blocked
+# download to be unblocked.  The severity of the threat is expressed in
+# descending order by the unblockType strings, it is higher for files detected
+# as malware and lower for uncommon downloads.
+unblockHeaderUnblock=Tem certeza que deseja permitir este download?
+unblockHeaderOpen=Tem certeza que deseja abrir este arquivo?
+unblockTypeMalware=Este arquivo contém um vírus ou outro código malicioso que pode danificar seu computador.
+unblockTypePotentiallyUnwanted2=Este arquivo está disfarçado como um download útil, mas ele pode efetuar alterações inesperadas em seus programas e configurações.
+unblockTypeUncommon2=Este arquivo não é normalmente baixado e pode não ser seguro abrir. Ele pode conter um vírus ou fazer alterações não esperadas em seus programas e configurações.
+unblockTip2=Você pode procurar uma fonte de download alternativa, ou tentar novamente mais tarde.
+unblockButtonOpen=Abrir
+unblockButtonUnblock=Permitir baixar
+unblockButtonConfirmBlock=Remover arquivo
+
+fileExecutableSecurityWarning="%S" é um aplicativo. Tome cuidado, ele pode conter vírus ou instruções que podem danificar seu computador. Tem certeza que deseja executar "%S"?
+fileExecutableSecurityWarningTitle=Executar um aplicativo?
+fileExecutableSecurityWarningDontAsk=Não perguntar de novo
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (otherDownloads3):
+# This is displayed in an item at the bottom of the Downloads Panel when
+# there are more downloads than can fit in the list in the panel. Use a
+# semi-colon list of plural forms.
+# See: http://developer.mozilla.org/en/Localization_and_Plurals
+otherDownloads3=%1$S arquivo sendo baixado;%1$S arquivos sendo baixados
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (downloadsTitleFiles, downloadsTitlePercent): Semi-colon list of
+# plural forms. See: http://developer.mozilla.org/en/Localization_and_Plurals
+# %1$S number of files; %2$S overall download percent (only for downloadsTitlePercent)
+# %% will appear as a single % sign, so %2$S%% is the percent number plus the % sign
+# examples: 2% of 1 file - Download Manager; 22% of 11 files - Download Manager
+downloadsTitleFiles=%1$S arquivo - Gerenciador de downloads;%1$S arquivos - Gerenciador de downloads
+downloadsTitlePercent=%2$S%% de %1$S arquivo - Gerenciador de downloads;%2$S%% de %1$S arquivos - Gerenciador de downloads
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (progressTitle):
+# %1$S is the file name, %2$S is the download state
+# examples: coolvideo.ogg - Finished; seamonkey-nightly.zip - Paused
+progressTitle=%1$S - %2$S
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (progressTitlePercent):
+# %1$S is download percent, %2$S is the file name, %3$S is the download state
+# %% will appear as a single % sign, so %1$S%% is the percent number plus the % sign
+# examples: 42% of coolvideo.ogg - Paused; 98% of seamonkey-nightly.zip - Downloading
+progressTitlePercent=%1$S%% de %2$S - %3$S
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (percentFormat): %1$S is download percent
+# %% will appear as a single % sign, so %1$S%% is the percent number plus the % sign
+percentFormat=%1$S%%
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (speedFormat):
+# %1$S rate number; %2$S rate unit
+# units are taken from toolkit's downloads.properties
+# example: 2.2 MB/sec
+speedFormat=%1$S %2$S/seg
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (timeSingle): %1$S time number; %2$S time unit
+# example: 1 minute; 11 hours
+timeSingle=%1$S %2$S
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (timeDouble):
+# %1$S time number; %2$S time unit; %3$S time sub number; %4$S time sub unit
+# example: 11 hours, 2 minutes; 1 day, 22 hours
+timeDouble=%1$S %2$S, %3$S %4$S
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (timeElapsedSingle): %1$S time number; %2$S time unit
+# example: 1 minute elapsed; 11 hours elapsed
+timeElapsedSingle=%1$S %2$S decorridos
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (timeElapsedDouble):
+# %1$S time number; %2$S time unit; %3$S time sub number; %4$S time sub unit
+# example: 11 hours, 2 minutes elapsed; 1 day, 22 hours elapsed
+timeElapsedDouble=%1$S %2$S, %3$S %4$S decorridos
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (sizeSpeed):
+# %1$S is transfer progress; %2$S download speed
+# example: 1.1 of 11.1 GB (2.2 MB/sec)
+sizeSpeed=%1$S (%2$S)
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (statusActive): — is the "em dash" (long dash)
+# %1$S download status; %2$S time remaining
+# example: Paused — 11 hours, 2 minutes remaining
+statusActive=%1$S — %2$S
+
+fromSource=De %S
+toTarget=Para %S
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/downloads/progressDialog.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/downloads/progressDialog.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3e3fc4cf8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/downloads/progressDialog.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY progress.title                  "Download em progresso...">
+<!ENTITY closeWindow.key                 "w">
+<!ENTITY cmd.pause.tooltip               "Pausar">
+<!ENTITY cmd.resume.tooltip              "Continuar">
+<!ENTITY cmd.retry.tooltip               "Tentar novamente">
+<!ENTITY cmd.cancel.tooltip              "Cancelar">
+<!ENTITY cmd.open.label                  "Abrir">
+<!ENTITY cmd.open.accesskey              "A">
+<!ENTITY cmd.show.label                  "Abrir pasta">
+<!ENTITY cmd.show.accesskey              "p">
+<!ENTITY cmd.goToDownloadPage.label      "Ir para a página de download">
+<!ENTITY cmd.goToDownloadPage.accesskey  "I">
+<!ENTITY cmd.copyDownloadLink.label      "Copiar link do download">
+<!ENTITY cmd.copyDownloadLink.accesskey  "l">
+<!ENTITY closeWhenDone.label             "Fechar esta janela quando o download for concluído.">
+<!ENTITY closeWhenDone.accesskey         "j">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/feeds/subscribe.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/feeds/subscribe.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e0d6a8517a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/feeds/subscribe.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY feedPage.title "Exibindo RSS">
+<!ENTITY feedSubscribeNow "Inscrever-se agora">
+<!ENTITY feedMessenger "Notícias e Blogs">
+<!ENTITY feedLiveBookmarks "Favoritos RSS">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/feeds/subscribe.properties b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/feeds/subscribe.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..37e262fc64
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/feeds/subscribe.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+linkTitleTextFormat=Ir para %S
+addHandler=Adicionar "%S" (%S) como um leitor de RSS?
+addHandlerAddButton=Adicionar leitor de RSS
+addHandlerAddButtonAccesskey=A
+handlerRegistered="%S" já está registrado como um leitor RSS
+subscribeNow=Inscrever-se agora
+chooseApplicationMenuItem=Escolher aplicativo…
+chooseApplicationDialogTitle=Escolher aplicativo
+alwaysUse=Sempre inscrever RSS no %S
+mediaLabel=Arquivos de mídia
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE: The next string is for the size of the enclosed media.
+#   e.g. enclosureSizeText : "50.23 MB"
+#   %1$S = size (in bytes or megabytes, ...)
+#   %2$S = unit of measure (bytes, KB, MB, ...)
+enclosureSizeText=%1$S %2$S
+
+bytes=bytes
+kilobytes=KB
+megabytes=MB
+gigabytes=GB
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE: The next three strings explains to the user what they're
+# doing.
+#   e.g. alwaysUseForVideoPodcasts : "Always use Miro to subscribe to video podcasts."
+#   %S = application to use (Miro, iTunes, ...)
+alwaysUseForFeeds=Sempre inscrever RSS no %S.
+alwaysUseForAudioPodcasts=Sempre inscrever podcasts no %S.
+alwaysUseForVideoPodcasts=Sempre inscrever videocasts no %S.
+
+subscribeFeedUsing=Inscrever-se neste RSS usando
+subscribeAudioPodcastUsing=Inscrever-se neste podcast usando
+subscribeVideoPodcastUsing=Inscrever-se neste videocast usando
+
+feedSubscriptionFeed1=Este é um “RSS” que registra modificações ocorridas neste site.
+feedSubscriptionAudioPodcast1=Este é um “podcast” de conteúdo que é atualizado frequentemente neste site.
+feedSubscriptionVideoPodcast1=Este é um “videocast” de conteúdo que é atualizado frequentemente neste site.
+
+feedSubscriptionFeed2=Você pode inscrever este RSS em um leitor para monitorar as atualizações do conteúdo.
+feedSubscriptionAudioPodcast2=Você pode inscrever este podcast em um leitor para monitorar as atualizações do conteúdo.
+feedSubscriptionVideoPodcast2=Você pode inscrever este videocast em um leitor para monitorar as atualizações do conteúdo.
+
+# Protocol Handling
+# "Add %appName (%appDomain) as an application for %protocolType links?"
+addProtocolHandler=Deseja adicionar o %S (%S) como um aplicativo para endereços “%S”?
+addProtocolHandlerAddButton=Adicionar aplicativo
+# "%appName has already been added as an application for %protocolType links."
+protocolHandlerRegistered=O %S já foi adicionado como um aplicativo para links %S.
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/gopherAddon.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/gopherAddon.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c71907a2b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/gopherAddon.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY loadError.label        "Falha no carregamento da página">
+<!ENTITY gopherAddon.title      "Protocolo Gopher">
+<!ENTITY gopherAddon.shortDesc  "gopher não é um protocolo registrado.">
+<!ENTITY gopherAddon.longDesc   "O endereço especifica o protocolo gopher, que já não é mais suportado, portanto o navegador não pode se conectar ao site. Você pode obter um complemento compatível para acessar este servidor a partir de Complementos Mozilla.">
+<!ENTITY goToAddOn.label        "Abrir página de complementos">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/cert_dialog_help.xhtml b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/cert_dialog_help.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4b6d3d15a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/cert_dialog_help.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,540 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Certificate Information and Decisions</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<div class="boilerPlate">This document is provided for your information only.
+  It may help you take certain steps to protect the privacy and security of
+  your personal information on the Internet. This document does not, however,
+  address all online privacy and security issues, nor does it represent a
+  recommendation about what constitutes adequate privacy and security
+  protection on the Internet.</div>
+
+<h1 id="certificate_information_and_decisions">Certificate Information and
+  Decisions</h1>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use various windows displayed at different times by
+  Certificate Manager. The additional information given here appears when you click
+  the Help button in one of those windows.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#certificate_viewer">Certificate Viewer</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#choose_security_device">Choose Security Device</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#encryption_key_copy">Encryption Key Copy</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#certificate_backup">Certificate Backup</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#user_identification_request">User Identification Request</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#new_certificate_authority">New Certificate Authority</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#web_site_certificates">Website Certificates</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="certificate_viewer">Certificate Viewer</h2>
+
+<p>The Certificate Viewer displays information about a certificate you selected
+  in one of the Certificate Manager tabs. The General tab summarizes
+  information about who issued the certificate, its verification status, what
+  the certificate can be used for, and so on. The Details tab provides complete
+  details on the certificate&apos;s contents.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not currently viewing the Certificate Viewer, follow these
+  steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Certificates. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+  <li>Click Manage Certificates.</li>
+  <li>Click the tab for the type of certificate whose details you want to
+    view.</li>
+  <li>Select the certificate whose details you want to view.</li>
+  <li>Click View.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#general_tab">General Tab</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#details_tab">Details Tab</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="general_tab">General Tab</h3>
+
+<p>When you first open the Certificate Viewer, the General tab displays several
+  kinds of information about the selected certificate:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>This certificate has been verified for the following
+    uses</strong>: See
+    <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_verification">certificate verification</a>
+    for a discussion of how the Certificate Manager verifies certificates. Uses
+    can include any of the following:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>SSL Client Certificate</strong>: Certificate used to identify
+        you to websites.</li>
+      <li><strong>SSL Server Certificate</strong>: Certificate used to identify
+        a website server to browsers.</li>
+      <li><strong>Email Signer Certificate</strong>: Certificate used to
+        identify you for the purposes of digitally signing email messages.</li>
+      <li><strong>Email Recipient Certificate</strong>: Certificate used to
+        identify someone else, for example so you can send that person
+        encrypted email.</li>
+      <li><strong>Status Responder Certificate</strong>: Certificate used to
+        identify an online status responder that uses the Online Certificate
+        Status Protocol (OCSP) to check the validity of certificates. For more
+        information about OCSP, see
+        <a href="validation_help.xhtml">Validation Settings</a>.</li>
+      <li><strong>SSL Certificate Authority</strong>: Certificate used to
+        identify a certificate authority&mdash;that is, a service that issues
+        certificates for use as identification over computer networks.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Issued To</strong>: Summarizes the following information about
+    the certificate:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Common Name</strong>: The name of the person or other entity
+        that the certificate identifies.</li>
+      <li><strong>Organization</strong>: The name of the organization to which
+        the entity belongs (such as the name of a company).</li>
+      <li><strong>Organizational Unit</strong>: The name of the organizational
+        unit to which the entity belongs (such as Accounting Department).</li>
+      <li><strong>Serial Number</strong>: The certificate&apos;s serial
+        number.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Issued By</strong>: Summarizes information (similar to that
+    provided under <q>Issued To</q>; see above) about the certificate authority
+    (CA) that issued the  certificate.</li>
+  <li><strong>Validity</strong>: Indicates the period during which the
+    certificate is valid.</li>
+  <li><strong>Fingerprints</strong>: Lists the certificate&apos;s fingerprints.
+    A fingerprint is a unique number produced by applying a mathematical
+    function to the certificate contents. A certificate&apos;s fingerprint can
+    be used to verify  that the certificate has not been tampered with.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3 id="details_tab">Details Tab</h3>
+
+<p>Click the Details tab at the top of the Certificate Viewer to see more
+  detailed information about the selected certificate. To examine information
+  for any certificate in the Certificate Hierarchy area, select its name,
+  select the field under Certificate Fields that you want to examine, and
+  read the field&apos;s value under Field Value:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Certificate Hierarchy</strong>: Displays the certificate chain,
+    with the certificate you originally selected at the bottom. A certificate
+    chain is a hierarchical series of certificates signed by successive
+    certificate authorities (CAs). A CA certificate identifies a
+    <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate authority</a>
+    and is used to sign certificates issued by that authority. A CA certificate
+    can in turn be signed by the CA certificate of a parent CA and so on up to
+    a <a href="glossary.xhtml#root_ca">root CA</a>.</li>
+  <li><strong>Certificate Fields</strong>: Displays the fields of the
+    certificate selected under Certificate Hierarchy.</li>
+  <li><strong>Field Value</strong>: Displays the value of the field selected
+    under Certificate Fields.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>The Certificate Viewer displays basic ANSI types in human-readable form
+  wherever possible. For fields whose contents the Certificate Manager cannot
+  interpret, it displays the actual values contained in the certificate.</p>
+
+<h2 id="choose_security_device">Choose Security Device</h2>
+
+<p>A security device (sometimes called a token) is a hardware or software
+  device that provides cryptographic services such as encryption and decryption
+  and stores certificates and keys. The Choose Security Device window appears
+  when Certificate Manager needs help deciding which security device to use
+  when importing a certificate or performing a cryptographic operation, such as
+  generating keys for a new certificate. This window allows you to select one
+  of two or more security devices that Certificate Manager has detected on your
+  machine.</p>
+
+<p>A smart card is one example of a security device. For example, if a smart
+  card reader connected to your computer has a smart card inserted in it, the
+  name of the smart card will show up in the drop-down menu. In this case, you
+  must choose the name of the smart card from the menu to let Certificate
+  Manager know that you want to use it.</p>
+
+<p>The Certificate Manager also supplies its own default, built-in security
+  device, which can always be used no matter what additional devices are or
+  aren&apos;t available.</p>
+
+<h2 id="encryption_key_copy">Encryption Key Copy</h2>
+
+<p><a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">Certificate authorities (CAs)</a>
+  that issue separate signing and encryption email certificates typically make
+  backup copies of your private
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#encryption_key">encryption key</a> during the
+  certificate enrollment process.</p>
+
+<p>The Encryption Key Copy dialog box allows you to approve the creation of
+  such a backup or cancel the certificate request. A CA that has archived a
+  backup copy of your encryption key has the potential capability of
+  decrypting any messages you receive that were encrypted with your
+  corresponding public key.</p>
+
+<p>You can take these actions from the Encryption Key Copy dialog box:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>View Certificate</strong>: To view the certificate identifying
+    the CA that is requesting the backup copy, click View Certificate.</li>
+  <li><strong>OK</strong>: If you trust the CA identified by the CA certificate
+    to decrypt encrypted messages that you receive, click OK.
+
+    <p>If you are not sure whether to trust the CA that is requesting the
+      backup copy, talk to your system administrator.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Cancel</strong>: If you don&apos;t trust the CA that is
+    requesting the backup copy, don&apos;t request a certificate from it. Click
+    Cancel to stop both the backup procedure and the request for a
+    certificate.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>After your CA makes a backup copy of the encryption key, you will be able to
+  use that key to access your encrypted mail even if you lose your password or
+  lose your own copy of the key. If no backup copy of your encryption key
+  exists and you lose your password or the key, you will have no way of reading
+  email messages that were encrypted with that key.</p>
+
+<h2 id="certificate_backup">Certificate Backup</h2>
+
+<p>When you receive a certificate, make a backup copy of the certificate and
+  its private key, then store the copy in a safe place. For example, you can
+  put the copy on a floppy disk and store it with other valuable items under
+  lock and key. That way, even if you have hard disk or file corruption
+  problems, you can easily restore the certificate.</p>
+
+<p>It can be inconvenient, at best, and in some situations catastrophic to lose
+  your certificate and its associated private key, depending on what you use it
+  for. For example:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>If you lose a certificate that identifies you to important websites, you
+    will not be able to access those websites until you obtain a new
+    certificate. </li>
+  <li>If you lose a certificate used to encrypt email messages, you will not
+    be able to read any of your encrypted email&mdash;including both encrypted
+    messages that you have sent and encrypted messages that you have received.
+    In this case, if you cannot obtain a backup of the private encryption key
+    associated with the certificate, you will never be able to read any of the
+    messages encrypted with that key.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Like any other valuable data, certificates should be backed up to avoid
+  future trouble and expense. Do it now so you don&apos;t forget.</p>
+
+<h2 id="user_identification_request">User Identification Request</h2>
+
+<p>Some websites require that you identify yourself with a certificate rather
+  than a name and password, because certificates provide a more reliable form
+  of identification. This method of identifying yourself over the Internet is
+  sometimes called
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#client_authentication">client authentication</a>.</p>
+
+<p>However, Certificate Manager may have more than one certificate on file that
+  can be used for the purposes of identifying yourself to a website. In this
+  case, Certificate Manager presents the User Identification Request dialog
+  box, which displays two kinds of information:</p>
+
+<p><strong>This site has requested that you identify yourself with a
+  certificate</strong>: This section of the dialog box lists the following
+  information:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Host name</strong>: The name of the server requesting
+    identification, used as part of its URL. For example, the host name for the
+    Netscape website is <tt>home.netscape.com</tt>.</li>
+  <li><strong>Organization</strong>: The name of the organization that runs the
+    web site.</li>
+  <li><strong>Issued under</strong>: The name of the
+    <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</a>
+    that issued the certificate.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Choose a certificate to present as identification</strong>: The
+  certificates you have available for the purposes of identifying yourself to a
+  website are listed in the drop-down list in this section of the dialog box.
+  Choose the certificate that seems most likely to be recognized by the website
+  you want to visit.</p>
+
+<p>To help you decide, the following details of the selected certificate are
+  displayed:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Issued to</strong>: Lists information about the person identified
+    by the certificate (for example, your name and email address) and the
+    certificate&apos;s serial number and validity dates.</li>
+  <li><strong>Issued by</strong>: Summarizes information about the CA that
+    issued the certificate, such as its name, location, and state.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h2 id="new_certificate_authority">New Certificate Authority</h2>
+
+<p>The certificates that the Certificate Manager has on file, whether stored on
+  your computer or on an external security device such as a smart card, include
+  certificates that identify
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate authorities (CAs)</a>.
+  To be able to recognize any other certificates it has on file, Certificate
+  Manager must have certificates for the CAs that issued or authorized issuance
+  of those certificates.</p>
+
+<p>When you decide to trust a CA, Certificate Manager downloads that CA&apos;s
+  certificate and can then recognize the kinds of certificates you trust that
+  CA to issue.</p>
+
+<p>Before downloading a new CA certificate, Certificate Manager allows you to
+  specify the purposes for which you trust the certificate, if at all. You can
+  select any of the following options:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Trust this CA to identify websites</strong>: Website certificates
+    for some sites, such as those that handle financial transactions, can be
+    extremely important, and inappropriate or false identification can have
+    negative consequences.</li>
+  <li><strong>Trust this CA to identify email users</strong>: If you intend to
+    send email users confidential information in encrypted form, or if accurate
+    identification of email users is important to you for any other reason, you
+    should consider carefully the CA&apos;s procedures for identifying
+    prospective certificate owners and whether they are appropriate for your
+    purposes before selecting this option.</li>
+  <li><strong>Trust this CA to identify software developers</strong>: Selecting
+    this option means that you trust the CA to issue certificates that identify
+    the origin of Java applets and JavaScript scripts requesting special access
+    to your computer, such as the ability to change files. Since such access
+    privileges can be misused, for example to destroy data stored on your hard
+    disk, be very careful about selecting this option unless you are certain
+    that you trust the CA for this purpose.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Before you decide to trust a new CA, make sure that you know who is
+  operating it. Make sure the CA&apos;s policies and procedures are
+  appropriate for the kinds of certificates it issues. For example, if the CA
+  issues certificates identifying websites you use for financial transactions,
+  make sure you are comfortable with the level of assurance the CA
+  provides.</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>View</strong>: Click this button to view the CA certificate you
+    are about to download. If you decide you don&apos;t want to download this
+    certificate, click Cancel.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h2 id="web_site_certificates">Website Certificates</h2>
+
+<p>One of the windows listed here may appear when you attempt to go to a
+  website that supports the use of <a href="glossary.xhtml#ssl">SSL</a> for
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#authentication">authentication</a> and
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#encryption">encryption</a>.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#web_site_certified_by_an_unknown_authority">Website Certified
+      by an Unknown Authority</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#server_certificate_expired">Server Certificate Expired</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#server_certificate_not_yet_valid">Server Certificate Not Yet
+      Valid</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#domain_name_mismatch">Domain Name Mismatch</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="web_site_certified_by_an_unknown_authority">Website Certified by an Unknown
+  Authority</h3>
+
+<p>Many websites use certificates to identify themselves when you visit the
+  site. If Certificate Manager doesn&apos;t recognize the
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority"> certificate authority (CA)</a>
+  that issued a website&apos;s certificate, it displays an alert that allows
+  you to examine the new website certificate and decide what to do.</p>
+
+<p>Use the buttons to perform the following actions:</p>
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>View Certificate</strong>: Examine the website&apos;s
+    certificate.</li>
+  <li><strong>Cancel</strong>: Cancel the operation. Certificate Manager
+    will not recognize the certificate as legitimate identification and will not
+    connect to the website.</li>
+  <li><strong>OK</strong>: Accept the certificate and connect to the website.
+    Choose for how long the certificate should be accepted:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Accept this certificate permanently</strong>: Certificate
+        Manager will recognize the certificate as legitimate identification
+        until the certificate expires.</li>
+      <li><strong>Accept this certificate temporarily for this session</strong>:
+        Certificate Manager will recognize the certificate as legitimate
+        identification only during your current &brandShortName; session. You
+        will see the alert again if you restart &brandShortName; and attempt to
+        visit the website.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Important note for server administrators</strong>: This alert may be
+  triggered by a server that is not configured correctly. To find out if this
+  is the case, the server administrator or webmaster for the site you are
+  attempting to visit should check the status of any required intermediate CAs
+  and if necessary, install the missing certificate in the server.</p>
+
+<p>If you decide to contact the website&apos;s webmaster about this issue, you
+  can include the following information:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>The server administrator can obtain more information about intermediate
+    CAs from here:
+    <a href="http://knowledge.verisign.com/search/solution.jsp?id=vs2119">What
+    is the purpose of the Intermediate CA certificate?</a></li>
+  <li>If the server is using a VeriSign certificate, the server administrator
+    can download the appropriate certificate from here:
+    <a href="http://www.verisign.com/support/ssl-certificates-support/install-ssl-certificate.html">SSL
+    Certificates Support</a></li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>For advanced users</strong>: To ensure that Certificate Manager
+  trusts all certificates issued by a given CA, you can edit the trust
+  settings for the corresponding CA certificate. To do so, follow these
+  steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Certificates. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+  <li>Click Manage Certificates.</li>
+  <li>Click the Authorities tab.</li>
+  <li>Select the CA certificate whose trust settings you want to edit.</li>
+  <li>Click the Edit button and select the appropriate trust settings.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<h3 id="server_certificate_expired">Server Certificate Expired</h3>
+
+<p>Like a credit card, a driver&apos;s license, and many other forms of
+  identification, a <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificate</a> is
+  valid for a specified period of time. When a certificate expires, the owner
+  of the certificate needs to get a new one.</p>
+
+<p>Certificate Manager warns you when you attempt to visit a website whose
+  server certificate has expired. The first thing you should do is make sure
+  the time and date displayed by your computer is correct. If your
+  computer&apos;s clock is set to a date that is after the expiration date,
+  Certificate Manager treats the website&apos;s certificate as expired.</p>
+
+<p>If your computer&apos;s clock is set correctly, you need to make a decision
+  about whether to trust the site. This decision depends on what you intend to
+  do at the site and what else you know about it. Most commercial sites will
+  make sure that they replace their certificates before they expire.</p>
+
+<p>You can take these actions from the Expired Server Certificate dialog
+  box:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>View Certificate</strong>: To examine information about the
+    certificate, including its validity period, click View Certificate.</li>
+  <li><strong>Continue</strong>: If you have reason to believe the
+    certificate&apos;s expiration is an inadvertent error, you may choose to
+    click Continue to accept the certificate anyway for this session, and let
+    the webmaster for the site know about the problem.
+
+    <p>Be cautious about any actions you take while you are visiting the
+      site.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Cancel</strong>: If you suspect that there may be a significant
+    problem and you don&apos;t want to risk visiting the site at all, click
+    Cancel (in which case Certificate Manager will not connect you to the
+    site).</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3 id="server_certificate_not_yet_valid">Server Certificate Not Yet Valid</h3>
+
+<p>Like a credit card, a driver&apos;s license, and many other forms of
+  identification, a <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificate</a> is
+  valid for a specified period of time.</p>
+
+<p>Certificate Manager warns you when you attempt to visit a website whose
+  server certificate&apos;s validity period has not yet started. The first
+  thing you should do is make sure the time and date displayed by your own
+  computer is correct. If your computer&apos;s clock is set to the wrong date,
+  Certificate Manager may treat the server certificate as not yet valid even
+  if this is not the case.</p>
+
+<p>If your computer&apos;s clock is set correctly, you need to make a decision
+  about whether to trust the site. This decision depends on what you intend to
+  do at the site and what else you know about it. Most commercial sites will
+  make sure that the validity period for their certificates has begun before
+  beginning to use them.</p>
+
+<p>You can take these actions from the Server Certificate Not Yet Valid dialog
+  box:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>View Certificate</strong>: To examine information about the
+    certificate, including its validity period, click View Certificate.</li>
+  <li><strong>OK</strong>: If you have reason to believe the problem is an
+    inadvertent error, you may choose to click OK to accept the certificate
+    anyway for this session, and let the webmaster for the site know about the
+    problem.
+
+    <p>Be cautious about any actions you take while you are visiting the
+      site.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Cancel</strong>: If you suspect that there may be a significant
+    problem and you don&apos;t want to risk visiting the site at all, click
+    Cancel (in which case Certificate Manager will not connect you to the
+    site).</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3 id="domain_name_mismatch">Domain Name Mismatch</h3>
+
+<p>A server <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificate</a> specifies the
+  name of the server in the form of the site&apos;s domain name. For example,
+  the domain name for the Mozilla website is <tt>www.mozilla.org</tt>. If the
+  domain name in a server&apos;s certificate doesn&apos;t match the actual
+  domain name of the website, it may be a sign that someone is attempting to
+  intercept your communication with the website.</p>
+
+<p>The decision whether to trust the site anyway depends on what you intend to
+  do at the site and what else you know about it. Most commercial sites will
+  make sure that the host name for a website certificate matches
+  the website&apos;s actual host name.</p>
+
+<p>You can take these actions from the Domain Name Mismatch dialog box:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>View Certificate</strong>: To examine information about the
+    certificate, click View Certificate.</li>
+  <li><strong>OK</strong>: If you have reason to believe the problem is an
+    inadvertent error, you may choose to click OK to accept the certificate
+    anyway for this session, and let the webmaster for the site know about
+    the problem.
+
+    <p>Be cautious about any actions you take while you are visiting the site,
+      and treat any information you find there as potentially suspect.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Cancel</strong>: If you suspect that there may be a significant
+    problem and you don&apos;t want to risk visiting the site at all, click
+    Cancel (in which case Certificate Manager will not connect you to the
+    site).</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>If you decide to accept the certificate anyway for this session, you should
+  be cautious about what you do on the website, and you should treat any
+  information you find there as potentially suspect.</p>
+
+<p>&copyright.string;</p>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/certs_help.xhtml b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/certs_help.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7761e852dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/certs_help.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,415 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Certificate Manager</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<div class="boilerPlate">This document is provided for your information only.
+  It may help you take certain steps to protect the privacy and security of
+  your personal information on the Internet. This document does not, however,
+  address all online privacy and security issues, nor does it represent a
+  recommendation about what constitutes adequate privacy and security
+  protection on the Internet.</div>
+
+<h1 id="certificate_manager">Certificate Manager</h1>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Certificate Manager. For more
+  information on using certificates, see <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml">Using
+  Certificates</a>.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not currently viewing the Certificate Manager window, follow
+  these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Certificates. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+  <li>Click Manage Certificates.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#your_certificates">Your Certificates</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#other_peoples_certificates">Other People&apos;s
+      Certificates</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#web_site_certificates">Website Certificates</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#authorities">Authorities</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="your_certificates">Your Certificates</h2>
+
+<p>The Your Certificates tab in the <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate
+  Manager</a> displays the certificates on file that identify you. Your
+  certificates are listed under the names of the organizations that issued
+  them:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>If you can&apos;t see certificate names under an organization&apos;s
+    name, double-click the name.</li>
+  <li>To select a certificate, click its name.</li>
+  <li>To select more than one certificate, hold down the Control key and click
+    their names.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To perform the following actions, select one or more certificates and click
+  one of the following buttons:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>View</strong>: Display detailed information about the selected
+    certificates.</li>
+  <li><strong>Backup</strong>: Initiate the process of saving the selected
+    certificates. A window appears that allows you to choose a password to
+    protect the backup. You can then save the backup in a directory of your
+    choice.</li>
+  <li><strong>Delete</strong>: Delete the selected certificates.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>These actions do not require a certificate to be selected:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Import</strong>: Import a file containing one or more
+    certificates that were previously backed up. When you click Import,
+    Certificate Manager first asks you to locate the file that contains the
+    backup. The names of certificate backup files typically end in
+    <tt>.p12</tt>; for example, <tt>MyCert.p12</tt>. After you select the file
+    to be imported, Certificate Manager asks you to enter the password that you
+    set when you backed up the certificate.</li>
+  <li><strong>Backup All</strong>: Initiate the process of saving all the
+    certificates stored in the
+    <a href="glossary.xhtml#software_security_device">Software Security
+    Device</a>.
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: Certificates on smart cards cannot be backed up.
+      Whether you select some of your certificates and click Backup, or click
+      Backup All, the resulting backup file will not include any certificates
+      stored on smart cards or other external security devices. You can only
+      back up certificates that are stored on the built-in Software Security
+      Device.</p>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3 id="choose_a_certificate_backup_password">Choose a Certificate Backup
+  Password</h3>
+
+<p>A certificate backup password protects one or more certificates that you are
+  backing up from the <a href="#your_certificates">Your Certificates</a> tab in
+  the Certificate Manager.</p>
+
+<p>The Certificate Manager asks you to set this password when you back up
+  certificates, and requests it when you attempt to import certificates that
+  have previously been backed up.</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Certificate backup password</strong>: Type your backup password
+    into this field.</li>
+  <li><strong>Certificate backup password (again)</strong>: Type your backup
+    password again. If you don&apos;t type it the second time exactly as you
+    did the first time, the OK button remains inactive. If this happens, try
+    typing the new password again.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>If someone obtains the file containing a certificate that you have backed up
+  and successfully imports the certificate, that person can send messages or
+  access websites while pretending to be you. This can be a problem, for
+  example, if you digitally sign important email messages or manage your bank
+  or investment accounts over the Internet.</p>
+
+<p>Therefore, it&apos;s important to select a certificate backup password that
+  is difficult to guess. The <strong>password quality meter</strong> gives you
+  a rough idea of the quality of your password as you type it based on factors
+  such as length and the use of uppercase letters, lowercase letters, numbers,
+  and symbols. It does not guarantee that your password cannot be guessed,
+  however.</p>
+
+<p>For further guidelines, see
+  <a href="passwords_help.xhtml#choosing_a_good_password">Choosing a Good
+  Password</a>.</p>
+
+<p>It&apos;s also important to record the password in a safe place&mdash;and
+  not anywhere that&apos;s easily accessible to someone else. If you forget
+  this password, you can&apos;t import the backup of your certificate.</p>
+
+<h3 id="delete_your_certificates">Delete Your Certificates</h3>
+
+<p>Before deleting one of your own expired certificates from the
+  <a href="#your_certificates">Your Certificates</a> tab in the Certificate
+  Manager, make sure you won&apos;t need it again some day for reading old
+  email messages that you may have encrypted with the corresponding private
+  key.</p>
+
+<h2 id="other_peoples_certificates">Other People&apos;s Certificates</h2>
+
+<p>The Other People&apos;s tab in the <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate
+  Manager</a> displays email certificates you have on file that identify other
+  people.</p>
+
+<p>When people send you digitally signed email messages, Certificate Manager
+  imports their certificates automatically. You can use these certificates to
+  send encrypted messages to those people.</p>
+
+<p>Other people&apos;s certificates are listed under the names of the
+  organizations that issued them:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>If you can&apos;t see certificate names under an organization&apos;s
+    name, double-click the name.</li>
+  <li>To select a certificate, click its name.</li>
+  <li>To select more than one certificate, hold down the Control key and click
+    their names.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To perform the following actions, select one or more certificates and click
+  one of the following buttons:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>View</strong>: Display detailed information about the selected
+    certificates.</li>
+  <li><strong>Delete</strong>: Delete the selected certificates.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3 id="delete_email_certificates">Delete Email Certificates</h3>
+
+<p>Before deleting someone else&apos;s certificate from the
+  <a href="#other_peoples_certificates">Other People&apos;s</a> tab in the
+  Certificate Manager, make sure you won&apos;t need it again some day to send
+  encrypted email to that person or to verify digital signatures on messages
+  from that person.</p>
+
+<h2 id="web_site_certificates">Website Certificates</h2>
+
+<p>The Websites tab in the Certificate Manager displays certificates you have
+  on file that identify websites.</p>
+
+<p>Website certificates are grouped under the names of the organizations that
+  issued them:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>If you can&apos;t see certificate names under an organization&apos;s
+    name, double-click the name.</li>
+  <li>To select a certificate, click its name.</li>
+  <li>To select more than one certificate, hold down the Control key and click
+    their names.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To perform the following actions, select one or more certificates and click
+  one of the following buttons:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>View</strong>: Display detailed information about the selected
+    certificates.</li>
+  <li><strong>Edit</strong>: View or change the trust settings that Certificate
+    Manager associates with the selected certificates. You can use these
+    settings to designate a website certificate as one that you trust or
+    don&apos;t trust for identification purposes.</li>
+  <li><strong>Delete</strong>: Delete the selected certificates.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3 id="edit_web_site_certificate_trust_settings">Edit Website Certificate
+  Trust Settings</h3>
+
+<p>When you select a website certificate from the
+  <a href="#web_site_certificates">Websites</a> tab in the Certificate Manager
+  and click Edit, you see a window entitled <q>Edit website certificate trust
+  settings</q>. Here you specify whether you want to trust the selected
+  certificate for identifying the website and setting up an encrypted
+  connection.</p>
+
+<p>The dialog box contains these elements:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>The certificate <q><em>name of certificate</em></q> was
+    issued by</strong>: Provides information about the
+    <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate authority</a>
+    that issued this certificate.</li>
+  <li><strong>Edit certificate trust settings</strong>:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Trust the authenticity of this certificate</strong>: If you
+        select this option, Certificate Manager will henceforth trust this
+        certificate for the purposes of identifying this website or setting up
+        an encrypted connection. If you select this option and then attempt to
+        visit the website, your browser will access the site with few, if any,
+        warnings.</li>
+      <li><strong>Do not trust the authenticity of this certificate</strong>:
+        If you select this option, Certificate Manager will no longer trust
+        this certificate for the purposes of identifying this website or
+        setting up an encrypted connection. If you select this option and
+        then attempt to visit the website, you will see one or more warning
+        messages before you can access the site.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Edit CA Trust</strong>: Click this button to specify trust
+    settings for the certificate authority (CA) that issued the website
+    certificate. These settings allow you to trust or not to trust different
+    kinds of certificates issued by that certificate authority. For example,
+    you can choose to trust all website certificates issued by the
+    authority.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Click OK to confirm your choice.</p>
+
+<h3 id="delete_web_site_certificates">Delete Website Certificates</h3>
+
+<p>Before deleting a website certificate from the
+  <a href="#web_site_certificates">Websites</a> tab in the Certificate
+  Manager, make sure that you won&apos;t need it again for the purposes of
+  identifying a website and setting up an encrypted connection.</p>
+
+<h2 id="authorities">Authorities</h2>
+
+<p>The Authorities tab in the <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate
+  Manager</a> displays the certificates you have on file that identify
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate authorities
+  (CAs)</a>.</p>
+
+<p>CA certificates are grouped under the names of the organizations that issued
+  them:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>If you can&apos;t see CA certificate names under an organization&apos;s
+    name, double-click the name.</li>
+  <li>To select a CA certificate, click its name.</li>
+  <li>To select more than one CA certificate, hold down the Control key and
+    click their names.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To perform these actions, select the certificates on which you want to act
+  and click one of these buttons:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>View</strong>: Display detailed information about the selected
+    certificates.</li>
+  <li><strong>Edit</strong>: View or change the settings that Certificate
+    Manager associates with the selected certificates. You can use these
+    settings to designate what kinds of certificates, if any, you trust that
+    are issued by the corresponding CAs.</li>
+  <li><strong>Delete</strong>: Delete the selected certificates.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To ensure that an entire
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_chain">certificate chain</a> of CAs are
+  all trusted, you need to edit the root CA certifiate only.</p>
+
+<p>To import the chain, you click a link on a web page provided by the CA. You
+  can then use the authorities tab to locate the root certificate and edit its
+  trust settings.</p>
+
+<p>The root and intermediate CAs all appear under the same organization. The
+  root certificate is the one that lists itself as the the issuer.</p>
+
+<p><strong>If you download an intermediate CA</strong>: If you download an
+  intermediate CA certificate that chains to a root certificate already marked
+  as trusted in your browser, you don&apos;t have to indicate what purposes you
+  trust it for. Intermediate certificates automatically inherit the trust
+  settings of their roots.</p>
+
+<h3 id="edit_ca_certificate_trust_settings">Edit CA Certificate Trust
+  Settings</h3>
+
+<p>When you select a CA certificate from the
+  <a href="#authorities">Authorities</a> tab in the Certificate Manager and
+  click Edit, you see a window entitled <q>Edit CA certificate trust
+  settings</q>. Here you specify the kinds of certificates you trust this CA
+  to certify. If you deselect all the checkboxes, Certificate Manager will not
+  trust any certificates issued by this CA.</p>
+
+<p>The settings have these effects:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>This certificate can identify websites</strong>: Certificate
+    Manager will trust certificates issued by this CA for the purpose of
+    identifying websites and encrypting website connections. If you deselect
+    this checkbox, Certificate Manager will not trust website certificates
+    issued by this CA.</li>
+  <li><strong>This certificate can identify mail users</strong>: Certificate
+    Manager will trust certificates issued by this CA for the purpose of
+    signing or encrypting email. If you deselect this checkbox, Certificate
+    Manager will not trust email certificates issued by this CA.</li>
+  <li><strong>This certificate can identify software makers</strong>:
+    Certificate Manager will trust certificates issued by this CA for the
+    purpose of identifying software makers. If you deselect this checkbox,
+    Certificate Manager will not trust such certificates issued by this
+    CA.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Click OK to confirm the settings you have selected.</p>
+
+<h3 id="delete_ca_certificates">Delete CA Certificates</h3>
+
+<p>Before deleting a CA certificate from the
+  <a href="#authorities">Authorities</a> tab in the Certificate Manager,
+  make sure that you won&apos;t need it again to validate certificates issued
+  by that CA. If you delete the only valid certificate you have for a CA,
+  Certificate Manager will no longer trust any certificates issued by that
+  CA.</p>
+
+<h2 id="device_manager">Device Manager</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes the options available in the Device Manager window.
+  For background information and step-by-step instructions on the use of the
+  Device Manager, see
+  <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices">Managing
+  Smart Cards and Other Security Devices</a>.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not currently viewing the Device Manager window, follow these
+  steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Certificates. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+  <li>In the Certificates panel, click Manage Security Devices.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Device Manager lists each available PKCS #11 module, and the security
+  devices managed by each module below the module&apos;s name.</p>
+
+<p>When you select a module or device, information about the selected item
+  appears in the middle of the window, and some of the buttons on the right
+  side of the window become available. In general, you perform an action on
+  a module or device by selecting its name and clicking the appropriate
+  button:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Log In</strong>: Log into the selected security device. After you
+    have logged in to the device, the frequency with which you will be asked to
+    enter the master password for the device depends on the
+    <a href="passwords_help.xhtml#master_password_timeout">Master Password
+    Timeout</a> settings.</li>
+  <li><strong>Log Out</strong>: Log out of the selected security device. After
+    you have logged out of the device, the device and the certificates it
+    contains will not be available until you log in again.</li>
+  <li><strong>Change Password</strong>: Change the master password for the
+    selected security device.</li>
+  <li><strong>Load</strong>: Displays a dialog box that allows you to specify
+    the name and location of a new PKCS #11 module. Before adding a new module,
+    you should first install the module software on your computer and if
+    necessary connect any associated hardware device. Follow the instructions
+    provided by the vendor.</li>
+  <li><strong>Unload</strong>: Unload the selected module. If you unload a
+    module, both the module and its security devices are no longer available
+    for use by the browser.</li>
+  <li><strong>Enable FIPS</strong>: Turns the FIPS mode on and off. For more
+    information, see
+    <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#enable_fips_mode">Enable FIPS
+    Mode</a>.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>&copyright.string;</p>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/certs_prefs_help.xhtml b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/certs_prefs_help.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c739d8307a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/certs_prefs_help.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Privacy &amp; Security Preferences - Certificates</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="certificate_settings">Certificate Settings</h1>
+
+<p>This section describes how to set your certificate preferences and how to
+  use the Certificate Manager, Device Manager, and other dialog boxes related
+  to certificates.</p>
+
+<p>For step-by-step descriptions of various tasks related to certificates, see
+  <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml">Using Certificates</a>.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#privacy_and_security_preferences_certificates">Certificate 
+      Preferences</a></li>
+    <li><a href="certs_help.xhtml">Certificate Manager</a></li>
+    <li><a href="certs_help.xhtml#device_manager">Device Manager</a></li>
+    <li><a href="cert_dialog_help.xhtml">Certificate Information and
+      Decisions</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h1 id="privacy_and_security_preferences_certificates">Privacy &amp; Security
+  Preferences - Certificates</h1>
+
+<p>This section describes use the Certificates preferences panel. To view
+  Certificates preferences, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Certificates. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<h3 id="client_certificate_selection">Client Certificate Selection</h3>
+
+<p>Some websites require you to identify yourself with a certificate. The
+  option you select here determines how the browser identifies the certificate
+  to present among those you may have on file:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Select Automatically:</strong> Click this option if you want
+    the browser to select a certificate without asking you. This is the default
+    setting.</li>
+  <li><strong>Ask Every Time:</strong> Click this option if you want the browser
+    to ask you which certificate to use each time a website requests one.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3 id="manage_certificates">Manage Certificates</h3>
+
+<p>Certificates are the digital equivalent of ID cards&mdash;they help other
+  people identify you, and they help you identify other people, websites, and
+  organizations.</p>
+
+<p>To examine or configure the certificates you have on file, click Manage
+  Certificates.</p>
+
+<h3 id="manage_security_devices">Manage Security Devices</h3>
+
+<p>A security device is a hardware or software device that stores your
+  certificates and keys. For example, a smart card is a security device. Your
+  browser has its own built-in software security device, and you can use
+  additional security devices, such as smart cards, at the same time.</p>
+
+<p>To examine or configure your security devices, click Manage Security
+  Devices.</p>
+
+
+<p>&copyright.string;</p>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/composer_help.xhtml b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/composer_help.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..81d6883ff7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/composer_help.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,2496 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Creating Web Pages with &brandShortName; Composer</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="creating_web_pages_with_mozilla_composer">Creating Web Pages with
+  &brandShortName; Composer</h1>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; Composer lets you create your own web pages and publish
+  them on the web. You don&apos;t have to know HTML to use Composer; it is as
+  easy to use as a word processor.</p>
+
+<p>Toolbar buttons let you add lists, tables, images, links to other pages,
+  colors, and font styles. You can see what your document will look like on
+  the Web as you create it, and you can easily share your document with
+  other users, no matter what type of browser or HTML-capable email program
+  they use.</p>
+
+<p>To start using &brandShortName; Composer:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click the Composer icon in the lower-left corner of any
+    &brandShortName; window.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<div><img src="images/composer_icon.png" width="128" height="23"
+  alt="" /></div>
+<div style="margin-left: 80px;"><strong>Composer icon</strong></div>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#starting_a_new_page">Starting a New Page</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Formatting Your Web Pages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Adding Tables to Your Web
+      Page</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#adding_images_to_your_web_page">Adding Pictures (Images) to
+      Your Web Page</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#setting_page_properties">Setting Page Properties</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#creating_links_in_composer">Creating Links in
+      Composer</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Publishing Your Pages on
+      the Web</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#composer_preferences">Composer Preferences</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h1 id="starting_a_new_page" style="margin-top: 50px;">Starting a New Page</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#creating_a_new_page">Creating a New Page</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#saving_and_browsing_your_new_page">Saving and Browsing Your
+      New Page</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="creating_a_new_page">Creating a New Page</h2>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; Composer is an HTML (Hypertext Markup Language) editor that
+  allows you to create and edit web pages. Composer is a <em>WYSIWYG</em> (What
+  You See Is What You Get) editor, so you can display how your page will look
+  to the reader as you&apos;re creating it. It is not necessary for you to know
+  HTML, since most of the basic HTML functions are available as commands from
+  the toolbars and menus.</p>
+
+<p>Composer also lets you edit the HTML source if you want. To view or edit the
+  HTML source code, open the View menu, and choose HTML Source, or click the
+  &lt;HTML&gt; Source tab in the Edit Mode toolbar at the bottom of the
+  Composer window.</p>
+
+<p>To create a web page, use one of the methods described below. Once
+  you&apos;ve started a page, you can add and edit text just as you would
+  in a word processor.</p>
+
+<p><strong>To create a new page from the browser</strong>:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Open the File menu, choose New, and then Composer Page. A Composer
+    window containing a blank page opens.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>To edit a page you&apos;re currently viewing in the
+  browser</strong>:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>In the browser window of the page you&apos;re viewing, open the File
+    menu and choose Edit Page. You see a Composer window that contains the
+    page you&apos;re viewing.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>To create a new page in Composer</strong>:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click the New button in Composer&apos;s toolbar.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>To start from an HTML file stored on your local drive</strong>:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Window menu and choose Composer. You see the Composer
+    window.</li>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Open File. You see the Open HTML File
+    dialog box.</li>
+  <li>On your local drive, locate the file that you want to edit.</li>
+  <li>Click Open to display the specified file in a Composer window.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>To edit a web page</strong>:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Window menu and choose Browser.</li>
+  <li>Go to a web page: type the URL of the page (for example,
+    <tt>http://www.mozilla.org</tt>) in the Location Bar and press
+    <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd>.</li>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Edit Page.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: In the Composer window you can quickly open the most
+  recent file you&apos;ve been working on by opening the File menu, choosing
+  Recent Pages, and then selecting the file you want from the list.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#starting_a_new_page">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="saving_and_browsing_your_new_page">Saving and Browsing Your New
+  Page</h2>
+
+<p>You can save Composer documents in HTML or text-only format. Saving a
+  document in HTML format preserves the document&apos;s formatting, such
+  as text styles (for example, bold or italic), tables, links, and images.
+  Saving a document in text-only format removes all the HTML tags but
+  preserves the document&apos;s text.</p>
+
+<p>To save a document as an HTML file:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Save or click the Save button on the
+    Composition toolbar.
+
+    <p>If you haven&apos;t already given your page a title, Composer prompts
+      you to do so. Composer displays the page title in the browser
+      window&apos;s title bar when you view the page in the browser. The
+      document&apos;s page title also appears in your list of bookmarks
+      if you bookmark the page.</p>
+
+    <p>Composer then prompts you to enter a filename and specify the location
+      where you want to save the file. Make sure you preserve the .html
+      extension in the filename.</p>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To change the filename or location of an existing HTML file:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Choose Save As and select a different filename or location.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>When you save a page in Composer, all parts of the page (the HTML, images
+  and other files, such as sound files and style sheets), are saved locally
+  on your hard drive. If you only want to save the HTML part of the page, you
+  must change the Composer preference for saving pages. See
+  <a href="#composer">Composer Preferences - Composer</a> for more information
+  on changing Composer&apos;s setting for saving pages.</p>
+
+<p>If an image location is absolute (starts with <q>http://</q>) and you are
+  connected to the Internet, you will still see that image in the document in
+  Composer and the browser. However, if the image location is relative to the
+  page location (starts with <q>file:///</q>), then you won&apos;t see the
+  image in the local version of the document.</p>
+
+<p>To save a document as a text-only file:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Export to Text.</li>
+  <li>Enter the filename and specify the location where you want to save the
+    file.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Images do not appear in documents saved in the
+  text-only format.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can choose Revert to Last Saved from the File
+  menu to retrieve the most recently saved copy of the document in which
+  you&apos;re working. Keep in mind that your current changes will be lost.</p>
+
+<p>To view your page in a browser window in order to test your links:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Browse Page (or click Browse in the
+    Composition toolbar). If you have not yet saved your document, Composer
+    prompts you to enter a page title, filename, and location. The Composer
+    window remains open behind the new browser window.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#starting_a_new_page">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="formatting_your_web_pages">Formatting Your Web Pages</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#formatting_paragraphs_headings_and_lists">Formatting
+      Paragraphs, Headings, and Lists</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#working_with_lists">Working with Lists</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#changing_text_color_style_and_font">Changing Text Color,
+      Style, and Font</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#removing_or_discontinuing_text_styles">Removing or
+      Discontinuing Text Styles</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#finding_and_replacing_text">Finding and Replacing
+      Text</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#inserting_horizontal_lines">Inserting Horizontal
+      Lines</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#inserting_special_characters">Inserting Special
+      Characters</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#inserting_html_elements_and_attributes">Inserting HTML
+      Elements and Attributes</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#validating_the_html">Validating the HTML</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#choosing_the_right_editing_mode">Choosing the Right Editing
+      Mode</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="formatting_paragraphs_headings_and_lists">Formatting Paragraphs,
+  Headings, and Lists</h2>
+
+<p>To apply a format to a paragraph, begin from the Composer window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want the format to begin,
+    or select the text you want to format.</li>
+  <li>Choose a paragraph format using the drop-down list in the Format toolbar:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Body Text</strong>: Applies the application default font and
+        style for regular text, without affecting the spacing before or after
+        the text.</li>
+      <li><strong>Paragraph</strong>: Inserts a paragraph tag (use this to
+        begin a new paragraph). The paragraph includes top and bottom
+        margins.</li>
+      <li><strong>Heading 1</strong> - <strong>Heading 6</strong>: Formats the
+        paragraph as a heading. Heading 1 is the highest-level heading, while
+        Heading 6 is the lowest-level heading.</li>
+      <li><strong>Address</strong>: Can be used for a web page <q>signature</q>
+        that indicates the author of the page and the person to contact for
+        more information, for example: <tt>user@example.com</tt> 
+
+        <p>You might want to include the date and a copyright notice. This
+          format usually appears at the bottom of the web page under a
+          horizontal line. The browser displays the address format in
+          italics.</p>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Preformat</strong>: This is useful for elements such as code
+        examples, column data, and mail messages that you want displayed in a
+        fixed-width font. In normal text, most browsers remove extra spaces,
+        tabs, and paragraph returns. However, text that uses the Preformatted
+        style is displayed with the white space intact, preserving the layout
+        of the original text.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To format text as a heading:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click to place the insertion point anywhere within the text that you
+    want to format.</li>
+  <li>Using the drop-down list in the Format toolbar, choose the level of
+    heading you want, from 1 (largest) to 6 (smallest). Choose <q>Heading 1</q>
+    for your main heading, <q>Heading 2</q> for the next level, and so
+    forth.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To apply a list item format:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click to place the insertion point within the line of text that you want
+    to format.</li>
+  <li>Open the Format menu and choose List.</li>
+  <li>Choose the list style:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Bulleted</strong>: Each item has a bullet (dot) next to it
+        (as in this list).</li>
+      <li><strong>Numbered</strong>: Items are numbered.</li>
+      <li><strong>Term</strong> and <strong>Definition</strong>: These two
+        styles work together, creating a glossary-style appearance. Use the
+        Term tag for the word being defined, and the Definition tag for the
+        definition. The Term text appears flush left, and the Definition
+        text appears indented.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can quickly apply a list style to a block of
+  text by selecting the text and clicking the Numbered List
+  <img src="images/numbers.gif" width="21" height="21" alt="" />
+  or Bulleted List
+  <img src="images/bullets.gif" width="20" height="20" alt="" />
+  buttons on the Format toolbar.</p>
+
+<p>To change the style of bullets or numbers:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click to place the insertion point within the text of the list item you
+    want to change, or select one or more items in the list if you want to
+    apply a new style to the entire list.</li>
+  <li>Open the Format menu and choose List Properties.</li>
+  <li>Select a bullet or number style from the drop-down list. For numbered
+    lists, you can specify a starting number. For bulleted lists, you can
+    change the bullet style.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can also double-click on a bullet or number in a
+  list to display the List Properties dialog box.</p>
+
+<p>To align a paragraph or text in your page, for example, centering or
+  aligning to the left or right:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click to place the insertion point within the paragraph or line of text
+    you want to align.</li>
+  <li>Open the Format menu and choose Align; then choose an alignment
+    option.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: You can also use the Format toolbar to align
+  text.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="working_with_lists">Working with Lists</h2>
+
+<p>To end a list and continue typing body text:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click to place the insertion point at the end of the last list item and
+    press <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd> twice to
+    end the list.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To change one or more list items to body text:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click to place the insertion point within the list item, or select the
+    list items.</li>
+  <li>In a numbered list, click the numbered list button (or in a bulleted
+    list, click the bulleted list button) in the Format toolbar.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To position indented text below a list item:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click to place the insertion point within the list item.</li>
+  <li>Press <kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd
+    class="noMac">Enter</kbd>to create the hanging indent.</li>
+  <li>Type the text you want to indent.</li>
+  <li>Press <kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd
+    class="noMac">Enter</kbd> to create another indented paragraph, or press
+    <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd> to create the
+    next list item.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can increase or decrease the indentation of list
+  items by clicking anywhere in a list item and then clicking the Indent or
+  Outdent button on the Format toolbar. Alternatively, click anywhere in a
+  list item and press <kbd>Tab</kbd> to indent one level. Press
+  <kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd>Tab</kbd> to outdent one level.</p>
+
+<p>To merge two adjacent lists:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select the two lists that you want to merge. Be sure to select all of
+    the elements in both lists. Note that any text in between the two lists
+    will also become part of the merged list.</li>
+  <li>Click the bulleted or numbered list button in the Format toolbar to
+    merge the lists.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="changing_text_color_style_and_font">Changing Text Color, Style, and
+  Font</h2>
+
+<p>To change the style, color, or font of selected text:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select the text you want to format.</li>
+  <li>Open the Format menu and choose one of the following:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Font</strong>: Use this to choose a font. If you prefer to
+        use fonts specified by the reader&apos;s browser, select Variable
+        Width or Fixed Width.
+
+        <p><strong>Note</strong>: Not all fonts installed on your computer
+          appear. Instead of specifying a font that may not be available to all
+          who view your web page, it&apos;s generally best to select one of the
+          fonts provided in the menu since these fonts work on every computer.
+          For example, the fonts Helvetica, Arial, Times, and Courier generally
+          look the same when viewed on different computers. If you select a
+          different font, it may not look the same when viewed using a
+          different computer.</p>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Size</strong>: Use this to choose a <em>relative</em> font
+        size or select an option to increase or decrease text size (relative
+        to the surrounding text).</li>
+      <li><strong>Text Style</strong>: Use this to select a style, such as
+        italic, bold, or underline, or to apply a structured style, for
+        example, Code.</li>
+      <li><strong>Text Color</strong>: Use this to choose a color from the
+        color picker. If you are familiar with HTML hexadecimal color codes,
+        you can type a specific code or you can just type a color name (for
+        example, <q>blue</q>). You&apos;ll find the official W3C list of CSS
+        supported color names
+        <a href="http://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/syndata.html#color-units">here</a>,
+        and another list of commonly supported color names 
+        <a href="http://www.w3schools.com/html/html_colornames.asp">here</a>.
+      </li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To change the background color of the page:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click anywhere in the page.</li>
+  <li>Click the background color block in the Format toolbar.</li>
+  <li>Choose a background color from the Block Background Color dialog
+    box.</li>
+  <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly change the color of text to the color
+  last used, select the text, then press Shift and click on the text color
+  block in the Format toolbar. This is useful when you want to use one
+  color for separate lines of text.</p>
+
+<p>You can also use an image as a background. See
+  <a href="#setting_page_colors_and_backgrounds">Setting Page Colors and
+  Backgrounds</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="removing_or_discontinuing_text_styles">Removing or Discontinuing Text
+  Styles</h2>
+
+<p>To remove all text styles (bold, italic, and so on) from selected text:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select the text.</li>
+  <li>Open the Format menu and choose Remove All Text Styles.</li>
+  <li>Continue typing.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To continue typing text with all text styles removed:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Place the insertion point where you want to discontinue the text
+    styles.</li>
+  <li>Open the Format menu and choose Discontinue Text Styles.</li>
+  <li>Continue typing.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="finding_and_replacing_text">Finding and Replacing Text</h2>
+
+<p>To find text in the page you&apos;re currently working on:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want to begin your
+    search.</li>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Find and Replace. You see the Find and
+    Replace dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Type the text you want to locate in the <q>Find what</q> field. To narrow
+    the search, check one or more of the following options:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Match exact case</strong>: Use this to specify whether
+        the search is for case-sensitive text.</li>
+      <li><strong>Wrap around</strong>: Use this to search to the end of the
+        page and then start again from the top or bottom, depending on whether
+        you are searching forward or backwards.</li>
+      <li><strong>Search backwards</strong>: Use this to search back from the
+        insertion point to the beginning of the page.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click Find Next to begin searching. When Composer locates the first
+    occurrence of the text, click Find Next to search for the next
+    occurrence.</li>
+  <li>Click Close when you are done.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To find and replace text in the page you&apos;re currently working on:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want to begin your
+    search.</li>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Find and Replace. You see the Find and
+    Replace dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Type the text you want to find and then type the replacement text.</li>
+  <li>To narrow the search, check one or more of the following options:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Match exact case</strong>: Use this to specify whether
+        the search is for case-sensitive text. If you don&apos;t select this
+        option, the search will find matching text in both upper and lower
+        case.</li>
+      <li><strong>Wrap around</strong>: Use this to search to the end of the
+        page and then start again from the top.</li>
+      <li><strong>Search backwards</strong>: Use this to search from the end
+        to the beginning of the page.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click Find Next to search for the next occurrence. Composer selects the
+    next occurrence of the text.</li>
+  <li>Click Replace to replace the selected text with the replacement text.
+    Click Replace and Find to replace the selected text and find the next
+    occurrence. Click Replace All to replace every occurrence in the document
+    with the replacement text.</li>
+  <li>Click Close when you are done.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="inserting_horizontal_lines">Inserting Horizontal Lines</h2>
+
+<p>Horizontal lines are typically used to separate different sections of a
+  document visually. To insert a horizontal line (also called a <em>rule</em>)
+  in your page, begin from the Composer window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want the line to
+    appear.</li>
+  <li>Open the Insert menu and choose Horizontal Line.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<h3 id="setting_horizontal_line_properties">Setting Horizontal Line
+  Properties</h3>
+
+<p>You can customize a line&apos;s height, length, width, alignment, and
+  shading.</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Double-click the line to display the Horizontal Line Properties dialog
+    box.</li>
+  <li>Edit any of these properties:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Width</strong>: Enter the width and then choose <q>% of
+        window</q> or <q>pixels</q>. If you specify width as a percentage,
+        the line&apos;s width changes whenever the Composer window&apos;s
+        or browser window&apos;s width changes.</li>
+      <li><strong>Height</strong>: Type a number for the line&apos;s height
+        (in pixels).</li>
+      <li><strong>3-D Shading</strong>: Select this to add depth to the line
+        by adding a bevel shading.</li>
+      <li><strong>Alignment</strong>: Specify where you want to place the
+        line (left, center, or right).</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click Use as Default to use these settings as the default the next time
+    you insert a horizontal line.</li>
+  <li>To edit the properties of a horizontal line manually, click Advanced
+    Edit. See the section,
+    <a href="#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Advanced Property Editor</a>,
+    for details.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can select <q>HTML Tags</q> from the View menu to
+  show all the HTML elements in yellow boxes. Click any yellow box to select
+  everything within that HTML tag or element. Double-click any yellow box to
+  display the
+  <a href="#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Advanced Property Editor</a>
+  dialog box for that HTML tag or element.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="inserting_special_characters">Inserting Special Characters</h2>
+
+<p>To insert special characters such as accent marks, copyrights, or currency
+  symbols:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want the special character
+    to appear.</li>
+  <li>Open the Insert menu and choose Characters and Symbols. You see the
+    Insert Character dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Select a category of characters.
+    <ul>
+      <li>If you choose Accent Uppercase or Accent Lowercase, then open the
+        Letter drop-down list and select the letter you wish to apply an
+        accent to. (Note: not all letters have accented forms.) Select
+        Common Symbols to insert special characters such as copyright symbols
+        or fractions.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>From the Character drop-down list, select the character you want to
+    insert.</li>
+  <li>Click Insert. 
+
+    <p>You can continue typing in your document (or in a mail compose window)
+      while you keep this dialog box open, in case you want to use it
+      again.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click Close when you are done inserting special characters.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="inserting_html_elements_and_attributes">Inserting HTML Elements and
+  Attributes</h2>
+
+<p>If you understand how to work with HTML source code, you can insert
+  additional tags, style attributes, and JavaScript into your page. If you are
+  not sure how to work with HTML source code, it&apos;s best not to change it.
+  To work with HTML code, use one of these methods:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Place the insertion point where you want to insert the HTML code, or
+    select the text you want to edit, and then open the Insert menu and choose
+    HTML. In the Insert HTML dialog box, enter HTML tags and text, and then
+    click Insert.</li>
+  <li>Select an element such as a table, named anchor, image, link, or
+    horizontal line. Double-click the element to open the associated properties
+    dialog box for that item. Click Advanced Edit to open the Advanced Property
+    Editor. You can use the Advanced Property Editor to add HTML attributes,
+    JavaScript, and CSS to objects.</li>
+  <li>Open the View menu, and choose HTML Source, or click the &lt;HTML&gt;
+    Source tab in the Edit Mode toolbar at the bottom of the Composer window.
+    (If you don&apos;t see the Edit Mode toolbar, open the View menu and choose
+    Show/Hide; then make sure the Edit Mode Toolbar is checked.)</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3 id="using_the_advanced_property_editor">Using the Advanced Property
+  Editor</h3>
+
+<p>To add HTML attributes and JavaScript to objects such as tables, images,
+  and horizontal lines, you can use the Advanced Property Editor.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Unless you clearly understand how to add, delete, or
+  modify HTML attributes and their associated values, it&apos;s best not to do
+  so.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not currently viewing the Advanced Property Editor dialog box,
+  follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>From the View menu (or the Edit Mode toolbar), choose HTML Tags.</li>
+  <li>Double-click the object that you want to modify to open its Properties
+    dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Click Advanced Edit to open the object&apos;s Advanced Property Editor.
+    The Advanced Property Editor has three tabs, each of which lists the
+    current properties for the selected object:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>HTML Attributes</strong>: Click this tab to view or enter
+        additional HTML attributes.</li>
+      <li><strong>Inline Style</strong>: Click this tab to view or enter
+        additional CSS (cascading style sheet) properties through the
+        &lt;style&gt; attribute. For more information on using CSS styles
+        in Composer, see
+        <a href="#composer">Composer Preferences -Composer</a>.</li>
+      <li><strong>JavaScript Events</strong>: Click this tab to view or enter
+        JavaScript events.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>To edit a property or attribute in any of the three lists, select the
+    attribute you want to edit. You can then edit the attribute&apos;s name
+    or value using the editable Attribute and Value fields at the bottom of
+    the dialog box. To add a new attribute, type it in the Attribute field
+    at the bottom of the dialog box. The new attribute is automatically added
+    when you click in the Value field. To remove an attribute, select it in
+    the list, and click Remove Attribute.
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: Required attributes are highlighted in the
+      Attribute list.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK to apply your changes to the Advanced Property Editor dialog
+    box.</li>
+  <li>Click OK again to exit the Properties dialog box.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Composer automatically places quotation marks around any attribute text.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="validating_the_html">Validating the HTML</h2>
+
+<p>Before you put your document on a web server so that others can see it, you
+  should first check the document&apos;s HTML formatting to make sure it
+  conforms to web standards. Documents containing validated HTML are less
+  likely to cause problems when viewed by different browsers. Just visually
+  checking your web pages in the browser doesn&apos;t ensure that your document
+  will appear correctly when viewed in other web browsers.</p>
+
+<p>Composer provides a convenient way for you to check that your document
+  conforms to W3C (World Wide Web Consortium) HTML standards. Composer uses
+  the W3C HTML Validation Service, which checks your document&apos;s HTML
+  syntax for compliance with HTML 4.01 standards. This service also provides
+  information on how to correct errors.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: You must be connected to the Internet to use this
+  feature.</p>
+
+<p>To validate your document&apos;s HTML syntax:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Tools menu, and choose Validate HTML. If you have unsaved
+    changes, Composer asks you to save them before proceeding.</li>
+  <li>When the W3C HTML Validation Service page appears, click Browse and
+    locate the file on your hard disk that you want to validate.</li>
+  <li>Click <q>Validate this document</q>.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="choosing_the_right_editing_mode">Choosing the Right Editing Mode</h2>
+
+<p>Typically, you won&apos;t need to change the editing mode from the default
+  (Normal). However, if you want to work with the document&apos;s HTML source
+  code, you may want to change editing modes.</p>
+
+<p>Composer allows you to quickly switch between four editing modes or views.
+  Each editing mode allows you to continue working on your document, but
+  displays varying levels of HTML tags (and tag icons).</p>
+
+<p>Before you choose an editing mode:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Open the View menu, choose Show/Hide, and then make sure there is a
+    checkmark next to Edit Mode Toolbar.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>The Edit Mode toolbar has four tabs:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Normal</strong>: Choose this editing mode to see how the document
+    will look online while you are creating it. Choose this mode to
+    show table borders and named anchor icons. All other HTML tag icons
+    are hidden.</li>
+  <li><strong>HTML Tags</strong>: Choose this mode to show all HTML tag
+    icons.</li>
+  <li><strong>&lt;HTML&gt; Source</strong>: Choose this mode to view and edit
+    the document as unformatted HTML source code. When you save the
+    document, the Normal mode reappears.</li>
+  <li><strong>Preview</strong>: Choose this mode to display and edit the
+    document exactly as it would appear in a browser window, except
+    that links and JavaScript functions will not be active.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: JavaScript functions, frames, links, Java,
+  embedded objects and animated GIF files are not active in any of
+  the editing modes. To display these items in their active
+  state, click the Browse button on the Composition toolbar to
+  load the page into a browser window.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Adding Tables to Your Web Page</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#inserting_a_table">Inserting a Table</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#changing_a_tables_properties">Changing a Table&apos;s
+      Properties</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#adding_and_deleting_rows_columns_and_cells">Adding and
+      Deleting Rows, Columns, and Cells</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#selecting_table_elements">Selecting Table Elements</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#moving_copying_and_deleting_tables">Moving, Copying, and
+      Deleting Tables</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#converting_text_into_a_table">Converting Text into a
+      Table</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="inserting_a_table">Inserting a Table</h2>
+
+<p>Tables are useful for organizing text, pictures, and data into formatted
+  rows and columns. To insert a table:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want the table to appear.</li>
+  <li>Click the Table button
+    <img src="images/table.gif" width="25" height="26" alt="" /> on the
+    Composition toolbar. The Insert Table dialog box appears.</li>
+  <li>Type the number of rows and columns you want.
+    <ul>
+      <li>(Optional) Enter a size for the table width, and select either
+        percentage of the window or pixels.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Enter a number for the border thickness (in pixels); enter zero for no
+    border.
+  
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: Composer uses a red dotted line to indicate
+      tables with a zero border; the dotted line disappears when the page
+      is viewed in a browser.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>To apply additional table attributes or JavaScript, click Advanced Edit
+    to display the
+    <a href="#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Advanced Property Editor</a>.
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK to confirm your settings and view your new table.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To change additional properties for your new table, see
+  <a href="#changing_a_tables_properties">Changing a Table&apos;s
+  Properties</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To insert a table within a table, open the
+  Insert menu and choose Table.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="changing_a_tables_properties">Changing a Table&apos;s Properties</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to modify properties that apply to an entire
+  table as well as the rows, columns, or individual cells within a table. If
+  you are not currently viewing the Table Properties dialog box, follow these
+  steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select the table, or click anywhere inside it.</li>
+  <li>Click the Table button
+    <img src="images/table.gif" width="25" height="26" alt="" /> on the
+    toolbar, or open the Table menu and choose Table Properties. The Table
+    Properties dialog box contains two tabs: Table and Cells.</li>
+  <li>Click the Table tab to edit these properties:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Size</strong>: Use this to specify the number of rows and
+        columns. Enter the width of the table and then choose <q>% of
+        window</q> or <q>pixels</q>. If you specify width as a percentage, the
+        table&apos;s width changes whenever the Composer window&apos;s or
+        browser window&apos;s width changes.</li>
+      <li><strong>Borders and Spacing</strong>: Use this to specify, in pixels,
+        the border line width, the space between cells, and the cell padding
+        (the space between the contents of the cell and its border).
+
+        <p><strong>Note</strong>: Composer uses a dotted outline to display
+          tables with a zero border; the dotted line disappears when the page
+          is viewed in a browser.</p>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Table Alignment</strong>: Use this to align the table within
+        the page. Choose an option from the drop-down list.</li>
+      <li><strong>Caption</strong>: Choose the caption placement from the
+        drop-down list.</li>
+      <li><strong>Background Color</strong>: Use this to choose a color for
+        the table background, or leave it as transparent.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>To apply additional attributes or JavaScript events, click Advanced Edit
+    to display the <a href="#formatting_paragraphs_headings_and_lists">Advanced
+    Property Editor</a>.
+  </li>
+  <li>Click Apply to preview your changes without closing the dialog box, or
+    click OK to confirm them.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To view, change, or add properties for one or more cells:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select the row, column, or cell, then open the Table menu and choose
+    Table Properties. The Table Properties dialog box appears.</li>
+  <li>Click the Cells tab to edit the following properties:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Selection</strong>: Choose Cell, Row, or Column from the
+        drop-down list. Click Previous or Next to move through rows, columns,
+        or cells.</li>
+      <li><strong>Size</strong>: Type a number for Height and Width, and then
+        choose <q>% of table</q> or <q>pixels</q>.</li>
+      <li><strong>Content Alignment</strong>: Select a vertical and horizontal
+        alignment type for the text or data inside each cell.</li>
+      <li><strong>Cell Style</strong>: Select Header from the drop-down list
+        for column or row headers (which centers and bolds the text in the
+        cell); otherwise choose Normal.</li>
+      <li><strong>Text Wrap</strong>: Select <q>Don&apos;t wrap</q> from the
+        drop-down list to keep text from wrapping to the next line unless you
+        insert a paragraph break. Otherwise, choose Wrap.</li>
+      <li><strong>Background Color</strong>: Select a color for the cell
+        background or leave it as transparent.
+
+        <p><strong>Note</strong>: To apply additional attributes or JavaScript
+          events, click Advanced Edit to display the
+          <a href="#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Advanced Property
+          Editor</a>
+        </p>
+      </li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click Apply to preview your changes without closing the dialog box, or
+    click OK to confirm them.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To change the text color or background color of one
+  or more selected cells or the entire table, select the cells or click
+  anywhere in the table and then click the text color or background color
+  icon in the Format toolbar.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To change the color of cells to the color last used,
+  select the cell, then press Shift and click on the background color picker.
+  This is useful when you want to use one color for individual cells.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="adding_and_deleting_rows_columns_and_cells">Adding and Deleting Rows,
+  Columns, and Cells</h2>
+
+<p>Composer allows you to quickly add or delete one or more cells, columns,
+  or rows in a table. In addition, you can set options that allow you to
+  maintain the original rectangular structure or layout of the table while
+  you perform editing tasks.</p>
+
+<p>To add a cell, row, or column to your table:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click inside the table where you want to add a cell (or cells).</li>
+  <li>Open the Table menu and then choose Insert.</li>
+  <li>Choose one of the cell groupings. (You can also insert a new table
+    within a table cell.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To delete a cell, row, or column:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click a row, column, or cell to place the insertion point. Or,
+    select neighboring cells to delete more than one row at a time. To
+    select neighboring cells, drag over the cells you want to select.
+    To select individual cells in a table, hold down the
+    <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd> key and click
+    on the cells you want to select.</li>
+  <li>Open the Table menu and choose Delete.</li>
+  <li>Choose the item you want to delete.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To join (or merge) a cell with the cell on its right:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click inside the cell on the left, open the Table menu, and
+    choose Join with Cell to the Right.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To join (or merge) adjacent cells:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Select adjacent cells by dragging over them.</li>
+  <li>Open the Table menu, and choose Join Selected Cells.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To split a joined cell back into two or more cells:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click inside the joined cell, open the Table menu, and then
+    choose Split Cell. Composer puts the entire contents of the joined
+    cell into the first of the two cells.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Refer to <a href="#selecting_table_elements">Selecting Table Elements</a>
+  for information on how to select non-adjacent cells, rows, and
+  columns.</p>
+
+<h3 id="changing_the_default_table_editing_behavior">Changing the Default Table
+  Editing Behavior</h3>
+
+<p>By default, when you delete one or more cells, Composer preserves the
+  table&apos;s structure by adding cells at the end of a row, wherever
+  needed. This allows you to delete one or more cells but still maintain
+  the table&apos;s original rectangular layout, or structure. Otherwise,
+  deleting cells can result in a table with empty spaces, or whose outline
+  appears irregular due to an uneven number of cells.</p>
+
+<p>To change the default table editing behavior, begin from the Composer
+  window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu, choose Preferences, and then choose Composer.</li>
+  <li>Under Table Editing, set the following preference:
+    <ul>
+      <li>Make sure that <q>Maintain table layout when inserting or
+        deleting cells</q> is checked to ensure that you don&apos;t get an
+        irregularly shaped table.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>See also <a href="#composer">Setting General Composer Preferences</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="selecting_table_elements">Selecting Table Elements</h2>
+
+<p>You can use one of two ways to quickly select a table, cell, or group of
+  cells:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click in the table, open the Table menu, choose Select, and then choose
+    an item from the submenu. For example, to select a table, click anywhere
+    inside the table, open the Table menu, choose Select, and then choose
+    Table.</li>
+  <li>Or, you can use the mouse as a selection tool:
+    <ul>
+      <li>To select a group of adjacent cells: click in a cell, and then
+        drag to select the cells you want. Drag the mouse left or right to
+        select a row; up or down to select a column.</li>
+      <li>To select non-adjacent cells: press <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd>
+        <kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd> and then click inside a cell. Keep
+        pressing <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd> <kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>
+        as you click to select additional cells.</li>
+      <li>To extend a selection to include adjacent cells: click inside a
+        cell and then drag over additional cells to extend the selection.</li>
+      <li>To select one or more adjacent columns or rows: drag up or down
+        to select the first column or row, and then drag left or right to
+        select additional adjacent columns or rows. Press <kbd>Shift</kbd>
+        and drag to the right to select an entire row. Press <kbd>Shift</kbd>
+        and drag up or down to select an entire column.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="moving_copying_and_deleting_tables">Moving, Copying, and Deleting
+  Tables</h2>
+
+<p>To move a table:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click inside the table.</li>
+  <li>Open the Table menu, choose Select, and then choose Table.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>To copy or move the table: Use the Edit menu&apos;s cut, copy, and
+    paste options.</li>
+  <li>To delete the table: Open the Table menu again, choose Delete, and
+    then choose Table.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="converting_text_into_a_table">Converting Text into a Table</h2>
+
+<p>To convert text into a table:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select the text that you want to convert into a table. Keep in mind that
+    Composer creates a new table row for each paragraph in the selection.</li>
+  <li>Open the Table menu and choose Create Table from Selection. You see the
+    Convert to Table dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Choose the character Composer uses to separate the selection into
+    columns, or specify a different character to use. If you choose Space as
+    the separator for columns, choose whether or not you want Composer to
+    ignore multiple space and treat them as one space.</li>
+  <li>Leave <q>Delete separator character</q> checked to have Composer remove
+    the separator character when it converts the text into a table. If you
+    don&apos;t want Composer to delete the separator character, uncheck this
+    option.</li>
+  <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Text formatting is removed when the selected text
+  is converted to a table.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="adding_images_to_your_web_page">Adding Pictures (Images) to Your Web
+  Page</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#inserting_an_image_into_your_page">Inserting an Image into
+      Your Page</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#editing_image_properties">Editing Image Properties</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="inserting_an_image_into_your_page">Inserting an Image into Your
+  Page</h2>
+
+<p>You can insert GIF, JPEG, BMP, and PNG (Portable Network Graphics) images
+  into your web page. You can also use them to
+  <a href="#using_images_as_links">create links</a>. When you insert an image,
+  Composer saves a reference to the image in your page.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: If you plan to publish your pages to the web,
+  it&apos;s best not to use BMP images in your pages.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: It&apos;s best to first save or publish your page
+  before you insert images into it. This allows Composer to automatically
+  use relative references to images once you insert them.</p>
+
+<p>To insert an image:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want the image to
+    appear.</li>
+  <li>Click the Image button
+    <img src="images/image.gif" width="23" height="25" alt="" />
+    on the toolbar, or open the Insert menu and choose Image. You see the
+    Image Properties dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Type the location and filename of the image file, or click Choose File
+    to search for an image file on your hard drive or network.</li>
+  <li>Type a simple description of your image as the alternate text that will
+    appear in text-only browsers (as well as other browsers) when an image is
+    loading or when image loading is disabled. 
+
+    <p>Alternatively, you can choose not to include alternate text.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>If needed, click other tabs so you can adjust the settings (for
+    example, alignment) in the
+    <a href="#editing_image_properties">Image Properties</a> dialog box.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly insert an image: Drag and drop it onto
+  your page.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To insert a line break after all images in a
+  paragraph, choose Break Below Images from the Insert menu.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#adding_images_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="editing_image_properties">Editing Image Properties</h2>
+
+<p>Once you&apos;ve inserted an image into your page, you can edit its
+  properties and customize the layout in your page, such as the height,
+  width, spacing, and text alignment. If you are not currently viewing
+  the Image Properties dialog box, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Double-click the image, or select it and click the Image button
+    <img src="images/image.gif" width="23" height="25" alt="" /> on the toolbar
+    to display the Image Properties dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Click the Location tab to edit these properties:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Image Location</strong>: Type the filename and location of
+        the image file. Click Choose File to search for an image file on your
+        hard drive or network.</li>
+      <li><strong>URL is relative to page location</strong>: If checked,
+        Composer converts the URL to be relative to the page&apos;s location.
+        This is especially useful if you plan to publish your pages on a web
+        server so that others can view them. Using relative URLs allows you
+        to keep all your linked files in the same place relative to each other,
+        regardless of their location on your hard disk or a web server.
+
+        <p>Unchecking this box causes Composer to convert the URL to a full
+          (absolute) URL. You typically use absolute URLs when linking to
+          images on other web servers (not stored locally on your hard
+          disk).</p>
+
+        <p>If you have never saved or published the page, you must first save
+          the page in order to enable this checkbox. (This checkbox is not
+          available if you open the Image Properties dialog box in a message
+          compose window.)</p>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Attach this image to the message</strong>: If checked,
+        the image is attached to the message you are sending. If unchecked, a
+        link to the image location is inserted instead. (This checkbox is only
+        available if you open the Image Properties dialog box in a message
+        compose window.)</li>
+      <li><strong>Alternate Text</strong>: Enter text that will display in
+        place of the original image; for example, a caption or a brief
+        description of the image. It&apos;s a good practice to specify
+        alternate text for readers who use text-only web browsers or who have
+        image loading turned off.</li>
+      <li><strong>Don&apos;t use alternate text</strong>: Choose this option
+        if the image does not require alternate text or if you don&apos;t want
+        to include it.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click the Dimensions tab to edit these properties:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Actual Size</strong>: Select this option to undo any changes
+        you&apos;ve made to the dimensions and return the image to its original
+        size.</li>
+      <li><strong>Custom Size</strong>: Select this option and specify the new
+        height and width, in pixels or as a percentage. This setting
+        doesn&apos;t affect the original image file, just the image inserted
+        in your page.</li>
+      <li><strong>Constrain</strong>: If you change the image size, it&apos;s
+        a good idea to select this in order to maintain the image&apos;s aspect
+        ratio (so that it doesn&apos;t appear distorted). If you choose this
+        option, then you only need to change the height or width, but not
+        both.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click the Appearance Tab to edit these properties:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Spacing</strong>: Specify the amount of space surrounding
+        the image; between the image and adjoining text. You can also put a
+        solid black border around the image and specify its width in pixels.
+        Specify zero for no border.</li>
+      <li><strong>Align Text to Image</strong>: If you&apos;ve placed your
+        image next to any text, select an alignment icon to indicate how you
+        want text positioned relative to the image.</li>
+      <li><strong>Image Map</strong>: Click Remove to remove any image map
+        settings.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click the Link tab to edit these properties:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Enter a web page location</strong>: If you want to define
+        a link for this image, enter the URL of a remote or local page, or
+        select a named anchor or heading from the drop-down list. Click Choose
+        File to search for a file on your hard drive or network.</li>
+      <li><strong>URL is relative to page location</strong>: If checked,
+        Composer converts the URL to be relative to the page&apos;s location.
+        This is especially useful if you plan to publish your pages to a web
+        server so that others can view them. Using relative URLs allows you to
+        keep all your linked files in the same place relative to each other,
+        regardless of their location on your hard disk or a web server.
+
+        <p>Unchecking this box causes Composer to convert the URL to a full
+          (absolute) URL. You typically use absolute URLs when linking to files
+          on other web servers (not stored locally on your hard disk).</p>
+
+        <p>If you have unsaved changes, you must first save the page in order
+          to enable this checkbox. (This checkbox is not available if you open
+          the Image Properties dialog box in a message compose window.)</p>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Show border around linked image</strong>: If checked,
+        displays the link highlight color around the image.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>To apply additional attributes or JavaScript events, click Advanced Edit
+    to display the
+    <a href="#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Advanced Property Editor</a>.
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK to confirm your changes.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#adding_images_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="setting_page_properties">Setting Page Properties</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#setting_page_properties_and_meta_tags">Setting Page
+      Properties and Meta Tags</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#setting_page_colors_and_backgrounds">Setting Page Colors and
+      Backgrounds</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="setting_page_properties_and_meta_tags">Setting Page Properties and Meta
+  Tags</h2>
+
+<p>Use the Page Properties dialog box to enter properties such as the title,
+  author, and description of the document you&apos;re currently working on.
+  This information is useful if you plan to use the page on a website, since
+  search engines use this type of information to index your page. You can view
+  this information from the browser window by opening the View menu and
+  choosing Page Info.</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Format menu and choose Page Title and Properties.</li>
+  <li>Edit any of the following properties:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Title</strong>: Type the text you want to appear as the
+        window title when someone views the page through a browser. This
+        is how most web search tools locate web pages, so choose a title
+        that conveys what your page is about.</li>
+      <li><strong>Author</strong>: Type the name of the person who created the
+        document. This information is helpful to readers who locate the
+        document by using a web search tool to search on name. 
+
+        <p><strong>Tip</strong>: If you enter the Author name in
+          Composer&apos;s <a href="#new_page_settings">preferences</a>, then
+          you won&apos;t have to enter it each time you create a new page.</p>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Description</strong>: Enter a brief description of the
+        document&apos;s contents.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#setting_page_properties">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="setting_page_colors_and_backgrounds">Setting Page Colors and
+  Backgrounds</h2>
+
+<p>You can change the background color or specify a background
+  image for the page you&apos;re currently working on. These choices
+  affect the way text and links in your page appear to people viewing
+  the page through a browser.</p>
+
+<p>To set the colors and background for the current page, begin
+  from the Composer window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Format menu and choose Page Colors and Background.</li>
+  <li>Edit any of the following properties:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Reader&apos;s default colors</strong>: Select this if you
+        want your page to use the color settings from the viewer&apos;s browser
+        for text and links.</li>
+      <li><strong>Use custom colors</strong>: Select this if you want to
+        specify the colors of text and links. For each element, select a color
+        from the Color selection dialog. Sample output for each type of link
+        appears in the pane on the right.</li>
+      <li><strong>Background image</strong>: Select this if you want the
+        background of your page to be an image. Type the name of the image
+        file or click Choose File to locate the image file on your hard
+        drive or network. 
+
+        <p><strong>Note</strong>: Background images are tiled and override
+          background color selections.</p>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>URL is relative to page location</strong>: If checked,
+        Composer converts the URL to be relative to the page&apos;s location.
+        This is especially useful if you plan to publish your pages on a web
+        server so that others can view them. 
+
+        <p>Using relative URLs allows you to keep all your linked files in
+          the same place relative to each other, regardless of their location
+          on your hard disk or a web server.</p>
+
+        <p>Deselecting this option causes Composer to convert the URL to a
+          full (absolute) URL. You typically use absolute URLs when linking
+          to images on other web servers (not stored locally on your hard
+          disk).</p>
+
+        <p>If you have unsaved changes, you must first save the page in
+          order to enable this checkbox.</p>
+      </li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: To apply additional attributes or JavaScript events,
+  click Advanced Edit to display the
+  <a href="#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Advanced Property
+  Editor</a>.</p>
+
+<p>You can also set the <a href="#new_page_settings">default page
+  background and colors</a> for every new page you create in Composer.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#setting_page_properties">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="creating_links_in_composer">Creating Links in Composer</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#creating_links_within_the_same_page">Creating Links Within
+      the Same Page</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#creating_links_to_other_pages">Creating Links to Other
+      Pages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#using_images_as_links">Using Images as Links</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#removing_or_discontinuing_links">Removing or Discontinuing
+      Links</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="creating_links_within_the_same_page">Creating Links Within the Same
+  Page</h2>
+
+<p>To create a link within the same page, for example a link that the reader
+  can use to jump from one section to another, you must create an
+  <em>anchor</em> (target location), and then create a link that points to the
+  anchor. Anchors are also called <em>named anchors</em>. To create an anchor,
+  follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click to place the insertion point at the beginning of a line where you
+    want to create an anchor, or select some text.</li>
+  <li>Open the Insert menu and choose Named Anchor. You see the Named Anchor
+    Properties dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Type a unique name for the anchor in the Anchor Name field (up to 30
+    characters). If you include spaces, they will be converted to underscores
+    ( _ ). If you selected some text in step 1, this box already contains a
+    name.</li>
+  <li>Click OK. An anchor icon appears in your document to mark the
+    anchor&apos;s location:
+    <img src="images/anchor-in-doc.gif" width="20" height="17" alt="" /></li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To create the link on which readers can click to jump to the object:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select the text or image that you want to link to the anchor.</li>
+  <li>Click the Link button or open the Insert menu and choose Link. You see
+    the Link Properties dialog box.
+    <ul>
+      <li>If you&apos;re creating a link to an HTML file on your computer,
+        click Choose File to locate it.</li>
+      <li>If you&apos;re creating a link to a named anchor (target), select
+        it from the list of the anchors currently available in the page.</li>
+      <li>If you&apos;re creating a link to a level heading (for example,
+        Heading 1 - Heading 6), select it from the list of headings currently
+        available in the page.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: To test the link you just created, open the File
+  menu and choose Browse Page, then click the link.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: If you did not first create named anchors, you can
+  use the Link dialog box to create links to headings that already occur in
+  the page.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#creating_links_in_composer">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="creating_links_to_other_pages">Creating Links to Other Pages</h2>
+
+<p>You can create links from your page to local pages on your own computer or
+  on your workplace&apos;s network, or to remote pages on the Internet.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: It&apos;s best to first save or publish your page
+  before you create links to other pages. This allows Composer to automatically
+  use relative references for links once you create them.</p>
+
+<p>To create a link to another page:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want to create a link, or
+    select the text or image that you want to link to the anchor.</li>
+  <li>Click the Link button. You see the Link Properties dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Define your link:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Link text</strong>: If you&apos;ve already selected an image
+        file or text before clicking the Link button, the selected text or
+        file will be entered here. Otherwise, you must enter the text that you
+        want to use as the link.</li>
+      <li><strong>Link Location</strong>: Type the local path and filename or
+        remote URL of the page you want to link to. If you&apos;re not sure of
+        the path and filename for a local file, click Choose File to look for
+        it on your hard disk or network. For remote URLs, you can copy the URL
+        from the browser&apos;s Location Bar. Alternatively, you can select a
+        named anchor or a heading in the current page that you want to link
+        to.</li>
+      <li><strong>URL is relative to page location</strong>: If checked,
+        Composer converts the URL to be relative to the page&apos;s location.
+        This is especially useful if you plan to publish your pages to a web
+        server so that others can view them. Using relative URLs allows you to
+        keep all your linked files in the same place relative to each other,
+        regardless of their location on your hard disk or a web server.
+
+        <p>Deselecting this option causes Composer to convert the URL to a full
+          (absolute) URL. You typically use absolute URLs when linking to pages
+          on other web servers (not stored locally on your hard disk).</p>
+
+        <p>If you have unsaved changes, you must first save the page in order
+          to enable this checkbox. (This checkbox is not available if you open
+          the Link Properties dialog box in a message compose window.)</p>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Attach the source of this link to the message</strong>: If
+        checked, the source of the specified link is added as an attachment to
+        the message you are sending. If unchecked, just a link to the location
+        is inserted instead. (This checkbox is only available if you open the
+        Link Properties dialog box in a message compose window.)</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>To apply additional attributes or JavaScript events, click Advanced Edit
+    to display the
+    <a href="#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Advanced Property Editor</a>.
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK.</li>
+  <li>To test the link you just created, click the Browse button and then click
+    the link to make sure it works as expected.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can copy a link quickly by clicking and dragging
+  the link from another window and then dropping it onto your page. For
+  example, you can click and drag a link from a web page, bookmark, or Mail
+  window and drop it onto your page. You can also right-click<span class="mac">
+  or, if you have a one-button mouse, <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click</span> a link on a
+  web page and choose Copy Link Location from the menu. Then you can paste the
+  link location into the Link Location field in the Link Properties dialog
+  box.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#creating_links_in_composer">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="using_images_as_links">Using Images as Links</h2>
+
+<p>You can make images, such as JPEG, GIF, or PNG files, behave like links in
+  your pages. When the reader clicks a linked image, the browser window
+  displays the page that the image is linked to.</p>
+
+<p>To make an image behaving like a link:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select an image on your page.</li>
+  <li>Click the Link button
+    <img src="images/link.gif" width="22" height="20" alt="" />
+    on the toolbar, or open the Insert menu and choose Link.</li>
+  <li>Use the Link Properties dialog box to link the image to a
+    <a href="#creating_links_within_the_same_page">named anchor or heading
+    within the page</a>, or to a
+    <a href="#creating_links_to_other_pages">separate local or remote page</a>.
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: Drag and drop a linked image from the browser window
+  into a Composer window to copy both the image and the link.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: To remove the blue border on images used as links,
+  open the Link Properties dialog box, click the Link tab, and uncheck <q>Show
+  border around linked image</q>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#creating_links_in_composer">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="removing_or_discontinuing_links">Removing or Discontinuing Links</h2>
+
+<p>To remove a link:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select the linked text (normally blue and underlined) or image.</li>
+  <li>Open the Format menu and choose Remove Links.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To discontinue a link, so that text you type after the link is not included
+  as part of the link:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want the link to end.</li>
+  <li>Open the Format menu and choose Discontinue Link.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#creating_links_in_composer">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+ 
+<h1 id="publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Publishing Your Pages on the Web</h1>
+
+<p>If your pages exist only on your local hard disk, you can browse your pages,
+  but no one else can. Composer lets you publish your pages to a remote
+  computer called a web server.</p>
+
+<p>When you publish your pages to a web server, Composer copies (uploads) your
+  pages to a computer that lets others browse your pages. Most ISPs provide
+  space on their web servers for web page publishing. To find a web server
+  where you can publish your pages, ask your ISP, help desk, or system
+  administrator.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#publishing_a_document">Publishing a Document</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#updating_a_published_document">Updating a Published
+      Document</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#changing_the_filename_or_publishing_location">Changing the
+      Filename or Publishing Location</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#creating_a_new_publishing_site">Creating a New Publishing
+      Site</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#choosing_the_default_publishing_site">Choosing the Default
+      Publishing Site</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#deleting_a_publishing_site">Deleting a Publishing
+      Site</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#solving_common_publishing_problems">Solving Common Publishing
+      Problems</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#publishing_settings">Publishing Settings</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="publishing_a_document">Publishing a Document</h2>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: It&apos;s best to first save or publish your page
+  before you insert links or images into it. This allows Composer to
+  automatically use relative references for links and images once you insert
+  them.</p>
+
+<p>To publish a document:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the HTML document that you want to publish, or create a new Composer
+    document.</li>
+  <li>When you&apos;re ready to publish the document remotely, click the
+    Publish button.
+
+    <p>If you have published this document before, Composer remembers the
+      document&apos;s publishing settings and starts publishing the document.
+      While publishing is in progress, Composer displays a publishing status
+      dialog box.</p>
+    <ul>
+      <li>If you have never published this document before, Composer displays
+        the Settings tab in the Publish Page dialog box so you can enter
+        information about the document&apos;s remote publishing location. See
+        <a href="#publish_page_settings">Publish Page - Settings</a> for more
+        information. When you&apos;re done entering information, click Publish.
+      </li>
+      <li>If you have never saved the document, Composer displays the Publish
+        tab in the Publish Page dialog box, so you can enter the
+        document&apos;s filename. See
+        <a href="#publish_page_publish">Publish Page - Publish</a> for more
+        information. After entering the filename, click Publish.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>To browse your published page, click the Browse button. Test the
+    page&apos;s links and make sure there are no missing images.</li>
+  <li>Continue editing the page as necessary. When you&apos;re ready to update
+    the remote page with your changes, click the Publish button.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>When you publish a document for the first time, Composer changes the
+  document&apos;s <tt>file:///</tt> URL to an <tt>http://</tt> URL to indicate
+  that you are now editing the published document. If you want to save the
+  document locally (on your computer&apos;s hard disk), click the Save button.
+  You&apos;ll be prompted to choose a filename and location on your hard disk
+  for the document.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="tips_for_avoiding_broken_links_or_missing_images">Tips for Avoiding
+  Broken Links or Missing Images</h3>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Make sure your Composer filenames end with the .html or .htm file
+    extension. Make sure your image filenames end with the .JPG, .GIF, or .PNG
+    file extension. Don&apos;t use spaces or other special symbols in your
+    filenames. Keep your filenames short and only use lowercase or uppercase
+    letters and numbers.</li>
+  <li>If your images appear as broken links when you browse a document on the
+    web server, you may have forgotten to include the images when you
+    published. Open the File menu, and choose Publish As to display the Publish
+    Page dialog box. In the Publish tab, make sure you check <q>Include images
+    and other files</q> and then click Publish.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>For more troubleshooting tips, see
+  <a href="#solving_common_publishing_problems">Solving Common Publishing
+  Problems</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="updating_a_published_document">Updating a Published Document</h2>
+
+<p>To update a published document:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In a Composer window, open the File menu, and choose Recent Pages, then
+    select the document from the list. <p>Alternatively, browse to the location
+    of the document you want to update by entering the document&apos;s HTTP
+    address (the document&apos;s web address) in the browser&apos;s
+    Location Bar.</p></li>
+  <li>Edit the document as necessary.</li>
+  <li>When you&apos;re ready to update the remote page with your changes, click
+    Publish in Composer&apos;s toolbar.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To delete a page or image you&apos;ve published on a
+  web server, you must use an <a href="glossary.xhtml#ftp">FTP (File Transfer
+  Protocol)</a> program. You also must use an FTP program if you want to create
+  subdirectories or to rename files on the web server. Ask your service
+  provider if they recommend a particular FTP program. You can usually find
+  information on FTP programs in the Help or Support sections of your service
+  provider&apos;s website. FTP programs are also available from shareware sites
+  such as ZDNet Downloads.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="changing_the_filename_or_publishing_location">Changing the Filename or
+  Publishing Location</h2>
+
+<p>To change a document&apos;s filename or publishing location:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In a Composer window, open the File menu, and choose Recent Pages, then
+    select the document from the list.
+
+    <p>Alternatively, browse to the location of the document you want to update
+      by entering the document&apos;s HTTP address (the document&apos;s web
+      address) in the browser&apos;s Location Bar.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Edit the document as necessary.</li>
+  <li>Open Composer&apos;s File menu and choose Publish As. Composer displays
+    the Publish tab in the Publish Page dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Enter a different page title, if necessary.</li>
+  <li>Enter a different filename for the page, if necessary.</li>
+  <li>From the Site Name list, choose the publishing location you want to use.
+    To set up a new publishing location, click New Site. See
+    <a href="#publish_page_settings">Publish Page - Settings</a> for more
+    information.</li>
+  <li>Click Publish to save the document to the new location.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="creating_a_new_publishing_site">Creating a New Publishing Site</h2>
+
+<p>If you plan to publish documents to more than one remote location, you can
+  set up Composer to save the publishing information for each remote site you
+  use, so that you don&apos;t have to enter it each time you want to
+  publish.</p>
+
+<p>To create a new publishing site, begin from a Composer window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Publishing Site Settings. Composer
+    displays the Publish Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Click New Site.</li>
+  <li>For <q>Site Name</q>, enter the nickname by which you want to refer to
+    this publishing site. 
+
+    <p>For example, if you will use the new site to publish documents
+      related to the <q>Meteor</q> project, you might want to use the site
+      name <q>Meteor</q>. Site names remind you about the types of documents
+      you publish at each site.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>For <q>Publishing address</q>, enter the complete URL provided to
+    you by your ISP, system administrator, or web hosting service. This
+    URL must begin with either <tt>ftp://</tt> or <tt>http://</tt>. 
+
+    <p>The publishing address specifies the location where documents are
+      published (uploaded) at this site. If you are not sure what to enter,
+      ask your ISP or system administrator.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>For <q>HTTP address of your home page</q>, enter the complete URL
+    that you would enter in the browser to view pages at this
+    site. Do not include a filename or subdirectory as part of the URL.
+
+    <p>This URL must always begin with <tt>http://</tt>. In some cases,
+      this URL is the same as the publishing address. If you are not sure
+      what to enter, ask your ISP or system administrator, or else leave
+      it blank.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>For <q>user name</q>, enter the user name you use to log in to your ISP
+    or web hosting service.</li>
+  <li>For <q>password</q>, enter the password for your user name.</li>
+  <li>Select <q>Save Password</q> to save your password securely using
+    Password Manager so that you don&apos;t have to enter it each time you
+    publish pages at this site.</li>
+  <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="choosing_the_default_publishing_site">Choosing the Default Publishing
+  Site</h2>
+
+<p>If you have set up more than one publishing site, but you typically use
+  only one site for most of your publishing needs, you can designate the site
+  you use most often as the default publishing site. Composer will use the
+  default publishing site for all documents that you publish, unless you
+  specifically choose an alternate site.</p>
+
+<p>Regardless of how many sites you&apos;ve set up, you can always publish a
+  document to a different site by choosing Publish As from Composer&apos;s
+  File menu. See
+  <a href="#changing_the_filename_or_publishing_location">Changing the Filename
+  or Publishing Location</a> for more information.</p>
+
+<p>To choose the default publishing site, begin from a Composer
+  window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu, and choose Publishing Site Settings.
+    Composer displays the Publish Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Select a publishing site from the list. 
+
+    <p>If you only have one publishing site set up, Composer uses that
+      one as the default site.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click Set as Default.</li>
+  <li>Click OK to confirm your changes.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="deleting_a_publishing_site">Deleting a Publishing Site</h2>
+
+<p>Deleting a publishing site removes the site&apos;s settings from Composer.
+  If you later wish to publish to the site, you must re-enter the site&apos;s
+  settings.</p>
+
+<p>To delete a publishing site&apos;s settings, begin from a Composer
+  window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu, and choose Publishing Site Settings. Composer
+    displays the Publish Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Select a publishing site from the list.</li>
+  <li>Click Remove Site.
+
+    <p>Composer only removes the site&apos;s settings; the remote site itself
+      is not affected.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK to confirm your changes.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="solving_common_publishing_problems">Solving Common Publishing
+  Problems</h2>
+
+<p>If one or more of your files fail to publish, the Publishing
+  Status dialog box displays an error message that can help you
+  determine what went wrong and how to fix it.</p>
+
+<p>If you are still unable to publish a file, save the file to your
+  hard disk by opening Composer&apos;s File menu, and choosing Save. You
+  can then open the file at a later time to try to publish it. To
+  quickly locate the file later, open Composer&apos;s File menu, and
+  choose Recent Pages.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#verifying_your_publishing_settings">Verifying Your Publishing
+      Settings</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#checking_your_filenames">Checking Your Filenames</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#fixing_publishing_errors">Fixing Publishing Errors</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="verifying_your_publishing_settings">Verifying Your Publishing
+  Settings</h3>
+
+<p>To verify your publishing settings:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Close the Publishing Status dialog box, if it is open.</li>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Publishing Site Settings.</li>
+  <li>In the Publish Settings dialog box, confirm that the site settings are
+    correct for the site you are trying to publish to. If you&apos;re not
+    sure, check with your ISP or web hosting service.
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Verify that you correctly entered the publishing
+        settings</strong>: You may have accidentally mis-typed one of the
+        settings.</li>
+      <li><strong>Verify that you entered the correct publishing
+        address</strong>: Web hosting services or ISPs may refer to the
+        publishing address as the <q>server name</q>, the <q>hostname</q>, or
+        the <q>server/host</q>. They often specify the publishing location as
+        <tt>ftp.myisp.com/username</tt>, where <tt>username</tt> is your
+        user name. 
+
+        <p>For the publishing address to be correct, you must precede the
+          publishing location with either <tt>ftp://</tt> or <tt>http://</tt>.
+          For example, the correct publishing address for the above-mentioned
+          site would be <tt>ftp://ftp.myisp.com/username</tt>.</p>
+      </li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<h3 id="checking_your_filenames">Checking Your Filenames</h3>
+
+<p>Examine the names of any files that failed to publish. Make sure that the
+  filenames:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Use only numbers or lowercase or uppercase letters. While it&apos;s
+    acceptable to create filenames that use uppercase letters, you can avoid
+    potential errors in later locating the published file if you only use
+    lowercase letters in your filenames. 
+
+    <p>When you publish files to a web server, filenames become
+      case-sensitive on the web server. It may be harder for you to remember
+      files names that use only uppercase letters or that use a mix of
+      uppercase and lowercase letters.</p>
+
+    <p>For example, when you try to locate a published file by typing the
+      filename&apos;s web address into the browser&apos;s Location Bar, you
+      must enter the filename exactly as you created it, using the same
+      combination of uppercase and lowercase letters.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Don&apos;t use punctuation characters or spaces. Underscores ( _ )
+    or hyphens ( - ) are OK.</li>
+  <li>End with .html or .htm (for Composer filenames).</li>
+  <li>Use less than 32 characters.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3 id="fixing_publishing_errors">Fixing Publishing Errors</h3>
+
+<p>If one or more of your files fails to publish, look at the messages 
+  Composer displays in the Publishing Status area of the Publishing dialog box.
+  You can use these error messages to help determine what went wrong and what
+  to do to fix the problem.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;">
+  <p>Error Messages:</p>
+  <p><a href="#file_not_found"><tt><var>Filename</var> not found.</tt></a></p>
+  <p><a href="#file_not_found"><tt><var>X</var> of <var>Y</var> files failed to
+    publish.</tt></a></p>
+  <p><a href="#subdir_not_found"><tt>The subdirectory <var>directory name</var>
+    doesn&apos;t exist on this site or the filename <var>filename</var> is
+    already in use by another subdirectory.</tt></a></p>
+  <p><a href="#subdir_not_found"><tt>The filename <var>filename</var> is
+    already in use by another subdirectory.</tt></a></p>
+  <p><a href="#server_not_found"><tt>The server is not available. Check your
+    connection and try again later.</tt></a></p>
+  <p><a href="#no_permission"><tt>You do not have permission to publish to this
+    location.</tt></a></p>
+  <p><a href="#offline_error"><tt>You are currently offline. Click the icon
+    near the lower-right corner of any window to go online.</tt></a></p>
+  <p><a href="#no_disk_space"><tt>There is not enough disk space available to
+    save the file <var>filename</var>.</tt></a></p>
+  <p><a href="#name_too_long"><tt>The filename or subdirectory name is too
+    long.</tt></a></p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="errorMessage">
+  <p id="file_not_found"><strong>Error Message</strong>:</p>
+
+  <div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;">
+    <tt><var>Filename</var> not found.</tt> 
+    <p>or</p>
+    <tt><var>X</var> of <var>Y</var> files failed to publish.</tt>
+  </div>
+
+  <p><strong>Error Description</strong>: One or more image files or CSS files
+    failed to publish because Composer could not find them. Some typical
+    reasons might be:</p>
+
+  <ul>
+    <li>The file location you typed is incorrect.</li>
+    <li>The file&apos;s location on the web is not accessible.</li>
+    <li>The file&apos;s location was changed or the file was deleted or
+      moved to another location.</li>
+  </ul>
+
+  <p><strong>Possible Solutions</strong>:</p>
+
+  <ul>
+    <li>Look for broken images in the page you are trying to publish. Broken
+      images will appear with this icon
+      <img src="images/broken.gif" width="20" height="20" alt="" /> in the
+      page. To correct the image&apos;s address, double-click the broken
+      image to display the Image Properties dialog box so you can enter the
+      correct address.</li>
+    <li>Remove the broken image from the page by selecting it (click once on
+      the image), and then pressing <kbd>Backspace</kbd> or <kbd>Delete</kbd>
+      on your keyboard.</li>
+    <li>If the image is unavailable because the server where the image resides
+      is inaccessible, try publishing the page at a later time.</li>
+    <li>If the missing file is a CSS file, you must first verify the correct
+      location of the CSS file. To fix the file&apos;s address in Composer,
+      click the HTML Source tab and edit the file&apos;s location in the HTML
+      source code. You should only edit the HTML source if you are familiar
+      with HTML tags.</li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<div class="errorMessage">
+  <p id="subdir_not_found"><strong>Error Message</strong>:</p>
+
+  <div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;">
+    <tt>The subdirectory <var>directory name</var> doesn&apos;t exist on this
+      site or the filename <var>filename</var> is already in use by another
+      subdirectory</tt>
+    <p>or</p>
+    <tt>The filename <var>filename</var> is already in use by another
+      subdirectory</tt>
+  </div>
+
+  <p><strong>Error Description</strong>: You specified the name of a remote
+    subdirectory that does not exist at the publishing site. Composer can only
+    publish to a remote subdirectory that already exists at the publishing
+    location. Or, you specified a filename that is identical to the name of an
+    existing subdirectory at the publishing site.</p>
+
+  <p>For example, in the Publish Page dialog box, under the Publish tab:</p>
+
+  <ul>
+    <li>for <q>Site subdirectory for this page</q>, you may have typed the name
+      of a subdirectory that does not exist at the publishing location.</li>
+    <li>you checked <q>Include images and other files</q>, and then you typed
+      the name of a subdirectory that does not exist at the publishing
+      location.</li>
+    <li>one of the files you are attempting to publish has the same name as a
+      subdirectory at the publishing site.</li>
+  </ul>
+
+  <p><strong>Possible Solutions</strong>:</p>
+
+  <ul>
+    <li>Use a separate FTP program if you want to create, rename, or delete
+      subdirectories at the publishing site. Ask your service provider if they
+      recommend a particular FTP program. You can usually find information on
+      FTP programs in the Help or Support sections of your service
+      provider&apos;s website. FTP programs are also available from shareware
+      sites such as ZDNet Downloads.</li>
+    <li>Don&apos;t use subdirectory names that end with <q>.html</q> or
+      <q>.htm</q>. Only your Composer filenames should end with <q>.html</q>
+      or <q>.htm</q>.</li>
+    <li>Subdirectory names are case-sensitive, so be sure to enter a
+      subdirectory name exactly as it appears at the publishing location.</li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<div class="errorMessage">
+  <p id="server_not_found"><strong>Error Message</strong>:</p>
+
+  <div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;">
+    <tt>The server is not available. Check your connection and try again
+      later.</tt>
+  </div>
+
+  <p><strong>Error Description</strong>: This error can have many causes. For
+    example:</p>
+
+  <ul>
+    <li>Your publishing site settings may not be correct.</li>
+    <li>Your Internet connection may have been lost.</li>
+    <li>Your modem or other equipment that you use to connect to the Internet
+      might not be functioning correctly.</li>
+    <li>The web server that you are trying to publish to might be unavailable
+      due to a technical problem or to an unknown circumstance.</li>
+    <li>Your ISP or web hosting service may be experiencing technical
+      problems.</li>
+  </ul>
+
+  <p><strong>Possible Solutions</strong>:</p>
+
+  <ul>
+    <li>Verify that your publishing settings are correct and that you entered
+      them correctly. See
+      <a href="#verifying_your_publishing_settings">Verifying Your Publishing
+      Settings</a> for more information.</li>
+    <li>Make sure your Internet connection is working by attempting to view a
+      web page using the browser. For example, confirm that you can
+      successfully view the page <tt>http://www.mozilla.org</tt>.</li>
+    <li>If your Internet connection is not working, verify that all hardware,
+      telephone connections, modems, and network connections are functioning
+      properly.</li>
+    <li>Use the browser to try to view a page at the website you are
+      attempting to publish to. If you can successfully view other websites but
+      cannot view a page at the publishing site, your ISP or web hosting
+      service may be experiencing technical problems.</li>
+    <li>Try publishing again later. Your ISP, web hosting service, or the web
+      server may be experiencing temporary technical difficulties.</li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<div class="errorMessage">
+  <p id="no_permission"><strong>Error Message</strong>:</p>
+
+  <div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;">
+    <tt>You do not have permission to publish to this location.</tt>
+  </div>
+
+  <p><strong>Error Description</strong>: You are attempting to publish to a
+    location that you are not authorized to use. You can only publish to sites
+    where you have been granted access by your ISP or web hosting service.</p>
+
+  <p><strong>Possible Solutions</strong>:</p>
+
+  <ul>
+    <li>Verify that you entered the correct user name and password in the
+      Publishing Site Settings dialog box, or in the Publish tab of the
+      Publish dialog box.</li>
+    <li>Contact your ISP to find out where you can publish your pages at their
+      site.</li>
+    <li>Find a web hosting service that you can use to publish your pages. In
+      the browser, search for <q>web hosting</q>.</li>
+    <li>Use Netscape My Webpage <a href="http://mywebpage.netscape.com/">
+      <tt>http://mywebpage.netscape.com/</tt></a> to host your web pages, up
+      to 20 megabytes for free.</li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<div class="errorMessage">
+  <p id="offline_error"><strong>Error Message</strong>:</p>
+
+  <div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;">
+    <tt>You are currently offline. Click the icon near the lower-right corner
+      of any window to go online.</tt>
+  </div>
+
+  <p><strong>Error Description</strong>: You are attempting to publish, but
+    your &brandShortName; Internet connection is currently in the
+    <q>offline</q> state. Your Internet connection must be in the <q>online</q>
+    state (connected to the Internet) in order to publish your pages.</p>
+
+  <p>Verify that your Internet connection is currently offline by looking at
+    the online/offline icon in the lower right corner of any &brandShortName;
+    window. If you are currently offline, the icon appears as
+    <img src="images/offline.png" width="32" height="21" alt="" />.</p>
+
+  <p><strong>Possible Solutions</strong>:</p>
+
+  <ul>
+    <li>Click the online/offline icon to go online. In the online state, the
+      icon should look like this:
+      <img src="images/online.png" width="32" height="20" alt="" />.</li>
+    <li>Make sure your Internet connection is working by attempting to view a
+      web page using the browser. For example, confirm that you can
+      successfully view the page <tt>http://www.mozilla.org</tt>.</li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<div class="errorMessage">
+  <p id="no_disk_space"><strong>Error Message</strong>:</p>
+
+  <div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;">
+    <tt>There is not enough disk space available to save the file
+      <var>filename</var>.</tt>
+  </div>
+
+  <p><strong>Error Description</strong>: The remote web server&apos;s hard
+    disk is full, or you may have exceeded the amount of disk space allocated
+    to you by your ISP or web hosting service.</p>
+
+  <p><strong>Possible Solutions</strong>:</p>
+
+  <ul>
+    <li>Use a separate FTP program to delete unnecessary files at your
+      publishing site. Ask your service provider if they recommend a
+      particular FTP program. You can usually find information on FTP programs
+      in the Help or Support sections of your service provider&apos;s website.
+      FTP programs are also available from shareware sites such as ZDNet
+      Downloads.</li>
+    <li>Find out from your ISP or web hosting service about increasing your
+      disk space allocation, or switch to a different service that can satisfy
+      your needs.</li>
+    <li>If the web server is located at your company or school, contact the
+      network administrator to find out if you can publish to a different
+      location that has more disk space, or if you can request that
+      additional disk space be allocated to your current publishing
+      location.</li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<div class="errorMessage">
+  <p id="name_too_long"><strong>Error Message</strong>:</p>
+
+  <div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;">
+    <tt>The filename or subdirectory name is too long.</tt>
+  </div>
+
+  <p><strong>Error Description</strong>: The number of characters in the
+    filename or the subdirectory name is not supported by the web server
+    computer that you are trying to publish to.</p>
+
+  <p><strong>Possible Solutions</strong>:</p>
+
+  <ul>
+    <li>Limit the length of your filenames and subdirectory names to less than
+      32 characters. Some operating systems do not support names longer than 32
+      characters.</li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="publishing_settings">Publishing Settings</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes Composer&apos;s publishing settings. For
+  information on Composer&apos;s general and new page settings, see
+  <a href="#composer_preferences">Composer Preferences</a>.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#publish_page_publish">Publish Page - Publish</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#publish_page_settings">Publish Page - Settings</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#publish_settings">Publish Settings</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="publish_page_publish">Publish Page - Publish</h3>
+
+<p>The Publish Page - Publish tab lets you specify where you want
+  to publish a document. These settings apply to the current
+  document.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the Publish Page - Publish tab,
+  follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Publish As. The Publish Page
+    dialog box appears.</li>
+  <li>Click the Publish tab.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Site Name</strong>: Lists all the publishing sites you&apos;ve
+    created, so you can choose the site that you want to publish to. To
+    create a new site, click New Site.</li>
+  <li><strong>Page Title</strong>: Specifies the document&apos;s page title as
+    it appears in the browser window&apos;s title bar when you view the page in
+    the browser. The document&apos;s page title also appears in your list of
+    bookmarks if you bookmark the page.</li>
+  <li><strong>Filename</strong>: Specifies the document&apos;s filename. Make
+    sure you include the .html or .htm extension in the filename.
+
+    <p><strong>Warning</strong>: If a file on the remote site you&apos;re
+      publishing to has the same filename as one you&apos;re uploading, the
+      newly uploaded file will replace the existing one. You will not be
+      asked to confirm the action.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Site subdirectory for this page</strong>: If you leave this
+    blank, Composer publishes the page to the main (root) publishing
+    directory at this site. If you want to publish the page to a remote
+    subdirectory that resides underneath the main publishing directory
+    at this site, enter the name of the subdirectory or choose it from
+    the list. Composer keeps track of the locations you type here, so
+    you can select from a list of remote locations you&apos;ve previously
+    used. Keep in mind that subdirectory names are case-sensitive.
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: The site subdirectory you choose must
+      already exist at the remote server.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Include images and other files</strong>: If checked,
+    Composer publishes any images and other files referenced by this
+    page. You can choose to publish these files to the same location as
+    the page, or else you can choose to publish these files into a
+    remote subdirectory that exists underneath the main publishing
+    directory.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To create remote subdirectories or delete
+  published pages or images, you must use an FTP (File Transfer
+  Protocol) program. Ask your service provider if they recommend a
+  particular FTP program. You can usually find information on FTP
+  programs in the Help or Support sections of your service provider&apos;s
+  website. FTP programs are also available from shareware sites such
+  as ZDNet Downloads.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="publish_page_settings">Publish Page - Settings</h3>
+
+<p>The Publish Page - Settings tab lets you specify your login information for
+  the remote publishing site, as well as the publishing settings for the remote
+  site. These settings apply to the current document and any other files you
+  publish to this location.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the Publish Page - Settings tab, follow
+  these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Publish As. The Publish Page dialog box
+    appears.</li>
+  <li>Click the Settings tab.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Site Name</strong>: Specifies the nickname you want to use for
+    this publishing site. Enter a short name that will help you identify this
+    publishing site.</li>
+  <li><strong>Publishing address</strong>: Specifies the complete URL provided
+    to you by your ISP or system administrator. This URL should begin with
+    either <tt>ftp://</tt> or <tt>http://</tt>. This name is often referred to
+    as the <q>host name</q> or the <q>host server name</q>.
+
+    <p>The publishing address specifies the location where documents are
+      published (uploaded) at this site. If you are not sure what to enter,
+      ask your ISP or system administrator.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>HTTP address of your home page</strong>: Specifies the complete
+    address of your publishing home directory. This is the web address of the
+    home page at your website. Do not include a filename or subdirectory as
+    part of the URL.
+
+    <p>This URL must always begin with <tt>http://</tt>. In some cases, this
+      URL is the same as the publishing address. If you are not sure what to
+      enter, ask your ISP or system administrator, or else leave it blank.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>User name</strong>: Specifies the user name you use to log into
+    your ISP or network.</li>
+  <li><strong>Password</strong>: Specifies the password for your user
+    name.</li>
+  <li><strong>Save Password</strong>: Select this to encrypt and save your
+    password securely using Password Manager so that you don&apos;t have to
+    enter it each time you publish pages at this site.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="publish_settings">Publish Settings</h3>
+
+<p>The Publish Settings dialog box lets you create, edit, and
+  delete publishing site settings, and also lets you set the default
+  publishing site.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the Publish Settings dialog box,
+  follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Publishing Site Settings.
+    Composer displays the Publish Settings dialog box.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>New Site</strong>: Lets you specify settings for a new publishing
+    site. Composer adds the name of the new publishing site to the list
+    of available publishing sites.</li>
+  <li><strong>Set as Default</strong>: Sets the selected publishing site as the
+    default publishing site. Typically, the default publishing site is
+    the remote location that you most often use for publishing
+    documents. All documents you create or edit will be published to
+    the default publishing site, unless you specifically choose an
+    alternate site in the Publish Page dialog box.
+
+    <p>To publish a document to a different remote location, open the
+      File menu and choose Publish As to choose a different publishing
+      destination.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Remove Site</strong>: Removes the selected site and its settings
+    from Composer.</li>
+  <li><strong>Site Name</strong>: Specifies the name by which you want to refer
+    to this publishing site.</li>
+  <li><strong>Publishing address</strong>: Specifies the complete URL provided
+    to you by your ISP or system administrator. This URL should begin
+    with either <tt>ftp://</tt> or <tt>http://</tt>.
+
+    <p>The publishing address specifies the location where documents
+      are published (uploaded) at this site. If you are not sure what to
+      enter, ask your ISP or system administrator.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>HTTP address of your homepage</strong>: Specifies the HTTP
+    address of your publishing home directory. Do not include a
+    filename or subdirectory as part of the URL.
+
+    <p>This URL must always begin with <tt>http://</tt>. In some cases,
+      this URL is the same as the publishing address. If you are not sure
+      what to enter, ask your ISP or system administrator, or else leave
+      it blank.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>User name</strong>: Specifies the user name you use to log in to
+    your ISP or network.</li>
+  <li><strong>Password</strong>: Specifies the password for your user
+    name.</li>
+  <li><strong>Save Password</strong>: Select this to save your
+    password securely using Password Manager so you don&apos;t have to enter
+    it each time you publish pages at this site.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="composer_preferences">Composer Preferences</h1>
+
+<p>This section describes the settings in the Composer preferences panel. If
+  you are not currently viewing the panel, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Double-click the Composer category to expand the list.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>For information on Composer&apos;s publishing settings, see
+  <a href="#publishing_settings">Publishing Settings</a>.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#composer">Composer</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#new_page_settings">New Page Settings</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="composer">Composer Preferences - Composer</h2>
+
+<p>Composer preferences allow you to specify settings for saving files and for
+  table editing. These settings apply to every document you create.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the Composer preferences, follow these
+  steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Click the Composer category.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Maximum number of pages listed</strong>: Specify the maximum
+    number of pages that are listed under Recent Pages in the File menu.</li>
+  <li><strong>Preserve original source formatting</strong>: Select this if you
+    want to preserve the original white space (extra lines, tabs, etc.) in the
+    HTML source code. Deselect this if you prefer Composer to indent and add
+    linebreaks to the code in order to make it more readable. <em>This
+    preference does not affect how your pages appear in a browser
+    window.</em></li>
+  <li><strong>Save images and other associated files when saving
+    pages</strong>: If checked, all images, JavaScript (JS), Cascading Style
+    Sheet (CSS), and other associated files are saved in the same location as
+    the document when the document is saved for the first time or when the
+    document is saved to a new location. If unchecked, only the HTML file is
+    saved.
+
+    <p>For example, when editing a remote page, this setting ensures that all
+      related files associated with the remote page will be saved locally when
+      you save the page to your hard disk.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Always show Publish dialog when publishing pages</strong>: If
+    checked, Composer always displays the Publish Page dialog box when you
+    click the Publish button or choose Publish from the File menu. If not
+    checked, Composer only displays the Publish Page dialog box if it needs
+    more information in order to publish the page.</li>
+  <li><strong>Maintain table layout when inserting or deleting cells</strong>:
+    Select this if you want Composer to always preserve the table&apos;s
+    layout (that is, keep it in a rectangular shape) by adding cells where
+    needed. If you deselect this option, when you delete one or more cells,
+    Composer removes the cell border as well, which can result in a table with
+    empty spaces, or an outline that appears irregular due to an uneven number
+    of cells.</li>
+  <li><strong>Use CSS styles instead of HTML elements and attributes</strong>:
+    Enables the use of Cascading Style Sheet (CSS) formatting in your Composer
+    documents. With this preference enabled, Composer generates HTML 4.01
+    formatting with CSS inline styles for elements.
+
+    <p>If this preference is not enabled, Composer generates HTML 4.01
+      formatting, but does not use CSS styles.</p>
+
+    <p>Compared to HTML, HTML with CSS formatting is more portable, more
+      maintainable, and more compatible when viewed with different browsers.
+      If you enable this preference and then edit a document created without
+      CSS, Composer replaces the edited elements with CSS styles.</p>
+
+    <p>If you enable CSS styles, you can choose a text highlight color for
+      selected text using the text highlight color button on the Format
+      toolbar. You can also choose a color background for any element on the
+      page. (These features are not available if this preference is not
+      enabled.)</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong><kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd> in a
+     paragraph always creates a new paragraph</strong>: If selected, a new
+     paragraph will be added everytime you press the <kbd class="mac">Return
+     </kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd> key inside a paragraph. If
+     deselected, a linebreak will be added when you press the <kbd
+     class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd> key.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#composer_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="new_page_settings">Composer Preferences - New Page Settings</h2>
+
+<p>New page preferences allow you to specify settings for colors and
+  background images that apply to every document you create.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the New Page Settings, follow these
+  steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Double-click the Composer category and click New Page Settings.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Author</strong>: Enter your name. This will add your name to the
+    HTML source code for each new page you create.</li>
+  <li><strong>Reader&apos;s default colors</strong>: Select this if you always
+    want your pages to use the color settings from the viewer&apos;s browser
+    for text and link elements.</li>
+  <li><strong>Use custom colors</strong>: Select this if you always want to
+    specify the colors that are applied to text and link elements. Then for
+    each element, select a color by clicking the color button next to each
+    element.</li>
+  <li><strong>Background image</strong>: Type the location and name of an image
+    file, or click Choose File to locate the image file on your hard disk or
+    network. 
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: Background images are tiled and override
+      background color.</p>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To change the author name for an individual page: Open the Format menu and
+  choose Page Title and Properties.</p>
+
+<p>To change the page colors and background image for an individual page: Open
+  the Format menu and choose Page Colors and Background.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#composer_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<p>&copyright.string;</p>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..90bd2b7aa1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,540 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>&brandShortName; Advanced Preferences Help</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="advanced_preferences">Advanced Preferences</h1>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Advanced preferences panel. If you are
+  not already viewing the panel, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Click the Advanced category.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#advanced">Advanced</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#scripts_and_plugins">Scripts &amp; Plugins</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#keyboard_navigation">Keyboard Navigation</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#cache">Cache</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#proxies">Proxies</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#http_networking">HTTP Networking</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#software_installation">Software Installation</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#mouse_wheel">Mouse Wheel</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#dom_inspector">DOM Inspector</a></li>
+    <li class="win"><a href="#system">System</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="advanced">Advanced Preferences - Advanced</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the main Advanced preferences panel. If
+  you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Click the Advanced category.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The main Advanced preferences panel allows you to enable or disable
+  Java:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Enable Java</strong>: Select this to allow &brandShortName; to
+    interpret pages containing Java. Java is used on some Web page to
+    incorporate interactive and multimedia content.</li>
+  <li class="unix"><strong>Use Preferences from System</strong>: Select this to
+    use the already set system preferences, overriding &brandShortName;&apos;
+    ones.
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="scripts_and_plugins">Advanced Preferences - Scripts &amp;
+  Plugins</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Scripts &amp; Plugins preferences
+  panel. If you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Advanced category, click Scripts &amp; Plugins. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Scripts &amp; Plugins preferences panel allows you to control how
+  JavaScript and plugins are used:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Enable JavaScript for</strong>: Select these checkboxes to turn
+    JavaScript on:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Browser</strong>: Toggles JavaScript for web pages opened
+        in the browser.</li>
+      <li><strong>Mail &amp; Newsgroups</strong>: Toggles JavaScript for web
+        pages opened in Mail &amp; Newsgroups.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Allow scripts to</strong>: Select these checkboxes to control
+    how JavaScript can be used:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Move or resize existing windows</strong>: Allows open windows
+        to be resized or moved.</li>
+      <li><strong>Raise or lower windows</strong>: Allows windows to be placed
+        under or on top of other windows.</li>
+      <li><strong>Hide the status bar</strong>: Allows the status bar to be
+        hidden.</li>
+      <li><strong>Change status bar text</strong>: Allows status bar text to be
+        changed, such as in scrolling text in the status bar.</li>
+      <li><strong>Change images</strong>: Allows images to be changed or
+        animated, such as in image rollovers (images that change when the mouse
+        cursor is placed over them).</li>
+      <li><strong>Disable or replace context menus</strong>: Allows right-click
+        menus<span class="mac"> or, if you&apos;re using a one-button mouse,
+        <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click menus</span> to be replaced or disabled by
+        webpages.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Enable Plugins for</strong>: Check this checkbox to control how
+    plugins are used:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Mail &amp; Newsgroups</strong>: Allows plugins to be used in
+        Mail &amp; Newsgroups.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>For more information about plugins, see
+  <a href="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads">Plugins and Downloads</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="keyboard_navigation">Advanced Preferences - Keyboard Navigation</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Keyboard Navigation preferences
+  panel. If you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Advanced category, click Keyboard Navigation. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Keyboard Navigation preferences panel allows you to control how you use
+  the keyboard to <span class="noMac">navigate and </span>search for text in
+  web pages:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li class="noMac"><strong>Links</strong>: If checked, pressing <kbd>Tab</kbd>
+    or <kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd>Tab</kbd> moves between links.</li>
+  <li class="noMac"><strong>Buttons, radio buttons, check boxes, and selection
+    lists</strong>: If checked, pressing <kbd>Tab</kbd> or
+    <kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd>Tab</kbd> moves between buttons, radio buttons, check
+    boxes, and selection lists.</li>
+  <li><strong>Find automatically when typing within a web page</strong>: If
+    checked, typing text in a web page automatically activates Find As You Type
+    and locates the text you typed (if it exists in the page). Choose whether
+    you want typing to find any text in the page or links only. If unchecked,
+    you must choose Find Links As You Type or Find Text As You Type from the
+    Edit menu before typing the text you want to find.</li>
+  <li><strong>Play a sound when typed text isn&apos;t found</strong>: If
+    checked, Find As You Type plays a sound when the typed text isn&apos;t
+    found in the web page.</li>
+  <li><strong>Clear the current search after a few seconds of
+    inactivity</strong>: If checked, cancels the search after a few seconds of
+    keyboard inactivity.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="cache">Advanced Preferences - Cache</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Cache preferences panel. If
+  you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Advanced category, click Cache. (If no subcategories are
+    visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Cache preferences panel allows you to adjust the &brandShortName; memory
+  and disk cache:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Size</strong>: Type in the amount of disk cache you want to
+    allocate for &brandShortName;. Disk cache is saved to your hard disk
+    (drive) and can be used again even if you have turned your computer
+    off.</li>
+  <li><strong>Clear Cache</strong>: Click this to clear the disk cache.</li>
+  <li><strong>Cache Folder</strong>: Shows the current location of the disk
+    cache folder 
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Choose Folder</strong>: Click this to choose a folder
+        location for the disk cache.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Compare the page in the cache to the page on the
+    network</strong>:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Every time I view the page</strong>: Select this if you want
+        &brandShortName; to compare a web page to the cache every time you view
+        it.</li>
+      <li><strong>When the page is out of date</strong>: Select this if you
+        want &brandShortName; to compare a web page to the cache when the page
+        is determined by the server to have expired.</li>
+      <li><strong>Once per session</strong>: Select this if you want
+        &brandShortName; to compare a web page to the cache once for each time
+        you start &brandShortName;.</li>
+      <li><strong>Never</strong>: Select this if you do not want
+        &brandShortName; to compare cached information to the network.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Prefetch web pages when idle, so that links in web pages
+    designed for prefetching can load faster</strong>: Select this to decrease
+    the time it takes to load web pages when you click a link in a web page
+    that uses prefetching. For more information about Link Prefetching, see the
+    online
+    <a href="http://www.mozilla.org/projects/netlib/Link_Prefetching_FAQ.html">Link
+    Prefetching FAQ</a>.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="proxies">Advanced Preferences - Proxies</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Proxies preferences panel. If
+  you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Advanced category, click Proxies. (If no subcategories are
+    visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Proxies preferences panel allows you to set up &brandShortName; to use a
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#proxy">proxy</a>:</p>
+
+<p><strong>Before you start</strong>: Ask your network administrator if you
+  have a proxy configuration file or for the names and port numbers of the
+  proxy.</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Direct connection to the Internet</strong>: Choose this if you
+    don&apos;t want to use a proxy.</li>
+  <li><strong>Automatically discover the proxy configuration</strong>: Choose
+    this if you want &brandShortName; to automatically detect and configure the
+    proxy settings, using the <a href="glossary.xhtml#wpad">WPAD protocol</a>.</li>
+  <li><strong>Automatic proxy configuration URL</strong>: Choose this if you
+    have a proxy configuration file or URL, then enter the configuration
+    URL.
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Reload</strong>: Click this to reload the configuration file.
+
+        <p>For more information about Automatic Proxy Configuration, see the
+          online
+          <a href="http://www.mozilla.org/catalog/end-user/customizing/enduserPAC.html">End
+          User Guide to Proxy AutoConfiguration</a>.</p>
+      </li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Manual proxy configuration</strong>: Choose this if you
+    don&apos;t have a proxy location (URL), or the automatic proxy discovery
+    was unable to setup the proxy settings correctly.
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Proxy</strong>: Enter the name or numeric IP address of
+        the proxy server.</li>
+      <li><strong>Port</strong>: Enter the port number in the Port field. Click
+        on <q>Advanced</q> to set
+        <a href="#advanced_proxy_preferences">Advanced Proxy Preferences</a></li>
+      <li><strong>No Proxy for</strong>: Type the domains and/or IP addresses
+        that you do not want to use a proxy for. Separate each entry with a
+        comma. (Example: <kbd>.mozilla.org, .net.nz, 192.168.1.0/24</kbd>.)
+      </li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3 id="advanced_proxy_preferences">Advanced Proxy Preferences</h3>
+
+<p>If you want to use different proxies for different protocols or need to use
+  a SOCKS proxy:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>HTTP Proxy</strong>, <strong>SSL Proxy</strong>,
+    <strong>FTP Proxy</strong>, <strong>Gopher Proxy</strong>: Enter the name
+    or numeric IP address of the proxy server. Type the port in the Port fields.
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: If you&apos;re using the same settings
+      for all types of proxies, click on <q>Use HTTP Proxy settings
+      for all protocols</q>.</p>
+
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>SOCKS Proxy</strong>: Enter the name or numeric IP address
+    of the proxy server. Enter the port number in the Port field. 
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>SOCKS v4, SOCKS v5</strong>: When entering a SOCKS Proxy,
+        select <q>SOCKS v4</q> or <q>SOCKS v5</q>, depending on what version
+        of <a href="glossary.xhtml#socks">SOCKS</a> is used for the proxy.</li>
+      <li><strong>Use for resolving hostnames</strong>: Select this to
+        use the SOCKS Proxy for resolving hostnames. This is
+        recommended for SOCKS v5 proxies.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="http_networking">Advanced Preferences - HTTP Networking</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the HTTP Networking preferences panel. If
+  you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Advanced category, click HTTP Networking. (If no subcategories
+    are visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The HTTP Networking preferences panel is used to configure HTTP-based
+  networking:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Direct Connection Options, Proxy Connection Options</strong>:
+    Choose the HTTP version and options for direct and proxy connections.
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Use HTTP 1.0</strong>: Choose this to use the original
+        version of HTTP, standardized in 1996.</li>
+      <li><strong>Use HTTP 1.1</strong>: Choose this to use the new version of
+        HTTP, which offers performance enhancements, including more efficient
+        use of HTTP connections, better support for client-side caching,
+        multiple HTTP requests (pipelining), and more refined control over
+        cache expiration and replacement policies.</li>
+      <li><strong>Enable Keep-Alive</strong>: Select this to keep a connection
+        open to make additional HTTP requests, increasing speed.</li>
+      <li><strong>Enable Pipelining</strong>: Select this to
+        enable pipelining, which allows for more than one HTTP request to be
+        sent to the server at once, reducing delays loading web pages.
+
+        <p><strong>Note</strong>: Pipelining is only available with 
+          HTTP 1.1.</p></li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="software_installation">Advanced Preferences - Software
+  Installation</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Software Installation preferences
+  panel. If you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Advanced category, click Software Installation. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Software Installation preferences panel is used to enable software
+  installation and update notification:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Allow web sites to install extensions and updates</strong>:
+    Select this if you want to allow web sites to install extensions and
+    updates to be used with &brandShortName;. You will be prompted before each
+    installation.</li>
+  <li><strong>Allowed Sites</strong>: Click this to open the Allowed Sites
+    dialog box, where you can view and edit the list of web sites that you
+    want to allow to install software:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Allow</strong>: Click this to add a typed web site to the
+        list of allowed sites.</li>
+      <li><strong>Remove Site</strong>: Click this to remove a selected web
+        site.</li>
+      <li><strong>Remove All Sites</strong>: Click this to remove all of the
+        web sites in the current list.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Automatically check for updates to</strong>:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>&brandShortName;</strong>: Select this to be notified when
+        new versions of &brandShortName; are available. Your personal
+        information is not shared when verifying your version of
+        &brandShortName;. Choose whether you want &brandShortName; to do a
+        <strong>daily</strong> or a <strong>weekly</strong> check for new
+        versions.</li>
+      <li><strong>Installed add-ons</strong>: Select this to be notified when a
+        new version of one of your installed add-ons is available. Choose
+        whether you want &brandShortName; to do a <strong>daily</strong> or a
+        <strong>weekly</strong> check for new versions.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Add-on Manager</strong>: Click this to open the
+    Add-on Manager, where you can view and manage all your installed
+    extensions and themes.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="mouse_wheel">Advanced Preferences - Mouse Wheel</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Mouse Wheel preferences panel. If
+  you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Advanced category, click Mouse Wheel. (If no subcategories
+    are visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Mouse Wheel preferences panel allows you to control how the mouse wheel
+  on your mouse (in between your mouse buttons) is used in &brandShortName;.
+  Modern mice may have two wheels or a button that can be used to switch the
+  scroll direction of the wheel. The behaviour for the vertical wheel function
+  is set in the upper panel <strong>Vertical scrolling</strong> while the 
+  horizontal mode is controlled by the lower panel <strong>Horizontal
+  scrolling</strong>.</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Select <q>No modifier key</q> or select a key that you want to use
+    along with the mouse wheel. Use the checkboxes below to configure mouse
+    wheel behavior:
+    
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Scroll the document by</strong>: Choose this to scroll the
+        document by the number of lines (or characters for horizontal movement)
+        typed in the field.
+        <ul>
+          <li><strong>Use system default</strong>: Choose this to use your
+            system&apos;s default setting&mdash;the number of lines (characters)
+            you may have previously entered will be overridden.</li>
+        </ul>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Scroll a page up (left) or a page down (right)</strong>:
+        Choose this to scroll up or down one page at a time. This setting allows
+        faster, but less accurate scrolling through a page with your mouse
+        wheel.</li>
+      <li><strong>Move back and forward in the browsing history</strong>:
+        Choose this to use the mouse wheel to navigate back or forward to
+        previous pages you&apos;ve visited.</li>
+      <li><strong>Make the text larger or smaller</strong>: Choose this to use
+        the mouse wheel to increase or decrease the size of text on a web page.
+        This setting can help you better read a page, or make text fit on the
+        screen.</li>
+    </ul>
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: Each modifier key can be assigned to a different
+      function.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>If your mouse does not have a mode for horizontal scrolling, any setting
+    in the lower panel <strong>Horizontal scrolling</strong> will be ignored.
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="dom_inspector">Advanced Preferences - DOM Inspector</h2>
+
+<p>DOM Inspector is an optional <a href="developer_tools.xhtml">Web development
+  component</a>. This section describes how to use its preferences panel.
+  If you are not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Advanced category, click DOM Inspector. (If no subcategories are
+    visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>When you select an element, DOM Inspector can automatically highlight it by
+  flashing it or its border:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Blink Selected Element</strong>: Check this option to enable the
+    highlighting of an element that you select. By default, a flashing border
+    will appear around the element.
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Border Color</strong>: Select the color of the border around
+        the element.</li>
+      <li><strong>Border Width</strong>: Enter the width of the border around
+        the element.</li>
+      <li><strong>Blink Duration</strong>: Enter the length of time
+      (in milliseconds) for which you want the flashing to occur.</li>
+      <li><strong>Blink Speed</strong>: Enter the time interval
+        (in milliseconds) between the flashes.</li>
+      <li><strong>Invert Color</strong>: Check this option to paint the
+        selected element with the inverted border color. This will cause the
+        whole element&mdash;including its border&mdash;to flash.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<div class="win">
+
+  <h2 id="system">Advanced Preferences - System</h2>
+
+    <p>This section describes how to use the System preferences panel. If
+      you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+    <ol>
+      <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+      <li>Under the Advanced category, click System. (If no subcategories are
+        visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li>
+    </ol>
+
+    <p>The System preferences panel allows you to specify what files and
+      protocols are opened using &brandShortName;:</p>
+
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Windows should use &brandShortName; to open these file
+        types</strong>: Select the file types that you want to open by default
+        using &brandShortName;.</li>
+      <li><strong>Windows should use &brandShortName; to handle these
+        protocols</strong>: Select the protocols that you want to open by
+        default using &brandShortName;.</li>
+      <li><strong>Alert me if other applications change these
+        settings</strong>: Select this if you want &brandShortName; to alert
+        you when other applications have changed your default &brandShortName;
+        file and protocol settings.</li>
+    </ul>
+
+    <p><strong>Tip</strong>: To make &brandShortName; the default browser
+      easily, see <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#navigator">Browser
+      Preferences - Browser</a>. Also select <q>Alert me if other application
+      change these settings</q> to know when other programs become the default
+      programs instead of &brandShortName;.</p>
+
+  <p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>&copyright.string;</p>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..03124e7ec3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,237 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd" [
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>&brandShortName; Appearance Preferences Help</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="navigator_settings">Browser Settings</h1>
+
+<p>The sections listed below describe the preferences panels related to
+  the browser component of &brandShortName;. To see the
+  preference panels, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>From any browser window, open the
+    <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span>
+    menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section: 
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#appearance_preferences">Appearance Preferences</a></li>
+    <li><a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml">Browser Preferences</a></li>
+    <li><a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml">Advanced Preferences</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h1 id="appearance_preferences">Appearance Preferences</h1>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Appearance preference panel. If you
+  are not already viewing the panel, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Double-click Appearance to expand the list, then click the name for the
+    preferences you want to view.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section: 
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#appearance">Appearance</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#fonts">Fonts</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#colors">Colors</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#locales">Languages</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="appearance">Appearance Preferences - Appearance</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Appearance preferences panels. If
+  you&apos;re not already viewing one of these panels, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Click the Appearance category.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Appearance preferences panel allows you set components that you want to
+  use when you start up &brandShortName;:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>When &brandShortName; starts up, open</strong>: Select the
+    components you want to use when you start up &brandShortName;</li>
+  <li>Show toolbars as: 
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Pictures and text</strong>: Select this to see text
+        underneath each of the toolbar buttons..</li>
+      <li><strong>Pictures only</strong>: Select this to show the toolbar
+        buttons only.</li>
+      <li><strong>Text only</strong>: Select this to show text buttons
+        only.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Show Tooltips</strong>: Select this if you want to have 
+    <a href="glossary.xhtml#tooltip">tooltips</a> appear when the cursor
+    is placed over parts of the &brandShortName; user interface and some
+    websites.</li>
+  <li><strong>Show Website Icons</strong>: Select this if you want see
+    site-specific icons, if available, in place of the bookmark icon
+    <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/bookmarks/bookmark-item.gif"
+    alt="Bookmark item icon"/>. Website icons are shown to the left of the
+    Location Bar and Browser tabs.</li>
+  <li><strong>Use smooth scrolling</strong>: Select this to enable smooth
+    scrolling. Pressing the Page Down key when this is enabled
+    will&mdash;instead of an immediate jump&mdash;smoothly scroll the content
+    down to the next page.</li>
+  <li><strong>Resize large images to fit in the browser window</strong>: Select
+    this if you want &brandShortName; to automatically shrink large stand-alone
+    images so they will fit in the browser window. Clicking on the resized
+    image will make it appear at full size.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#appearance_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="fonts">Appearance Preferences - Fonts</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Fonts preferences panel. If
+  you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Appearance category, click Fonts. (If no subcategories are
+    visible, double-click Appearance to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Fonts preferences panel allows you to set page font type and size.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Some font styles may not be selectable because the
+  selected language does not have fonts available for that style.</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Fonts for</strong>: Choose a language group/script. For instance,
+    to set default fonts for West European languages/script (Latin), choose
+    <q>Western.</q>  For a language/script not yet in the list, choose <q>Other
+    Languages.</q>
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Proportional</strong>: Select whether proportional text
+        should be serif (like Times Roman) or sans-serif (like Arial). You can
+        also specify what font size you want for proportional text.
+        Proportional text is variable in width, so characters and letters vary
+        in width.</li>
+      <li><strong>Serif</strong>: Select a serif font you want to use for
+        web pages.</li>
+      <li><strong>Sans-serif</strong>: Select a sans-serif font you want to use
+        for web pages.</li>
+      <li><strong>Cursive</strong>: Select a cursive font you want to use for
+        web pages.</li>
+      <li><strong>Fantasy</strong>: Select a fantasy font you want to use for
+        web pages.</li>
+      <li><strong>Monospace</strong>: Select a monospace font (like Courier)
+        and size you want to use for web pages. Monospace text is fixed in
+        width, so each character or letter takes the same amount of space.</li>
+      <li><strong>Minimum font size</strong>: Select the smallest font size you
+        want to be shown on web pages.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Allow documents to use other fonts</strong>: Select
+    this checkbox to keep a web page&apos;s font and size settings instead of
+    your own preferences.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#appearance_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="colors">Appearance Preferences - Colors</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Colors preferences panel. If
+  you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Appearance category, click Colors. (If no subcategories are
+    visible, double-click Appearance to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Colors preferences panel allows you to set the background and text
+  colors on web pages:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Text and Background</strong>: Click the colored blocks to select
+    a color for displaying text and backgrounds on web pages.
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Use system colors</strong>: Select this to use your system
+        color settings.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Link Colors</strong>: Click the colored blocks to select a color
+    for displaying unvisited, active, and visited links on web pages.
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Underline links</strong>: Select this to display underlined
+        links on web pages.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>When a web page provides its own colors and
+    backgrounds</strong>:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Always use the colors and background specified by the web
+        page</strong>: Allows the web page to choose displayed colors and
+        backgrounds.</li>
+      <li><strong>Use my chosen colors, ignoring the colors and background
+        image specified</strong>: Allow you to choose displayed colors,
+        ignoring the web page colors and background image.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#appearance_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="locales">Appearance Preferences - Languages</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the language selection preferences
+  panel. If you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Appearance category, click Languages. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Appearance to expand the
+    list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The language selection preferences panel allows you to change the language
+  used in the user interface of &brandShortName;. This also includes the
+  default settings for your home page, bookmarks, toolbar contents, Sidebar,
+  and other items.</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Installed language packs</strong>: Select a language to use
+    within &brandShortName;.</li>
+  <li><strong>Uninstall</strong>: Click this to uninstall a selected language
+    pack.</li>
+  <li><strong>Download More</strong>: Click this to download more
+    language packs.
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: You must restart &brandShortName; for a new
+      language setting to take effect.</p>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#appearance_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<p>&copyright.string;</p>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e931221ca5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,596 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>&brandShortName; Browser Preferences Help</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="navigator_preferences">Browser Preferences</h1>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Browser preference panel. If
+  you&apos;re not already viewing the panel, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Choose Browser.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#navigator">Browser</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#history">History</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#languages">Languages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#helper_applications">Helper Applications</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#smart_browsing">Smart Browsing</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#internet_search">Internet Search</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#tabbed_browsing">Tabbed Browsing</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#downloads">Downloads</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="navigator">Browser Preferences - Browser</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the main browser preferences panel. If
+  you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Click the Browser category.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Browser preferences panel allows you to customize certain aspects of
+  the browser.</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Display on</strong>: Use the drop-down list in combination with
+    the checkboxes to control what will be displayed at startup or when you
+    open a new window or tab:
+    <ol>
+      <li>
+        <ul>
+          <li>Select <strong>Browser Startup</strong> to set what the browser
+            will display at startup.</li>
+          <li>Select <strong>New Window</strong> to set what will be displayed
+            when opening a new browser window.</li>
+          <li>Select <strong>New Tab</strong> to set what will be displayed
+            when opening a new tab.</li>
+        </ul>
+      </li>
+      <li>Select one of the following checkboxes:
+        <ul>
+          <li><strong>Blank page</strong>: Causes the browser to display a blank
+            page.</li>
+          <li><strong>Home page</strong>: Causes the browser to load your home
+            page (specified below).</li>
+          <li><strong>Last page visited</strong>: Causes the browser to load the
+            page you were viewing right before you last exited
+            &brandShortName;.</li>
+        </ul>
+      </li>
+    </ol>
+  </li>
+  <li class="win"><strong>Default Browser</strong>: Allows you to set
+    &brandShortName; as the default browser or shows you that it is.
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Set Default Browser</strong>: Unless it is greyed out, click
+        this to set &brandShortName; as your default browser.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Home Page</strong>: In the field, type the web page you want as
+    your home page or do one of the following:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Use Current Page</strong>: Click this to use the web page
+        currently displayed in the browser as your home page.</li>
+      <li><strong>Use Current Group</strong>: If you have two or more browser
+        tabs open, click this to set them as your Home Page Group (a group of
+        tabs that are opened as your home page). After clicking this button,
+        the message <q>Home Page Group is Set</q> appears in the location
+        field.
+        
+        <p><strong>Caution</strong>: If you edit the field after clicking Use
+          Current Group, your Home Page Group will be lost.</p>
+      
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Restore Default</strong>: Click this to revert to the
+        the default home page.</li>
+      <li><strong>Choose File</strong>: Click this to locate a file on disk
+        that you want to load as your home page.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Select the buttons you want to see in the toolbars</strong>:
+    Select any of the available checkboxes to see them on your
+    toolbars.
+
+    <p>The Go, Search, and Print buttons appear in the Navigation Toolbar near
+      the upper-right corner of the browser window. All other buttons appear
+      in the Personal Toolbar. For information about adding your own bookmarks
+      to this toolbar, see
+      <a href="customize_help.xhtml#personal_toolbar">Personal
+      Toolbar</a>.</p>
+
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="history">Browser Preferences - History</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the History preferences panel. If
+  you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span>menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Browser category, click History. (If no subcategories are
+    visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The History preferences panel allows you to configure three history settings
+  for the browser.</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Browsing History</strong>:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Remember visited pages for the last [__] days</strong>: Type
+        the number of days you want &brandShortName; to keep track of the web
+        pages you have previously visited. For example, if you set this number
+        to 10 days, pages 10 days old or less will be kept in the history
+        list.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Clear History</strong>: Click this to delete the list of sites
+    visited.</li>
+  <li><strong>Location Bar History</strong>:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Clear Location Bar</strong>: Click this to clear the list of
+        sites in the Location bar menu.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>For more information about history in &brandShortName;, see
+  <a href="nav_help.xhtml#retracing_your_steps">Retracing Your Steps</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="languages">Browser Preferences - Languages</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Languages preferences panel. If
+  you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Browser category, click Languages. (If no subcategories are
+    visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Languages preferences panel allows you to choose the languages and
+  character encoding for displaying web pages and choose if and how your typing
+  is spell checked:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Languages for Web Pages</strong>:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Move Up / Move Down</strong>: Click one of these buttons to
+        move a selected language up or down, which sets the order of preference
+        for the listed languages.</li>
+      <li><strong>Add</strong>: Click this to add additional languages for
+        displaying web pages.</li>
+      <li><strong>Remove</strong>: Click this to remove a selected
+        language.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Character Encoding</strong>:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Default Character Encoding</strong>: Use the drop-down list
+        to select the character encoding you want for displaying web
+        pages.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Spelling</strong>:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>When typing check my spelling</strong>: Use the drop-down
+        list to select if and how your typing is spell checked.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="helper_applications">Browser Preferences - Helper Applications</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Helper Applications preferences panel.
+  If you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Browser category, click Helper Applications. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Helper Applications preferences panel allows you to control how
+  different file types are opened by other applications in
+  &brandShortName;:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Specify how to handle files of each type</strong>:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>File types</strong>: Displays the file types that
+        &brandShortName; uses. Select one of them to show the following
+        information:
+        <ul>
+          <li><strong>Description</strong>: Displays a description of the
+            selected file type.</li>
+          <li><strong>Extension(s)</strong>: Displays the file extension(s) of
+            the selected file type.</li>
+          <li><strong>When encountered</strong>: Displays what kind of action
+            that will be taken when &brandShortName; encounters the selected
+            file type.</li>
+        </ul>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>New Type</strong>: Click this to add a new file type. You see
+        a dialog box:
+        <ul>
+          <li><strong>Mime Type</strong>: Type the Mime type of the file type
+            you want to add.</li>
+          <li><strong>Description</strong>: Type a Descrition of the file
+            type you want to add.</li>
+          <li><strong>Extension</strong>: Type the file extension of the file
+            type you want to add.</li>
+          <li><strong>When a file of this type is encountered</strong>:
+            Select one option from the checkboxes:
+            <ul>
+              <li><strong>Open it using the default application</strong>:
+                Causes the the file to be opened by the default program in
+                your systems settings.</li>
+              <li><strong>Open it with</strong>: Causes the file to be
+                opened by a program you specify. Use the Choose File button
+                to locate the program on your disk</li>
+              <li><strong>Save it to disk</strong>: The file will be saved
+                to disk.</li>
+            </ul>
+          </li>
+          <li><strong>Always ask me when handling files of this
+            type</strong>: Select this to make the Download Dialog box always
+            appear when files of this type are encountered.</li>
+        </ul>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Edit</strong>: Click this to change the file-handling
+        information of a selected file type.</li>
+      <li><strong>Remove</strong>: Click this to remove a selected file
+        type.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Plugin Finder Service</strong>:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Always use the Plugin Finder Service (PFS) to get 
+        plugins</strong>: Select this to always use the Plugin Finder Service
+        (PFS) whenever &brandShortName; needs a new plugin. If left
+        unselected, the PFS is only used when a plugin location is not
+        provided by the web page that requires the plugin.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To learn more about how to handle different file types with
+  &brandShortName;, see
+  <a href="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads">Plugins and Downloads</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="smart_browsing">Browser Preferences - Smart Browsing</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Smart Browsing preferences panel. If
+  you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Browser category, click Smart Browsing. (If no subcategories
+    are visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Smart Browsing preferences panel allows you to better browse web pages
+  using Internet Keywords, Location Bar Autocomplete and Domain Guessing.</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Internet Keywords</strong>:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Enable Internet Keywords</strong>: Select this to enable fast
+        access to services such as stock quotes, search, and other information
+        from the Location bar.</li>
+      <li><strong>More Information</strong>: Click this to learn more about
+        using Internet Keywords.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li id="location_bar_autocomplete"><strong>Location Bar
+    Autocomplete</strong>:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Automatically complete text typed into Location bar</strong>:
+        Select this to automatically complete text you previously entered into
+        the Location bar.</li>
+      <li><strong>Advanced</strong>: Click this and select one or more of the
+        following options:
+        <ul>
+          <li><strong>Autocomplete best match as you type</strong>: As you
+            type in the Location Bar, &brandShortName; will automatically
+            complete your web address using the visited website it most closely
+            matches.</li>
+          <li><strong>Show list of matching results</strong>: As you type in
+            the Location Bar, &brandShortName; will show a drop-down list of
+            matching visited web addresses.</li>
+          <li><strong>Show internet search engine</strong>: Shows a drop-down
+            list item allowing you to search the default search engine for
+            words you enter.</li>
+          <li><strong>Match only website you&apos;ve typed previously</strong>:
+            Shows only websites that you&apos;ve typed in the Location Bar and
+            not sites that were opened in other ways, such as clicking a link
+            on a web page.</li>
+        </ul>
+      </li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Domain Guessing</strong>: Select this if you want
+    &brandShortName; to automatically add <tt>www.</tt> and <tt>.com</tt> to a
+    web page location that can&apos;t be found. For more detailed information
+    about the Domain Guessing feature, see the online document
+    <a href="http://www.mozilla.org/docs/end-user/domain-guessing.html">Domain
+    Guessing</a>.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="internet_search">Browser Preferences - Internet Search</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Internet Search preferences panel. If
+  you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Browser category, click Internet Search. (If no subcategories
+    are visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Internet Search preferences panel allows you to configure how you search
+  using &brandShortName;:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Default Search Engine</strong>:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Search using</strong>: Use the drop-down list to select the
+        search engine you want use for web searching.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Search Results</strong>:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Open the Search tab in the Sidebar when search results are
+        available</strong>: Select this to have &brandShortName; open the
+        Sidebar and show your search results.</li>
+      <li><strong>Open tab instead of window for a context menu web
+        search</strong>: Select this to have &brandShortName; show your search
+        results in a new tab rather than a new window when you search on
+        selected words in a web page.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Sidebar Search Tab Preference</strong>:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Basic</strong>: Choose this to use one search engine when
+        searching in &brandShortName;.</li>
+      <li><strong>Advanced</strong>: <strong></strong>Choose this to select one
+        or more search engines from a list when searching in
+        &brandShortName;.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="tabbed_browsing">Browser Preferences - Tabbed Browsing</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Tabbed Browsing preferences panel. If
+  you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Browser category, click Tabbed Browsing. (If no subcategories
+    are visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Tabbed Browsing preferences panel allows you to set up Tabbed
+  Browsing:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Tab Display</strong>:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Hide the tab bar when only one tab is open</strong>: Select
+        this to display the Tabbed Browsing bar only when more then one
+        browser tab is open.</li>
+      <li><strong>Switch to new tabs opened from links</strong>: Select this to
+        make &brandShortName; switch to the new tab when using <q>Open in a
+        New Tab</q> to open a link.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>When opening a bookmark group</strong>:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Add tabs</strong>: Select this if you want a bookmark group
+        to be opened in new tabs.</li>
+      <li><strong>Replace existing tabs</strong>: Select this if you want a
+        bookmark group to replace your existing tabs.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Open tabs instead of windows for</strong>:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong><span class="mac"><kbd>Cmd</kbd>+click or
+        <kbd>Cmd</kbd>+<kbd>Return</kbd></span>
+        <span class="noMac">Middle-click, <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>+click or
+        <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>Enter</kbd> on links in a Web
+        page</span></strong>: Select this to open Web page links in a new tab
+        when clicking a link <span class="mac">and holding down the
+        <kbd>Command</kbd> key or holding down the <kbd>Command</kbd> key and
+        pressing <kbd>Return</kbd> on links</span> <span class="noMac">with the
+        middle mouse button, <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-clicking on links, and pressing
+        <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>Enter</kbd> on links</span>.
+
+        <p><strong>Tip</strong>: Use Find Links as You Type to navigate to the
+          link you want to open with the keyboard commands above.</p>
+      </li>
+
+      <li><strong>
+        <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd
+        class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd> in the Location
+        bar</strong>: Select this to open a Web page in a new tab when you type
+        the URL of the page in the Location Bar and press
+        <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd
+        class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd>.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Link open behavior</strong>: If a webpage is designed so that
+    certain links open in a new window by default (either through the target
+    attribute in HTML or through embedded JavaScript), you may want to
+    override this:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>The current tab/window</strong>: Open the linked page in the
+        current tab of the active window.</li>
+      <li><strong>A new tab in the current window</strong>: Open the linked
+        page in a new tab instead of a new window.</li>
+      <li><strong>A new window</strong>: Open the linked page in a new window.
+        (This is the default and does not override the webpage design).</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Links from other applications</strong>: If &brandShortName; is
+    called from another application with a webpage address as an argument (like
+    a click on a link in an external email program), you can control where the
+    page will be loaded:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>The current tab/window</strong>: Open the linked page in the
+        current tab of the active window.</li>
+      <li><strong>A new tab in the current window</strong>: Open the linked
+        page in a new tab instead of a new window.</li>
+      <li><strong>A new window</strong>: Open the linked page in a new window.
+        (This is the default).</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<div class="win">
+  <p>To ensure that &brandShortName; opens a new window, select the Browser
+    option in <a href= "cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#appearance">Appearance
+    Preferences - Appearance</a>.</p>
+
+  <p>If you want &brandShortName; to open a new tab instead of a new window when
+    you launch it and it is already running, ensure the following:</p>
+
+  <ul>
+    <li>If you launch &brandShortName; by command line, do not use command-line
+      parameters that open windows.</li>
+    <li>Nothing is set in the
+      <a href= "cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#appearance">Appearance Preferences
+      - Appearance</a>.</li>
+    <li>Set <q>Links from other applications</q> preference to <q>A new tab in
+      the current window</q>.</li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="downloads">Browser Preferences - Downloads</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Downloads preferences panel. If
+  you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Browser category, click Downloads. (If no subcategories are
+    visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Downloads preferences panel allows you to set up how &brandShortName;
+  handles files you download from web pages:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>When starting a download</strong>:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Open the download manager</strong>: Select this to display
+        the Download Manager, which displays the status for current and
+        previous downloads. The status of all downloads is kept in a single
+        window.</li>
+      <li><strong>Open a progress dialog</strong>: Select this to display a
+        progress dialog box, which display the status for your current
+        download. The status of each download is kept in a separate
+        window.</li>
+      <li><strong>Don&apos;t open anything</strong>: Select this if you want to
+        download files invisibly. No status is given for all your
+        downloads.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>When saving a file</strong>:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Prompt for download location and default to</strong>: Select
+        this if you always want to be able to choose a folder for the file to
+        be saved. Choose one of the following folders to be the default
+        location for the file:
+        <ul>
+          <li><strong>Last download folder</strong>: The default location will
+            be the folder you last downloaded a file to.</li>
+          <li><strong>Specified download folder</strong>: The default location
+            will be your Current Download Folder.</li>
+        </ul>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Automatically download files to specified download
+        folder</strong>: Select this if you want files to be saved to your
+        Current Download Folder without &brandShortName; prompting you for
+        the download location.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+    
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Current Download Folder</strong>: Use the button to navigate
+    to a folder that you want to use as your specified download folder.</li>
+</ul>
+    
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>When a download completes</strong>:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Play a sound</strong>: Select this if you want
+        &brandShortName; to play a custom sound (typically in WAV format) when
+        a download is completed. Use the Browse button to select the sound file
+        in the file locator. To listen to the sound you&apos;ve chosen, click
+        Preview.</li>
+      <li><strong>Show an alert</strong>: Select this if you want
+        &brandShortName; to show an alert on the screen when a download is
+        completed.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>For more information about downloading files from web pages, see
+  <a href= "nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads">Plugins and
+  Downloads</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<p>&copyright.string;</p>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..497c18f5ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>&brandShortName; Popup Blocking Help</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<div class="boilerPlate">This document is provided for your information only.
+  It may help you take certain steps to protect the privacy and security of
+  your personal information on the Internet. This document does not, however,
+  address all online privacy and security issues, nor does it represent a
+  recommendation about what constitutes adequate privacy and security
+  protection on the Internet.</div>
+  
+<h1 id="controlling_popups">Controlling Popups</h1>
+
+<p><strong>What are Popups?</strong></p>
+
+<p>Pop-up windows, or popups, are windows that appear automatically and without
+  your permission. They vary in size, but usually don&apos;t cover the whole
+  screen. Some popups open on top of the current browser window, thus popping
+  up, while others appear underneath the browser (popunders).</p>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; allows you to control both popups and popunders through the
+  <a href="#privacy_and_security_preferences_popup_windows">Popup Windows
+  preferences panel</a>. Since popup blocking is turned off by default, you
+  must enable it to prevent popups from appearing in the browser.</p>
+
+<p>When blocking a popup, &brandShortName; can be set up to play a sound, as
+  well as display an icon
+  <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/icons/popup-blocked.png" alt="Popup control
+  icon"/> in the status bar. You can use this icon to add a website
+  you&apos;re viewing to an exceptions list so that the site is allowed to
+  again display popups.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Blocking popups may interfere with some websites</strong>: Some web
+  sites, including some banking sites, use popups for important features. 
+  Blocking all popups disables such features. To allow specific websites to
+  use popups, while blocking all others, you can add specific websites to the
+  list of allowed sites. For more information, see
+  <a href="#privacy_and_security_preferences_popup_windows">Privacy &amp;
+  Security Preferences - Popup Windows</a>.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Blocking popups doesn&apos;t always work</strong>: Although
+  &brandShortName; blocks most popups, some websites, even when blocked, may
+  use other methods to show popups.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Allowing popups from certain websites</strong>: After you&apos;ve
+  enabled popup blocking, you can still allow specific sites to display popups.
+  Browse to the website, and then from the Tools menu, choose Popup Manager,
+  and then choose Allow Popups From This Site.</p>
+
+<p>The next section describes how to control popups through preferences and
+  through the popup control icon.</p>
+
+<h2 id="privacy_and_security_preferences_popup_windows">Privacy &amp; Security
+  Preferences - Popup Windows</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Popup Windows preferences panel. If
+ you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the
+    <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security Preferences category, click Popup
+    Windows. (If no subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp;
+    Security to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Block unrequested popup windows</strong>: Select this to prevent
+    popups from appearing in the browser.</li>
+  <li><strong>Allowed Sites</strong>: Click this to view and edit the list of
+    web sites that you want to allow to display popups.
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Allowed websites</strong>: The list of allowed websites
+        appears when you click <q>Allowed Sites</q>. You can add or remove
+        websites that should be allowed to show popups.</li>
+      <li><strong>Add</strong>: Click this after typing in a website that you
+        want to add to the list.</li>
+      <li><strong>Remove</strong>: Click this to remove a selected website.</li>
+      <li><strong>Remove All</strong>: Click this to remove all of the websites
+        in the current list.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3>When a popup window has been blocked</h3>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Play a sound</strong>: If you want a sound to play each time
+    the browser blocks a popup, select this option and type the location of the
+    sound file.
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Select</strong>: Click this to choose a sound file instead of
+        typing its location in the field.</li>
+      <li><strong>Preview</strong>: Click this to listen to the chosen
+        sound.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Display an icon in the browser status bar</strong>: Select this
+    to display an icon
+    <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/icons/popup-blocked.png" alt="Popup control
+    icon"/> in the browser status bar to indicate that a popup is blocked.
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: After the popup control icon
+      <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/icons/popup-blocked.png" alt="Popup
+      control icon"/> appears, it remains visible until you visit another
+      website.</p>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Using the popup control icon to add allowed websites</strong>: You
+  can use the popup control icon to quickly add a website to the list of
+  allowed websites. Click the icon
+  <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/icons/popup-blocked.png" alt="Popup control
+  icon"/> to open the list of allowed websites. The current website is
+  already filled in. Click Add and then click OK to confirm your addition.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Blocking popups may not always work and may interfere
+  with some websites. For more information about blocking popups, see
+  <a href="#controlling_popups">Controlling Popups</a>.</p>
+
+<p>&copyright.string;</p>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/customize_help.xhtml b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/customize_help.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..336a8a5b32
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/customize_help.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,1108 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Customizing &brandShortName;</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<div class="boilerPlate">This document is provided for your information
+  only. It may help you take certain steps to protect the privacy and security
+  of your personal information on the Internet. This document does not,
+  however, address all online privacy and security issues, nor does it
+  represent a recommendation about what constitutes adequate privacy and
+  security protection on the Internet.</div>
+
+<h1 id="customizing_mozilla">Customizing &brandShortName;</h1>
+
+<p>You can customize &brandShortName; to better suit your needs using features
+  like Sidebar, bookmarks, and Tabbed Browsing.</p>
+
+<p>This section describes the customizable aspects of &brandShortName;&apos;s
+  browser component.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#sidebar">Sidebar</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#tabbed_browsing">Tabbed Browsing</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#changing_fonts_colors_and_themes">Changing Fonts, Colors, and
+      Themes</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#toolbars">Toolbars</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#bookmarks">Bookmarks</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#specifying_how_mozilla_starts_up">Specifying How
+      &brandShortName; Starts Up</a></li>
+    <li><a href="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#navigator_settings">Browser
+      Settings</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="sidebar">Sidebar</h2>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#what_is_sidebar">What is Sidebar?</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#opening_closing_and_resizing_sidebar">Opening, Closing and
+      Resizing Sidebar</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#viewing_sidebar_tabs">Viewing Sidebar Tabs</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#adding_sidebar_tabs">Adding Sidebar Tabs</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#customizing_individual_sidebar_tabs">Customizing Individual
+      Sidebar Tabs</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#reorganizing_sidebar_tabs">Reorganizing Sidebar Tabs</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#removing_sidebar_tabs">Removing Sidebar Tabs</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="what_is_sidebar">What is Sidebar?</h3>
+
+<p>Sidebar is a customizable area in your browser where you can keep items
+  that you need to use all the time&mdash;the latest news and weather, your
+  address book, stock quotes, a calendar&mdash;and many other available
+  options. Sidebar presents these items to you in tabs that are continually
+  updated.</p>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; comes with some Sidebar tabs already set up, but you can
+  customize Sidebar by adding, removing, and rearranging tabs.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#sidebar">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="opening_closing_and_resizing_sidebar">Opening, Closing and Resizing
+  Sidebar</h3>
+
+<p>To open Sidebar, <span class="noMac">press <kbd>F9</kbd> or</span> open the
+  View menu in the browser, choose Show/Hide, and then Sidebar from the
+  submenu.</p>
+
+<p>Once Sidebar is opened, you can use its handle to close, open and resize
+  Sidebar&apos;s frame. Move the mouse pointer up and down along the left edge
+  of the &brandShortName; window. The pointer changes to a hand when it touches
+  the <q>handle</q> for Sidebar, as shown in the picture.</p>
+
+<table summary="Image table">
+  <tr>
+    <td colspan="2"></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr style="vertical-align: top;">
+    <td><img src="images/sidebar.png" alt="image of sidebar with
+      handle"/></td>
+    <td style="vertical-align: middle;">
+      <p><strong>Sidebar<br/>Handle</strong></p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click the handle to close/open Sidebar&apos;s frame</li>
+  <li>Click and drag the handle to resize Sidebar&apos;s frame</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To close Sidebar with its handle, do one of the following:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li class="noMac">Press <kbd>F9</kbd></li>
+  <li>Click the X in the upper-right corner of Sidebar</li>
+  <li>Open the View menu, choose Show/Hide, and then Sidebar from the
+    submenu</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#sidebar">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="viewing_sidebar_tabs">Viewing Sidebar Tabs</h3>
+
+<p>To view a tab:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click a tab&apos;s title; for instance, click the word <q>Search</q>. The
+    Search tab opens, which allows you to search for web pages.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To reload a Sidebar tab, right-click on the tab title
+  and choose Reload from the pop-up menu.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#sidebar">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="adding_sidebar_tabs">Adding Sidebar Tabs</h3>
+
+<p>To add a new tab:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click <q>Tabs</q> at the top of Sidebar, and select Customize
+    Sidebar from the menu</li>
+  <li>In the Customize Sidebar dialog box, select a tab from the list on the
+    left. Double-click the folders to open or close folders.</li>
+  <li>Click Add.</li>
+  <li>Continue adding as many tabs as you want.</li>
+  <li>Click OK to finish.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: If you add more than eight tabs to Sidebar,
+  &brandShortName; hides the remaining tabs to reduce clutter. To scroll
+  through the hidden tabs, click the down arrow button at the bottom of Sidebar
+  until you see the desired tab. Click the up arrow button to once again scroll
+  up.</p>
+  
+<p><strong>Tips</strong>:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>To preview a Sidebar tab before adding it, select a tab from the list
+    on the left side of the Customize Sidebar dialog box and click Preview.
+    After a few seconds, the tab displays in the Tab Preview pop-up
+    window.</li>
+  <li>To view an extensive and categorized list of tabs available for Sidebar,
+    click <q>Tabs</q> at the top of Sidebar, and select Sidebar
+    Directory.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>You can also turn Sidebar tabs on and off.</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click <q>Tabs</q> at the top of Sidebar. Current tabs are listed in
+    the lower part of the menu.</li>
+  <li>Select the tabs you want displayed in Sidebar. Remove the checkmark
+    (deselect) to turn a tab off (it will still be available from the
+    menu).</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly turn off a Sidebar tab, right-click on its
+  name and choose Hide Tab.</p>
+  
+<p>[<a href="#sidebar">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="customizing_individual_sidebar_tabs">Customizing Individual Sidebar
+  Tabs</h3>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Not all tabs can be customized.</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click <q>Tabs</q> at the top of Sidebar and select Customize Sidebar
+    from the menu.</li>
+  <li>Select an available tab from the list on the right.</li>
+  <li>Click Customize Tab if it is enabled. A window appears with information
+    and options for customizing the tab.
+    
+    <p>The instructions vary depending on the source of the tab&mdash;in
+      addition to &brandShortName;, tab providers can be any company,
+      organization, or individual who uses the Internet.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>After you follow the tab provider&apos;s instructions, close the
+    customization window (or follow the provider&apos;s instructions to close
+    it).</li>
+  <li>Click OK to finish.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#sidebar">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="reorganizing_sidebar_tabs">Reorganizing Sidebar Tabs</h3>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click <q>Tabs</q> at the top of Sidebar and select Customize Sidebar from
+    the menu.</li>
+  <li>Select a tab from the list on the right.</li>
+  <li>Click Up and Down to change the tab&apos;s placement.</li>
+  <li>Repeat steps 1 and 2 to continue reorganizing as many tabs as you
+    like.</li>
+  <li>Click OK to finish.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#sidebar">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="removing_sidebar_tabs">Removing Sidebar Tabs</h3>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click <q>Tabs</q> at the top of Sidebar and select Customize Sidebar from
+    the menu.</li>
+  <li>Select a tab from the list on the right.</li>
+  <li>Click Remove.</li>
+  <li>Continue removing as many tabs as you like.</li>
+  <li>Click OK to finish.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#sidebar">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="tabbed_browsing">Tabbed Browsing</h2>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#what_is_tabbed_browsing">What is Tabbed Browsing?</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#setting_up_tabbed_browsing">Setting up Tabbed Browsing</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#opening_tabs">Opening Tabs</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#moving_tabs">Moving Tabs</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#bookmarking_tabs">Bookmarking Tabs</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#closing_tabs">Closing Tabs</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="what_is_tabbed_browsing">What is Tabbed Browsing?</h3>
+
+<p>Tabbed Browsing lets you open more than one web page in a single window.
+  Each web page has its own tab across the top of a single browser window.
+  Each tab appears on the Tab Bar. For example, you can visit mozilla.org,
+  icq.com, and cnn.com within one window instead of three windows.</p>
+
+<table summary="Image table">
+  <tr> 
+    <td>Click this to open a new tab.</td>
+    <td></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr> 
+    <td colspan="2">
+      <img src="images/tabbed_browsing_bar.png" alt="tab bar"/>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr> 
+    <td style="text-align: left;">Tab being viewed.</td>
+    <td style="text-align: right;">Click this to close the tab being
+      viewed.</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr> 
+    <td colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"><strong>Tab Bar</strong></td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>You don&apos;t need to have several windows open to visit several web pages;
+  thus, freeing up more space on your desktop. Instead, you can open, close,
+  and reload web pages conveniently in one place without having to switch to
+  another window.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#tabbed_browsing">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="setting_up_tabbed_browsing">Setting up Tabbed Browsing</h3>
+
+<p>There are several ways to customize Tabbed Browsing. For example, you can
+  change your preferences to open new browser tabs from the Location Bar. You
+  can set up Tabbed Browsing in other ways too, such as loading new browser
+  tabs in the background so the first page is kept on top while the second page
+  is loading. To learn more about setting up Tabbed Browsing in
+  &brandShortName;, see
+  <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing">Browser Preferences
+  - Tabbed Browsing</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#tabbed_browsing">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="opening_tabs">Opening Tabs</h3>
+
+<p>You can open a browser tab in the following ways:</p>
+
+<p><strong>Opening a New Blank Browser Tab</strong>:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>From the File menu</strong>: Open the File menu, choose New, and
+    then Browser Tab.</li>
+  <li><strong>From the Tab Bar</strong>: If visible, click the <q>new
+    tab</q> icon
+    <img src="chrome://global/skin/icons/tab-new.gif" alt="new tab icon"/>
+    on the left side of the Tab Bar.</li>
+  <li><strong>From a pop-up menu</strong>: If the Tab Bar is visible,
+    right-click on it, and choose New Tab from the pop.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Opening a Web Page Link in a Browser Tab</strong>:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>From a pop-up menu</strong>: Right-click<span class="mac"> or, if
+    you have a one-button mouse, <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click</span> on a web page
+    link and choose Open Link in New Tab.</li>
+  <li><strong>From the Location Bar</strong>: Type a web page location in the
+    Location Bar and press <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">
+    Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd>.
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: You must set your Tabbed Browsing preferences to
+      open a browser tab from the Location Bar. See
+      <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing">Browser
+      Preferences - Tabbed Browsing</a> for more information.</p>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Tips</strong>:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>To quickly open a new browser tab, press
+    <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd>
+    <kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>T</kbd>.</li>
+  <li>To reload one or all browser tabs, right-click<span class="mac"> or, if
+    you have a one-button mouse, <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click</span> anywhere on the
+    Tab Bar and select Reload Tab or Reload All Tabs, respectively.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#tabbed_browsing">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="moving_tabs">Moving Tabs</h3>
+
+<p>Tabs are displayed in the order you open them, which may not always be what
+  you want. To move a tab to a different location within a &brandShortName;
+  window, simply drag it there using your mouse. While you are dragging the
+  tab, &brandShortName; displays an indicator to show where the tab will be
+  moved. Alternately, you can use
+  <a href="shortcuts-navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing_shortcuts">keyboard
+  shortcuts</a> to move tabs within a window if desired.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: The keyboard shortcuts don't work when a text box has
+  focus.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#tabbed_browsing">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="bookmarking_tabs">Bookmarking Tabs</h3>
+
+<p>A bookmarked group of tabs is called a Groupmark. To bookmark the group of
+  browser tabs in the current window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose <q>Bookmark This Group of
+    Tabs</q>.</li>
+  <li>Type a name for the bookmark group in the Name field.</li>
+  <li>Choose a folder in which to create your Groupmark, or click New Folder to
+    create a new folder for your Groupmark.</li>
+  <li>Click OK to add the Groupmark.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To learn how to use a group of tabs as your home page,
+  see <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#navigator">Browser Preferences -
+  Browser</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#tabbed_browsing">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="closing_tabs">Closing Tabs</h3>
+
+<p>You can close browser tabs in several ways:</p>
+
+<p><strong>Closing the Browser Tab Being Viewed</strong>:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Close Tab.</li>
+  <li>Click the <q>X</q> button on the right side of the Tab Bar.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<table summary="Image table">
+  <tr>
+    <td> Click this to open a new tab.</td>
+    <td></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td colspan="2">
+      <img src="images/tabbed_browsing_bar.png" alt="tab bar"/>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td style="text-align: left;">Tab being viewed.</td>
+    <td style="text-align: right;">Click this to close the tab being
+      viewed.</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"><strong>Tab Bar</strong></td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p><strong>Tips</strong>:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>To close any browser tab, even if hidden, right-click on the tab and
+    choose Close Tab from the pop-up menu.</li>
+  <li>To keep only one browser tab open, while closing all other tabs,
+    right-click on the browser tab and choose Close Other Tabs.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#tabbed_browsing">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="changing_fonts_colors_and_themes">Changing Fonts, Colors, and
+  Themes</h2>
+  
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#changing_the_default_fonts">Changing the Default Fonts</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#changing_the_default_colors">Changing the Default
+      Colors</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#changing_the_theme">Changing the Theme</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="changing_the_default_fonts">Changing the Default Fonts</h3>
+
+<p>Normally, web pages are displayed in the default font set by your browser
+  or in a font chosen by the web pages&apos; authors.</p>
+
+<p>To change the default fonts:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Appearance category, choose Fonts. (If no options are visible
+    in this category, double-click Appearance to expand the list.)</li>
+  <li>From the "Fonts for" drop-down list, choose a language group/script.
+    For instance, to set default fonts for West European languages/script
+    (Latin), choose <q>Western</q>.</li>
+  <li>Select whether proportional text should be serif (like Times Roman) or
+    sans-serif (like Arial). Then specify the font size you want for
+    proportional text.</li>
+  <li>If an appropriate font is available for your language/script, select
+    fonts for Serif, Sans-Serif, Cursive, Fantasy, and Monospace. You can also
+    specify what font size you want for monospace text.</li>
+  <li>Specify whether the default font should be serif or sans serif.</li>
+  <li>Select a fixed-width font and size. Certain types of text, such as
+    equations and formulas, are displayed in a fixed-width font.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Many web page authors choose their own fonts and font sizes. To allow fonts
+  other than the ones specified in your preferences, check <q>Allow
+  documents to use other fonts</q>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#changing_fonts_colors_and_themes">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="changing_the_default_colors">Changing the Default Colors</h3>
+
+<p>Normally, the background and text colors on web pages are determined by the
+  default colors set by your browser or by the pages&apos; authors.</p>
+
+<p>To change the default colors:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Appearance category, choose Colors. (If no options are visible
+    in this category, click to expand the list.)</li>
+  <li>Click the colored blocks next to Text, Background, Unvisited Links, and
+    Visited Links. Choose a color for each from the color chart. You can also
+    specify that links should be underlined.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Most web page authors choose their own colors. You can override the
+  authors&apos; intentions by selecting <q>Use my chosen colors, ignoring
+  the colors specified</q>.</p>
+
+<p>When viewing the source of a web page, you can see the HTML syntax of the
+  source of a web page highlighted in specific colors by selecting <q>Enable
+  syntax highlighting</q>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#changing_fonts_colors_and_themes">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="changing_the_theme">Changing the Theme</h3>
+
+<p>You can change the look and feel of &brandShortName; by using a different
+  theme. Changing the theme can be done either from the View menu or from the
+  Add-on Manager.</p>
+
+<p>From the View menu:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the View menu and choose Apply Theme, and then select a theme from
+    the menu.</li>
+  <li>Quit and restart &brandShortName;.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>From the Add-on Manager:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Add-on Manager.</li>
+  <li>Click the Themes button in the toolbar.</li>
+  <li>Select a theme from the list, and then click the Use Theme button.</li>
+  <li>Quit and restart &brandShortName;.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#changing_fonts_colors_and_themes">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="toolbars">Toolbars</h2>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#navigation_toolbar">Navigation Toolbar</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#personal_toolbar">Personal Toolbar</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#status_bar">Status Bar</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#component_bar">Component Bar</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#hiding_a_toolbar">Hiding a Toolbar</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="navigation_toolbar">Navigation Toolbar</h3>
+
+<p>The Navigation Toolbar, pictured here, helps you move around the Web.</p>
+
+<table summary="Image table">
+  <tr>
+    <td colspan="4">
+      <img src="images/reload.gif" alt="navigation toolbar"/>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><strong>Back</strong></td>
+    <td><strong>Forward</strong></td>
+    <td><strong>Reload</strong></td>
+    <td><strong>Stop</strong></td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>[<a href="#toolbars">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="personal_toolbar">Personal Toolbar</h3>
+
+<p>The Personal Toolbar is completely customizable&mdash;you decide what you
+  want to keep there.</p>
+
+<table summary="Image table">
+  <tr> 
+    <td><img src="images/personalbar.png" alt="Personal Toolbar"/></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td style="text-align: center;"><strong>Personal Toolbar</strong></td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>You can easily add, delete, and rearrange items in the Personal Toolbar.</p>
+
+<h4 id="turning_buttons_on_and_off">Turning Buttons On and Off</h4>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Click Browser.</li>
+  <li>Under <q>Select the buttons you want to see in the toolbars</q>,
+    choose the buttons that you want on your toolbar.</li>
+  <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<h4 id="adding_personal_toolbar_bookmarks">Adding Personal Toolbar
+  Bookmarks</h4>
+
+<p>You can add buttons for your favorite bookmarks, or folders containing
+  groups of bookmarks. To create a new bookmark to add to the Personal
+  Toolbar:</p>
+  
+<ol>
+  <li>Open a web page you want to bookmark.</li>
+  <li>Drag the bookmark icon
+    <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/bookmarks/bookmark-item.gif"
+    alt="image of bookmark icon"/>(located to the left of URL in the
+    Location Bar) to a desired place on the Personal Toolbar. You can drag the
+    icon directly to the Personal Toolbar, or to a folder on the Personal
+    Toolbar. For more information, see
+    <a href="#adding_bookmark_folders_to_the_personal_toolbar">Adding Bookmark
+    Folders to the Personal Toolbar</a>.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: The bookmark icon
+  <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/bookmarks/bookmark-item.gif" alt="image
+  of bookmark icon"/> may appear as another page-specific icon if you have
+  checked Show Website Icons in preferences. See
+  <a href="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#appearance">Appearance Preferences -
+  Appearance</a> for more information on changing this preferences.</p>
+
+<p>Each item in the Personal Toolbar folder appears as a toolbar button. You
+  may need to enlarge the browser window to see them all.</p>
+
+<p id="adding_bookmark_folders_to_the_personal_toolbar"><strong>Adding
+  Bookmark Folders to the Personal Toolbar</strong></p>
+
+<p>You can add bookmark folders to the Personal Toolbar to sort your favorite
+  bookmarks into categories. For example, you can have one folder on the
+  Personal Toolbar for hobby-related bookmarks and another folder for
+  work-related bookmarks. To add a new bookmark to the Personal Toolbar:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li>
+  <li>Select your designated <q>Personal Toolbar Folder</q>.</li>
+  <li>Click New Folder on the toolbar.</li>
+  <li> Type a name for your new bookmark folder. By default, the name is
+    <q>New Folder</q>.</li>
+  <li>Click OK to confirm your new bookmark folder name.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The new bookmark folder will appear at the end of the Personal Toolbar.</p>
+
+<h4>Designating a Bookmark Folder as Your Personal Toolbar Folder</h4>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li>
+  <li>Select the bookmark folder whose items you want to appear on the
+    toolbar.</li>
+  <li>From the View menu, choose Set as Personal Toolbar Folder.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The buttons in your Personal Toolbar now correspond to the bookmarks in the
+  folder you designated.</p>
+
+<h4>Removing Bookmarks from the Personal Toolbar</h4>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li>
+  <li>Click the Personal Toolbar Folder.</li>
+  <li>Select the bookmark or folder you want to delete.</li>
+  <li>Press Delete on your keyboard.</li>
+  <li>Close the Manage Bookmarks window.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly remove a bookmark placed on the Personal
+  Toolbar (not in a folder), right-click on the bookmark and select Delete.</p>
+
+<h4>Rearranging the Personal Toolbar</h4>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li>
+  <li>In your Bookmarks window, click the Personal Toolbar Folder.</li>
+  <li>Select a bookmark or folder and drag it to a new location.</li>
+  <li>When you are finished rearranging items, close your Bookmarks
+    window.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Standard buttons on the Personal Toolbar such as
+  Bookmarks, Search, Go, Print and Home cannot be rearranged, but they can
+  be <a href="#turning_buttons_on_and_off">turned off and on</a>.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To move a bookmark placed on the Personal Toolbar
+  quickly, click and drag the bookmark to another location on the Personal
+  Toolbar or to a folder.</p>
+  
+<p>[<a href="#toolbars">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="status_bar">Status Bar</h3>
+
+<p>The Status Bar is located at the bottom of any &brandShortName; window. It
+  includes the following:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Component Bar: Allows you to switch between components. For more
+    information, see <a href="#component_bar">Component Bar</a>.</li>
+  <li>Status information: Displays information like the web-page URL and load
+    status information.</li>
+  <li>Cookie notification icon
+    <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/permissions/taskbar-cookie.gif"
+    alt="cookie notification icon"/>: 
+    Appears when a website has used a cookie in a way that requires you to be
+    notified. For more information, see
+    <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookie_notification">Cookie
+    Notification</a>.</li>
+  <li>Work Offline
+    <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/icons/offline.gif"
+    alt="work offline icon"/> or Work Online
+    <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/icons/online.gif"
+    alt="work online icon"/> icon: Click the icon to toggle working
+    offline or online. Working offline prevents &brandShortName; from
+    attempting to connect to the Internet, for example to load images on web
+    pages or automatically check email.</li>
+  <li>Lock icon (Example:
+    <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/icons/lock-insecure.gif"
+    alt="lock icon"/>): Indicates whether the entire contents of the page
+    was encrypted while it was being received by your computer. For more
+    information, see
+    <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#checking_security_for_a_web_page">Checking
+    Security for a Web Page</a>.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#toolbars">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="component_bar">Component Bar</h3>
+
+<p>Use the Component Bar at the bottom left of any &brandShortName; window to
+  switch between tasks (such as browsing or mail).</p>
+  
+<p><img src="images/taskbar.png" alt="component bar"/></p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#toolbars">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="hiding_a_toolbar">Hiding a Toolbar</h3>
+
+<p>There are two ways to hide the toolbars.</p>
+
+<p>To minimize a toolbar:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click the small triangle at the left of the toolbar. To show the toolbar,
+    click the triangle again. (Note: You cannot hide the Component Bar using
+    this method.)</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To completely hide a toolbar, including its triangle:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the View menu.</li>
+  <li>Choose Show/Hide and uncheck the toolbars you want to hide.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To reverse this action, open the View menu, choose Show, and then select
+  the toolbars you want to show.</p>
+  
+<p>[<a href="#toolbars">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="bookmarks">Bookmarks</h2>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#what_are_bookmarks">What Are Bookmarks?</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#using_bookmarks">Using Bookmarks</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#creating_new_bookmarks">Creating New Bookmarks</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#organizing_your_bookmarks">Organizing Your Bookmarks</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#changing_individual_bookmarks">Changing Individual
+      Bookmarks</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#searching_your_bookmarks">Searching Your Bookmarks</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#exporting_or_importing_a_bookmark_list">Exporting or
+      Importing a Bookmark List</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="what_are_bookmarks">What Are Bookmarks?</h3>
+
+<p>Bookmarks are shortcuts to your favorite and most-visited web pages. Rather
+  than typing in long URLs (web addresses), you can create bookmarks that take
+  you directly to the pages you want to see.</p>
+
+<p>You access your bookmarks through the Bookmarks menu, the Bookmarks tab on
+  Sidebar, and the Manage Bookmarks window. You can control what&apos;s listed
+  in the Bookmarks menu by adding bookmarks for your favorite web pages and
+  organizing your list of bookmarks any way you want.</p>
+
+<h3 id="using_bookmarks">Using Bookmarks</h3>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; comes with some bookmarks already available. To use a
+  bookmark:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Bookmarks menu.</li>
+  <li>Choose a bookmark from the list or from a folder in the list.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#bookmarks">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="creating_new_bookmarks">Creating New Bookmarks</h3>
+
+<p>You can bookmark your favorite websites to make it easy to return to
+  them.</p>
+
+<p>To bookmark the current page, perform one of these steps:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>To add a bookmark to the Bookmarks menu, open the Bookmarks menu and
+    choose Bookmark This Page.</li>
+  <li>To add a bookmark to a specific folder on the Bookmarks menu, or to
+    provide a specific name or URL for your bookmark:
+    <ol>
+      <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose File Bookmark. Choose from any of
+        these options: 
+        <ul>
+          <li><strong>Name</strong>: Enter a name for the bookmark if you want
+            a different name.</li>
+          <li><strong>Location</strong>: Enter a URL for the bookmark if you
+            want a different URL.</li>
+          <li><strong>Keyword</strong>: Enter a keyword for the bookmark if you
+            want to be able to open the bookmarked page from the Location
+            Bar (see
+            <a href="nav_help.xhtml#custom_keywords">Using Custom Bookmark
+            Keywords</a>).</li>
+          <li><strong>Destination</strong>: Choose a folder in which to create
+            your bookmark.</li>
+          <li><strong>New Folder</strong>: Click this to create a new folder in
+            which to create your bookmark.</li>
+        </ul>
+      </li>
+      <li>Click OK to add the bookmark.</li>
+    </ol>
+  
+    <p><strong>Tip</strong>: If you have multiple browser tabs open in a
+      window, you can select <q>Bookmark this groups of tabs</q> to add a
+      single bookmark that will open all of the open tabs in the current
+      window.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>To add a bookmark to the Personal Toolbar, drag the bookmark icon
+    <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/bookmarks/bookmark-item.gif"
+    alt="image of bookmark icon"/> next to the Location Bar to a place on
+    the Personal Toolbar. You can drag a bookmark to the following places:
+    <ul>
+      <li>In the Bookmarks folder on the Personal Toolbar.</li>
+      <li>In a bookmarks folder you&apos;ve created on the Personal
+        Toolbar.</li>
+      <li>To the Personal Toolbar itself, on the right side of all bookmarks
+        folders.
+        <p>For more information about adding bookmarks to the Personal Toolbar,
+          see <a href="#adding_personal_toolbar_bookmarks">Adding Personal
+          Toolbar bookmarks</a>.</p>
+      </li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<table summary="Image table">
+  <tr>
+    <td><img src="images/personalbar.png" alt="Personal Toolbar"/></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><strong>Personal Toolbar</strong></td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>To add a bookmark to the Bookmarks tab in Sidebar, open Sidebar, select
+    the Bookmarks tab, and drag the bookmark icon
+    <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/bookmarks/bookmark-item.gif"
+    alt="image of bookmark icon"/> next to the Location Bar to a place on
+    the bookmark list in the Bookmarks tab.
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Notes</strong>:</p>
+<ul>
+  <li>The bookmark icon
+    <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/bookmarks/bookmark-item.gif"
+    alt="image of bookmark icon"/> may appear as another page-specific
+    icon if you have checked Show Website Icons in preferences. See
+    <a href="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#appearance">Appearance Preferences -
+    Appearance</a> for more information on changing this preferences.</li>
+  <li>After adding a bookmark using any of the methods listed above, it can be
+    accessed using the Sidebar Bookmarks tab, the Manage Bookmarks window, and
+    the Bookmarks menu.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#bookmarks">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="organizing_your_bookmarks">Organizing Your Bookmarks</h3>
+
+<p>To organize your bookmarks, open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage
+  Bookmarks. Perform any of the following tasks in your Manage Bookmarks
+  window.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can open the Manage Bookmarks window from the
+  Bookmarks tab in Sidebar. Click on Manage at the top of the Bookmarks
+  tab.</p>
+
+<p>To view bookmarks inside of folders:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Double-click a folder to view its contents.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To move a bookmark or a folder to another location in the list:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Drag the bookmark or folder that you want to move to the new location. To
+    put a bookmark in a folder, drag it to the folder.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To create a new folder or separator:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click New Folder or New Separator at the top of the Bookmarks window. The
+    new folder or separator appears below the current selection.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To remove a bookmark or a folder from the list:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click to highlight the bookmark or folder that you want to remove.</li>
+  <li>Press the Delete key on your keyboard, or click Delete in the Bookmarks
+    window.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To sort your bookmarks in the Manage Bookmarks window:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Open the View menu and select how you want the list sorted (such as Sort
+    by Name or Sort by Location).
+
+    <p><strong>Tip</strong>: To add more columns, open the View menu, open
+      <q>Show columns</q>, and select a column header in the list.</p></li>
+</ul>
+
+<h4>Designating a New Bookmark Folder</h4>
+
+<p>When you create a new bookmark, &brandShortName; normally adds it to the
+  bottom of your bookmarks list. If you prefer to file your bookmarks in a
+  folder, you can designate a new bookmarks folder.</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li>
+  <li>In your Bookmarks window, select a folder to hold new bookmarks.</li>
+  <li>Open the View menu and choose Set as New Bookmark Folder.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p> [<a href="#bookmarks">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="changing_individual_bookmarks">Changing Individual Bookmarks</h3>
+
+<p>You can change the information for any individual bookmark.</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li>
+  <li>In your Bookmarks window, click a bookmark.</li>
+  <li>Click Properties.</li>
+  <li>In the bookmark Properties dialog box window, click the Info tab.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>You can rename the bookmark (the name appears in your bookmark list),
+  add descriptive information, or set a 
+  <a href="nav_help.xhtml#custom_keywords">keyword</a>.</p>
+
+<p>You can also set &brandShortName; to check bookmarked websites for
+  changes.</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li>
+  <li>In your Bookmarks window, click a bookmark.</li>
+  <li>Click Properties.</li>
+  <li>In the bookmark Properties dialog box, click the Schedule tab.</li>
+  <li>Use the pull down lists to specify how frequently you want
+    &brandShortName; to check the bookmarked page for changes.</li>
+  <li>If you want to be notified when the bookmarked page changes, click the
+    Notify tab and choose a notification option.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p> [<a href="#bookmarks">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="searching_your_bookmarks">Searching Your Bookmarks</h3>
+
+<p>To search the bookmarks list:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li>
+  <li>In your Bookmarks window, open the Tools menu and choose Search
+    Bookmarks. You see the Find Bookmarks dialog box.</li>
+  <li>In the drop-down lists, choose options to define your search, and then
+    click Find. Bookmarks that match your search criteria are displayed. Choose
+    from the following Search options:
+    <ul>
+      <li>Choose "contains," "starts with," or "ends with" if you know only
+        part of the word or phrase for which you&apos;re searching.</li>
+      <li>Choose "is" if you know exactly what you&apos;re searching for.</li>
+      <li>Choose "is not" or "doesn&apos;t contain" to exclude pages.</li>
+      <li>Click the fill-in field and type all or part of name or URL
+        (web address) for the bookmarks or history listings that you want to
+        find or exclude.</li>
+      <li>Select <q>Save query in bookmarks</q> to save this search for
+        later use.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Double-click a bookmark in the list to go to that page.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: If the list is hard to read, try expanding the search
+  results window.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#bookmarks">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="exporting_or_importing_a_bookmark_list">Exporting or Importing a
+  Bookmark List</h3>
+
+<p>Your bookmarks are stored in a file named bookmarks.html. You can export a
+  copy of this file and save it in a folder of your choosing. You can then edit
+  it and treat it as you would any HTML file.</p>
+  
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li>
+  <li>In your Bookmarks window, open the Tools menu, and choose Export.</li>
+  <li>In the <q>Export Bookmarks File</q> dialog box, choose a folder.
+    Your bookmarks.html file will be copied into the folder you designate.</li>
+  <li>Click Save.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Your &brandShortName; bookmarks are not altered by this procedure.</p>
+
+<p>You can also import bookmarks files from other sources. For example, you can
+  import bookmarks files from earlier &brandShortName; versions, other
+  browsers, or from bookmarks files that your friends send you.</p>
+
+<p>Before you start, make sure that the bookmarks file you want to import is an
+  HTML file.</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li>
+  <li>In your Bookmarks window, open the Tools menu and choose Import.</li>
+  <li>In the <q>Import Bookmarks File</q> dialog box, locate and select
+    the bookmarks file you want to import.</li>
+  <li>Click Open.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The imported bookmarks file is treated as a group of new bookmarks and added
+  to the bottom of your bookmarks list. If you have designated a new bookmark
+  folder, the imported bookmarks are added to that folder.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Importing a bookmarks file imports the bookmarks and
+  folders from that file. It does not create two bookmarks files.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#bookmarks">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="specifying_how_mozilla_starts_up">Specifying How &brandShortName;
+  Starts Up</h2>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#specifying_a_starting_page">Specifying a Starting Page</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#changing_your_home_page">Changing Your Home Page</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#specifying_which_components_open_at_launch">Specifying Which
+      Components Open at Launch</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="specifying_a_starting_page">Specifying a Starting Page</h3>
+
+<p>You can specify the page that loads when the browser starts:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under "Display on Browser Startup" choose whether you want a
+    blank page, your home page, or the last web page visited to open
+    automatically when you launch your browser.
+  <p><strong>Note</strong>: If you selected Home Page, type the URL in the
+    Location Bar.</p></li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#specifying_how_mozilla_starts_up">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="changing_your_home_page">Changing Your Home Page</h3>
+
+<p>Your home page is the page that opens when you click the Home button in the
+  Personal Toolbar. Depending on how your preferences are set, it may also be
+  the page that opens automatically when you launch &brandShortName;.</p>
+
+<p>To specify your home page:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Click the Browser category.</li>
+  <li>In the Home page section, perform one of the following:
+    <ul>
+      <li>Type your home page&apos;s URL (web address) in the Location
+        field.</li>
+      <li>Click Use Current Page to make the page currently displayed in the
+        browser window your home page.</li>
+      <li>Click Choose File to select a file from your computer&apos;s hard
+        drive.</li>
+   </ul>
+ </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To specify your home page quickly, drag the bookmark
+  icon <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/bookmarks/bookmark-item.gif"
+  alt="image of bookmark icon"/> from the Location Bar to the Home Page
+  button on the Personal Toolbar.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#specifying_how_mozilla_starts_up">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="specifying_which_components_open_at_launch">Specifying Which Components
+  Open at Launch</h3>
+
+<p>You can choose components (such as Mail &amp; Newsgroups and Composer) to
+  launch when you start &brandShortName;:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Click the Appearance category.</li>
+  <li>Select the components you want opened automatically each time you start
+    &brandShortName;.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#specifying_how_mozilla_starts_up">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<p>&copyright.string;</p>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/developer_tools.xhtml b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/developer_tools.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a4a98609e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/developer_tools.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>&brandShortName; Tools and Development</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="web_development_tools">Web Development Tools</h1>
+
+<p>For web developers, &brandShortName; provides several tools to aid in
+  developing and debugging Web applications. Some of these are optional
+  installs. To access these tools, open the Tools menu and choose Web
+  Development.</p>
+
+<ul class="separate">
+  <li id="js_console">
+    <strong>Error Console</strong>: a console window that reports problems
+    with <a href="glossary.xhtml#javascript">JavaScript</a> and CSS code in
+    Web applications and the &brandShortName; application itself. By default, 
+    CSS parsing errors and JavaScript errors are displayed. The console can 
+    also be used to display logged messages from <a href="glossary.xhtml#xul">
+    XUL</a> and JavaScript code.
+  </li>
+  <li id="inspector">
+    <strong>DOM Inspector</strong>: a tool that can be
+    used to inspect and edit the DOM of any web document or XUL
+    application.
+
+    <p>Online resources:</p>
+    
+    <ul>
+      <li><a href="http://www.brownhen.com/DI/">Introduction to the DOM
+        Inspector</a> (Ian Oeschger)</li>
+      <li><a href="http://www.mozilla.org/projects/inspector/faq.html">DOM
+        Inspector FAQ</a> (mozilla.org)</li>
+      <!-- 2006-01-27: Removed link (404).
+      <li><a href="http://gr.ayre.st/moz/evangelism/tutorials/dominspectortutorial.shtml">grayrest&apos;s
+        Guide to the DOM Inspector</a></li>
+      -->
+      <li>Creating Applications with Mozilla - Appendix B3:
+        <a href="http://books.mozdev.org/html/mozilla-app-b-sect-3.html">The
+        DOM Inspector</a></li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li id="venkman">
+    <strong>JavaScript Debugger</strong>: also known as Venkman, this utility
+    allows you to debug JavaScript in &brandShortName;. It supports stepping,
+    breakpoints and many other features.
+
+    <p>Online resources:</p>
+
+    <ul>
+      <li><a href="http://www.mozilla.org/projects/venkman/">Venkman JavaScript
+        Debugger Homepage</a></li>
+      <li><a href="http://www.svendtofte.com/code/learning_venkman/">Learning
+        the JavaScript debugger Venkman</a> (Svend Tofte)</li>
+      <li><a href="http://www.webreference.com/programming/javascript/venkman/">Debugging
+        JavaScript Using Venkman</a> (webreference.com, article series)</li>
+      <li><a href="http://www.hacksrus.com/~ginda/venkman/">Venkman Development
+        Homepage</a></li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>&copyright.string;</p>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/forieusers.xhtml b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/forieusers.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f9a95c76a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/forieusers.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>For Microsoft Internet Explorer Users</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="for_internet_explorer_users">For Internet Explorer Users</h1>
+
+<p>If you&apos;ve been using Microsoft&reg; Internet Explorer, you&apos;ll find
+  that it&apos;s easy to begin using &brandShortName; for
+  <a href="nav_help.xhtml#browsing_the_web">browsing the web</a>,
+  <a href="mail_help.xhtml">managing your mail</a>, and much more.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: This information only applies to &brandShortName;
+  for Windows, Mac OS, Solaris, and HP-UX.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#mozilla_and_internet_explorer_terminology_differences">&brandShortName;
+      and Internet Explorer Terminology Differences</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#about_your_ie_favorites">About Your IE Favorites</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#browser_features">Browser Features</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#other_features">Other Features</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#keyboard_shortcuts">Keyboard Shortcuts</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="mozilla_and_internet_explorer_terminology_differences">&brandShortName;
+  and Internet Explorer Terminology Differences</h2>
+
+<table class="defaultTable">
+  <thead>
+    <tr>
+      <th>Internet Explorer</th>
+      <th>&brandShortName;</th>
+    </tr>
+  </thead>
+  <tbody>
+    <tr>
+      <td>Internet Options</td>
+      <td><a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml">Preferences</a></td>
+    </tr>
+    <tr class="even">
+      <td>Temporary Internet Files</td>
+      <td><a href="nav_help.xhtml#changing_cache_settings">Cache</a></td>
+    </tr>
+    <tr>
+      <td>Favorites</td>
+      <td><a href="customize_help.xhtml#bookmarks">Bookmarks</a></td>
+    </tr>
+    <tr class="even">
+      <td>Address Bar</td>
+      <td><a href="nav_help.xhtml#moving_to_another_page">Location Bar</a></td>
+    </tr>
+    <tr>
+      <td>Refresh</td>
+      <td><a href="nav_help.xhtml#stopping_and_reloading">Reload</a></td>
+    </tr>
+    <tr class="even">
+      <td>Links Bar</td>
+      <td><a href="customize_help.xhtml#personal_toolbar">Personal Toolbar</a></td>
+    </tr>
+    <tr>
+      <td>Copy Shortcut</td>
+      <td>Copy Link Location</td>
+    </tr>
+  </tbody>
+</table>
+
+<h2 id="about_your_ie_favorites">About Your IE Favorites</h2>
+
+<p>Your IE Favorites are imported automatically. To access them, open the
+  Bookmarks menu and choose Imported IE Favorites.</p>
+
+<h2 id="browser_features">Browser Features</h2>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong><a href="nav_help.xhtml#using_tabbed_browsing">Tabbed
+    Browsing</a></strong>: Instead of opening a separate browser window for
+    each site you want to visit, you can open multiple sites within the same
+    window and tab between them. You can also
+    <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#navigator">set a group of tabs as
+    your home page</a>.</li>
+  <li><strong><a href="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml">Pop-up Window
+    Controls</a></strong>: Lets you allow or suppress both popup and popunder
+    windows.</li>
+  <li><strong><a href="customize_help.xhtml#sidebar">Sidebar</a></strong>:
+    Customize &brandShortName; with frequently accessed content and tools such
+    as news, stock quotes, your bookmarks, browser history, and many other
+    options.</li>
+  <li><strong><a href="profiles_help.xhtml#managing_profiles">Profile
+    Manager</a></strong>: Create different profiles, each with its own
+    bookmarks, preferences, mail settings, and so on. This is useful if you
+    must share &brandShortName; on the same computer with other people, or
+    if you want to keep your work and personal settings separate.</li>
+  <li><strong><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml">Cookie Manager</a></strong>: Lets
+    you change what &brandShortName; will do when accepting cookies through its
+    support for the <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#privacy_settings">P3P
+    privacy standard</a>.</li>
+  <li><strong><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#managing_images">Image
+    Manager</a></strong>: Enables you to disable images from certain websites,
+    or disable them all together. This is useful if you wish to decrease the
+    amount of time it takes for websites to load.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h2 id="other_features">Other Features</h2>
+
+<p>In the lower left-hand corner of your browser, a component bar gives you
+  quick access to several useful features:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong><a href="mail_help.xhtml">Mail &amp; Newsgroups</a></strong>:
+    Conveniently manage all your Internet communications. You can set up and
+    maintain multiple  business and personal mail accounts and Internet
+    newsgroups, all from one window. You can
+    <a href="mail_help.xhtml#importing_mail_from_other_programs">import</a>
+    mail and settings from other popular email programs.</li>
+  <li><strong><a href="mail_help.xhtml#using_address_books">Address
+    Books</a></strong>: Create an address book or
+    <a href="mail_help.xhtml#importing_address_books">import</a> contact
+    information from other popular mail programs.</li>
+  <li><strong><a href="composer_help.xhtml">Composer</a></strong>:
+    Create, edit, and publish your pages on the web with this built-in web page
+    editor.</li>
+  <li><strong>ChatZilla</strong>: Built-in IRC client that lets you chat with
+    other people over IRC networks.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h2 id="keyboard_shortcuts">Keyboard Shortcuts</h2>
+
+<p>You will notice that Microsoft Internet Explorer and &brandShortName;
+  share many of the same shortcut keys. For a full list of shortcut keys, see
+  the List of <a href="shortcuts.xhtml">&brandShortName; Keyboard
+  Shortcuts</a>.</p>
+
+<p>&copyright.string;</p>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/glossary.xhtml b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/glossary.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..921a92af3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/glossary.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,742 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Glossary</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<div class="boilerPlate">This glossary is provided for your information only,
+  and is not meant to be relied upon as a complete or authoritative description
+  of the terms defined below or of the privacy and/or security ramifications of
+  the technologies described.</div>
+
+<h1 id="glossary">Glossary</h1>
+
+<dl>
+
+<dt id="authentication">authentication</dt><dd>The use of a password,
+  certificate, personal identification number (PIN), or other information to
+  validate an identity over a computer network. See also
+  <a href="#password-based_authentication">password-based authentication</a>,
+  <a href="#certificate-based_authentication">certificate-based
+  authentication</a>, <a href="#client_authentication">client
+  authentication</a>, <a href="#server_authentication">server
+  authentication</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="bookmark">bookmark</dt><dd>A stored <a href="#web_page">web page</a>
+  address (<a href="#url">URL</a>) that you can go to easily by clicking a
+  bookmark icon in the <a href="#personal_toolbar">Personal Toolbar</a> or
+  choosing the bookmark&apos;s name from the Bookmarks menu.</dd>
+
+<dt id="ca">CA</dt><dd>See <a href="#certificate_authority">certificate
+  authority (CA)</a></dd>
+
+<dt id="ca_certificate">CA certificate</dt><dd>A certificate that
+  identifies a certificate authority. See also
+  <a href="#certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</a>,
+  <a href="#subordinate_ca">subordinate CA</a>, <a href="#root_ca">root
+  CA</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="cache">cache</dt><dd>A collection of web page copies stored
+  on your computer&apos;s hard disk or in its random-access memory (RAM). The
+  browser accumulates these copies as you browse the Web. When you click a link
+  or type a <a href="#url">URL</a> to fetch a particular web page for which the
+  cache already contains a copy, the browser compares the cached copy to the
+  original. If there have been no changes, the browser uses the cached copy
+  rather than refetching the original, saving processing and download
+  time.</dd>
+
+<dt id="certificate">certificate</dt><dd>The digital equivalent of an ID card.
+  A certificate specifies the name of an individual, company, or other entity
+  and certifies that a public key, which is included in the certificate,
+  belongs to that entity. When you digitally sign a message or other data, the
+  digital signature for that message is created with the aid of the private key
+  that corresponds to the public key in your certificate. A certificate is
+  issued and digitally signed by a <a href="#certificate_authority">certificate
+  authority (CA)</a>. A certificate&apos;s validity can be verified by checking
+  the CA&apos;s <a href="#digital_signature">digital signature</a>. Also called
+  digital ID, digital passport, public-key certificate, X.509 certificate, and
+  security certificate. See also <a href="#public-key_cryptography">public-key
+  cryptography</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</dt><dd>A service
+  that issues a certificate after verifying the identity of the person or
+  entity the certificate is intended to identify. A CA also renews and revokes
+  certificates and generates a list of revoked certificates at regular
+  intervals. CAs can be independent vendors or a person or organization using
+  certificate-issuing server software (such as &brandShortName; Certificate
+  Management System). See also <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>,
+  <a href="#crl">CRL (certificate revocation list)</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="certificate_backup_password">certificate backup password</dt><dd>A
+  password that protects a certificate that you are backing up or have
+  previously backed up. Certificate Manager asks you to set this password when
+  you back up a certificate, and requests it when you attempt to restore a
+  certificate that has previously been backed up.</dd>
+
+<dt id="certificate-based_authentication">certificate-based
+  authentication</dt><dd>Verification of identity based on certificates and
+  public-key cryptography. See also
+  <a href="#password-based_authentication">password-based
+  authentication</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="certificate_chain">certificate chain</dt><dd>A hierarchical series of
+  certificates signed by successive certificate authorities. A CA certificate
+  identifies a <a href="#certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</a>
+  and is used to sign certificates issued by that authority. A CA certificate
+  can in turn be signed by the CA certificate of a parent CA and so on up to a
+  <a href="#root_ca">root CA</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="certificate_fingerprint">certificate fingerprint</dt><dd>
+  A unique number associated with a certificate. The number is not part of
+  the certificate itself but is produced by applying a mathematical function to
+  the contents of the certificate. If the contents of the certificate change,
+  even by a single character, the function produces a different number.
+  Certificate fingerprints can therefore be used to verify that certificates
+  have not been tampered with.</dd>
+
+<dt id="certificate_manager">Certificate
+  Manager</dt><dd>The part of the browser that allows you to view and manage
+  certificates. To view the main Certificate Manager window: Open the
+  <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span>
+  menu, choose Preferences, click Privacy and Security, and then click Manage
+  Certificates.</dd>
+
+<dt id="certificate_renewal">certificate renewal</dt><dd>The process of
+  renewing a <a href="#certificate">certificate</a> that is about to
+  expire.</dd>
+
+<dt id="certificate_verification">certificate verification</dt><dd>When
+  <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate Manager</a> verifies a
+  certificate, it confirms that the digital signature was created by a CA whose
+  own CA certificate is both on file with Certificate Manager and marked as
+  trusted for issuing that kind of certificate. It also confirms that the
+  certificate being verified has not itself been marked as untrusted. Finally,
+  if the <a href="#ocsp">OCSP (Online Certificate Status Protocol)</a> has been
+  activated, Certificate Manager also performs an online check. It does so by
+  looking up the certificate in a list of valid certificates maintained at a
+  <a href="#url">URL</a> that is specified either in the certificate itself or
+  in the browser&apos;s Validation preferences. If any of these checks fail,
+  Certificate Manager marks the certificate as unverified and won&apos;t
+  recognize the identity it certifies.</dd>
+
+<dt id="cipher">cipher</dt><dd>See
+  <a href="#cryptographic_algorithm">cryptographic algorithm</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="client">client</dt><dd>Software (such as browser software) that sends
+  requests to and receives information from a <a href="#server">server</a>,
+  which is usually running on a different computer. A computer on which client
+  software runs is also described as a client.</dd>
+
+<dt id="client_authentication">client authentication</dt><dd>The process of
+  identifying a <a href="#client">client</a> to a <a href="#server">server</a>,
+  for example with a name and password or with a
+  <a href="#client_ssl_certificate">client SSL certificate</a> and some
+  digitally signed data. See also <a href="#ssl">SSL (Secure
+  Sockets Layer)</a>, <a href="#server_authentication">server
+  authentication</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="client_ssl_certificate">client SSL certificate</dt><dd>A certificate
+  that a <a href="#client">client</a> (such as browser software) presents to a
+  <a href="#server">server</a> to authenticate the identity of the client
+  (or the identity of the person using the client) using the
+  <a href="#ssl">SSL (Secure Sockets Layer)</a> protocol. See
+  also <a href="#client_authentication">client authentication</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="component_bar">Component Bar</dt><dd>The toolbar located at the bottom
+  left of any &brandShortName; window. The Component Bar allows you to switch
+  between &brandShortName; components by clicking icons for Browser,
+  Mail &amp; Newsgroups, Composer, and so on.</dd>
+
+<dt id="cookie">cookie</dt><dd>A small bit of information stored on your
+  computer by some <a href="#web_site">websites</a>. When you visit such a
+  site, the site asks your browser to place one or more cookies on your hard
+  disk. Later, when you return to the site, your browser sends the site the
+  cookies that belong to it. Cookies help websites keep track of information
+  about you, such as the contents of your shopping cart. You can set your
+  cookie preferences to control how cookies are used and how much information
+  you are willing to let websites store on them. See also
+  <a href="#foreign_cookie">foreign cookie</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="cookie_manager">Cookie Manager</dt><dd>The part of the browser
+  that you can use to control <a href="#cookie">cookies</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="crl">CRL (certificate revocation list)</dt><dd>A list of revoked
+  certificates that is generated and signed by a
+  <a href="#certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</a>. You can
+  download the latest CRL to your browser or to a server, then check against it
+  to make sure that certificates are still valid before permitting their use
+  for authentication.</dd>
+
+<dt id="cryptographic_algorithm">cryptographic algorithm</dt><dd>A set of
+  rules or directions used to perform cryptographic operations such as
+  <a href="#encryption">encryption</a> and
+  <a href="#decryption">decryption</a>. Sometimes called a
+  <em>cipher.</em></dd>
+
+<dt id="cryptography">cryptography</dt><dd>The art and practice of scrambling
+  (encrypting) and unscrambling (decrypting) information. For example,
+  cryptographic techniques are used to scramble an unscramble information
+  flowing between commercial websites and your browser. See also
+  <a href="#public-key_cryptography">public-key cryptography</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="decryption">decryption</dt><dd>The process of unscrambling data that
+  has been encrypted. See also <a href="#encryption">encryption</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="digital_id">digital ID</dt><dd>
+  See <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="digital_signature">digital signature</dt><dd>A code created from both
+  the data to be signed and the private key of the signer. This code is unique
+  for each new piece of data. Even a single comma added to a message changes
+  the digital signature for that message. Successful validation of your digital
+  signature by appropriate software not only provides evidence that you
+  approved the transaction or message, but also provides evidence that the data
+  has not changed since you digitally signed it. A digital signature has
+  nothing to do with a handwritten signature, although it can sometimes be used
+  for similar legal purposes. See also
+  <a href="#nonrepudiation">nonrepudiation</a>,
+  <a href="#tamper_detection">tamper detection</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="distinguished_name">distinguished name (DN)</dt><dd>A specially
+  formatted name that uniquely identifies the subject of a
+  <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="dual_key_pairs">dual key pairs</dt><dd>Two public-private key
+  pairs&mdash;four keys altogether&mdash;corresponding to two separate
+  certificates. The private key of one pair is used for signing operations, and
+  the public and private keys of the other pair are used for encryption and
+  decryption operations. Each pair corresponds to a separate
+  <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>. See also
+  <a href="#public-key_cryptography">public-key cryptography</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="eavesdropping">eavesdropping</dt><dd>Surreptitious interception of
+  information sent over a network by an entity for which the information is not
+  intended.</dd>
+
+<dt id="encryption">encryption</dt><dd>The process of scrambling information in
+  a way that disguises its meaning. For example, encrypted connections between
+  computers make it very difficult for third-parties to unscramble, or
+  <em>decrypt</em>, information flowing over the connection. Encrypted
+  information can be decrypted only by someone who possesses the appropriate
+  key. See also <a href="#public-key_cryptography">public-key
+  cryptography</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="encryption_certificate">encryption certificate</dt><dd>A
+  <a href="#certificate">certificate</a> whose public key is used for
+  encryption only. Encryption certificates are not used for signing operations.
+  See also <a href="#dual_key_pairs">dual key pairs</a>,
+  <a href="#signing_certificate">signing certificate</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="encryption_key">encryption key</dt><dd>A private key used for
+  encryption only. An encryption key and its equivalent private key, plus a
+  <a href="#signing_key">signing key</a> and its equivalent public key,
+  constitute a <a href="#dual_key_pairs">dual key pairs</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="fingerprint">fingerprint</dt><dd>See
+  <a href="#certificate_fingerprint">certificate fingerprint</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="fips_pubs_140-1">FIPS PUBS 140-1</dt><dd>Federal Information Processing
+  Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) 140-1 is a US government standard for
+  implementations of cryptographic modules&mdash;that is, hardware or software
+  that encrypts and decrypts data or performs other cryptographic operations
+  (such as creating or verifying digital signatures). Many products sold to the
+  US government must comply with one or more of the FIPS standards.</dd>
+
+<dt id="foreign_cookie">foreign cookie</dt><dd>A <a href="#cookie">cookie</a>
+  from one site that gets stored on your computer when you visit a different
+  site. Sometimes a <a href="#web_site">website</a> displays content that is
+  hosted on another website. That content can be anything from an image to text
+  or an advertisement. The second website that hosts such elements also has the
+  ability to store a cookie in your browser, even though you don&apos;t visit
+  it directly. Also known as <q>third-party cookie</q>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="form_manager">Form Manager</dt><dd>The part of the browser that can
+  help you save the personal data you enter into online forms, such as your
+  name, address, phone, and so on. Then, when a website presents you with a
+  form, Form Manager can fill it in automatically.</dd>
+
+<dt id="frame">frame</dt><dd>Frames are <a href="#web_page">web pages</a>
+  contained inside of an all-encompasssing <q>meta</q> page.</dd>
+
+<dt id="ftp">FTP (File Transfer Protocol)</dt><dd>A
+  standard that allows users to transfer files from one computer to another
+  over a network. You can use your browser to fetch files using FTP.</dd>
+
+<dt id="gopher">Gopher</dt><dd>A protocol used to search and retrieve
+  information on Internet <a href="#server">servers</a>, common before the
+  emergence of the <a href="#world_wide_web">World Wide Web</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="helper_application">helper application</dt><dd>Any application that is
+  used to open or view a file downloaded by the browser. A
+  <a href="#plugin">plugin</a> is a special kind of helper application that
+  installs itself into the Plugins directory of the main browser installation
+  directory and can typically be opened within the browser itself (internally).
+  Microsoft Word, Adobe Photoshop, and other external applications are
+  considered helper applications but not plugins, since they don&apos;t
+  install themselves into the browser directory, but can be opened from the
+  download dialog box.</dd>
+
+<dt id="home_page">home page</dt><dd>The page your browser is set to display
+  every time you launch it or when you click the Home button. Also used to
+  refer to the main page for a website, from which you can explore the rest of
+  the site.</dd>
+
+<dt id="html">HTML (HyperText Markup Language)</dt><dd>The document format used
+  for web pages. The HTML standard defines tags, or codes, used to define the
+  text layout, fonts, style, images, and other elements that make up a web
+  page.</dd>
+
+<dt id="http">HTTP (HyperText Transfer Protocol)</dt><dd>The protocol used to
+  transfer <a href="#web_page">web pages</a> (HyperText documents) between
+  browsers and <a href="#server">servers</a> over the
+  <a href="#world_wide_web">World Wide Web</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="https">HTTPS (HyperText Transfer Protocol Secure)</dt><dd>The secure
+  version of the HTTP protocol that uses <a href="#ssl">SSL</a> to ensure the
+  privacy of customer data (such as credit card information) while en route
+  over the <a href="#internet">Internet</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="imap">IMAP (Internet Message Access Protocol)</dt><dd>A standard mail
+  server protocol that allows you to store all your messages and any changes to
+  them on the server rather than on your computer&apos;s hard disk. Using IMAP
+  rather than <a href="#pop">POP</a> saves disk space and allows you to access
+  your entire mailbox, including sent mail, drafts, and custom folders, from
+  any location. Using an IMAP server over a modem is generally faster than
+  using a POP mail server, since you initially download message headers only.
+  Not all <a href="#isp">ISPs</a> support IMAP.</dd>
+
+<dt id="implicit_consent">implicit consent</dt><dd>Also known as implied or
+  <q>opt-out</q> consent. Used to describe privacy settings that may allow
+  websites to gather information about you (for example by means of
+  <a href="#cookie">cookies</a> and online forms) unless you explicitly choose
+  to withhold your consent by selecting an option on a page that the website
+  provides for that purpose. Your consent may not be requested when the
+  information is actually gathered.</dd>
+
+<dt id="internet">Internet</dt><dd>A worldwide network of millions of computers
+  that communicate with each other using standard protocols such as
+  <a href="#tcp_ip">TCP/IP</a>. Originally developed for the US military in
+  1969, the Internet grew to include educational and research institutions and,
+  in the late 1990s, millions of businesses, organizations, and individuals.
+  Today the Internet is used for email, browsing the
+  <a href="#world_wide_web">World Wide Web (WWW)</a>, instant messaging,
+  usegroups, and many other purposes.</dd>
+
+<dt id="ip_address">IP address (Internet protocol address)</dt><dd>The address
+  of a computer on a <a href="#tcp_ip">TCP/IP</a> network. Every computer on
+  the <a href="#internet">Internet</a> has an IP address.
+  <a href="#client">Clients</a> have either a permanent IP address or one that
+  is dynamically assigned to them each time they connect with the network. IP
+  addresses are written as four sets of numbers, like this: 204.171.64.2.</dd>
+
+<dt id="irc">IRC (Internet Relay Chat)</dt><dd>A protocol used to chat with
+  other people in real-time using an IRC <a href="#client">client</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="isp">ISP (Internet Service Provider)</dt><dd>A company/institution
+  that provides <a href="#internet">Internet</a> connections.</dd>
+
+<dt id="java">Java</dt><dd>A programming language developed by Sun
+  Microsystems. A single Java program can run on many different kinds of
+  computers, thus avoiding the need for programmers to create a separate
+  version of each program for each kind of computer. Your browser can
+  automatically download and run Java programs (also called applets).</dd>
+
+<dt id="javascript">JavaScript</dt><dd>A scripting language commonly used to
+  construct <a href="#web_page">web pages</a>. Programmers use JavaScript to
+  make web pages more interactive; for example, to display forms and buttons.
+  JavaScript can be used with <a href="#java">Java</a>, but is technically a
+  separate language. Java is not required for JavaScript to work
+  correctly.</dd>
+
+<dt id="key">key</dt><dd>A large number used by a
+  <a href="#cryptographic_algorithm">cryptographic algorithm</a> to encrypt or
+  decrypt data. A person&apos;s public key, for example, allows other people to
+  encrypt messages to that person. The encrypted messages must be decrypted
+  with the corresponding private key. See also
+  <a href="#public-key_cryptography">public-key cryptography</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="ldap">LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol)</dt><dd>A standard
+  protocol for accessing directory services, such as corporate address books,
+  across multiple platforms. You can set up your browser to access LDAP
+  directories from the Address Book. You can also set up Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+  to use an LDAP directory for email address autocompletion.</dd>
+
+<dt id="location_bar">Location Bar</dt><dd>The field (and associated buttons)
+  near the top of a browser window where you can type a
+  <a href="#url">URL</a> or search terms.</dd>
+
+<dt id="master_key">master key</dt><dd>A symmetric key used by
+  <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate Manager</a> to encrypt
+  information. For example, <a href="#password_manager">Password Manager</a>
+  uses Certificate Manager and your master key to encrypt email passwords,
+  website passwords, and other stored sensitive information. See also
+  <a href="#symmetric_encryption">symmetric encryption</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="master_password">master password</dt><dd>A password used by
+  Certificate Manager to protect the master key and/or private keys stored on a
+  <a href="#security_device">security device</a>. Certificate Manager needs to
+  access your private keys, for example, when you sign email messages or use
+  one of your own certificates to identify yourself to a website. It needs to
+  access your master key when Password Manager or Form Manager reads or adds to
+  your personal information. You can set or change your master password from
+  the Master Passwords preferences panel. Each security device requires a
+  separate master password. See also <a href="#private_key">private key</a>,
+  <a href="#master_key">master key</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="misrepresentation">misrepresentation</dt><dd>Presentation of an entity
+  as a person or organization that it is not. For example, a website might
+  pretend to be a furniture store when it is really just a site that takes
+  credit card payments but never sends any goods. See also
+  <a href="#spoofing">spoofing</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="navigation_toolbar">Navigation Toolbar</dt><dd>The toolbar near the top
+  of the browser window that includes the Back and Forward buttons.</dd>
+
+<dt id="nonrepudiation">nonrepudiation</dt><dd>The inability, of the sender of
+  a message, to deny having sent the message. A regular hand-written signature
+  provides one form of nonrepudiation. A
+  <a href="#digital_signature">digital signature</a> provides another.</dd>
+
+<dt id="object_signing">object signing</dt><dd>A technology that allows
+  software developers to sign Java code, JavaScript scripts, or any kind of
+  file, and that allows users to identify the signers and control access by
+  signed code to local system resources.</dd>
+
+<dt id="object-signing_certificate">object-signing certificate</dt><dd>A
+  certificate whose corresponding private key is used to sign objects such as
+  code files. See also <a href="#object_signing">object signing</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="ocsp">OCSP (Online Certificate Status Protocol)</dt><dd>A set of rules
+  that <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate Manager</a> follows to
+  perform an online check of a certificate&apos;s validity each time the
+  certificate is used. This process involves checking the certificate against a
+  list of valid certificates maintained at a specified website. Your computer
+  must be online for OCSP to work.</dd>
+
+<dt id="p3p">P3P (Platform for Privacy Preferences)</dt><dd>A standard
+  published by the World Wide Web Consortium (W3C) designed to help users to
+  gain more control over the use of personal information by websites they
+  visit. For general information on the standard itself, see the online
+  document <a href="http://www.w3.org/P3P/">P3P Public Overview</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="password-based_authentication">password-based
+  authentication</dt><dd>Confident identification by means of a name and
+  password. See also <a href="#authentication">authentication</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="password_manager">Password Manager</dt><dd>The part of the
+  browser that can help you remember some or all of your names and passwords by
+  storing them on your computer&apos;s hard disk, and entering them for you
+  automatically when you visit such sites.</dd>
+
+<dt id="personal_toolbar">Personal Toolbar</dt><dd>The customizable toolbar
+  that appears just below the location bar by default in the browser. It
+  contains standard buttons such as Home, Bookmarks, and so on that you can add
+  or remove. You can also add buttons for your favorite bookmarks, or folders
+  containing groups of bookmarks.</dd>
+
+<dt id="phishing">Phishing</dt><dd>Phishing is a fraudulent business scheme in
+  which a party creates counterfeit websites, hijacking brand names of banks,
+  e-retailers and credit card companies, trying to collect victims&apos;
+  personal information.</dd>
+
+<dt id="pkcs_11">PKCS #11</dt><dd>The public-key cryptography standard that
+  governs security devices such as smart cards. See also
+  <a href="#security_device">security device</a>, <a href="#smart_card">smart
+  card</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="pkcs_11_module">PKCS #11 module</dt><dd>A program on your computer
+  that manages cryptographic services such as encryption and decryption using
+  the PKCS #11 standard. Also called <em>cryptographic modules</em>,
+  <em>cryptographic service providers</em>, or <em>security modules</em>,
+  PKCS #11 modules control either hardware or software devices. A PKCS #11
+  module always controls one or more slots, which may be implemented as some
+  form of physical reader (for example, for reading smart cards) or in
+  software. Each slot for a PKCS #11 module can in turn contain a
+  <a href="#security_device">security device</a> (also called <em>token</em>),
+  which is the hardware or software device that provides cryptographic services
+  and stores certificates and keys. <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate
+  Manager</a> provides two built-in PKCS #11 modules. You may install
+  additional modules on your computer to control smart card readers or other
+  hardware devices.</dd>
+
+<dt id="pki">PKI (public-key infrastructure)</dt><dd>The standards and services
+  that facilitate the use of public-key cryptography and certificates in a
+  networked environment.</dd>
+
+<dt id="plugin">plugin</dt><dd>A type of
+  <a href="#helper_application">helper application</a> that adds new
+  capabilities to your browser, such as the ability to play audio or video
+  clips. Unlike other kinds of helper applications, a plugin application
+  installs itself into the Plugins directory within the main browser
+  installation directory and typically can be opened within the browser itself
+  (internally). For example, an audio plugin lets you listen to audio files on
+  a <a href="#web_page">web page</a> or in an email message. Macromedia Flash
+  Player and Java are both examples of plugin applications.</dd>
+
+<dt id="pop">POP (Post Office Protocol)</dt><dd>A standard mail server protocol
+  that requires you to download new messages to your local
+  computer&mdash;although you can choose to leave copies on the server. With
+  POP, you can store all your messages, including sent mail, drafts, and custom
+  folders, on one computer only. By contrast,
+  <a href="#imap">IMAP</a> allows you to permanently store all your messages
+  and any changes to them on the server, where you can access them from any
+  computer. Most <a href="#isp">ISPs</a> currently support POP.</dd>
+
+<dt id="private_key">private key</dt><dd>One of a pair of
+  <a href="#key">keys</a> used in public-key cryptography. The private key is
+  kept secret and is used to decrypt data that has been encrypted with the
+  corresponding public key.</dd>
+
+<dt id="proxy">proxy</dt><dd>An intermediary or <q>go-between</q> program that
+  acts as both a <a href="#server">server</a> and a
+  <a href="#client">client</a> for the purpose of making requests on behalf of
+  other clients.</dd>
+
+<dt id="public_key">public key</dt><dd>
+  One of a pair of <a href="#key">keys</a> used in public-key cryptography.
+  The public key is distributed freely and published as part of a
+  <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>. It is typically used to encrypt data
+  sent to the public key&apos;s owner, who then decrypts the data with the
+  corresponding private key.</dd>
+
+<dt id="public-key_cryptography">public-key cryptography</dt><dd>A set of
+  well-established techniques and standards that allow an entity (such as a
+  person, an organization, or hardware such as a router) to verify its identity
+  electronically or to sign and encrypt electronic data. Two keys are involved:
+  a <a href="#public_key">public key</a> and a <a href="#private_key">private
+  key</a>. The public key is published as part of a
+  <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>, which associates that key with a
+  particular identity. The corresponding private key is kept secret. Data
+  encrypted with the public key can be decrypted only with the private key.
+  </dd>
+
+<dt id="roaming_profile">roaming profile</dt><dd>A user profile (or parts of
+  it) stored on a remote <a href="#server">server</a> and used for sharing the
+  same settings and data across multiple computers.</dd>
+
+<dt id="root_ca">root CA</dt><dd>The
+  <a href="#certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</a> with a
+  self-signed certificate at the top of a
+  <a href="#certificate_chain">certificate chain</a>. See also
+  <a href="#subordinate_ca">subordinate CA</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="search_engine">search engine</dt><dd>A web-based program that allows
+  users to search for and retrieve specific information from the
+  <a href="#world_wide_web">World Wide Web (WWW)</a>. The search engine may
+  search the full text of web documents or a list of keywords, or use
+  librarians who review web documents and index them manually for retrieval.
+  Typically, the user types a word or phrase, also called a query, into a
+  search box, and the search engine displays links to relevant web pages.</dd>
+
+<dt id="security_certificate">security certificate</dt><dd>See
+  <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="security_device">security device</dt><dd>Hardware or software that
+  provides cryptographic services such as encryption and decryption and can
+  store certificates and keys. A <a href="#smart_card">smart card</a> is one
+  example of a security device implemented in hardware.
+  <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate Manager</a> contains its own
+  built-in security device, called the
+  <a href="#software_security_device">software security device</a>, that is
+  always available while the browser is running. Each security device is
+  protected by its own <a href="#master_password">master password</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="security_module">security module</dt><dd>See
+  <a href="#pkcs_11_module">PKCS #11 module</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="security_token">security token</dt><dd>See
+  <a href="#security_device">security device</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="server">server</dt><dd>Software (such as software that serves up web
+  pages) that receives requests from and sends information to a
+  <a href="#client">client</a>, which is usually running on a different
+  computer. A computer on which server software runs is also described as a
+  server.</dd>
+
+<dt id="server_authentication">server authentication</dt><dd>The process of
+  identifying a <a href="#server">server</a> to a <a href="#client">client</a>
+  by using a <a href="#server_ssl_certificate">server SSL certificate</a>. See
+  also <a href="#client_authentication">client authentication</a>,
+  <a href="#ssl">SSL (Secure Sockets Layer)</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="server_ssl_certificate">server SSL certificate</dt><dd>A
+  certificate that a <a href="#server">server</a> presents to a
+  <a href="#client">client</a> to authenticate the server&apos;s identity using
+  the <a href="#ssl">SSL (Secure Sockets Layer)</a> protocol.</dd>
+
+<dt id="signing_certificate">signing certificate</dt><dd>A certificate whose
+  corresponding <a href="#private_key">private key</a> is used to sign
+  transmitted data, so that the receiver can verify the identity of the sender.
+  Certificate authorities (CAs) often issue a signing certificate that will be
+  used to sign email messages at the same time as an
+  <a href="#encryption_certificate">encryption certificate</a> that will be
+  used to encrypt email messages. See also <a href="#dual_key_pairs">dual key
+  pairs</a>, <a href="#digital_signature">digital signature</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="signing_key">signing key</dt><dd>A private key used for signing only.
+  A signing key and its equivalent public key, together with an
+  <a href="#encryption_key">encryption key</a> and its equivalent private key,
+  constitute <a href="#dual_key_pairs">dual key pairs</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="slot">slot</dt><dd>A piece of hardware, or its equivalent in software,
+  that is controlled by a <a href="#pkcs_11_module">PKCS #11 module</a> and
+  designed to contain a <a href="#security_device">security device</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="smart_card">smart card</dt><dd>A small device, typically about the size
+  of a credit card, that contains a microprocessor and is capable of storing
+  cryptographic information (such as keys and certificates) and performing
+  cryptographic operations. Smart cards use the <a href="#pkcs_11">PKCS #11</a>
+  standard. A smart card is one kind of <a href="#security_device">security
+  device</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="smtp">SMTP (Simple Mail Transfer Protocol)</dt><dd>A protocol that
+  sends email messages across the <a href="#internet">Internet</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="socks">SOCKS</dt><dd>A protocol that a <a href="#proxy">proxy</a>
+  server can use to accept requests from client users in an internal network
+  so that it can forward them across the <a href="#internet">Internet</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="software_security_device">software security device</dt><dd>The default
+  <a href="#security_device">security device</a> used by
+  <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate Manager</a> to store private keys
+  associated with your certificates. In addition to private keys, the software
+  security device stores the master key used by
+  <a href="#password_manager">Password Manager</a> to encrypt email passwords,
+  website passwords, and other sensitive information. See also
+  <a href="#private_key">private key</a> and <a href="#master_password">master
+  key</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="spoofing">spoofing</dt><dd>Pretending to be someone else. For example,
+  a person can pretend to have the email address <tt>jdoe@mozilla.com</tt>, or
+  a computer can identify itself as a site called <tt>www.mozilla.com</tt> when
+  it is not. Spoofing is one form of
+  <a href="#misrepresentation">misrepresentation</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="ssl">SSL (Secure Sockets Layer)</dt><dd>A protocol that allows mutual
+  authentication between a <a href="#client">client</a> and a
+  <a href="#server">server</a> for the purpose of establishing an authenticated
+  and encrypted connection. SSL runs above <a href="#tcp_ip">TCP/IP</a> and
+  below <a href="#http">HTTP</a>, <a href="#ldap">LDAP</a>,
+  <a href="#imap">IMAP</a>, NNTP, and other high-level network protocols.
+  The new Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF) standard called Transport
+  Layer Security (TLS) is based on SSL. See also
+  <a href="#authentication">authentication</a>,
+  <a href="#encryption">encryption</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="status_bar">Status Bar</dt><dd>The toolbar that appears at the bottom
+  of any &brandShortName; window. It includes the
+  <a href="#component_bar">Component Bar</a> on the left and status icons on
+  the right.</dd>
+
+<dt id="subject">subject</dt><dd>The entity (such as a person, organization,
+  or router) identified by a <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>. In
+  particular, the subject field of a certificate contains the certified
+  entity&apos;s <a href="#subject_name">subject name</a> and other
+  characteristics.</dd>
+
+<dt id="subject_name">subject name</dt><dd>A
+  <a href="#distinguished_name">distinguished name (DN)</a> that uniquely
+  describes the <a href="#subject">subject</a> of a
+  <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="subordinate_ca">subordinate CA</dt><dd>A
+  <a href="#certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</a> whose
+  certificate is signed by another subordinate CA or by the root CA. See also
+  <a href="#certificate_chain">certificate chain</a>, <a href="#root_ca">root
+  CA</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="symmetric_encryption">symmetric encryption</dt><dd>An encryption method
+  that uses a single cryptographic key to both encrypt and decrypt a given
+  message.</dd>
+
+<dt id="tamper_detection">tamper detection</dt><dd>A mechanism ensuring that
+  data received in electronic form has not been tampered with; that is, that
+  the data received corresponds entirely with the original version of the same
+  data.</dd>
+
+<dt id="tcp">TCP</dt><dd>See <a href="#tcp_ip">TCP/IP</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="tcp_ip">TCP/IP (Transmission Control Protocol/Internet
+  Protocol)</dt><dd>A Unix protocol used to connect computers running a variety
+  of operating systems. TCP/IP is an essential Internet protocol and has become
+  a global standard.</dd>
+
+<dt id="third-party_cookie">third-party cookie</dt><dd>See
+  <a href="#foreign_cookie">foreign cookie</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="tls">TLS</dt><dd>See <a href="#ssl">SSL
+  (Secure Sockets Layer).</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="token">token</dt><dd>See <a href="#security_device">security
+  device</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="tooltip">tooltip</dt><dd>A small box with text that appears when
+  you hover your mouse's cursor over certain items. It usually contains
+  information regarding the item being hovered over.</dd>
+
+<dt id="trust">trust</dt><dd>Confident reliance on a person or other entity. In
+  the context of <a href="#pki">PKI (public-key infrastructure)</a>, trust
+  usually refers to the relationship between the user of a certificate and the
+  <a href="#certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</a> that issued
+  the certificate. If you use Certificate Manager to specify that you trust a
+  CA, Certificate Manager trusts valid certificates issued by that CA unless
+  you specify otherwise in the settings for individual certificates. You use
+  the Authorities tab in Certificate Manager to specify the kinds of
+  certificates you do or don&apos;t trust specific CAs to issue.</dd>
+
+<dt id="url">URL (Uniform Resource Locator)</dt><dd>The standardized address
+  that tells your browser how to locate a file or other resource on the Web.
+  For example: <tt>http://www.mozilla.org.</tt> You can type URLs into the
+  browser&apos;s <a href="#location_bar">Location Bar</a> to access
+  <a href="#web_page">web pages</a>. URLs are also used in the links on web
+  pages that you can click to go to other web pages. Also known as an Internet
+  address or Web address.</dd>
+
+<dt id="web_page">web page</dt><dd>A single document on the World Wide Web that
+  is specified by a unique address or <a href="#url">URL</a> and that may
+  contain text, hyperlinks, and graphics.</dd>
+
+<dt id="web_site">website</dt><dd>A group of related web pages linked by
+  hyperlinks and managed by a single company, organization, or individual. A
+  website may include text, graphics, audio and video files, and links to
+  other websites.</dd>
+
+<dt id="world_wide_web">World Wide Web (WWW)</dt><dd>Also known as the Web. A
+  portion of the <a href="#internet">Internet</a> that is made up of web pages
+  stored by web <a href="#server">servers</a> and displayed by
+  <a href="#client">clients</a> called web browsers (such as
+  &brandShortName;).</dd>
+
+<dt id="wpad">WPAD (Web Proxy AutoDiscovery)</dt><dd>A proposed Internet
+  protocol that allows a Web browser to automatically locate and interface
+  with <a href="#proxy">proxy</a> services in a network.</dd>
+
+<dt id="xml">XML (Extensible Markup Language)</dt><dd>An open standard for
+  describing data. Unlike <a href="#html">HTML</a>, XML allows the developer of
+  a web page to define special tags. For more information, see the online W3C
+  document
+  <a href="http://www.w3.org/XML/">Extensible Markup Language (XML)</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="xslt">XSLT (Extensible Stylesheet Language Transformation)</dt><dd>A
+  language used to convert an XML document into another XML document or into
+  some other format.</dd>
+
+<dt id="xul">XUL (XML User Interface Language)</dt><dd>A XML markup language
+  for creating user interfaces in applications.</dd>
+
+</dl>
+
+<p>&copyright.string;</p>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/help-glossary.rdf b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/help-glossary.rdf
new file mode 100755
index 0000000000..a26ec5a34e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/help-glossary.rdf
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<rdf:RDF xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"
+         xmlns:nc="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#">
+
+<!--  HELP Glossary SECTION -->
+  <rdf:Description about="urn:root">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="authentication" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#authentication"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="bookmark" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#bookmark"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="CA" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#ca"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="CA certificate" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#ca_certificate"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="cache" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#cache"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="certificate" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="certificate authority (CA)" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="certificate backup password" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate_backup_password"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="certificate-based authentication" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate-based_authentication"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="certificate chain" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate_chain"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="certificate fingerprint" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate_fingerprint"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Certificate Manager" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate_manager"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="certificate renewal" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate_renewal"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="certificate verification" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate_verification"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="cipher" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#cipher"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="client" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#client"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="client authentication" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#client_authentication"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="client SSL certificate" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#client_ssl_certificate"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Component Bar" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#component_bar"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="cookie" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#cookie"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Cookie Manager" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#cookie_manager"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="CRL" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#crl"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="cryptographic algorithm" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#cryptographic_algorithm"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="cryptography" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#cryptography"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="decryption" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#decryption"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="digital ID" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#digital_id"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="digital signature" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#digital_signature"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="distinguished name (DN)" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#distinguished_name"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="dual key pairs" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#dual_key_pairs"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="eavesdropping" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#eavesdropping"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="encryption" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#encryption"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="encryption certificate" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#encryption_certificate"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="encryption key" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#encryption_key"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="fingerprint" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#fingerprint"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="FIPS PUBS 140-1" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#fips_pubs_140-1"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="foreign cookie" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#foreign_cookie"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Form Manager" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#form_manager"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="frame" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#frame"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="FTP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#ftp"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Gopher" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#gopher"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="helper application" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#helper_application"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="home page" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#home_page"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="HTML" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#html"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="HTTP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#http"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="HTTPS" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#https"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="IMAP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#imap"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="implicit consent" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#implicit_consent"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Internet" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#internet"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="IP address" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#ip_address"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="IRC" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#irc"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="ISP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#isp"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Java" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#java"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="JavaScript" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#javascript"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="key" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#key"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="LDAP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#ldap"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Location Bar" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#location_bar"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="master key" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#master_key"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="master password" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#master_password"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="misrepresentation" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#misrepresentation"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Navigation Toolbar" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#navigation_toolbar"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="nonrepudiation" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#nonrepudiation"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="object signing" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#object_signing"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="object-signing certificate" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#object-signing_certificate"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="OCSP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#ocsp"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="P3P" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#p3p"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="password-based authentication" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#password-based_authentication"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Password Manager" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#password_manager"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Personal Toolbar" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#personal_toolbar"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="phishing" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#phishing"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="PKCS #11" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#pkcs_11"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="PKCS #11 module" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#pkcs_11_module"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="PKI" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#pki"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="plugin" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#plugin"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="POP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#pop"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="private key" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#private_key"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="proxy" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#proxy"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="public key" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#public_key"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="public-key cryptography" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#public-key_cryptography"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="roaming profile" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#roaming_profile"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="root CA" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#root_ca"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="search engine" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#search_engine"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="security certificate" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#security_certificate"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="security device" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#security_device"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="security module" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#security_module"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="security token" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#security_token"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="server" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#server"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="server authentication" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#server_authentication"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="server SSL certificate" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#server_ssl_certificate"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="signing certificate" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#signing_certificate"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="signing key" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#signing_key"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="slot" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#slot"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="smart card" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#smart_card"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="SMTP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#smtp"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="SOCKS" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#socks"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="software security device" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#software_security_device"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="spoofing" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#spoofing"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="SSL" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#ssl"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Status Bar" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#status_bar"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="subject" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#subject"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="subject name" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#subject_name"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="subordinate CA" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#subordinate_ca"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="symmetric encryption" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#symmetric_encryption"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="tamper detection" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#tamper_detection"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="TCP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#tcp"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="TCP/IP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#tcp_ip"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="third-party cookie" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#third-party_cookie"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="TLS" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#tls"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="token" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#token"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="tooltip" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#tooltip"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="trust" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#trust"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="URL" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#url"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="web page" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#web_page"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="website" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#web_site"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="World Wide Web (WWW)" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#world_wide_web"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="WPAD" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#wpad"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="XML" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#xml"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="XSLT" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#xslt"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="XUL" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#xul"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+</rdf:RDF>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/help-index1.rdf b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/help-index1.rdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c1b4fc3f5e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/help-index1.rdf
@@ -0,0 +1,2275 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<rdf:RDF xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"
+         xmlns:nc="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#">
+ 
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#a">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Account_Settings"
+         nc:name="Account Settings"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#changing_the_settings_for_an_account"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="adding"
+         nc:name="adding"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="address_books"
+         nc:name="address books"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#about_address_books"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="attaching_files_to_messages"
+         nc:name="attaching files to messages"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#attaching_a_file_or_web_page"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#adding">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="adding:images_to_web_pages"
+         nc:name="inserting images to web pages"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_an_image_into_your_page"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="adding:mail_account"
+         nc:name="creating a new mail account"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="adding:newsgroup_account"
+         nc:name="adding a new newsgroup account"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="adding:table_elements"
+         nc:name="inserting table elements"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#adding_and_deleting_rows_columns_and_cells"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#address_books">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="address_books:adding_entries"
+         nc:name="adding address book entries"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#adding_entries_to_your_address_books"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="address_books:creating"
+         nc:name="creating a new address book"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#creating_a_new_address_book"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="address_books:creating_mailing_lists"
+         nc:name="creating mailing lists"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#creating_a_mailing_list"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="address_books:exporting"
+         nc:name="exporting address books"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#exporting_address_books"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="address_books:importing"
+         nc:name="importing address books"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#importing_address_books"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="address_books:LDAP_directories"
+         nc:name="LDAP directories"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#adding_and_removing_ldap_directories"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="address_books:searching"
+         nc:name="searching your address book"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#searching_address_books_and_directories"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#b">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="backing_up_certificates"
+         nc:name="backing up certificates"
+         nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#your_certificates"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks"
+         nc:name="bookmarks"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#visiting_bookmarked_pages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="browser"
+         nc:name="browser"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="browsing_anonymously"
+         nc:name="browsing anonymously"
+          nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#how_can_i_make_sure_unauthorized_people_dont_use_information_about_me"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#bookmarks">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:changing_bookmarks"
+         nc:name="changing bookmarks"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_individual_bookmarks"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:creating_bookmarks"
+         nc:name="creating bookmarks"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#creating_new_bookmarks"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:exporting_bookmarks"
+         nc:name="exporting bookmarks"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#exporting_or_importing_a_bookmark_list"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:organizing_bookmarks"
+         nc:name="organizing bookmarks"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#organizing_your_bookmarks"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:searching_bookmarks"
+         nc:name="searching bookmarks"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#searching_your_bookmarks"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:using_bookmarks"
+         nc:name="using bookmarks"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#using_bookmarks"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:visiting"
+         nc:name="visiting bookmarked pages"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#visiting_bookmarked_pages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:what_are_bookmarks"
+         nc:name="what are bookmarks"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#what_are_bookmarks"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#browser">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="browser:changing_your_home_page"
+         nc:name="changing your home page"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_your_home_page"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="browser:controlling_popups"
+         nc:name="controlling popups"
+         nc:link="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml#controlling_popups"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="browser:Download_Manager"
+         nc:name="Download Manager"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="browser:full_screen_mode"
+         nc:name="Full screen mode"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#full_screen_mode"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="browser:helper_applications"
+         nc:name="helper applications"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#helper_applications"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="browser:home_page"
+         nc:name="home page"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#viewing_your_home_page"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="browser:keyboard_shortcuts"
+         nc:name="keyboard shortcuts"
+         nc:link="shortcuts-navigator.xhtml"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="browser:opening_pages"
+         nc:name="opening pages"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#moving_to_another_page"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="browser:preferences"
+         nc:name="Browser Preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#navigator_preferences"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="browser:set_as_wallpaper"
+         nc:name="set as wallpaper"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#setting_image_as_wallpaper"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="browser:start_page"
+         nc:name="start page"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#specifying_a_starting_page"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="browser:start_up_components"
+         nc:name="start up components"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#specifying_which_components_open_at_launch"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#c">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="cache"
+         nc:name="cache"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#changing_cache_settings"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Certificates"
+         nc:name="Certificates"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#using_certificates"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Composer"
+         nc:name="Composer"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Cookie_Manager"
+         nc:name="Cookie Manager"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_cookie_manager"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="cookies"
+         nc:name="cookies"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_cookie_manager"/>
+     </rdf:li><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="copy web pages"
+         nc:name="copy"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#copying_saving_and_printing_pages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="CRLs"
+         nc:name="CRLs"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#how_validation_works"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Customizing"
+         nc:name="Customizing Fonts and Colors"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_fonts_colors_and_themes"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#cache">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="cache:changing_settings"
+         nc:name="changing cache settings"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#changing_cache_settings"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="cache:preferences"
+         nc:name="cache preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#cache"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#Certificates">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:certificate_authority"
+         nc:name="certificate authority"
+          nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates_that_identify_certificate_authorities"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:getting"
+         nc:name="getting certificates"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#getting_your_own_certificate"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:managing"
+         nc:name="Managing Certificates"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:preferences"
+         nc:name="Certificate Preferences"
+         nc:link="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_certificates"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:selecting_for_client_authentication"
+         nc:name="Selecting for client authentication"
+         nc:link="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#client_certificate_selection"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:using"
+         nc:name="Using Certificates"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#using_certificates"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:validation"
+         nc:name="certificate validation"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#controlling_validation"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:web_site"
+         nc:name="website identity"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates_that_identify_websites"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:your_own"
+         nc:name="Your own identity"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates_that_identify_you"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#Composer">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:adding_tables"
+         nc:name="adding tables"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#adding_tables_to_your_web_page"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:Advanced_Property_Editor"
+         nc:name="Advanced Property Editor"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#using_the_advanced_property_editor"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:changing_text_color"
+         nc:name="changing text color"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#changing_text_color_style_and_font"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:changing_text_font"
+         nc:name="changing text font"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#changing_text_color_style_and_font"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:checking_html"
+         nc:name="checking html"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#validating_the_html"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:creating_links"
+         nc:name="creating links"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#creating_links_in_composer"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:creating_new_pages"
+         nc:name="creating new pages"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#creating_a_new_page"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:editing_image_properties"
+         nc:name="editing image properties"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#editing_image_properties"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:editing_modes"
+         nc:name="editing modes"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#choosing_the_right_editing_mode"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:finding_replacing_text"
+         nc:name="finding replacing text"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#finding_and_replacing_text"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:formatting_lists"
+         nc:name="formatting lists"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#formatting_paragraphs_headings_and_lists"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:formatting_paragraphs"
+         nc:name="formatting paragraphs"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#formatting_paragraphs_headings_and_lists"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:general_preferences"
+         nc:name="general preferences"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#composer_preferences"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:inserting_horizontal_lines"
+         nc:name="inserting horizontal lines"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_horizontal_lines"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:inserting_images"
+         nc:name="inserting images"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_an_image_into_your_page"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:keyboard_shortcuts"
+         nc:name="keyboard shortcuts"
+         nc:link="shortcuts-composer.xhtml"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:removing_text_styles"
+         nc:name="removing text styles"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#removing_or_discontinuing_text_styles"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:saving_pages"
+         nc:name="saving pages in composer"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#saving_and_browsing_your_new_page"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:setting_page_colors"
+         nc:name="setting page colors"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#setting_page_colors_and_backgrounds"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:setting_page_properties"
+         nc:name="setting page properties"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#setting_page_properties_and_meta_tags"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:special_characters"
+         nc:name="special characters"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_special_characters"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:working_with_lists"
+         nc:name="working with lists"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#working_with_lists"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#Cookie_Manager">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Cookie_Manager:cookies_stored_by"
+         nc:name="stored cookies"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#stored_cookies"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Cookie_Manager:using"
+         nc:name="using cookies"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_cookie_manager"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#cookies">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="cookies:about"
+         nc:name="about cookies"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_cookie_manager"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="cookies:email_and"
+         nc:name="e-mail and cookies"
+         nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#how_can_i_control_web_pages_in_email_messages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="cookies:foreign"
+         nc:name="foreign cookies"
+         nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#what_are_third-party_cookies"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="cookies:managing_per_site"
+         nc:name="managing cookies per site"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#managing_cookies_site-by-site"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="cookies:notification_icon"
+         nc:name="notification icon"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookie_notification"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="cookies:preferences"
+         nc:name="cookie preferences"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookies"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="cookies:privacy_levels_for"
+         nc:name="privacy levels"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#setting_privacy_levels"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="cookies:removing"
+         nc:name="removing cookies"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#removing_cookies"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="cookies:viewing"
+         nc:name="viewing cookies"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#viewing_cookies"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#CRLs">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="CRLs:about"
+         nc:name="about CRLs"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#how_validation_works"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="CRLs:auto_upates_for"
+         nc:name="CRL auto update"
+         nc:link="validation_help.xhtml#automatic_crl_update_preferences"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="CRLs:managing"
+         nc:name="managing CRLs"
+         nc:link="validation_help.xhtml#manage_crls"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="CRLs:Next_Update_date"
+         nc:name="Next Update date"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#about_the_next_update_date"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="CRLs:preferences"
+         nc:name="CRL preferences"
+         nc:link="validation_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_validation"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#d">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="device_manager"
+         nc:name="Device Manager"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#about_security_devices_and_modules"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="DOM_Inspector"
+         nc:name="DOM Inspector"
+         nc:link="developer_tools.xhtml#inspector"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Download_Manager"
+         nc:name="Download Manager"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#Download_Manager">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Download_Manager:preferences"
+         nc:name="downoad manager preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#downloads"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#e">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="email_addresses"
+         nc:name="e-mail addresses"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="encryption"
+         nc:name="encryption"
+         nc:link="mail_sec_help.xhtml#signing_and_encrypting_messages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="JSConsole"
+         nc:name="error console"
+         nc:link="developer_tools.xhtml#js_console"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#email_addresses">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="email_addresses:address_books_and"
+         nc:name="adding e-mail addresses to address books"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#adding_entries_to_your_address_books"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="email_addresses:in_mail_messages"
+         nc:name="e-mail address in messages"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#addressing_a_message"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#encryption">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="encryption:about"
+         nc:name="about encryption and signing"
+         nc:link="mail_sec_help.xhtml#about_digital_signatures_and_encryption"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="encryption:of_email_messages"
+         nc:name="encrypted e-mail messages"
+         nc:link="mail_sec_help.xhtml#signing_and_encrypting_messages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="encryption:of_stored_sensitive_information"
+         nc:name="storing sensitive information"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="encryption:settings_for_email"
+         nc:name="encryption settings"
+         nc:link="mail_sec_help.xhtml#configuring_security_settings"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="encryption:status_of_web_page"
+         nc:name="security of a web page"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#checking_security_for_a_web_page"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#f">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="file_types"
+         nc:name="file types"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Filing_messages"
+         nc:name="Filing messages"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#filing_messages_in_folders"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Find_Links_As_You_Type"
+         nc:name="Find Links As You Type"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#keyboard_navigation"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Find_Text_As_You_Type"
+         nc:name="Find Text As You Type"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#keyboard_navigation"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="FIPS_mode"
+         nc:name="FIPS mode"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#enable_fips_mode"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="font_changing_in_composer"
+         nc:name="Font changing in Composer"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#changing_text_color_style_and_font"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Form_Manager"
+         nc:name="Form Manager"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_form_manager"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#Form_Manager">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Form_Manager:encrypting_stored_information"
+         nc:name="encrypting stored information"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Form_Manager:preferences"
+         nc:name="form manager preferences"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#forms"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Form_Manager:settings"
+         nc:name="form manager settings"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#form_settings"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Form_Manager:using"
+         nc:name="using the form manager"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_form_manager"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="forms"
+         nc:name="forms"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#forms">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="forms:encrypting_stored_information"
+         nc:name="encrypting stored information"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="forms:filling_out_automatically"
+         nc:name="filling out automatically"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#filling_out_forms_automatically"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="forms:preferences"
+         nc:name="form preferences"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#forms"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="forms:saving_data"
+         nc:name="saving data from forms"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#saving_form_data"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="forms:storing_data_from"
+         nc:name="storing data from forms"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#managing_stored_form_data"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#g">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="GIF"
+         nc:name="GIF, inserting"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_an_image_into_your_page"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#h">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="helper_applications"
+         nc:name="helper applications"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="home_page"
+         nc:name="home page"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#navigator"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="HTML"
+         nc:name="HTML"/>
+     </rdf:li><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="HTTP_Networking"
+         nc:name="HTTP Networking"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#http_networking"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#HTML">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="HTML:editing_in_mail_messages"
+         nc:name="editing HTML in mail messages"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#editing_or_inserting_html_elements"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="HTML:using_in_Composer"
+         nc:name="inserting HTML in Composer"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_html_elements_and_attributes"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="HTML:using_in_mail_messages"
+         nc:name="using HTML in mail messages"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#using_html_in_your_messages"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#i">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="images"
+         nc:name="images"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="IMAP"
+         nc:name="IMAP"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#about_internet_message_access_protocol"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="import"
+         nc:name="import"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="intermediate_server_CA_certificates"
+         nc:name="intermediate server CA certificates"
+         nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#web_site_certified_by_an_unknown_authority"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="ieusers"
+         nc:name="Internet Explorer User Help"
+         nc:link="forieusers.xhtml"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Internet_Keywords"
+         nc:name="Internet Keywords"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_internet_keywords"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+
+<rdf:Description about="#images">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="images:email_and"
+         nc:name="e-mail and images"
+         nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#how_can_i_control_web_pages_in_email_messages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="images:managing"
+         nc:name="managing images"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#managing_images"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="images:preferences"
+         nc:name="image preferences"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#images"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="images:set_as_wallpaper"
+         nc:name="set as wallpaper"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#setting_image_as_wallpaper"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#IMAP">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="IMAP:about"
+         nc:name="about IMAP"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#about_internet_message_access_protocol"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="IMAP:advanced_mail_settings"
+         nc:name="advanced IMAP mail settings"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#advanced_imap_server_settings"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="IMAP:server_settings"
+         nc:name="IMAP server settings"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#imap_server_settings"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#import">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="import:address_book"
+         nc:name="import address books"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#importing_address_books"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="import:bookmark_list"
+         nc:name="import bookmarks"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#exporting_or_importing_a_bookmark_list"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="import:certificates"
+         nc:name="import certificates"
+         nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#your_certificates"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="import:crls"
+         nc:name="import CRLs"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#importing_crls"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="import:mail"
+         nc:name="import mail or settings from other programs"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#importing_mail_from_other_programs"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#ieusers">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="ieusers:terminology-differences"
+         nc:name="Terminology Differences"
+         nc:link="forieusers.xhtml#mozilla_and_internet_explorer_terminology_differences"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="ieusers:your-favorites"
+         nc:name="About Your IE Favorites"
+         nc:link="forieusers.xhtml#about_your_ie_favorites"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="ieusers:additional-software"
+         nc:name="Other Features"
+         nc:link="forieusers.xhtml#other_features"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="ieusers:keyboard-shortcuts"
+         nc:name="Keyboard Shortcuts"
+         nc:link="forieusers.xhtml#keyboard_shortcuts"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#j">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="java"
+         nc:name="Java"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="JavaScript"
+         nc:name="JavaScript"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Venkman"
+         nc:name="JavaScript Debugger"
+         nc:link="developer_tools.xhtml#venkman"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#JavaScript">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="JavaScript:preferences"
+         nc:name="JavaScript Preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#scripts_and_plugins"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#k">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="keyboard_preferences"
+         nc:name="keyboard preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#keyboard_navigation"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="keyboard_shortcuts"
+         nc:name="keyboard shortcuts"
+         nc:link="shortcuts.xhtml"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="keywords"
+         nc:name="keywords"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#custom_keywords"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#keyboard_shortcuts">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="keyboard_shortcuts:Composer"
+         nc:name="Composer keyboard shortcuts"
+         nc:link="shortcuts-composer.xhtml"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="keyboard_shortcuts:general"
+         nc:name="general keyboard shortcuts"
+         nc:link="shortcuts.xhtml#general_mozilla_shortcuts"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="keyboard_shortcuts:help"
+         nc:name="help keyboard shortcuts"
+         nc:link="shortcuts.xhtml#using_shortcuts"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="keyboard_shortcuts:Mail_and_Newsgroups"
+         nc:name="Mail and Newsgroups keyboard shortcuts"
+         nc:link="shortcuts-mailnews.xhtml"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="keyboard_shortcuts:Navigator"
+         nc:name="Browser keyboard shortcuts"
+         nc:link="shortcuts-navigator.xhtml"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#l">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="languages"
+         nc:name="languages"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_languages_and_international_content"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="LDAP"
+         nc:name="LDAP"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#adding_and_removing_ldap_directories"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="lock_icon"
+         nc:name="lock icon"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#checking_security_for_a_web_page"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#languages">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="languages:and_international_content"
+         nc:name="language and international content"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_languages_and_international_content"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="languages:Appearance_preferences"
+         nc:name="Appearance preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#locales"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#LDAP">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="LDAP:adding_to_address_book"
+         nc:name="adding directories to address book"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#adding_and_removing_ldap_directories"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="LDAP:directory_server_settings"
+         nc:name="directory server settings"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#directory_server_settings"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="LDAP:global_settings"
+         nc:name="LDAP settings"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#addressing_preferences"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#m">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="mail"
+         nc:name="mail security settings"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#security"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups"
+         nc:name="Mail and Newsgroups"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="master_password"
+         nc:name="Master Password"
+         nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#change_master_password"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="mouse_wheel"
+         nc:name="mouse wheel"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_a_mouse_wheel"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#Mail_and_Newsgroups">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:Account_Setup_Wizard"
+         nc:name="Account Setup Wizard"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#using_the_mail_account_setup_wizard"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:adding_accounts"
+         nc:name="adding accounts"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:address_autocompletion"
+         nc:name="address autocompletion"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#address_autocompletion"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:addressing_messages"
+         nc:name="addressing messages"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#addressing_a_message"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:addressing_preferences"
+         nc:name="addressing preferences"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#addressing_preferences"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:Advanced_IMAP_settings"
+         nc:name="Advanced IMAP settings"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#advanced_imap_server_settings"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:attaching_files"
+         nc:name="attaching files"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#attaching_a_file_or_web_page"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:changing_account_settings"
+         nc:name="changing account settings"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#changing_the_settings_for_an_account"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:Character_Encoding"
+         nc:name="Character Encoding"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#character_encoding"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:Compose_window"
+         nc:name="Compose window"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#using_the_message_composition_window"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:composing_messages"
+         nc:name="composing messages"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#composing_mail_and_newsgroup_messages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:copies_and_folder_settings"
+         nc:name="copies and folder settings"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#copies_and_folders"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:copying_folders"
+         nc:name="copying folders"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#moving_or_copying_a_folder"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:creating_filters"
+         nc:name="creating filters"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#creating_message_filters"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:creating_folders"
+         nc:name="creating folders"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#creating_a_folder"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:creating_HTML_mail_messages"
+         nc:name="creating HTML mail messages"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#creating_html_mail_messages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:Disk_Space_settings"
+         nc:name="Disk Space settings"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#offline_and_disk_space"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:filing_messages"
+         nc:name="filing messages"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#filing_messages_in_folders"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:forwarding_messages"
+         nc:name="forwarding messages"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#forwarding_a_message"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:general_preferences"
+         nc:name="general mail preferences"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:getting_new_messages"
+         nc:name="getting new messages"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#getting_new_messages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:HTML_mail_recipients"
+         nc:name="HTML mail recipients"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#specifying_recipients_for_html_messages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:HTML_mail_sending_options"
+         nc:name="HTML mail sending options"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#choosing_html_mail_sending_options"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:HTML_Message_Source"
+         nc:name="HTML Message Source"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#viewing_the_message_source_for_html_messages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:identity_settings"
+         nc:name="identity settings"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#account_settings"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:mail_window_layout"
+         nc:name="mail window layout"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#choosing_how_you_view_the_mail_window"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:message_searching"
+         nc:name="message searching"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#searching_through_messages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:POP_settings"
+         nc:name="POP settings"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#pop_server_settings"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:renaming_folders"
+         nc:name="renaming folders"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#renaming_a_folder"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:replying_to_messages"
+         nc:name="replying to messages"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#replying_to_a_message"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:saving_and_printing_messages"
+         nc:name="saving and printing messages"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#saving_and_printing_messages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:saving_attachments"
+         nc:name="saving attachments"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#saving_attachments"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:saving_messages_drafts"
+         nc:name="saving messages drafts"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#saving_and_editing_a_message_draft"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:sending_messages"
+         nc:name="sending messages"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#sending_messages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:sending_options"
+         nc:name="sending options"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#selecting_message_sending_options"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:SMTP_settings"
+         nc:name="SMTP settings"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#outgoing_server"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:sorting_and_threading_messages"
+         nc:name="sorting and threading messages"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#sorting_and_threading_messages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:using_address_books"
+         nc:name="using address books"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#using_address_books"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:using_attachments"
+         nc:name="using attachments"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#using_attachments"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:using_HTML_in_messages"
+         nc:name="using HTML in messages"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#using_html_in_your_messages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:viewing_attachments"
+         nc:name="viewing attachments"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#viewing_and_opening_attachments"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:working_offline"
+         nc:name="working offline"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#working_offline"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#master_password">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="master_password:changing"
+         nc:name="Changing master password"
+         nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#change_master_password"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="master_password:forgetting"
+         nc:name="Forgetting your master password"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#what_to_do_if_you_forget_your_master_password"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="master_password:preferences"
+         nc:name="Master Password Preferences"
+         nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#master_passwords"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="master_password:timeout"
+         nc:name="Master Password Timeout"
+         nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#master_password_timeout"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#n">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="navigation"
+         nc:name="navigation"
+         nc:link="help_help.xhtml#finding_the_topic_you_want"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Newsgroups"
+         nc:name="Newsgroups"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#getting_started_with_newsgroups"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#Newsgroups">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Newsgroups:getting_started"
+         nc:name="getting started with newsgroups"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#getting_started_with_newsgroups"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Newsgroups:server_settings"
+         nc:name="newsgroup server settings"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#server_settings"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#o">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="OSCP"
+         nc:name="OSCP"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#how_validation_works"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Offline"
+         nc:name="Offline"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#Offline">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Offline:general_preferences"
+         nc:name="offline preferences"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#offline_and_disk_space_preferences"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Offline:Mail_and_Newsgroups"
+         nc:name="Offline Mail and News"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#working_offline"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#p">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="page_info"
+         nc:name="page info"
+         nc:link="page_info_help.xhtml#viewing_page_info"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="password_manager"
+         nc:name="Password Manager"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_password_manager"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="phishing"
+         nc:name="phishing"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#phishing_detection"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="plugins"
+         nc:name="plugins"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="POP"
+         nc:name="POP"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#about_post_office_protocol"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="passwords"
+         nc:name="Passwords"
+         nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#passwords"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="popup_windows"
+         nc:name="popup windows"
+         nc:link="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml#controlling_popups"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="popups"
+         nc:name="popups"
+         nc:link="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml#controlling_popups"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences"
+         nc:name="preferences"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="print"
+         nc:name="print"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#copying_saving_and_printing_pages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="privacy"
+         nc:name="privacy"
+         nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#privacy_on_the_internet"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="profiles"
+         nc:name="profiles"
+         nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="proxies"
+         nc:name="proxies"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#proxies"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="publishing_pages"
+         nc:name="publishing pages"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+
+<rdf:Description about="#password_manager">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="password_manager:encrypting_stored_passwords"
+         nc:name="Encrypting Stored Passwords"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="password_manager:master_password"
+         nc:name="Master Password"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#setting_a_master_password"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="password_manager:preferences"
+         nc:name="Password Preferences"
+         nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#password_manager"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#passwords">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="passwords:choosing"
+         nc:name="Choosing a Good Password"
+         nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#choosing_a_good_password"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="passwords:preferences"
+         nc:name="Password Preferences"
+         nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#passwords"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="passwords:remembering_automatically"
+         nc:name="Remembering Automatically"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_password_manager"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="passwords:timeout_for_master_password"
+         nc:name="Timeout for Master Password"
+         nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#master_password_timeout"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#POP">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="POP:server_settings"
+         nc:name="POP server settings"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#pop_server_settings"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#popup_windows">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="popup_windows:preferences"
+         nc:name="popup window preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_popup_windows"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#preferences">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:advanced"
+         nc:name="advanced preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#advanced_preferences"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:appearance"
+         nc:name="appearance preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#appearance"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:cache"
+         nc:name="cache preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#cache"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:certificates"
+         nc:name="certificates preferences"
+         nc:link="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_certificates"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:colors"
+         nc:name="colors preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#colors"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:locales"
+         nc:name="User Interface languages preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#locales"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:cookies"
+         nc:name="cookies preferences"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookies"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:Downloads"
+         nc:name="Downloads preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#downloads"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:fonts"
+         nc:name="fonts preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#fonts"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:forms"
+         nc:name="form preferences"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#forms"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:helper_applications"
+         nc:name="helper application preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#helper_applications"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:history"
+         nc:name="history preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#history"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:images"
+         nc:name="image preferences"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#images"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:internet_search"
+         nc:name="internet search preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#internet_search"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:JavaScript"
+         nc:name="JavaScript preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#scripts_and_plugins"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:keyboard"
+         nc:name="keyboard preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#keyboard_navigation"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:languages"
+         nc:name="languages preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#languages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:Navigator"
+         nc:name="Browser preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#navigator_preferences"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:passwords"
+         nc:name="passwords preferences"
+         nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#passwords"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:popup_windows"
+         nc:name="popup windows preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_popup_windows"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:privacy"
+         nc:name="privacy preferences"
+         nc:link="privsec_help.xhtml"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:proxies"
+         nc:name="proxies preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#proxies"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:security"
+         nc:name="security preferences"
+         nc:link="privsec_help.xhtml"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:smart_browsing"
+         nc:name="smart browsing preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#smart_browsing"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:SSL"
+         nc:name="SSL preferences"
+         nc:link="ssl_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_ssl"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:Tabbed_Browsing"
+         nc:name="Tabbed Browsing preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:validation"
+         nc:name="validation preferences"
+         nc:link="validation_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_validation"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#privacy">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="privacy:about"
+         nc:name="about privacy"
+         nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#privacy_on_the_internet"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="privacy:cookies_and"
+         nc:name="cookies and privacy"
+         nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#what_are_cookies_and_how_do_they_work"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="privacy:IP_address"
+         nc:name="IP address"
+         nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#internet_address"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="privacy:P3P_levels"
+         nc:name="P3P levels"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#setting_privacy_levels"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="privacy:P3P_standard_and"
+         nc:name="P3P standard"
+         nc:link="page_info_help.xhtml"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="privacy:preferences"
+         nc:name="privacy preferences"
+         nc:link="privsec_help.xhtml"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="privacy:protecting"
+         nc:name="protecting your privacy"
+         nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#using_privacy_features"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="privacy:settings"
+         nc:name="privacy settings"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#privacy_settings"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="privacy:viewing_site_policy"
+         nc:name="viewing site policy"
+         nc:link="page_info_help.xhtml"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#profiles">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="profiles:creating"
+         nc:name="creating a profile"
+         nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml#creating_a_new_profile"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="profiles:deleting"
+         nc:name="deleting a profile"
+         nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml#deleting_or_renaming_a_profile"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="profiles:managing"
+         nc:name="managing profiles"
+         nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml#managing_profiles"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="profiles:renaming"
+         nc:name="renaming a profile"
+         nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml#deleting_or_renaming_a_profile"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="profiles:roaming"
+         nc:name="roaming profile"
+         nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml#roaming_profiles"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#proxies">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="proxies:advanced"
+         nc:name="advanced proxy preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#advanced_proxy_preferences"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="proxies:preferences"
+         nc:name="proxy preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#proxies"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="proxies:setting"
+         nc:name="setting proxy values"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#proxies"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#publishing_pages">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="publishing_pages:settings"
+         nc:name="publish page settings"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publishing_settings"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="publishing_pages:tips"
+         nc:name="publish page tips"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#tips_for_avoiding_broken_links_or_missing_images"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#r">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="resetting_master_password"
+         nc:name="resetting master password"
+         nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#reset_master_password"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="return_receipts"
+         nc:name="return receipts"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#return_receipts"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#return_receipts">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="return_receipts:general_preferences"
+         nc:name="return receipts preferences"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#return_receipts_preferences"/>
+     </rdf:li><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="return_receipts:using"
+         nc:name="using return receipts"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#confirming_that_your_message_was_opened"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#s">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="save"
+         nc:name="save"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="security"
+         nc:name="security"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="security_devices"
+         nc:name="security devices"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#about_security_devices_and_modules"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="server_certificate_problems"
+         nc:name="server certificate problems"
+         nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#web_site_certified_by_an_unknown_authority"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="settings"
+         nc:name="settings"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="security_modules"
+         nc:name="security modules"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#about_security_devices_and_modules"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="search"
+         nc:name="search"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#searching_the_web"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar"
+         nc:name="Sidebar"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#what_is_sidebar"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="signing_email_messages"
+         nc:name="signing e-mail messages"
+         nc:link="mail_sec_help.xhtml#signing_and_encrypting_messages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="smart_cards"
+         nc:name="smart cards"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="SSL"
+         nc:name="SSL"
+         nc:link="ssl_help.xhtml"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="SMTP"
+         nc:name="SMTP"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="software_installation"
+         nc:name="software installation"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#software_installation"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+
+<rdf:Description about="#save">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="save:web_pages"
+         nc:name="saving and printing web pages"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#copying_saving_and_printing_pages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="save:messages"
+         nc:name="saving and printing messages"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#saving_and_printing_messages"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#search">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="search:Advanced_mode"
+         nc:name="Sidebar Advanced Search Mode"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#sidebar_advanced_search_mode"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="search:bookmarks"
+         nc:name="search bookmarks"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#searching_the_bookmarks_or_history_list"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="search:setting_preferences"
+         nc:name="search preferences"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#setting_search_preferences"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#security">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="security:checking_before_sending_message"
+         nc:name="checking security before sending message"
+         nc:link="mail_sec_help.xhtml#message_security_compose_window"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="security:checking_for_a_web_page"
+         nc:name="checking security for a web page"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#checking_security_for_a_web_page"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="security:checking_for_received_messages"
+         nc:name="checking security for received messages"
+         nc:link="mail_sec_help.xhtml#reading_signed_and_encrypted_messages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="security:preferences"
+         nc:name="security preferences"
+         nc:link="privsec_help.xhtml"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#security_devices">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="security_devices:managing"
+         nc:name="Managing security devices"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#security_modules">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="security_modules:managing"
+         nc:name="Managing security modules"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#settings">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="settings:certificate"
+         nc:name="certificate settings"
+         nc:link="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#certificate_settings"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="settings:signed_and_encrypted mail"
+         nc:name="signed and encrypted mail settings"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#security"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="settings:SSL"
+         nc:name="SSL settings"
+         nc:link="ssl_help.xhtml#ssl_settings"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="settings:validation"
+         nc:name="validation settings"
+         nc:link="validation_help.xhtml#validation_settings"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#Sidebar">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:adding_tabs"
+         nc:name="adding sidebar tabs"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#adding_sidebar_tabs"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:customizing_tabs"
+         nc:name="customizing sidebar tabs"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#customizing_individual_sidebar_tabs"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:description"
+         nc:name="what is Sidebar?"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#what_is_sidebar"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:opening_closing_resizing"
+         nc:name="opening, closing, and resizing sidebar"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#opening_closing_and_resizing_sidebar"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:removing_tabs"
+         nc:name="removing sidebar tabs"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#removing_sidebar_tabs"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:reorganizing_tabs"
+         nc:name="reorganizing sidebar tabs"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#reorganizing_sidebar_tabs"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:search_categories"
+         nc:name="search categories"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#customizing_search_categories"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:searching_from"
+         nc:name="searching from Sidebar"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#searching_from_sidebar"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:viewing_tabs"
+         nc:name="viewing sidebar tabs"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#viewing_sidebar_tabs"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#SMTP">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="SMTP:choosing_a_different"
+         nc:name="choosing a different SMTP server"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#account_settings"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="SMTP:server_settings"
+         nc:name="SMTP server settings"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#outgoing_server"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#SSL">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="SSL:preferences"
+         nc:name="SSL preferences"
+         nc:link="ssl_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_ssl"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="SSL:protocols"
+         nc:name="SSL protocols"
+         nc:link="ssl_help.xhtml#ssl_protocol_versions"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#t">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Tab_Key_Navigation"
+         nc:name="Tab Key Navigation"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#keyboard_navigation"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Tabbed_Browsing"
+         nc:name="Tabbed Browsing"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#tabbed_browsing"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Tags"
+         nc:name="Tags"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#tagging_messages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="themes"
+         nc:name="themes"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_the_theme"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="toolbar"
+         nc:name="toolbar"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#Tabbed_Browsing">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Tabbed_Browsing:bookmarking_tabs"
+         nc:name="bookmarking tabs"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#bookmarking_tabs"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Tabbed_Browsing:closing_tabs"
+         nc:name="closing tabs"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#closing_tabs"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Tabbed_Browsing:introduction"
+         nc:name="using tabbed browsing"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_tabbed_browsing"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Tabbed_Browsing:moving_tabs"
+         nc:name="moving tabs"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#moving_tabs"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Tabbed_Browsing:opening_tabs"
+         nc:name="opening tabs"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#opening_tabs"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Tabbed_Browsing:setting_up"
+         nc:name="setting up tabbed browsing"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#setting_up_tabbed_browsing"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Tabbed_Browsing:what_is"
+         nc:name="what is tabbed browsing"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#what_is_tabbed_browsing"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#Tags">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Tags:general_preferences"
+         nc:name="tag preferences"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#tags"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#toolbar">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="toolbar:hiding_a_toolbar"
+         nc:name="hiding a toolbar"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#hiding_a_toolbar"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="toolbar:navigation_toolbar"
+         nc:name="navigation toolbar"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#navigation_toolbar"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="toolbar:personal_toolbar"
+         nc:name="personal toolbar"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#personal_toolbar"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#u">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="uploading_pages"
+         nc:name="uploading pages"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#v">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="validation"
+         nc:name="validation"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#how_validation_works"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#validation">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="validation:about"
+         nc:name="about validation"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#how_validation_works"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="validation:auto_updating_CRLs"
+         nc:name="auto updating CRLs"
+         nc:link="validation_help.xhtml#automatic_crl_update_preferences"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="validation:CRLs"
+         nc:name="CRLs"
+         nc:link="validation_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_validation"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="validation:managing_CRLs"
+         nc:name="managing CRLs"
+         nc:link="validation_help.xhtml#manage_crls"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="validation:OCSP"
+         nc:name="OCSP"
+         nc:link="validation_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_validation"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="validation:settings"
+         nc:name="validation settings"
+         nc:link="validation_help.xhtml#validation_settings"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#w">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="web_pages"
+         nc:name="web pages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Working_Offline"
+         nc:name="Working Offline"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#working_offline"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#web_pages">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="web_pages:copying"
+         nc:name="copying web pages"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#copying_saving_and_printing_pages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="web_pages:customizing_fonts"
+         nc:name="customizing fonts"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_fonts_colors_and_themes"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="web_pages:finding_within"
+         nc:name="finding text within a web page"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#searching_within_a_page"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="web_pages:history"
+         nc:name="web page history"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#about_history_lists"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="web_pages:navigating"
+         nc:name="navigating web pages"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#browsing_the_web"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="web_pages:searching"
+         nc:name="searching web pages"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#searching_the_web"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="web_pages:stopping"
+         nc:name="stopping"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#stopping_and_reloading"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+</rdf:RDF>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/help-indexAZ.rdf b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/help-indexAZ.rdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..22cae57917
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/help-indexAZ.rdf
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<rdf:RDF xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"
+         xmlns:nc="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#">
+
+  <rdf:Description about="urn:root">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="a" nc:name="A"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="b" nc:name="B"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="c" nc:name="C"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="d" nc:name="D"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="e" nc:name="E"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="f" nc:name="F"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="g" nc:name="G"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="h" nc:name="H"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="i" nc:name="I"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="j" nc:name="J"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="k" nc:name="K"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="l" nc:name="L"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="m" nc:name="M"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="n" nc:name="N"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="o" nc:name="O"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="p" nc:name="P"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="q" nc:name="Q"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="r" nc:name="R"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="s" nc:name="S"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="t" nc:name="T"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="u" nc:name="U"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="v" nc:name="V"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="w" nc:name="W"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="x" nc:name="X"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="y" nc:name="Y"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="z" nc:name="Z"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+</rdf:RDF>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/help-win.rdf b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/help-win.rdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..696c75456e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/help-win.rdf
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE rdf:RDF SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+
+<rdf:RDF xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"
+         xmlns:nc="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#">
+ 
+  <rdf:Description about="help-toc.rdf#nav-doc-ses">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-default" nc:name="Making &brandShortName; Your Default Browser" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#making_mozilla_your_default_browser"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="help-toc.rdf#advanced_pref_advanced">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_system" nc:name="System" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#system"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-index1.rdf#browser">
+  <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="browser:default"
+         nc:name="default browser"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#making_mozilla_your_default_browser"/>
+       </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#d">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="default_browser_preferences"
+         nc:name="default browser preferences"
+	 nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#navigator"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-index1.rdf#preferences">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:default_browser"
+         nc:name="default browser preferences"
+	 nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#navigator"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+     
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#s">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="System"
+         nc:name="System Preferences"
+	 nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#system"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+</rdf:RDF>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/helpFileLayout.css b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/helpFileLayout.css
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6f3aa7f9a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/helpFileLayout.css
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+@import url("chrome://help/content/platformClasses.css");
+
+body {
+	margin: 2ex;
+	font-family: sans-serif;
+	font-size: 0.75em;
+	max-width: 120ex;
+}
+
+dd { margin-left: 0px; margin-bottom: 1em; }
+dt { font-size: 10pt; font-weight: bold; }
+tt { font-size: 10pt; }
+
+:link:hover,
+:visited:hover { color: -moz-activehyperlinktext; }
+
+h1 { font-size: 20pt; }
+h2 { border-top: 1px solid black; font-size: 16pt; padding-top: 0.2em; }
+h3 { color: #009; font-size: 10pt; margin-bottom: 0px; margin-top: 35px; }
+
+kbd { font-family: sans-serif; }
+
+.defaultTable { border-collapse: collapse; border: 1px solid grey;
+  width: 100%; }
+
+.defaultTable td { border: 1px solid grey; padding: 4px; }
+
+.defaultTable th { background-color: #99ccff;
+  border: 1px solid grey; font-size: 10pt; padding: 4px; text-align: left; }
+
+.defaultTable tbody > tr.even { background-color: #eeeeee; }
+
+.boilerPlate { font-size: 7pt; }
+
+.commandColumn { width: 40%; }
+.osFirstColumn { width: 20%; }
+.osSecondColumn { width: 20%; }
+.osThirdColumn { width: 20%; }
+
+p:first-child { padding-top: 0; margin-top: 0; }
+
+.separate > li { margin-bottom: 0.5em; }
+
+.contentsBox {
+	margin-top: 12px;
+	background-color: #cccccc;
+	border: 1px solid black;
+	width: 300px;
+	padding: 1em;
+}
+
+.contentsBox > ul {
+	list-style-type: none;
+}
+
+a[href^="http://"]:after, a[href^="https://"]:after, a[href^="x-moz-url-link:"]:after {
+	content: url("images/web-links.png");
+}
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/help_help.xhtml b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/help_help.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b81717900a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/help_help.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Using the Help Window</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="help_window_top">Using the Help Window</h1>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Help window (the entire window in
+  which this text and the Sidebar on the left are displayed).</p>
+
+<p>For additional sources of support and information, click the links displayed
+  in the bottom portion of the <a href="welcome_help.xhtml">Help and Support
+  Center</a>.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#finding_the_topic_you_want">Finding the Topic You Want</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#retracing_your_steps">Retracing Your Steps and Printing</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#using_help_buttons">Using Help Buttons</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#search_tips">Search Tips</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="finding_the_topic_you_want">Finding the Topic You Want</h2>
+
+<p>When you&apos;re viewing the Help window, click the tabs in the left frame to view
+  the Help contents in different ways:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Contents</strong> shows the list of main topics.<br/>
+    Click a topic to read about it. Double-click to see its subtopics.</li>
+  <li><strong>Search</strong> lets you search the Help files.<br/>
+    Type a word or phrase in order to see related topics. Then
+    click the topic you want to read about.
+
+    <p>If your search doesn&apos;t return any topics, try typing fewer words or a
+      different combination of words.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Index</strong> lists topics alphabetically.<br/>Click an index entry
+    to view information on that topic.</li>
+  <li><strong>Glossary</strong> lists definitions alphabetically.<br/>Click
+    a glossary term to see its definition.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To see information related to the Help topic you are reading, click
+  links in the Help window just as you would in a regular web page.</p>
+
+<h2 id="retracing_your_steps">Retracing Your Steps and Printing</h2>
+
+<p>To retrace your steps in Help, click the buttons near the top left corner of
+  the Help window:</p>
+
+<p><img src="images/help_nav.png" alt="" width="124" height="38"/></p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click the Back button to move back through pages you have previously
+    visited. It works just like the Back button in the main &brandShortName;
+    window.</li>
+  <li>Click the Forward button to move forward through pages you have
+    previously visited. It works just like the Forward button in the main
+    &brandShortName; window.</li>
+  <li>Click the Home button to see the Help and Support Center, which includes
+    links to support options and web-based resources.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Alternatively, print the instructions you want to follow:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>To print the whole page that&apos;s currently displayed in the Help
+    window, click the Print button near the top-right corner of the Help
+    window:
+
+    <p><img src="images/help_print.gif" alt="" width="37" height="31"/></p>
+  </li>
+  <li>To print just a portion of the page, first click and drag to select the
+    area you want to print and then click the Print button.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h2 id="using_help_buttons">Using Help Buttons</h2>
+
+<p>Many specialized &brandShortName; windows and dialog boxes include a button
+  labeled <q>Help</q>.</p>
+
+<p>Click any Help button to see detailed information about the window in
+  which it appears.</p>
+
+<h2 id="search_tips">Search Tips</h2>
+
+<p>If you aren&apos;t finding what you want in your search, here are a few
+  helpful tips:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Be sure that you are searching for something that relates to
+    &brandShortName;; this is not a general Internet search.</li>
+  <li>Try to broaden your search&mdash;don&apos;t be too specific; terms
+    could be worded differently than your search.</li>
+  <li>At the same time, you should avoid being too broad with your
+    search terms: a word like <q>web</q> will probably return far too
+    many hits.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>&copyright.string;</p>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/anchor-in-doc.gif b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/anchor-in-doc.gif
new file mode 100755
index 0000000000..7b401120e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/anchor-in-doc.gif
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/broken.gif b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/broken.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e0c46300df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/broken.gif
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/bullets.gif b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/bullets.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a8457a591b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/bullets.gif
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/columns.png b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/columns.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..771674caac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/columns.png
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/composer_icon.png b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/composer_icon.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e057575a55
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/composer_icon.png
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/frown.png b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/frown.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..eb43a5754b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/frown.png
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/help_nav.png b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/help_nav.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4fde0f6907
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/help_nav.png
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/help_print.gif b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/help_print.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..73b523d02d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/help_print.gif
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/image.gif b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/image.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d5236e7f45
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/image.gif
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/link.gif b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/link.gif
new file mode 100755
index 0000000000..4a40004b2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/link.gif
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/locationbar.png b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/locationbar.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..06cf2fd047
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/locationbar.png
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_flag.png b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_flag.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..82f512dbad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_flag.png
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_flag_column.png b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_flag_column.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0afa995c99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_flag_column.png
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_junk_column.png b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_junk_column.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..271a55164d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_junk_column.png
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_newmail_alert.png b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_newmail_alert.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..763503f8f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_newmail_alert.png
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_newmail_trayicon.png b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_newmail_trayicon.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e385cc4792
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_newmail_trayicon.png
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_quicksearch.png b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_quicksearch.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b8e2a49873
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_quicksearch.png
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_read.png b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_read.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f6892be58b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_read.png
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_read_column.png b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_read_column.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d842c2f9a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_read_column.png
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_unread.png b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_unread.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c4231dbd31
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_unread.png
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/numbers.gif b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/numbers.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2721565883
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/numbers.gif
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/offline.png b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/offline.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..011b6fd8ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/offline.png
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/online.png b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/online.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6756ead790
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/online.png
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/personalbar.png b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/personalbar.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..21d8ed2446
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/personalbar.png
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/reload.gif b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/reload.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f0c23aca63
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/reload.gif
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/search.png b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/search.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..46577e4dbc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/search.png
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/search_personal_toolbar.gif b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/search_personal_toolbar.gif
new file mode 100755
index 0000000000..945dd4fed4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/search_personal_toolbar.gif
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/sick.png b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/sick.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d799d351a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/sick.png
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/sidebar.png b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/sidebar.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000000..e3e4b331c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/sidebar.png
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/smile.png b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/smile.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2b2077ae5e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/smile.png
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/tabbed_browsing_bar.png b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/tabbed_browsing_bar.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..759da1eb1f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/tabbed_browsing_bar.png
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/table.gif b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/table.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d0e0add2a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/table.gif
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/task_mail.png b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/task_mail.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..60a8126325
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/task_mail.png
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/task_newmail.png b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/task_newmail.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ce912d26d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/task_newmail.png
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/taskbar-ab.png b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/taskbar-ab.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f4dc956c08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/taskbar-ab.png
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/taskbar.png b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/taskbar.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b4f73645e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/taskbar.png
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/threadbutton.png b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/threadbutton.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..62bdcaa1bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/threadbutton.png
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/web-links.png b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/web-links.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..863aba0466
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/web-links.png
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/wink.png b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/wink.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..620055136a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/images/wink.png
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_account_settings.xhtml b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_account_settings.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9c07bf0667
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_account_settings.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,1217 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css"
+      type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account
+  Settings</h1>
+
+<p>This section describes the settings in the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account
+  Settings dialog box. Unlike the Preferences dialog box, which applies
+  settings to all accounts, the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog
+  box lets you specify settings on a per-account basis.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not currently viewing the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings
+  dialog box, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Begin from the Mail window.</li>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account
+    Settings.</li>
+  <li>Select the name of the account whose settings you want to view or
+    change.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#account_settings">Account Settings</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#server_settings">Server Settings</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#copies_and_folders">Copies &amp; Folders</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#addressing">Composition &amp; Addressing</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#synchronization_and_storage">Synchronization &amp; Storage</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#junk_settings">Junk Settings</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#return_receipts">Return Receipts</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#security">Security</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#local_folders">Local Folders</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#outgoing_server">Outgoing Server (SMTP)</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="account_settings">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings - Account
+  Settings</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to view or change your Account Settings, such as
+  your user name, reply-to address, and signature. If you are not already
+  viewing the Account Settings, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+    see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Select the name of the account to display the Account Settings
+    panel.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Account Name</strong>: The name for this account.</li>
+  <li>For any type of account but Blogs &amp; News Feeds:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Identity</strong>: Stores your name, email address, reply-to
+        address (only if different from your email address), and organization
+        (optional).</li>
+      <li><strong>Signature text</strong>: If you want to attach a signature to
+        all outgoing messages, type its text into this box. Check <strong>Use
+        HTML</strong> to enable HTML code, e.g., &lt;b&gt;bold&lt;/b&gt;
+        (optional).</li>
+      <li><strong>Attach the signature from a file instead</strong>: Lets you
+        choose to attach the signature from a file (in text, HTML, or image
+        format) rather than entering its text. Checking this option overrides
+        any text entered into the signature box. Click Choose to locate the
+        signature file (optional).
+
+        <p>More signature options are located in
+          <a href="#addressing">Composition &amp; Addressing</a>.</p>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Attach my vCard to messages</strong>: Lets you choose if your
+        vCard should be attached to your outgoing messages. Click Edit Card to
+        edit the card information (optional).</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>For Blogs &amp; News Feeds accounts:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Check for new articles at startup</strong>: Select this
+        checkbox if you want to check this account automatically for new blogs
+        &amp; news messages whenever you start Mail &amp; Newsgroups.</li>
+      <li><strong>Check for new articles every [__] minutes</strong>: Select
+        this checkbox if you want to specify the number of minutes between feed
+        checks. You can also check for new blogs &amp; news messages at any time
+        by clicking Get Msgs in the Mail window.</li>
+      <li><strong>By default, show the article summary instead of loading the
+        web page</strong>: Select this checkbox if you want &brandShortName;
+        to display a brief summary of the article (bundled inside the feed)
+        instead of loading the full web page. Showing the article summary is
+        slightly faster than the full web page, but you may miss part of the
+        article content.</li>
+      <li><strong>Empty Trash on Exit</strong>: Empties the Trash folder
+        whenever you quit Mail &amp; Newsgroups.</li>
+      <li><strong>Manage Subscriptions...</strong>: Shows the Feed Subscriptions
+        dialog, that allows you to add, edit and remove feeds to this blogs
+        &amp; news feeds account.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="server_settings">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings - Server
+  Settings</h2>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups can work with two types of mail
+  servers: IMAP and POP. If you are not sure which server type your Internet
+  service provider supports, ask your service provider. If your Internet
+  service provider supports both, the following descriptions may help you
+  choose which one to use.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#about_internet_message_access_protocol">About Internet
+      Message Access Protocol (IMAP)</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#about_post_office_protocol">About Internet Post Office
+      Protocol (POP)</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#imap_server_settings">IMAP Server Settings</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#advanced_imap_server_settings">Advanced IMAP Server
+      Settings</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#pop_server_settings">POP Server Settings</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#news_server_settings">News Server Settings</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="about_internet_message_access_protocol">About Internet Message Access
+  Protocol (IMAP)</h3>
+
+<p><strong>Advantages</strong>: Your messages and any changes to them stay on
+  your server, saving local disk space. Also, you always have access to an
+  updated mailbox, and you can get your mail from multiple locations.
+  Performance on a modem is faster, since you initially download message
+  headers only.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Disadvantages</strong>: Not all ISPs support IMAP.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="about_post_office_protocol">About Post Office Protocol (POP)</h3>
+
+<p><strong>Advantages</strong>: Your messages are downloaded to your local
+  computer all at once, but you can also specify whether to keep copies of the
+  messages on the server and delete messages on the server when they are
+  deleted locally. Most ISPs currently support POP.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Disadvantages</strong>: If you use more than one computer, messages
+  might reside on one or the other, but not both. POP doesn&apos;t work as well
+  as IMAP over a slow link connection. Also, you can&apos;t access all mail
+  folders from multiple locations.</p>
+
+<p>Note that more recent POP servers have features that allow retrieving only
+  the headers instead of the full message, like IMAP allows. Using these
+  features allows performance with POP to be nearly as fast as with IMAP.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="imap_server_settings">IMAP Server Settings</h3>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the IMAP server settings, begin from the Mail
+  window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+    see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Select the account name and click the Server Settings category. (If you
+    chose an IMAP server when you set up this account, you see your IMAP server
+    settings.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Server Type</strong>: The server type (IMAP Mail Server) that you
+    specified when you created this account. To change the server type
+    associated with this account, you must delete the account and then
+    re-create it.</li>
+  <li><strong>Server Name</strong>: The server name that you specified when you
+    created this account. If you are having problems getting mail from this
+    account, verify with your service provider or system administrator that the
+    server name you entered is correct.</li>
+  <li><strong>User Name</strong>: The user name that you specified when you
+    created this account.</li>
+  <li><strong>Port</strong>: Unless otherwise instructed to do so by your
+    service provider or system administrator, leave this setting
+    unchanged.</li>
+  <li><strong>Connection security</strong>: Choose one of the available options
+    to establish a <a href="glossary.xhtml#secure_connection">secure
+    connection</a> to your incoming IMAP server. You can choose one of these:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>None</strong>: &brandShortName; will use a plain connection,
+        without encryption at all. You should choose this <em>only</em> if your
+        incoming server allows password encryption or doesn&apos;t support any
+        type of security.</li>
+      <li><strong>STARTTLS</strong>: Require an encrypted connection, use the
+        <a href="glossary.xhtml#starttls">STARTTLS</a> method. This mechanism
+        will usually run on the standard IMAP port 143.</li>
+      <li><strong>SSL/TLS</strong>: Require an encrypted connection, use the
+        IMAP-over-SSL method. The default port for this is 993.
+      </li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Authentication method</strong>: Choose one of the available
+    options to use <a href="glossary.xhtml#secure_authentication">secure
+    authentication</a> with your incoming IMAP server. You can choose one of
+    these:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Normal password</strong>: &brandShortName; will send your
+        password as clear text, without encryption at all. This option is
+        safe when SSL/TLS or STARTTLS is used.</li>
+      <li><strong>Password, transmitted insecurely</strong>: Same as
+        <q>Normal password</q> but only available when a connection security
+        of <q>None</q> is selected and hence is unsafe. Do <em>not</em> choose
+        this unless your incoming server doesn&apos;t support any type of
+        security at all.</li>
+      <li><strong>Encrypted password</strong>: Require the encryption of the
+        user&apos;s credentials as supported by the server, such as
+        <a href="glossary.xhtml#cram_md5">CRAM-MD5</a>. This option is safe
+        to use even if the connection security setting is <q>None</q>, but
+        only the password would be secured in this way, not any content.</li>
+      <li><strong>Kerberos / GSSAPI</strong>: Choose this option if your
+        computer is set up for secure authentication using
+        <a href="glossary.xhtml#kerberos">Kerberos</a>. You may need to
+        acquire a Kerberos ticket by using a separate program, or it may be
+        assigned to you when logging into your computer.</li>
+      <li><strong>NTLM</strong>: Choose this option if your computer is set up
+        for secure authentication using an <a href="glossary.xhtml#ntlm">NT
+        LAN Manager</a>. In general, Kerberos should be preferred over NTLM as
+        it provides for a higher level of security.</li>
+      <li><strong>TLS Certificate</strong>: Choose this option to use
+        <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate-based_authentication">certificate-based
+        authentication</a> on a connection with SSL/TLS or STARTTLS enabled,
+        without the need to provide any password for authentication.</li>
+    </ul>
+    If you are unsure which options are supported by your server, contact your
+    service provider or system administrator.
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Check for new messages at startup</strong>: Choose this setting
+    if you want Mail &amp; Newsgroups to automatically check this account for
+    new messages whenever you start Mail &amp; Newsgroups.</li>
+  <li><strong>Check for new messages every [__] minutes</strong>: Choose this
+    setting to automatically check for new messages, and then specify the
+    number of minutes between mail checks. If you do not select this setting,
+    you can check for new messages at any time by clicking Get Msgs in the Mail
+    window.</li>
+  <li id="when_i_delete_a_message"><strong>When I delete a message</strong>:
+    Choose the behavior you want for deleted messages. <q>Move it to this
+    folder</q>, where you can choose the specific folder to use, is recommended
+    unless you are instructed to use a different setting by your system
+    administrator or service provider. Messages marked as deleted are removed
+    only when you compact folders.</li>
+  <li><strong>Clean up (Expunge) Inbox on Exit</strong>: Removes deleted
+    messages from the Inbox when you exit Mail &amp; Newsgroups. Choose this
+    if you chose to mark messages as deleted.</li>
+  <li><strong>Empty Trash on Exit</strong>: Empties the Trash folder whenever
+    you quit Mail &amp; Newsgroups.</li>
+  <li><strong>Advanced</strong>: Lets you choose a different outgoing server
+    (SMTP) for outgoing messages from this account. You can also reach the
+    <a href="#advanced_imap_server_settings">Advanced IMAP Server Settings</a>
+    through this button.</li>
+  <li><strong>Local directory</strong>: The location on your hard disk where
+    mail for this account is stored.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3 id="advanced_imap_server_settings">Advanced IMAP Server Settings</h3>
+
+<p>In most cases, advanced IMAP server settings are automatically supplied by
+  the server. If you are unsure about the settings for this dialog box,
+  contact your ISP or system administrator.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the advanced IMAP server settings, begin
+  from the Mail window.</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+    see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Select the account name and click the Server Settings category.</li>
+  <li>If the mail server type is an IMAP server, you can click Advanced to set
+    additional IMAP options, such as:
+    <ul>
+      <li>the IMAP server directory path</li>
+      <li>showing only <q>subscribed folders</q></li>
+      <li>support for subfolders</li>
+      <li>any personal and public (shared folder) namespaces for this
+        directory</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>For more information, see
+  <a href="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#adding_and_removing_ldap_directories">Adding
+  and Removing LDAP Directories</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="pop_server_settings">POP Server Settings</h3>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the POP server settings, begin from the Mail
+  window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+    see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Select the account name and click the Server Settings category name. (If
+    you chose a POP server when you set up this account, you see your POP
+    server settings.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Server Type</strong>: The server type (POP Mail Server) that you
+    specified when you created this account. To change the server type
+    associated with this account, you must delete the account and then
+    re-create it.</li>
+  <li><strong>Server Name</strong>: The server name that you specified when you
+    created this account. If you are having problems getting mail from this
+    account, verify with your service provider or system administrator that the
+    server name you entered is correct.</li>
+  <li><strong>User Name</strong>: The user name that you specified when you
+    created this account.</li>
+  <li><strong>Port</strong>: Unless otherwise instructed to do so by your
+    service provider or system administrator, leave this setting
+    unchanged.</li>
+  <li><strong>Connection security</strong>: Choose one of the available options
+    to establish a <a href="glossary.xhtml#secure_connection">secure
+    connection</a> to your incoming POP server. You can choose one of these:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>None</strong>: &brandShortName; will use a plain connection,
+        without encryption at all. You should choose this <em>only</em> if your
+        incoming server allows password encryption or doesn&apos;t support any
+        type of security.</li>
+      <li><strong>STARTTLS</strong>: Require an encrypted connection, use the
+        <a href="glossary.xhtml#starttls">STARTTLS</a> method. This mechanism
+        will usually run on the standard POP port 110.</li>
+      <li><strong>SSL/TLS</strong>: Require an encrypted connection, use the
+        POP-over-SSL method. The default port for this is 995.
+      </li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Authentication method</strong>: Choose one of the available
+    options to use <a href="glossary.xhtml#secure_authentication">secure
+    authentication</a> with your incoming POP server. You can choose one of
+    these:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Normal password</strong>: &brandShortName; will send your
+        password as clear text, without encryption at all. This option is
+        safe when SSL/TLS or STARTTLS is used.</li>
+      <li><strong>Password, transmitted insecurely</strong>: Same as
+        <q>Normal password</q> but only available when a connection security
+        of <q>None</q> is selected and hence is unsafe. Do <em>not</em> choose
+        this unless your incoming server doesn&apos;t support any type of
+        security at all.</li>
+      <li><strong>Encrypted password</strong>: Require the encryption of the
+        user&apos;s credentials as supported by the server, such as
+        <a href="glossary.xhtml#cram_md5">CRAM-MD5</a> or APOP. This option is
+        safe to use even if the connection security setting is <q>None</q>, but
+        only the password would be secured in this way, not any content.</li>
+      <li><strong>Kerberos / GSSAPI</strong>: Choose this option if your
+        computer is set up for secure authentication using
+        <a href="glossary.xhtml#kerberos">Kerberos</a>. You may need to
+        acquire a Kerberos ticket by using a separate program, or it may be
+        assigned to you when logging into your computer.</li>
+      <li><strong>NTLM</strong>: Choose this option if your computer is set up
+        for secure authentication using an <a href="glossary.xhtml#ntlm">NT
+        LAN Manager</a>. In general, Kerberos should be preferred over NTLM as
+        it provides for a higher level of security.</li>
+      <li><strong>TLS Certificate</strong>: Choose this option to use
+        <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate-based_authentication">certificate-based
+        authentication</a> on a connection with SSL/TLS or STARTTLS enabled,
+        without the need to provide any password for authentication.</li>
+    </ul>
+    If you are unsure which options are supported by your server, contact your
+    service provider or system administrator.
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Check for new messages at startup</strong>: Choose this setting
+    if you want Mail &amp; Newsgroups to automatically check this account for
+    new messages whenever you start Mail &amp; Newsgroups. For POP accounts,
+    Mail &amp; Newsgroups doesn&apos;t download the new messages until you
+    click Get Msgs on the Mail toolbar.</li>
+  <li><strong>Check for new messages every [__] minutes</strong>: Choose this
+    setting to automatically check for new messages, and then specify the
+    number of minutes between mail checks. If you do not select this setting,
+    you can check for new messages at any time by clicking Get Msgs in the Mail
+    window.</li>
+  <li><strong>Automatically download any new messages</strong>: Choose this
+    setting if you want Mail &amp; Newsgroups to retrieve messages immediately
+    each time it checks the server.</li>
+  <li><strong>Fetch headers only</strong>: Choose this setting if you want to
+    only download the headers instead of entire messages when downloading new
+    mail. This option requires your POP server to support the <q>TOP</q>
+    command. Most recent POP servers support it, but if you are unsure about
+    your server, contact your service provider or system administrator.</li>
+  <li><strong>Leave messages on server</strong>: Choose this setting to store a
+    copy of messages on the mail server in addition to downloading them to your
+    computer.
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>For at most [__] days</strong>: Choose this setting to remove
+        messages from the server automatically after the number of days you
+        enter here.</li>
+      <li><strong>Until I delete them</strong>: Choose this setting to remove
+        messages from the server once you delete them.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Empty Trash on Exit</strong>: Choose this setting to empty the
+    Trash folder whenever you quit Mail &amp; Newsgroups.</li>
+  <li><strong>Advanced</strong>: Lets you choose where new messages should be
+    put. You can also set the server to be queried when checking for new
+    messages.</li>
+  <li><strong>Local directory</strong>: The location on your hard disk where
+    mail for this account is stored.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="news_server_settings">News Server Settings</h3>
+
+<p>This section describes how to change news server settings. If you are not
+  already viewing news server settings, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+    see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Select the account name and click the Server Settings category. (If you
+    chose a newsgroup server when you set up this account, you see your
+    newsgroup server settings.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Server Type</strong>: The server type (NNTP) that you specified
+    when you created this account.</li>
+  <li><strong>Server Name</strong>: The server name that you specified when you
+    created this account. If you are having problems receiving messages from
+    this account, verify with your service provider or system administrator
+    that the server name you entered is correct.</li>
+  <li><strong>Port</strong>: Unless otherwise instructed to do so by your
+    service provider or system administrator, leave this setting
+    unchanged.</li>
+  <li><strong>Connection security</strong>: Choose <q>SSL/TLS</q> if your
+    news server is configured to send and receive encrypted messages, or
+    <q>None</q> if it doesn&apos;t support it. If you are unsure, contact
+    your service provider or system administrator.</li>
+  <li><strong>Check for new messages at startup</strong>: Choose this setting
+    to automatically check for new messages when you first open the Mail &amp;
+    Newsgroup component of &brandShortName;.</li>
+  <li><strong>Check for new messages every [__] minutes</strong>: Choose this
+    setting to automatically check for new messages, and then specify the
+    number of minutes between mail checks. If you do not select this setting,
+    you can check for new messages at any time by clicking Get Msgs in the Mail
+    window.</li>
+  <li><strong>Ask me before downloading more than [__] messages</strong>:
+    Choose this setting to conserve disk space and download time, by setting a
+    limit for the number of messages you can retrieve at one time.</li>
+  <li><strong>Always request authentication when connecting to this
+    server</strong>: Some servers allow you to talk to them without logging in,
+    but will silently hide all the <em>private</em> groups/postings unless you
+    are logged in. Choose this setting to force &brandShortName; to
+    authenticate each time it connects to this server even when the server
+    doesn&apos;t ask (also called <q>Pushed Authentication</q>).</li>
+  <li><strong>newsrc file</strong>: The path to the newsrc file is mostly
+    displayed for your information. The newsrc file stores information about
+    the newsgroups to which you are subscribed and the messages you have read
+    in each newsgroup.</li>
+  <li><strong>Local directory</strong>: The location on your hard disk where
+    mail for this account is stored.</li>
+  <li><strong>Default Character Encoding</strong>: Click this drop-down list to
+    select the character encoding you want Mail &amp; Newsgroups to use as the
+    default for incoming newsgroup messages. This is recommended if it&apos;s
+    likely you might receive messages in which the character encoding (MIME
+    charset) is not indicated, such as when reading messages in international
+    newsgroups.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="copies_and_folders">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings - Copies
+  &amp; Folders</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes the settings for sending automatic copies, for
+  storing copies of outgoing messages, for storing message drafts and message
+  templates, and where to move archived messages.</p>
+
+<p>By default, &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups stores copies of your
+  outgoing messages in the Sent folder for the current account.
+  &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups also stores message drafts in the
+  Drafts folder, message templates in the Templates folder, and moves archived
+  messages into the Archives folder for the current account.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the settings for Copies &amp; Folders, begin
+  from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+    see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Select the account, and click Copies &amp; Folders. You see the Copies
+    &amp; Folders panel.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Place a copy in</strong>: Select this option to store copies of
+    your outgoing mail and newsgroup messages after they have been sent. By
+    default, the copies are placed in the Sent folder of this account.
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>&quot;Sent&quot; Folder on</strong>: Select the Sent folder
+        of an account or the Local Folders to place the copy in.</li>
+      <li><strong>Other Folder</strong>: Select any folder of any account or
+        the Local Folders to place the copy in.</li>
+      <li><strong>Place replies in the folder of the message replied
+        to</strong>: Select this option for a different handling of replies
+        in mail accounts. If the message sent is a reply to another message,
+        the copy is put into the folder of the original message rather than
+        following the selections made above.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Cc these email addresses</strong>: Select whether you want to
+    always send a carbon copy (cc) to another addressee, and enter the address.
+    If you want to always send a carbon copy to yourself, just add your address
+    to this list. Separate addresses with commas (,).</li>
+  <li><strong>Bcc these email addresses</strong>: Select whether you want to
+    always send a blind carbon copy (bcc) to another addressee, and enter the
+    address. If you want to always send a blind carbon copy to yourself, just
+    add your address to this list. Separate addresses with commas (,).</li>
+  <li><strong>Keep message drafts in</strong>: Select where to store message
+    drafts. If you don&apos;t want to use the default Drafts folder for the
+    current account, select the Drafts folder of a different account or the
+    Local Folders, or click Other Folder and then choose any account and folder
+    for storing drafts.</li>
+  <li><strong>Keep message archives in</strong>: Select where to move archived
+    messages to. If you don&apos;t want to use the default Archives folder for
+    the current account, select the Archives folder of a different account or
+    the Local Folders, or click Other Folder and then choose any account and
+    folder for archiving messages.</li>
+  <li><strong>Keep message templates in</strong>: Select where to store
+    message templates. If you don&apos;t want to use the default Templates
+    folder for the current account, select the Templates folder of a different
+    account or the Local Folders, or click Other Folder and then choose any
+    account and folder for storing templates.</li>
+  <li><strong>Show confirmation dialog when messages are saved</strong>: Choose
+    this option if you want Mail &amp; Newsgroups to display a confirmation
+    dialog box when you save a draft message or a template. If checked, a
+    dialog box will appear when you save a draft or template to remind you
+    where &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups is saving the draft or
+    template.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="addressing">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings - Composition &amp;
+  Addressing</h2>
+
+<p>You use Composition settings to choose how to format text, handle replies,
+  and how a signature you defined is included.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the Composition settings, begin from the Mail
+  window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+    see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Select the account and click the Composition &amp; Addressing
+    category.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Compose messages in HTML format</strong>: Use the HTML editor as
+    the default editor for writing mail and newsgroup messages. Leave this item
+    unchecked to use the plain-text editor by default. HTML messages can
+    include formatted text, links, images, and tables, just like a web page.
+    However, some recipients may not be able to receive HTML messages.
+
+    <p><strong>Tip</strong>: If you only want to use an editor occasionally,
+      you can hold down the Shift key while clicking the Compose or the Reply
+      button to switch to the non-default on an as-needed basis.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Automatically quote the original message when replying</strong>: 
+    Select this to include the original message text in your reply. Use the 
+    drop-down list to select if the cursor should be positioned below or above
+    the quoted text. You can also choose the quoting to be automatically
+    selected.
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>and place my signature</strong>: This drop-down list lets you
+        choose where you want your signature to be placed. It&apos;s only
+        applicable if you decided to <a href="#account_settings">attach a
+        signature</a> and to place the cursor above the quoted text.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Include signature for replies</strong>: If you have created a
+    signature, select this option to include it in your reply to a message.
+    The signature is added according to your settings for quote and signature
+    placement.</li>
+  <li><strong>Include signature for forwards</strong>: If you have created a
+    signature, select this option to include it when you forward a message.
+    The signature is placed according to your reply settings when
+    <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#composition">forwarding inline</a>.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>You use Addressing settings to override the global LDAP server settings
+  specified for all <a
+  href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#addressing_preferences">address books</a> in
+  the Preferences dialog box. LDAP server settings affect the behavior of
+  <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#address_autocompletion">address
+  autocompletion</a>, and you can change these settings for each account if
+  necessary.</p>
+
+<p>Address autocompletion uses your address books to find matching entries when
+  you type email addresses in the addressing area of the Compose window.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the Addressing settings, begin from the Mail
+  window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+    see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Select the account and click the Composition &amp; Addressing
+    category.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Automatically append my domain to addresses</strong>: Select
+    this if you want Mail &amp; Newsgroups to automatically complete
+    addresses you type with the domain from your account&apos;s address.</li>
+  <li><strong>Use my global LDAP server preferences for this account</strong>:
+    This is the default. Select this if you don&apos;t want to override the
+    global LDAP server preferences for this account.</li>
+  <li><strong>Use a different LDAP server</strong>: Select this option and then
+    choose another LDAP server from the list if you want to use a different
+    LDAP directory server for address autocompletion with this account. If
+    necessary, click Edit Directories to edit individual directory server
+    settings, add a directory server, or delete a directory server. For more
+    information, see <a
+    href="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#adding_and_removing_ldap_directories">Adding
+    and Removing LDAP Directories</a>.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>The directory you select will also be searched for matching certificates
+  when you attempt to send an encrypted message to one or more recipients for
+  whom you don&apos;t have certificates on file.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="synchronization_and_storage">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings -
+  Synchronization &amp; Storage</h2>
+
+<p>Synchronization &amp; Storage settings let you conserve disk space or set
+  up an account so that you can use it while offline (disconnected from the
+  Internet). The settings available depend on the mail server type (IMAP, POP,
+  or News) associated with the account.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#synchronization_and_storage_settings_imap">Synchronization
+      &amp; Storage Settings (IMAP)</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#disk_space_settings_pop">Disk Space Settings (POP)</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#disk_space_settings_blogs">Disk Space Settings
+      (Blogs)</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#synchronization_and_storage_settings_nntp">Synchronization
+      &amp; Storage Settings (News)</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#retention_policy">Common Retention Policy Settings</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="synchronization_and_storage_settings_imap">Synchronization &amp;
+  Storage Settings (IMAP)</h3>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the synchronization and storage preferences
+  for an IMAP account, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+    see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Choose the Synchronization &amp; Storage category for an IMAP
+    account.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Keep messages for this account on this computer</strong>: Select
+    this option so that messages in your folders will be available when you
+    are working offline. This setting also applies to any new folders
+    created or subscribed to.</li>
+  <li><strong>Advanced</strong>: Click to open a dialog to select the
+    folders that you want to make available for offline use. See <a
+    href="mailnews_offline.xhtml#selecting_items_for_offline_viewing">Selecting
+    Items for Offline Viewing</a> for more information.
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: While the default setting can be overridden for
+      an individual folder, those per-folder settings are <em>removed</em>
+      whenever the <q>Keep messages for this account</q> box is toggled.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Synchronize all messages locally regardless of age</strong>:
+    When synchronization is enabled for an account or a folder, <em>all</em>
+    messages are downloaded and local copies of them kept on disk, unless
+    a size limit is specified.</li>
+  <li><strong>Synchronize the most recent [__] [days]</strong>: Only copies of
+    messages younger than the specified number of days (weeks, months, years)
+    are kept locally for synchronization, after that they are removed from the
+    offline storage. This does <em>not</em> affect the originals on the server,
+    only the local copies are removed if the given age is reached.</li>
+  <li><strong>Don't download messages larger than [__] KB</strong>: Select this
+    option to conserve disk space by preventing large messages from being
+    downloaded. Enter the maximum size for downloaded messages. Changing
+    this option does <em>not</em> affect messages that have already been
+    downloaded.</li>
+  <li>The <a href="#retention_policy">retention settings</a> can be used to
+    free up space by deleting old messages. Note that these settings apply
+    to <em>both</em> local copies and their originals on the server.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="disk_space_settings_pop">Disk Space Settings (POP)</h3>
+
+<p>Messages from POP accounts are fully downloaded to your local machine unless
+  you have enabled the <q>Fetch headers only</q> setting. This section
+  describes how you can save disk space for a POP account. If your account has
+  the <q>Fetch headers only</q> setting enabled, then these Disk Space
+  preferences are ignored. If you are not already viewing the Disk Space
+  preferences for a POP account, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<p>Begin from the Mail window.</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu, choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+    see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Click the Disk Space category for a POP account.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Messages larger than [__] KB</strong>: Select this option to
+    conserve disk space by preventing large messages from being downloaded.
+    Enter the maximum size for downloaded messages.</li>
+  <li>The <a href="#retention_policy">retention settings</a> can be used to
+    free up space by deleting old messages. Note that these settings apply
+    to <em>both</em> local copies and their originals on the server.
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: If your POP account is set up to use a Global
+      Inbox, the retention period settings of the target Inbox apply.</p>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="disk_space_settings_blogs">Disk Space Settings (Blogs)</h3>
+
+<p>Messages from blogs &amp; news feeds accounts are only stored in your local
+  machine in their short form, ie. the article summary, regardless of whether
+  your settings are to show the full articles by default. Still, there are
+  options to control how much disk space is used by your blogs &amp; news feeds
+  account. If you are not already viewing the Disk Space preferences for a
+  blogs &amp; news feeds account, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<p>Begin from the Mail window.</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu, choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+    see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Click the Disk Space category for a blogs &amp; news feeds account.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>There, you can specify which messages should be deleted to recover disk
+  space:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Don&apos;t delete any messages</strong>: Select this option to
+    keep all messages forever. Keep in mind that, if you are subscribed to very
+    high-traffic blogs, this will increase the occupied disk space steadily and
+    could eventually fill up your hard disk.</li>
+  <li><strong>Delete all but the most recent [____] messages</strong>: Select this
+    option to keep in each feed only a maximum number of messages. Enter the
+    maximum number of messages (being 1,000 by default).</li>
+  <li><strong>Delete messages more than [__] days old</strong>: Select this
+    option to keep in each feed only messages that are not older than the number
+    of days you enter here (being 30 days by default).</li>
+  <li><strong>Always keep flagged messages</strong>: Check this option to
+    save (not delete) flagged messages, regardless of its age.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="synchronization_and_storage_settings_nntp">Synchronization &amp;
+  Storage Settings (News)</h3>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the offline and disk space settings for a
+  News account, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu, and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings.
+    You see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Choose the Synchronization &amp; Storage category for a News account.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Select newsgroups for offline use</strong>: Click to select the
+    newsgroups that you want to make available for offline use. See <a
+    href="mailnews_offline.xhtml#selecting_items_for_offline_viewing">Selecting
+    Items for Offline Viewing</a> for more information.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>The following settings help to save disk space and download time. Specify
+  which messages you don&apos;t want to download locally:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Read messages</strong>: Select this option to only download
+    message bodies from messages you haven&apos;t already read.</li>
+  <li><strong>Messages larger than [__] KB</strong>: Select this option to
+    conserve disk space by preventing large messages from being downloaded.
+    Enter the maximum size for downloaded messages.</li>
+  <li><strong>Messages more than [__] days old</strong>: Select this option to
+    only download messages that are not older than the number of days you enter
+    here.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="retention_policy">Common Retention Policy Settings</h3>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; can automatically delete old messages for you. You
+  can configure this process with the options listed below
+  <strong>To recover disk space, old messages can be permanently
+  deleted</strong>:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Don't delete any messages</strong>: Keep all messages. Never
+    delete messages automatically based on their age.</li>
+  <li><strong>Delete all but the most recent [__] messages</strong>: Enter the
+    number of messages to keep. With this setting only messages older than these
+    messages are deleted.</li>
+  <li><strong>Delete messages more than [__] days old </strong>:
+    Keep all messages that arrived within the given number of days.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>With the following settings you can further constrain the three options to
+  delete messages automatically. This is especially useful in combination with
+  the option to keep all messages.</p> 
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Always keep flagged messages</strong>: Use this option to deny
+    &brandShortName; to delete any messages you have flagged.</li>
+  <li><strong>Remove bodies from message more than [__] days old</strong>:
+    Select this option to retain all headers but to delete message bodies that
+    are older than the number of days you specify here (news accounts only).
+    Any option to delete the entire message based on age still applies.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>This policy can be overridden for an individual folder in the Folder
+  Properties, Retention Policy tab.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note:</strong> If message synchronization is enabled (for IMAP), or
+  messages are left on the server (for POP accounts), the settings apply to
+  <em>both</em> local copies and their originals on the server.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="junk_settings">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings - Junk
+  Settings</h2>
+  
+<p>This section describes how to use the account junk settings. If
+  you are not currently viewing the Junk Settings, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu, and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings.
+    You see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Click the Junk Settings category for your mail account.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>You use the Junk Settings panel to define your account-specific settings
+  for the adaptive mail filter. Global junk settings are changed under
+  <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#junk_and_suspect_preferences">Mail &amp;
+  Newsgroups Preferences - Junk &amp; Suspect Mail</a>.</p>
+  
+<ul>  
+  <li><strong>Enable adaptive junk mail controls for this account</strong>:
+    Toggle this option to activate or deactivate junk mail classification.</li>
+  <li><strong>Do not mark mail as junk if the sender is in [the address
+    book chosen from all your address books available in the drop down
+    box]</strong>:
+    Choose this option to prevent messages from people you know inadvertently
+    classified as junk mail.</li>
+  <li><strong>Trust junk mail headers set by [an external junk filter
+    like Spam Assassin or Spam Pal]</strong>: Choose this option if you want to
+    trust the junk classification of external filter programs.</li>
+  <li><strong>Move new junk messages to</strong>:
+    Check this option to automatically move messages flagged as Junk to a
+    special folder.
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong><q>Junk</q> folder on [account]</strong>: Select this to use
+        the default Junk folder.</li>
+      <li><strong>Other: [account]</strong>: Select this to choose your own
+        custom-named junk folder.</li>
+      <li><strong>Automatically delete junk messages older than [__] days from
+        this folder</strong>: If you are confident old messages classified as
+        junk are indeed junk mail, check this option to automatically delete
+        old junk messages after a grace period.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="return_receipts">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings - Return
+  Receipts</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Return Receipts account settings. If
+  you are not currently viewing the Return Receipts settings, follow these
+  steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu, and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings.
+    You see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Click the Return Receipts category for your mail account.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>You use the Return Receipts settings to define return receipt settings for
+  outgoing messages from this mail account. You also use the Return Receipt
+  settings to specify how to manage requests you receive for return receipts.
+  These settings override global return receipt preferences you specified using
+  <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#return_receipts_preferences">Mail &amp;
+  Newsgroups Preferences - Return Receipts</a>.</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Use my global return receipt preferences for this
+    account</strong>: By default, this account uses the return receipt
+    preferences specified by <a
+    href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#return_receipts_preferences">Mail &amp;
+    Newsgroups Preferences - Return Receipts</a>.</li>
+  <li><strong>Customize return receipts for this account</strong>: Lets you
+    change the return receipt preferences for this account.
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>When sending messages, always request a return
+        receipt</strong>: Enables automatic return receipt requests for all
+        outgoing messages from this mail account.</li>
+      <li><strong>Leave it in my Inbox</strong>: Return receipt
+        confirmation messages are delivered to the Inbox for this account.
+
+        <p><strong>Tip</strong>: Choose this option if you want to use a
+          filter that automatically moves return receipt confirmation
+          messages to a folder you specify. For information on creating and
+          using filters, see <a
+          href="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#creating_message_filters">Creating
+          Message Filters</a>.</p>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Move it to my Sent Mail folder</strong>: Incoming return
+        receipt confirmation messages are moved to the Sent mail folder for
+        this account.</li>
+      <li><strong>Never send a return receipt</strong>: Choose this option if
+        you do not want to send a return receipt in response to requests for
+        return receipts from others.</li>
+      <li><strong>Allow return receipts for some messages</strong>: Choose how
+        you want to respond to requests you receive for return receipts.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="security">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings - Security</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to configure the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account
+  Settings that control mail message security. Before you do so, however, you
+  must obtain one or more mail certificates. For details, see
+  <a href="mailnews_security.xhtml">Signing &amp; Encrypting
+  Messages</a>.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the Security settings for your mail account,
+  begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account
+    Settings.</li>
+  <li>Click Security under the name of the mail account whose security settings
+    you want to configure.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#about_certificates">About Certificates</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#digital_signing">Digital Signing</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#encryption">Encryption</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="about_certificates">About Certificates</h3>
+
+<p>The main purpose of the Security panel in Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account
+  Settings is to select two certificates:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>The email certificate you want to use for signing mail messages you send
+    to other people.</li>
+  <li>The email certificate you want other people to use when they encrypt
+    messages they send to you.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Depending on the policies of the
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</a>
+  that issues your certificate(s), you can use one certificate for both
+  purposes or two different certificates. Even if you use just one, you must
+  specify it twice, once for digital signing and once for encryption.</p>
+
+<p>The certificates you select here are included with every signed message you
+  send. These certificates allow your recipients to verify your digital
+  signature and to encrypt messages that they send to you.</p>
+
+<h3 id="digital_signing">Digital Signing</h3>
+
+<p>You use the Digital Signing area in the <a href="#security">Security
+  panel</a> to specify how you want to sign your email messages:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Use this certificate to digitally sign messages you
+    send</strong>: If this field is empty or if it displays the wrong
+    certificate, click Select to choose from the certificates you have on
+    file.</li>
+  <li><strong>Digitally sign messages</strong>: Select this checkbox if you
+    want to digitally sign all the messages you send. (A personal certificate
+    must be specified below before you can select this checkbox.)</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Regardless of whether the <q>Digitally sign messages</q> checkbox is
+  selected here, you can change your mind before you send an individual
+  message.</p>
+
+<p>To change the digital signature setting for a message you are writing in
+  the Compose window, click the arrow below the Security icon near the top of
+  the window and select or deselect <q>Digital Sign This Message</q>. For
+  details, see <a
+  href="mailnews_security.xhtml#signing_and_encrypting_a_new_message">Signing
+  &amp; Encrypting a New Message.</a></p>
+
+<h3 id="encryption">Encryption</h3>
+
+<p>You use the Encryption area in the <a href="#security">Security panel</a> to
+  specify how you routinely want to use encryption when sending your
+  messages:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Use this certificate to encrypt &amp; decrypt messages sent to
+    you</strong>: If this field is empty or if it displays the wrong
+    certificate, click Select to choose from the certificates you have on
+    file.</li>
+  <li><strong>Never</strong>: Select this option if you never want to use
+    encryption, or only occasionally.</li>
+  <li><strong>Required</strong>: Select this option if you always want to use
+    encryption. If you don&apos;t have all the necessary certificates, the
+    message won&apos;t be sent unless you explicitly turn off encryption for
+    that message only.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Regardless of which encryption option you select, you can change your mind
+  before you send an individual message.</p>
+
+<p>To change the encryption setting for a message you are writing in the
+  Compose window, click the arrow below the Security icon near the top of the
+  window and choose the encryption setting you want. For details, see <a
+  href="mailnews_security.xhtml#signing_and_encrypting_a_new_message">Signing
+  &amp; Encrypting a New Message.</a></p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="local_folders">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings - Local
+  Folders</h2>
+
+<p>Local Folders is the account where &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+  saves any messages that you send while working offline. Messages you send
+  while working offline are saved in the Unsent Messages folder under Local
+  Folders. Any folders you create under the Local Folders account reside on
+  your hard disk, so Local Folders is a good place to save messages that you
+  want to keep.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the Local Folders settings, begin from the
+  Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+    see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Select the Local Folders category.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Account Name</strong>: The name associated with the Local Folders
+    account.</li>
+  <li><strong>Local directory</strong>: The location on your hard disk where
+    mail for this account is stored.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning
+  of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="outgoing_server">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings - Outgoing
+  Server (SMTP)</h2>
+
+<p>The outgoing server will transport your outgoing mail to the intended
+  recipients.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the Outgoing Server (SMTP) settings, begin
+  from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click on any Mail window.</li>
+  <li>From the Edit menu, choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings.</li>
+  <li>Select Outgoing Server (SMTP) and either edit an existing server or
+      add a new one. If you are not sure which option to choose, check with
+      your ISP or system administrator)<br/>
+      You can choose from these servers via the Outgoing Server dropdown in
+      the <a href="#account_settings">Identity Settings</a>.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Description</strong>: A short freetext description of that server
+    configuration. This will show up as first part in the server list.</li>
+  <li><strong>Server name</strong>: The SMTP server that will deliver your
+    outgoing mail. To use a different SMTP server, change this field.</li>
+  <li><strong>Port</strong>: The port on which the SMTP server will be
+    connected. By default it holds the standard port for the specified
+    encryption. Change it if the mail server is listening for connections
+    on a non-standard port.</li>
+  <li><strong>Connection security</strong>: Choose one of the available options
+    to establish a <a href="glossary.xhtml#secure_connection">secure
+    connection</a> to your outgoing SMTP server. You can choose one of these:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>None</strong>: &brandShortName; will use a plain connection,
+        without encryption at all. You should choose this <em>only</em> if your
+        outgoing server allows password encryption, doesn&apos;t support any
+        type of security at all, or if no authentication is required to send
+        messages.</li>
+      <li><strong>STARTTLS</strong>: Require an encrypted connection, use the
+        <a href="glossary.xhtml#starttls">STARTTLS</a> method. This mechanism
+        will usually run on the standard SMTP-submission port 587 or the
+        generic port 25.</li>
+      <li><strong>SSL/TLS</strong>: Require an encrypted connection, use the
+        SMTP-over-SSL (also known as SMTPS) method. The default port for this
+        is 465.</li>
+    </ul>
+    If you make a choice for which your server is not configured, you will
+    get an error message when sending mail.
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Authentication method</strong>: Choose one of the available
+    options to use <a href="glossary.xhtml#secure_authentication">secure
+    authentication</a> with your incoming SMTP server. You can choose one of
+    these:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>No authentication</strong>: Neither a user name nor a
+        password will be sent to the server. This option may be chosen if
+        the SMTP server is in a local network or if other means are provided
+        to authenticate the user, such as <q>POP before SMTP</q>.</li>
+      <li><strong>Normal password</strong>: &brandShortName; will send your
+        password as clear text, without encryption at all. This option is
+        safe when SSL/TLS or STARTTLS is used.</li>
+      <li><strong>Password, transmitted insecurely</strong>: Same as
+        <q>Normal password</q> but only available when a connection security
+        of <q>None</q> is selected and hence is unsafe. Do <em>not</em> choose
+        this unless your outgoing server doesn&apos;t support any type of
+        security at all.</li>
+      <li><strong>Encrypted password</strong>: Require the encryption of the
+        user&apos;s credentials as supported by the server, such as
+        <a href="glossary.xhtml#cram_md5">CRAM-MD5</a>. This option is safe
+        to use even if the connection security setting is <q>None</q>, but
+        only the password would be secured in this way, not any content.</li>
+      <li><strong>Kerberos / GSSAPI</strong>: Choose this option if your
+        computer is set up for secure authentication using
+        <a href="glossary.xhtml#kerberos">Kerberos</a>. You may need to
+        acquire a Kerberos ticket by using a separate program, or it may be
+        assigned to you when logging into your computer.</li>
+      <li><strong>NTLM</strong>: Choose this option if your computer is set up
+        for secure authentication using an <a href="glossary.xhtml#ntlm">NT
+        LAN Manager</a>. In general, Kerberos should be preferred over NTLM as
+        it provides for a higher level of security.</li>
+    </ul>
+    If you are unsure which options are supported by your server, contact your
+    service provider or system administrator.
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>User Name</strong>: The user name that you specified when you
+    created this account. Not available if <q>No authentication</q> is
+    selected.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0c3e04de32
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,572 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Using Address Books</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css"
+      type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+<h1 id="using_address_books">Using Address Books</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#about_address_books">About Address Books</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#adding_entries_to_your_address_books">Adding Entries to Your
+      Address Books</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#creating_a_new_address_book">Creating a New Address
+      Book</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#creating_a_new_address_book_card">Creating a New Address Book
+      Card</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#creating_a_mailing_list">Creating a Mailing List</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#editing_a_mailing_list">Editing a Mailing List</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#searching_address_books_and_directories">Searching Address
+      Books and Directories</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#importing_address_books">Importing Address Books</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#exporting_address_books">Exporting Address Books</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#adding_and_removing_ldap_directories">Adding and Removing
+      LDAP Directories</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="about_address_books">About Address Books</h2>
+
+<p>Address books store email addresses and contact information for people you
+  typically send mail to, such as colleagues, friends, and family.
+  &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups provides you with two address books:
+  the Personal Address Book and the Collected Addresses&mdash;and you can
+  create additional address books as well. You can also import address books
+  from other mail programs and previous versions of &brandShortName;. The
+  contents of these address books are stored locally on your hard disk.</p>
+
+<p>Your address book may also list email addresses from an LDAP directory,
+  which is located on an LDAP directory server. The directory server stores
+  email addresses of people that are not included in your locally-stored
+  address books. The Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) is an
+  industry-standard method for accessing Internet or intranet directory
+  services such as corporate address books.</p>
+
+<h4>Personal Address Book</h4>
+
+<p>Use the Personal Address Book to add specific names of your choice. You can
+  create mailing lists and edit individual address entries.</p>
+
+<h4>Collected Addresses</h4>
+
+<p>By default, the Collected Addresses automatically collects the email
+  addresses contained in outgoing mail messages. Addresses from outgoing
+  messages are stored in the Collected Addresses as soon as you click Send.</p>
+
+<h4>LDAP Directory (if available)</h4>
+
+<p>An LDAP directory (also known as an address lookup service) stores email
+  addresses of recipients who are not in your locally-stored address books.
+  LDAP directories offer you access to large, centrally maintained databases
+  of email addresses, which is especially useful with
+  <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#address_autocompletion">address
+  autocompletion</a>.</p>
+
+<p>Automatic address collection is enabled by default. To change automatic
+  address collection settings, begin in the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, click Addressing. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to expand the
+    list.)</li>
+  <li>Under Email Address Collection, select <q>Add email addresses to my</q>
+    and choose whether you want:
+    <ul>
+      <li>Personal Address Book.</li>
+      <li>Collected Addresses.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<h4>Opening the Address Book Window</h4>
+
+<p>To open the Address Book window:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Open the Window menu and choose Address Book, or click the Address Book
+    icon in the lower-left corner of any &brandShortName; window.
+
+    <table>
+      <tr>
+        <td colspan="2"><img src="images/taskbar-ab.png" alt=""/></td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+        <td style="width: 80px;"></td>
+        <td><strong>Address Book icon</strong></td>
+      </tr>
+    </table>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<h4>Changing the Address Book Window Display</h4>
+
+<p>To customize how the Address Book window and the cards are displayed:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Window menu and choose Address Book. You see the Address Book
+    window.</li>
+  <li>In the Address Book window, open the View menu and choose from the
+    following display options:
+    <ul>
+      <li>Choose Show/Hide, and then select the item you wish to uncheck (hide)
+        or check (show).</li>
+      <li>Choose Show Name As, and then select how you want card names
+        displayed (first/last, last/first, or Display Name).</li>
+      <li>Choose Sort by, and then select a sort option.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="adding_entries_to_your_address_books">Adding Entries to Your Address
+  Books</h2>
+
+<p>You can use any of the following ways to add entries to your address
+  books:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click a name in the From or recipient fields (for example, To or Cc) in a
+    message you&apos;ve received, and then select <q>Add to Address Book</q>
+    from the drop-down list.</li>
+  <li>In the Address Book window, click New Card to create a new address book
+    card.</li>
+  <li>Send a message, which automatically adds the recipient&apos;s address
+    to your address book (if enabled).</li>
+  <li>In the Address Book window, copy entries to another address book by
+    selecting the entries and dragging them over the name of the address book
+    you want to copy them to.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="creating_a_new_address_book">Creating a New Address Book</h2>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups provides a default personal address
+  book, but you can create additional address books.</p>
+
+<p>To create a new address book:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click the Address Book icon in the lower-left corner of any
+    &brandShortName; window, or open the Window menu and choose Address Book.
+    You see the Address Book window.
+
+    <table>
+      <tr>
+        <td colspan="2"><img src="images/taskbar-ab.png" alt=""/></td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+        <td style="width: 80px;"></td>
+        <td><strong>Address Book icon</strong></td>
+      </tr>
+    </table>
+  </li>
+  <li>In the Address Book window, open the File menu, choose New, and choose
+    Address Book. You see the New Address Book dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Type the name of the new address book, and click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="creating_a_new_address_book_card">Creating a New Address Book Card</h2>
+
+<p>Address book cards can be used to store names, postal addresses, email
+  addresses, phone numbers, and information such as whether the addressee
+  prefers to receive plain-text or HTML-formatted messages.</p>
+
+<p>To create an address book card for an individual:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click the Address Book icon on the status bar or open the Window menu and
+    choose Address Book.</li>
+  <li>Click New Card. (If you have multiple address books, select the one to
+    which you want to add a card.)</li>
+  <li>Each New Card dialog box has three tabs:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Contact</strong>: Enter the following information:
+        <ul>
+          <li>First and Last (first and last name of person as you want it to
+            appear in the address book).</li>
+          <li>Display name (the name that appears in the <q>To</q> field of the
+            Compose window).</li>
+          <li>Nickname (a shortcut or alias for the real name).</li>
+          <li>Email address (primary and additional address).</li>
+          <li>Prefers to receive messages formatted as: If you know this
+            recipient can read HTML-formatted messages (such as messages that
+            include links, images, or tables), choose HTML. If this recipient
+            can only read messages sent as plain text (no formatting), then
+            choose Plain Text. If you don&apos;t know or are not sure, choose
+            Unknown. If you choose Unknown, &brandShortName; Mail &amp;
+            Newsgroups determines the sending format based on the Mail &amp;
+            Newsgroups Send Format settings in the Preferences dialog box. If
+            Mail &amp; Newsgroups still can&apos;t determine the correct
+            format, Mail &amp; Newsgroups will prompt you to choose a sending
+            format when you send the message.</li>
+          <li>Allow remote images in HTML mail: If you want to allow this
+            sender to have remote content they send you displayed in your
+            message window.</li>
+          <li>Screen name (the AIM contact name).</li>
+          <li>Phones (enter phone numbers for this person)</li>
+        </ul>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Address</strong>: Type additional information such as street
+        address, phone number, and URL.
+
+        <p><strong>Tip</strong>: If you enter address information,
+          &brandShortName; displays a Get Map button next to the address when
+          you view this entry&apos;s address book card in your address book.
+          Clicking the Get Map button displays a web page that contains a map
+          to the address.</p>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Other</strong>: Store any additional information you
+        want.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly add entries to your address book, click any
+  email address in messages you receive and select Add to Address Book from the
+  drop-down list. The New Card dialog box appears where you can complete the
+  information.</p>
+
+<h3 id="viewing_or_editing_card_properties">Viewing or Editing Card
+  Properties</h3>
+
+<p>To view or edit the properties for an individual card:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select the card from the list of entries in the Address Book window.</li>
+  <li>Click Properties.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="creating_a_mailing_list">Creating a Mailing List</h2>
+
+<p>If you regularly send messages to a group of recipients, you can quickly
+  address a message by using a mailing list that contains the names you
+  want.</p>
+
+<p>To create a mailing list and add it to your address book:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the Address Book window, click New List.</li>
+  <li>Enter the following information in the Mailing List dialog box:
+    <ul>
+      <li>Click the drop-down list at <q>Add to</q> to choose an address book
+        in which to store the list.</li>
+      <li>List name: When you enter the list name in the <q>To</q> field of a
+        message, everyone on the list receives your message.</li>
+      <li>List nickname: Alias (or shortcut) for the list name.</li>
+      <li>Description: Appears after the list name in the address line of
+        the Compose window.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Type email addresses to add them to the mailing list.</li>
+  <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>In the left side of the Address Book window, the mailing list appears
+  underneath the address book you added it to.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="editing_a_mailing_list">Editing a Mailing List</h2>
+
+<p>Mailing lists are stored in the address book in which you created them.</p>
+
+<p>To remove a member from the list, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Window menu and choose Address Book.</li>
+  <li>Expand the address book containing your mailing list by clicking the
+    small triangle beside the address book title.</li>
+  <li>Highlight the mailing list by clicking its name. The list members appear
+    to the right of the mailing list name.</li>
+  <li>Click the entry you wish to delete.</li>
+  <li>Click the Delete button.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To add members to a mailing list:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open Window menu and choose Address Book.</li>
+  <li>Expand the address book containing your mailing list by clicking the
+    small triangle beside the address book title.</li>
+  <li>Highlight the mailing list by clicking its name.</li>
+  <li>Click Properties.</li>
+  <li>Add or remove entries as necessary.</li>
+  <li>Click OK when you are done.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="searching_address_books_and_directories">Searching Address Books and
+  Directories</h2>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups lets you quickly search an address
+  book or directory by name or email address, or use a combination of criteria
+  to perform a more specific search through an address book or directory.</p>
+
+<p>To quickly search an address book or directory for a name or email address,
+  begin from the Address Book window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the Address Book window, in the list of address books, select the
+    address book or directory that you want to search.</li>
+  <li>In the <q>Name or Email contains</q> field, type the name or email
+    address that you want to find. You can type only part of the name or email
+    address, or you can type the exact text that you want to find.
+
+    <p>As soon as you stop typing, &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+      displays only those entries where the name or email address contains the
+      search text you entered.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click Clear to erase the search text and show all entries.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<h3 id="searching_for_specific_entries">Searching for Specific Entries</h3>
+
+<p>You can search address books or directories for specific entries. If you are
+  not already viewing the Advanced Address Book Search dialog box, begin from
+  the Address Book window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Search Addresses. You see the Advanced
+    Address Book Search dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Next to <q>Search in</q>, choose the address book or directory through
+    which you want to search.</li>
+  <li>Select the matching option Mail &amp; Newsgroups uses to search for
+    entries either that match all or at least one of the conditions (criteria)
+    that you choose.</li>
+  <li>Click More to add criteria and Fewer to remove them.</li>
+  <li>Click Search to begin, or click Clear to reset your entries. The search
+    results appear in lower part of the dialog box.</li>
+  <li>To sort the entries in a different order, click the column that you want
+    to sort by.</li>
+  <li>To view the card for an entry, select the entry and click
+    Properties.</li>
+  <li>To compose a message to selected recipients, select one or more entries
+    and click Compose.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="importing_address_books">Importing Address Books</h2>
+
+<p>If you have a &brandShortName; address book from another user profile or
+  computer, or if you have an address book from another mail program, you can
+  import its entries into the Address Book window as a new address book. Keep
+  in mind that when you upgrade a user profile from an earlier version of
+  &brandShortName;, your address books are automatically included, so
+  there&apos;s no need to import them.</p>
+
+<p>You can import address books from Netscape 6, Netscape 7, Eudora, Outlook,
+  Outlook Express, or text files (LDIF, tab-delimited (.tab), comma-separated
+  (.csv), or text (.txt) formats). When you import an address book, Mail &amp;
+  Newsgroups creates a new address book with the imported entries.</p>
+
+<p>You can also
+  <a href="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#importing_mail_from_other_programs">import
+  mail messages and settings</a> from Communicator, Eudora, Outlook, and
+  Outlook Express.</p>
+
+<p>To import an address book, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Tools menu, and choose Import. You see the Mail Import
+    Wizard.</li>
+  <li>Follow the instructions to import address books.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="exporting_address_books">Exporting Address Books</h2>
+
+<p>You can export a &brandShortName; address book if you later want to import
+  it into another user profile, move it to another computer, or use it with
+  another program that can import address books. You can export an address
+  book to one of these file formats: &brandShortName; (.ldif), tab-delimited
+  (.tab), comma-separated (.csv), or text (.txt) formats.</p>
+
+<p>To export an address book, begin from the Address Book window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select the address book that you want to export.</li>
+  <li>Open the Tools menu, and choose Export.</li>
+  <li>In the Export Address Book dialog box, browse to the location where you
+    want to save the address book file.</li>
+  <li>Choose the file format for the exported address book (.ldif,
+    comma-separated, or tab-delimited).</li>
+  <li>Enter a name for the address book file. Be sure to include the
+    appropriate file extension (.ldif, .csv, .tab, or .txt).</li>
+  <li>Click Save.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="adding_and_removing_ldap_directories">Adding and Removing LDAP
+  Directories</h2>
+
+<p>Adding an LDAP directory to your address book allows you to search the
+  directory for email addresses and other contact information. You can also use
+  the directory for address autocompletion when addressing mail messages.</p>
+
+<p>You typically add or remove LDAP directories using instructions provided by
+  your system administrator. Check with your system administrator for the
+  information you will need in order to add a new directory to your address
+  book.</p>
+
+<p>To add a new directory, begin from the Address Book window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the File menu, and choose New, and then choose LDAP Directory. You
+    see the Directory Server Properties dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Type the following information in the Directory Server Properties dialog
+    box General tab:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Name</strong>: Enter the name of the directory service (for
+        example, InfoSpace Directory).</li>
+      <li><strong>Host Name</strong>: Enter the name of the host name server,
+        such as ldap.infospace.com.</li>
+      <li><strong>Base DN</strong>: This setting is used to set the Base
+        distinguished name. Enter codes to restrict searching to a specific
+        country or organization. For example, c=JP restricts the search to
+        Japan only. Base DN also specifies the organization to search on
+        within the directory (for instance, o=Netscape Communications
+        Corporation, c=US).</li>
+      <li><strong>Port Number</strong>: Enter the port number for the LDAP
+        server. The default is 389.</li>
+      <li><strong>Bind DN</strong>: The distinguished name that is used to
+        authenticate (log in) to the LDAP server. If left blank, the LDAP
+        server binds anonymously.</li>
+      <li><strong>Use secure connection (SSL)</strong>: Choose this setting
+        if your LDAP server supports secure (encrypted) connections. If you are
+        unsure, contact your system administrator.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click the Advanced tab to configure LDAP directory server settings.</li>
+  <li>Type the following information:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Don&apos;t return more than _ results</strong>: This setting
+        lets you limit the number of autocompletion matches returned by the
+        directory server. Enter the maximum number of email address matches
+        to display for autocompletion.</li>
+      <li><strong>Scope</strong>: Defines the limits of the search. Choose one
+        of the following:
+        <ul>
+          <li><strong>One Level</strong>: Retrieves matching entries by
+            searching the base DN and one level below the base DN.</li>
+          <li><strong>Subtree</strong>: Retrieves matching entries by searching
+            the base DN in addition to all levels below the base DN. This is
+            the least restrictive search.</li>
+        </ul>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Search filter</strong>: Enter the search filter to apply to
+        matching results that are within the specified scope of the
+        search.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK to close the Directory Server Properties dialog box.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The directory you added appears in the list of address books in the Address
+  Book window.</p>
+
+<p>To delete a directory:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences. You see the
+    Preferences dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, select Addressing. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+  <li>Under Address Autocompletion on the right side of the dialog box, click
+    Edit Directories.</li>
+  <li>In the LDAP Directory Servers dialog box, select the directory that you
+    want to delete and click Delete.</li>
+  <li>Click OK, then click OK again to close the Preferences dialog box.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>For information on downloading or synchronizing a directory for offline use
+  so that you can search it or use it for address book autocompletion while
+  working offline, see
+  <a href="mailnews_offline.xhtml#downloading_directory_entries_for_offline_use">Downloading
+  Directory Entries for Offline Use</a>.</p>
+
+<h3 id="directory_server_settings">Directory Server Settings</h3>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the Directory Server Settings dialog box,
+  begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Window menu, and choose Address Book.</li>
+  <li>In the list of address books, select a directory.</li>
+  <li>Click Properties.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>General Tab</strong></p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Name</strong>: The name of the directory service (for example,
+    InfoSpace Directory).</li>
+  <li><strong>Host Name</strong>: The name of the host name server, such as
+    ldap.infospace.com.</li>
+  <li><strong>Base DN</strong>: The Base Distinguished Name. Codes entered here
+    restrict searching to a specific country or organization. For example, c=JP
+    restricts the search to Japan only. Base DN also specifies the organization
+    to search on within the directory (for instance, o=Netscape Communications
+    Corporation, c=US).</li>
+  <li><strong>Port Number</strong>: Enter the port number for the LDAP server.
+    The default is 389.</li>
+  <li><strong>Bind DN</strong>: The distinguished name that is used to
+    authenticate (log in) to the LDAP server. If left blank, the LDAP server
+    binds anonymously.</li>
+  <li><strong>Use secure connection (SSL)</strong>: Choose this setting if your
+    LDAP server supports secure (encrypted) connections. If you are unsure,
+    contact your system administrator.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Advanced Tab</strong></p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Don&apos;t return more than _ results</strong>: This setting lets
+    you limit the number of autocompletion matches returned by the directory
+    server. Specify the maximum number of email address matches to display for
+    autocompletion.</li>
+  <li><strong>Scope</strong>: Defines the limits of the search:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>One Level</strong>: Retrieves matching entries by searching
+        the base DN and one level below the base DN.</li>
+      <li><strong>Subtree</strong>: Retrieves matching entries by searching the
+        base DN in addition to all levels below the base DN. This is the least
+        restrictive search.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Search filter</strong>: Specifies the search filter to apply to
+    matching results that are within the specified scope of the search.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d96199b4e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,388 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Getting started with Blogs &amp; News Feeds</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css"
+      type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+<h1 id="getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Getting
+  started with Blogs &amp; News Feeds</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#subscribing_to_blogs_and_news_feeds">Subscribing to blogs
+      &amp; news feeds</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#subscribing_to_blogs_and_news_feeds_from_browser">Subscribing
+      to blogs &amp; news feeds from a browser window</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#reading_blogs_and_news_feed_messages">Reading blogs &amp;
+      news feeds messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#posting_blog_messages">Posting blog messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#adding_comments_to_a_blog_post">Adding comments to a blog
+      post</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#exporting_and_importing_feeds">Exporting and importing
+      feeds</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#editing_a_feed">Editing a feed</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#removing_a_feed">Removing a feed</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#using_different_blogs_and_news_feeds_accounts">Using
+      different blogs &amp; news feeds accounts</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#organizing_your_feeds">Organizing your feeds</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="subscribing_to_blogs_and_news_feeds">Subscribing to blogs &amp; news
+  feeds</h2>
+
+<p>If you have set up a
+  <a href="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts">Blogs
+  &amp; News account</a>, you can subscribe to Blogs &amp; News feeds.</p>
+
+<p>To subscribe to a feed, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li id="getting_into_the_feed_subscriptions_dialog">Get into the Feed
+    Subscriptions dialog. There are several ways to do this:
+    <ul>
+      <li>In the accounts pane, click your desired Blogs &amp; News Feeds
+        account to manage, then click in the Manage Subscriptions in the right
+        pane.</li>
+      <li>In the accounts pane, click your desired Blogs &amp; News Feeds
+        account to manage, or a feed inside it, then open the File menu and
+        choose Subscribe.</li>
+      <li>In the accounts pane, <strong>right click</strong> your desired Blogs
+        &amp; News Feeds account to manage and choose Subscribe...</li>
+      <li>Open the Edit menu and select the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account
+        Settings option. In the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog,
+        click on a Blogs &amp; News Feeds account main section, and then
+        click the Manage Subscriptions... button.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Once in the Feed Subscriptions dialog, click the Add button. The Feed
+    properties dialog will appear.</li>
+  <li>Type (or copy and paste) the feed URL into the Feed URL field.</li>
+  <li>Click <q>Store articles in</q> dropdown list to choose the item list
+    where you want the articles to be stored. This allows you to merge
+    multiple feeds in one list item.</li>
+  <li>Set <q>Show the article summary instead of loading the web page</q> to
+    display a brief summary that blog feeds usually include for each article.
+    
+    <p><strong>Tip:</strong> Showing the article summary reduces the bandwidth
+      traffic and is faster, since the summary is already downloaded when the
+      feed is checked for new items. However, if you usually are interested in
+      the full article, you will save time by unchecking this option.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK to confirm the feed addition.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="subscribing_to_blogs_and_news_feeds_from_browser">Subscribing to blogs
+  &amp; news feeds from a browser window</h2>
+
+<p>While browsing the web using &brandShortName;, you may find the Feed
+  discovery icon (<img src="chrome://communicator/skin/icons/feedIcon.png"
+  style="width: 16px; height: 16px;" />) while visiting a web page. You
+  can click on it to see a list of available feeds and choose one to get it
+  added to your first Blogs &amp; News Feeds account.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="reading_blogs_and_news_feed_messages">Reading blogs &amp; news feeds
+  messages</h2>
+
+<p>When you open your Blogs &amp; News account, you see the list of feeds to
+  which you subscribed. &brandShortName; checks and downloads every feed for
+  new messages.</p>
+
+<p>To read blogs &amp; news messages, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Double-click a blogs &amp; news account to see its feeds. (If there are
+    no feeds, you may need to subscribe to one.)</li>
+  <li>Click a feed name to see its messages.</li>
+  <li>Click a message to read it. The header will show the original URL of the
+    article, which you can click to open a browser window with the
+    corresponding webpage.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Depending on your settings for the Blogs &amp; News account and each
+  individual feed, the message will be shown in its summarized view or the
+  full view. You can change it by choosing the menu option View, and then Feed
+  Message Body As. You can then select one of these options:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Web Page</strong>: Select this to show the full web page of this
+    message.</li>
+  <li><strong>Summary</strong>: Select this to show the summarized, short
+    version of this message.</li>
+  <li><strong>Default format</strong>: Select this to show the article in its
+    default format, as specified in the feed options or, otherwise, the Blogs
+    &amp; News account.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="posting_blog_messages">Posting blog messages</h2>
+
+<p>To post a blog message, you need an account in the corresponding blog. Also,
+  there is no standardized way to post blog messages, so you won&apos;t
+  normally be able to post messages from &brandShortName; Mail component.
+  Instead, you will need to open a browser window, log in to your blog account
+  and use the web interface.</p>
+ 
+<p>Some blog systems, however, allow posting blog messages by sending an email
+  message to a specific address. You will need to find out if your blog service
+  implements this feature, and the correct email address to use.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="adding_comments_to_a_blog_post">Adding comments to a blog post</h2>
+
+<p>Since there is no standardized way to add comments to a blog post, you will
+  usually need to open a browser window and use the web interface.</p>
+ 
+<p>Some blog systems, however, allow adding comments by sending an email
+  message to a specific address. You will need to find out if the blog service
+  implements this feature, and the correct email address to use.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="exporting_and_importing_feeds">Exporting and importing feeds</h2>
+
+<p>If you have set up a
+  <a href="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts">Blogs
+  &amp; News account</a>, you can export or import Blogs &amp; News feed
+  collections using the OPML format (Outline Processor Markup Language).</p>
+
+<p>To export the feeds in your selected blogs &amp; news account, begin from
+  the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the accounts pane, click your desired Blogs &amp; News account to
+    manage, or a feed inside it.</li>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Subscribe (or use any other of the
+    <a href="#getting_into_the_feed_subscriptions_dialog">available methods</a>.
+    to access to the Feed Subscriptions dialog box).</li>
+  <li>In the Feed Subscriptions dialog, click the Export button. The Export
+    feeds as an OPML file dialog will appear.</li>
+  <li>Select the directory and filename to save the OPML file, and click
+    Save.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To import the feeds in your selected blogs &amp; news account, begin from
+  the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the accounts pane, click your desired Blogs &amp; News account to
+    manage, or a feed inside it.</li>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Subscribe (or use any other of the
+    <a href="#getting_into_the_feed_subscriptions_dialog">available methods</a>.
+    to access to the Feed Subscriptions dialog box).</li>
+  <li>In the Feed Subscriptions dialog, click the Import button. The Select
+    OPML file to import dialog will appear.</li>
+  <li>Select the directory and filename to load the OPML file, and click
+    Save.</li>
+  <li>All the feeds defined in the OPML file will be added to your blogs &amp;
+    feeds account.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="editing_a_feed">Editing a feed</h2>
+
+<p>If you want to change the properties of one of the feeds in your blogs &amp;
+  news account, you can edit it.</p>
+
+<p>To edit a feed in your selected blogs &amp; news account, begin from the
+  Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the accounts pane, click your desired Blogs &amp; News account to
+    manage, or a feed inside it.</li>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Subscribe (or use any other of the
+    <a href="#getting_into_the_feed_subscriptions_dialog">available methods</a>.
+    to access to the Feed Subscriptions dialog box).</li>
+  <li>In the Feed Subscriptions dialog, click on a feed in the feed list. You
+    may need to expand the folders in the feed list to see each individual
+    feed.</li>
+  <li>Click the Edit button. The Feed properties dialog will appear.</li>
+  <li>You can change where you want the articles to be stored clicking the
+    <q>Store articles in</q> dropdown list.</li>
+  <li>You may mark <q>Show the article summary instead of loading the web
+    page</q> to display a brief summary that blog feeds usually include for
+    each article.
+    
+    <p><strong>Tip:</strong> Showing the article summary reduces the bandwidth
+      traffic and is faster, since the summary is already downloaded when the
+      feed is checked for new items. However, if you usually are interested in
+      the full article, you will save time by unchecking this option.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK to confirm the changes.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="removing_a_feed">Removing a feed</h2>
+
+<p>If you no longer want to follow one of the feeds in your blogs &amp; news
+  account, you can remove it.</p>
+
+<p>To remove a feed in your selected blogs &amp; news account, begin from the
+  Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the accounts pane, click your desired Blogs &amp; News account to
+    manage, or a feed inside it.</li>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Subscribe (or use any other of the
+    <a href="#getting_into_the_feed_subscriptions_dialog">available methods</a>.
+    to access to the Feed Subscriptions dialog box).</li>
+  <li>In the Feed Subscriptions dialog, click on a feed in the feed list. You
+    may need to expand the folders in the feed list to see each individual
+    feed.</li>
+  <li>Click the Remove button. You will be asked to confirm the deletion of the
+    feed.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note:</strong> don&apos;t confuse a feed with a folder in a Blogs
+  &amp; News account. Removing a feed doesn&apos;t delete the folder in which
+  the feed articles are stored, and thus, such articles will stay in the folder
+  until you delete either the whole folder or the articles themselves. To get
+  a better understanding, see <a href="#organizing_your_feeds">Organizing your
+  feeds</a> later in this section.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="using_different_blogs_and_news_feeds_accounts">Using different blogs
+  &amp; news feeds accounts</h2>
+
+<p>A single blogs &amp; news feeds account can contain any number of feeds in
+  it, so you don&apos;t strictly need more than one blogs &amp; news feeds
+  account. However, you may want to create several blogs &amp; news feeds
+  accounts. Some reasons to do that are:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>You can use different accounts to categorize your feeds. For example, you
+    can create an account named <q>Mozilla News</q> to put in it all your
+    feeds related to Mozilla, and another one named <q>Today Headlines</q> to
+    put in it all your feeds with general news.</li>
+  <li>If you have several accounts, each one can have different settings. This
+    way, you can choose, for example, different time intervals for each account
+    (and, therefore, their feeds.)</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="organizing_your_feeds">Organizing your feeds</h2>
+
+<p>The default operation mode when adding a feed to a Blogs &amp; News Feeds
+  account in &brandShortName; is to create a folder and a feed inside it.
+  However, &brandShortName; allows you a great deal of flexibility. This section
+  helps you to better organize your feeds:</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#feeds_vs_folders">Feeds versus folders</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#organizing_folders_in_blogs_and_news_feeds_accounts">Organizing
+      folders in Blogs &amp; News Feeds accounts</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#downloading_multiple_feeds_in_a_single_folder">Downloading
+      multiple feeds in a single folder</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#moving_a_feed_to_another_folder">Moving a feed to another
+      folder</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="feeds_vs_folders">Feeds versus folders</h3>
+
+<p>Blogs &amp; News Feeds accounts are organized through two main concepts:
+  <strong>feeds</strong> and <strong>folders</strong>.</p>
+  
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Feeds</strong> are sources for articles/posts. They provide
+    the means to get new articles from blogs. You subscribe to feeds.</li>
+  <li><strong>Folders</strong> in Blogs &amp; News Feeds accounts work pretty
+    much like in any other account type. Folders store articles/posts you got
+    through the feeds.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>You use the Feed Subscriptions dialog to tell &brandShortName; which feed
+  messages are downloaded in which folders. As feeds provide new articles and
+  folders provide the store to put such articles, you will want to have them
+  connected, usually linking a feed to a folder. However, keep in mind that
+  removing a feed will not automatically delete the associated folder, nor
+  will remove the articles/posts from the removed feed, since they are
+  stored into the folder.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_feeds">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="organizing_folders_in_blogs_and_news_feeds_accounts">Organizing folders
+  in Blogs &amp; News Feeds accounts</h3>
+
+<p>You can create, rename, move or copy folders in Blogs &amp; News Feeds
+  accounts just like with any other account type. See
+  <a href="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#creating_a_folder">Creating a folder</a>,
+  <a href="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#renaming_a_folder">Renaming a folder</a>
+  and <a href="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#moving_or_copying_a_folder">Moving or
+  copying a folder</a> for more details.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_feeds">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="downloading_multiple_feeds_in_a_single_folder">Downloading multiple
+  feeds in a single folder</h3>
+
+<p>You may want to use a single folder to store articles/items coming from
+  more than one feed. To do this, you just need to add additional feeds in
+  that folder. Begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the accounts pane, click your desired Blogs &amp; News Feeds account
+    to manage, or a feed inside it.</li>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Subscribe (or use any other of the
+    <a href="#getting_into_the_feed_subscriptions_dialog">available methods</a>.
+    to access to the Feed Subscriptions dialog box).</li>
+  <li>In the Feed Subscriptions dialog, click in the desired folder, then click
+    the Add button. The Feed properties dialog will appear.</li>
+  <li>Type (or copy and paste) the feed URL in the Feed URL field.</li>
+  <li>Click OK to confirm the feed addition.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_feeds">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="moving_a_feed_to_another_folder">Moving a feed to another folder</h3>
+
+<p>You can move a feed from a folder to another one using any of these
+  methods:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Drag &amp; drop a feed while inside the Feed Subscriptions window.</li>
+  <li><a href="#editing_a_feed">Edit the feed</a> to change in what folder it
+    downloads articles/items.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Remember that moving the feed doesn&apos;t move
+  existing articles from the folder in which they have been
+  downloaded.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_feeds">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_getting_started.xhtml b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_getting_started.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1bf3aee643
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_getting_started.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,391 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Using &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css"
+      type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<div class="boilerPlate">This document is provided for your information only.
+  It may help you take certain steps to protect the privacy and security of
+  your personal information on the Internet. This document does not, however,
+  address all online privacy and security issues, nor does it represent a
+  recommendation about what constitutes adequate privacy and security
+  protection on the Internet.</div>
+
+<h1 id="using_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups">Using &brandShortName; Mail &amp;
+  Newsgroups</h1>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups lets you conveniently manage all your
+  Internet communications from one place. You can set up and maintain multiple
+  business and personal mail accounts and Internet newsgroups, all from one
+  window &mdash; the Mail &amp; Newsgroups window.</p>
+
+<p>To start using &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click the Mail &amp; Newsgroups icon in the lower-left corner of the
+    &brandShortName; browser window.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<table>
+  <tr>
+    <td colspan="2"><img src="images/task_mail.png" alt=""/></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td style="width: 20px;"></td>
+    <td><strong>Mail &amp; Newsgroups icon</strong></td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#getting_started_with_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups">Getting
+      Started with &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#importing_mail_from_other_programs">Importing Mail from Other
+      Programs</a></li>
+    <li><a href="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#reading_messages">Reading
+      Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#sending_messages">Sending
+      Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#creating_html_mail_messages">Creating
+      HTML Mail Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#using_attachments">Using
+      Attachments</a></li>
+    <li><a href="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#deleting_messages">Deleting
+      Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml">Using Address Books</a></li>
+    <li><a href="mailnews_organizing.xhtml">Organizing Your Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#controlling_junk_mail">Controlling
+      Junk Mail</a></li>
+    <li><a href="mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml">Getting Started with
+      Newsgroups</a></li>
+    <li><a href="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml">Getting Started
+      with Blogs &amp; News Feeds</a></li>
+    <li><a href="mailnews_offline.xhtml">Working Offline</a></li>
+    <li><a href="mailnews_security.xhtml">Signing &amp; Encrypting
+      Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml">Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+      Account Settings</a></li>
+    <li><a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml">Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+      Preferences</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h1 id="getting_started_with_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups">Getting Started with
+  &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#using_the_mail_account_setup_wizard">Using the Mail Account
+      Setup Wizard</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts">Setting Up
+      Additional Mail and News Accounts</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#changing_the_settings_for_an_account">Changing the Settings
+      for an Account</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="using_the_mail_account_setup_wizard">Using the Mail Account Setup
+  Wizard</h2>
+
+<p>To set up a mail, newsgroup or blogs &amp; news feeds account, first open
+  the Window menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups. If you haven&apos;t
+  already set up an account, the Account Wizard appears automatically, enabling
+  you to set up an account.</p>
+
+<p>The Account Wizard guides you through the process of creating a new account.
+  If you don&apos;t know a setting, click Cancel and ask your Internet service
+  provider (ISP) or help desk.</p>
+
+<p>If an account already exists, the Account Wizard doesn&apos;t appear
+  automatically when the Mail window opens. Instead, after opening the Mail
+  window, open the File menu and choose New, then Account. For more details,
+  see <a href="#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts">Setting Up
+  Additional Mail, News &amp; Blogs &amp; News Feeds Accounts</a>.</p>
+
+<h3 id="setting_up_mail_accounts_with_an_isp_or_email_provider">Setting Up Mail
+  Accounts with an ISP or Email Provider</h3>
+
+<p>Before you set up a mail account, your ISP or email provider should give you
+  the following information:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>your user name</li>
+  <li>your email address</li>
+  <li>the incoming and outgoing mail server names</li>
+  <li>the incoming server type (<a href="glossary.xhtml#imap">IMAP</a> or
+    <a href="glossary.xhtml#pop">POP</a>)</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Before you set up a newsgroup account, your ISP or email provider should
+  give you the following information:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>your email address</li>
+  <li>newsgroup server name</li>
+  <li>account name</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To set up a new mail, newsgroup or blogs &amp; news feeds account, begin
+  from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+    see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Click Add Account to start the Account Wizard.
+
+    <p>The information requested by the Account Wizard depends on the type of
+      new account you specify in its first window. The boldface headings that
+      follow correspond to the windows you&apos;ll see when you&apos;re setting
+      up an ISP or email provider account.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>New Account Setup</strong>: Choose the type of account you want
+    to set up, then click the right arrow.</li>
+  <li><strong>Identity</strong>: Enter the name and email address appropriate
+    for this account, then click the right arrow. This window is not available
+    for the Blogs &amp; News Feeds account type.</li>
+  <li><strong>Server Information</strong>: This window is not available for
+    for the Blogs &amp; News Feeds account type.
+    <ul>
+      <li>Indicate whether you want a POP account or an IMAP account. Not all
+        service providers can support both options. For more information, see
+        <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#server_settings">Mail &amp;
+        Newsgroups Account Settings - Server Settings</a>.</li>
+      <li>Enter the name of your incoming mail server.</li>
+      <li>Check the <q>Leave messages on server</q> checkbox if you want to
+        leave messages on the server so that when you download messages, 
+        &brandShortName; does not remove the messages from the server.</li>
+      <li>If you want this account to be a part of the Local Folders Global
+        Inbox account, check the <q>Use Global Inbox</q> box. Mail for
+        this account will then be stored in your Local Folders. Otherwise, if
+        the checkbox is unchecked, mail will be stored in its own
+        directory.</li>
+      <li>Enter the name of your outgoing mail server (SMTP).
+
+        <p><strong>Note</strong>: You need to specify only one outgoing mail
+          server (SMTP), even if you have several mail accounts. The name of
+          your <a href="glossary.xhtml#smtp">SMTP</a> host may not have been
+          explicitly listed in the account setup information provided to you.
+          For example, your SMTP host may be the same as your POP or IMAP host.
+          If in doubt, contact your ISP or system administrator.</p>
+      </li>
+      <li>Click the right arrow to continue.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>User Names</strong>: Enter the incoming and outgoing user names
+    provided by your ISP or email provider, then click the right arrow. This
+    window is not available for the Blogs &amp; News Feeds account type.</li>
+  <li><strong>Account Name</strong>: Enter whatever name you want to use to
+    refer to this account, then click the right arrow.</li>
+  <li><strong>Congratulations!</strong> Verify that the information you entered
+    is correct. If necessary, verify the information you entered with your ISP
+    or system administrator. When you are sure that it&apos;s correct, click
+    Finish to set up your account.</li>
+  <li>You see your new account listed in the left side of the Mail &amp;
+    Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box. Click OK to start using your new
+    account.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>You are now ready to get messages from your account. &brandShortName; Mail
+  &amp; Newsgroups will prompt you for your password when you retrieve mail for
+  the first time every session. For detailed instructions on how to retrieve
+  mail, see <a href="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#getting_new_messages">Getting
+  New Messages</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups">Return to
+  beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts">Setting Up Additional
+  Mail and News Accounts</h2>
+
+<p>You use the Account Settings dialog box to add a new account or to change
+  information for an existing account, including:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>mail and newsgroup server settings (for example, message deletion and
+    download preferences)</li>
+  <li>storage settings for message copies and folders</li>
+  <li>your reply-to address, organization name, and signature</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To add a new account or change settings for an existing account, begin from
+  the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+    see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box. You can perform
+    these tasks:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Add Account</strong>: Click this button to set up a new mail,
+        news or blogs &amp; news feeds account. Be sure to type the account
+        information exactly as it is given to you. Move through the screens
+        with the arrows, or click Cancel to stop account creation.</li>
+      <li id="set_as_default"><strong>Set as Default</strong>: Select an
+        account, then click this button to make the selected account the
+        default one. The default account will appear at the top of your list
+        of accounts in the Mail window. The change takes effect the next time
+        you open Mail &amp; Newsgroups.
+
+        <p>The default account determines which address is filled into the
+          From: field when you compose a new mail with either no other mail or
+          news account active (i.e. Local Folders or a blogs &amp; news feeds
+          account is selected), through an external application request, or by
+          following a mailto: link.</p>
+        
+        <p><strong>Note:</strong> You can&apos;t set a blogs &amp; news feeds
+          account as default.</p>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Remove Account</strong>: Select an account, then click this
+        button to remove it completely from your Mail window.</li>
+      <li><strong>Outgoing Server (SMTP)</strong>: Click this (at the bottom of
+        the list of accounts) to modify information about the outgoing mail
+        server. See
+        <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#outgoing_server">Mail &amp;
+        Newsgroups Account Settings - Outgoing Server (SMTP)</a> for more
+        information.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click headings under any account&apos;s name and modify the corresponding
+    settings in the panel on the right.</li>
+  <li>Click OK to save your changes.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups">Return to
+  beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="changing_the_settings_for_an_account">Changing the Settings for an
+  Account</h2>
+
+<p>To view or change information for an existing mail or newsgroup account,
+  begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+    see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Click the account name in the left-hand side of the Account Settings
+    dialog box. You see information about the account, such as your email
+    address and signature, in the right side of the dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Click any of these items beneath the name of an account to see the
+    corresponding settings:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Server Settings</strong>: The settings available depend on
+        the type of server (IMAP, POP, or newsgroup server). For more
+        information, see
+        <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#server_settings">Mail &amp;
+        Newsgroups Account Settings - Server Settings</a>.
+
+        <p><strong>Important</strong>: If you need to change the server type
+          (for example, from POP to IMAP) you must first remove the existing
+          account. Next, you must exit &brandShortName; and restart it. You can
+          then reopen the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box and
+          recreate an account with the new server type by clicking Add
+          Account.</p>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Copies &amp; Folders</strong>: These settings determine
+        whether to send automatic messages (blind carbon copies) and where you
+        want to store copies of outgoing messages, message drafts, and message
+        templates. For more information, see
+        <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#copies_and_folders">Mail
+        &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings - Copies &amp; Folders</a>.</li>
+      <li><strong>Composition &amp; Addressing</strong>: These settings allow
+        you to choose your default format and quoting behavior when composing a
+        message. You can also override the global directory server settings
+        specified for all address books in the Preferences dialog box. For more
+        information, see
+        <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#addressing">Mail &amp;
+        Newsgroups Account Settings - Composition &amp; Addressing</a>.</li>
+      <li><strong>Synchronization &amp; Storage (IMAP and News accounts
+        only)</strong>: These settings apply when you are working offline
+        (disconnected from the Internet) or need to save download time and
+        conserve disk space. For more information, see
+        <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#synchronization_and_storage_settings_imap">Synchronization
+        &amp; Storage Settings (IMAP)</a> or
+        <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#synchronization_and_storage_settings_nntp">Synchronization
+        &amp; Storage Settings (News)</a>.</li>
+      <li><strong>Disk Space (POP and blogs &amp; news feeds accounts
+        only)</strong>: This setting helps you manage the amount of disk
+        space that downloaded messages take up on your hard disk. For more
+        information, see
+        <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#disk_space_settings_pop">Disk
+        Space Settings (POP)</a> or
+        <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#disk_space_settings_blogs">Disk
+        Space Settings (Blogs)</a>.</li>
+      <li><strong>Security</strong>: These settings determine which
+        <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificates</a> are used to
+        digitally sign and encrypt mail messages that you send. Digital
+        signatures allow you to identify yourself reliably to others in
+        mail messages that you send. Encryption helps ensure that your
+        messages remain private while they are in transit over the
+        Internet. For more information, see
+        <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#security">Mail &amp;
+        Newsgroups Account Settings - Security</a>.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK to save your changes.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups">Return to
+  beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="importing_mail_from_other_programs">Importing Mail from Other
+  Programs</h1>
+
+<p>This section describes how to import mail messages and settings from
+  Netscape Communicator, Outlook, Outlook Express, and Eudora. To import
+  address books from these programs, see
+  <a href="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#importing_address_books">Importing
+  Address Books</a>.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#importing_mail_messages">Importing Mail Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#importing_mail_settings">Importing Mail Settings</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="importing_mail_messages">Importing Mail Messages</h2>
+
+<p>To import mail messages from Netscape Communicator, Outlook, Outlook
+  Express, or Eudora, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Tools menu, and choose Import. You see the Import Wizard.</li>
+  <li>Follow the instructions to import mail messages.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>For Netscape Communicator, the wizard imports a copy of all Communicator
+  mail folders included under Local Folders. Imported mail is added as a new
+  folder under Local Folders in the Mail window. (The Communicator mail
+  folders still remain in their original location).</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#importing_mail_from_other_programs">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="importing_mail_settings">Importing Mail Settings</h2>
+
+<p>To import mail settings from Outlook, Outlook Express, or Eudora, begin from
+  the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Tools menu, and choose Import. You see the Import Wizard.</li>
+  <li>Follow the instructions to import mail settings.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#importing_mail_from_other_programs">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6c790958d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Getting Started With Newsgroups</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css"
+      type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+<h1 id="getting_started_with_newsgroups">Getting Started With Newsgroups</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#subscribing_to_newsgroups">Subscribing to Newsgroups</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#reading_newsgroup_messages">Reading Newsgroup
+      Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#posting_newsgroup_messages">Posting Newsgroup
+      Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#contributing_to_ongoing_discussions">Contributing to Ongoing
+      Discussions</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#monitoring_threads">Monitoring Threads</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#removing_a_newsgroup">Removing a Newsgroup</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#adding_a_newsgroup_server">Adding a Newsgroup Server</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="subscribing_to_newsgroups">Subscribing to Newsgroups</h2>
+
+<p>If you have set up an <a href="#adding_a_newsgroup_server">account</a> on a
+  newsgroup server, you can join (subscribe) to newsgroups (also called
+  discussion groups).</p>
+
+<p>To subscribe to a newsgroup, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Subscribe. You see the Subscribe dialog
+    box.</li>
+  <li>If necessary, click the Account drop-down list to choose another
+    newsgroup account.</li>
+  <li>Select a newsgroup. To select more than one newsgroup,
+    <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>-click additional
+    newsgroup.</li>
+  <li>Click Subscribe or click in the Subscribe column next to the newsgroup.
+    You see a checkmark next to each newsgroup to which you subscribe. Click
+    Unsubscribe to cancel a selection.</li>
+  <li>Click OK. The list of your subscribed newsgroups appears in the Mail
+    window.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>If you are an IMAP mail user, you can also subscribe to message folders
+  located on an IMAP server. (Your Inbox is a type of message folder.) Follow
+  the instructions above for subscribing, but select an IMAP account from the
+  Account drop-down list. For more information on sharing folders and
+  subscribing to folders, see
+  <a href="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#sharing_folders_with_other_users">Sharing
+  Folders With Other Users (IMAP Only)</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_newsgroups">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="reading_newsgroup_messages">Reading Newsgroup Messages</h2>
+
+<p>When you open your newsgroup server, you see the list of newsgroups to which
+  you subscribe. The server downloads the <em>headers</em> of new messages in
+  each newsgroup.</p>
+
+<p>To read newsgroup messages, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Double-click a newsgroup server icon to see its newsgroups. (If there are
+    no newsgroups, you may need to subscribe to one.)</li>
+  <li>Click a newsgroup name to see its messages.</li>
+  <li>Click a message to read it. Click the thread button to display all the
+    responses below the original message. You can click any header to display
+    its message. You can <a href="#posting_newsgroup_messages">start a new
+    thread</a> or <a href="#contributing_to_ongoing_discussions">post a
+    message</a> in response.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_newsgroups">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="posting_newsgroup_messages">Posting Newsgroup Messages</h2>
+
+<p>To start new threads (discussions):</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>From the list of your subscribed newsgroups in the Mail window, select a
+    newsgroup.</li>
+  <li>Click Compose.</li>
+  <li><a href="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#composing_mail_and_newsgroup_messages">Compose</a>
+    your message, and click Send to post it.</li>
+  <li>Click Get Msgs to see your posting on the newsgroup.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_newsgroups">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="contributing_to_ongoing_discussions">Contributing to Ongoing
+  Discussions</h2>
+
+<p>To post a response to the newsgroup:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the message list, select a message to reply to.</li>
+  <li>Click Reply.</li>
+  <li><a href="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#composing_mail_and_newsgroup_messages">Compose</a>
+    your message, and click Send to post it.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To reply to an individual as well as post a response to the group:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the message list, select a message to reply to.</li>
+  <li>Click Reply All.</li>
+  <li>Compose your message, and click Send to post it.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To redirect a posting to another newsgroup:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click Reply and choose <q>Followup-To</q> from the <q>Newsgroup</q>
+    drop-down list. Subsequent responses will be posted to the newsgroup you
+    enter.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_newsgroups">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="monitoring_threads">Monitoring Threads</h2>
+
+<p>To monitor unread messages in threads that are of interest to you:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select a message in a thread.</li>
+  <li>Open the Message menu, and choose Watch Thread.</li>
+  <li>If you want to monitor additional threads, repeat steps 1 and 2 for
+    messages in additional threads.</li>
+  <li>When you&apos;re ready to monitor messages in these threads, open the
+    View menu, choose Messages, and then choose Watched Threads with Unread.
+    &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups only displays the watched threads
+    that contain unread messages.</li>
+  <li>Open the View menu, choose Messages, and then choose All to return to
+    viewing all messages in the newsgroup.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To ignore a message thread:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select a message in the thread.</li>
+  <li>Open the Message menu, and choose Ignore Thread. &brandShortName; Mail
+    &amp; Newsgroups marks all messages in the thread as read, and new replies
+    posted to the thread will appear as read.</li>
+  <li>To view ignored threads, open the View menu, choose Messages, and then
+    choose Ignored Threads.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_newsgroups">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="removing_a_newsgroup">Removing a Newsgroup</h2>
+
+<p>To remove a newsgroup from your list:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Select the newsgroup icon and press Delete.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_newsgroups">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="adding_a_newsgroup_server">Adding a Newsgroup Server</h2>
+
+<p>If the newsgroup you want to subscribe to is on a different server, you must
+  first set up access to that server.</p>
+
+<p>To set up an additional newsgroup server, open the File menu in the Mail
+  window and choose New, then Account.</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Using the Account Wizard, indicate that the new account you want to set
+    up is a newsgroup account.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Once you&apos;ve set up access to the new server, you can
+  <a href="#subscribing_to_newsgroups">subscribe</a> to newsgroups on that
+  server. In the Mail window, open the File menu, and choose Subscribe.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_newsgroups">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_offline.xhtml b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_offline.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2c958051af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_offline.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,504 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Working Offline</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css"
+      type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="working_offline">Working Offline</h1>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups includes advanced features to help
+  you manage your messaging needs when you are not connected to the Internet.
+  You can download mail and news messages before going offline for later
+  reading, and you can defer sending mail messages and newsgroup posts until
+  you get back online. All of these features are explained in this
+  document.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#setting_up_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups_to_work_offline">Setting
+      Up &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups to Work Offline</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#downloading_all_messages_for_offline_use">Downloading All
+      Messages for Offline Use</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#downloading_an_individual_folder_for_offline_use">Downloading
+      an Individual Folder for Offline Use</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#downloading_selected_or_flagged_messages_for_offline_use">Downloading
+      Selected or Flagged Messages for Offline Use</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#downloading_directory_entries_for_offline_use">Downloading
+      Directory Entries for Offline Use</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#setting_up_your_accounts_for_working_offline">Setting Up Your
+      Accounts for Working Offline</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#selecting_items_for_offline_viewing">Selecting Items for
+      Offline Viewing</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#downloading_and_synchronizing_your_messages">Downloading and
+      Synchronizing Your Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#working_offline_and_reconnecting_later">Working Offline and
+      Reconnecting Later</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="setting_up_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups_to_work_offline">Setting Up
+  &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups to Work Offline</h2>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups&apos; offline feature lets you
+  download your mail and read it offline (while disconnected from the
+  Internet). If you use a dial-up (modem) connection to access your mail and
+  you want to reduce the time you are connected, or, if you need to temporarily
+  disconnect from your company&apos;s network while traveling or switching
+  locations, you can download your mail so that you can read it offline. The
+  offline feature can automatically download incoming messages and then later
+  send all your outgoing messages when you reconnect.</p>
+
+<p>Note that for POP accounts your mail is already downloaded by default, so
+  most of these offline features aren&apos;t relevant for POP accounts.</p>
+
+<p>If you occasionally want to work offline, &brandShortName; Mail &amp;
+  Newsgroups lets you easily:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Download your Inbox for offline use.</li>
+  <li>Download an individual folder for offline use.</li>
+  <li>Download only selected or flagged messages for offline use.</li>
+  <li>Download directory entries in your address book for offline use.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>If you frequently work offline, &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups also
+  lets you:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Set up one or more of your accounts for offline use.</li>
+  <li>Set offline and disk space preferences for each account.</li>
+  <li>Select the folders and newsgroups that you want to view offline.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="downloading_all_messages_for_offline_use">Downloading All Messages for
+  Offline Use</h2>
+
+<p>You can tell &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups to automatically
+  download your messages for offline use. Later, when you go back online,
+  &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups automatically synchronizes your
+  messages with the server.</p>
+
+<p>Note that the Inbox for POP accounts is downloaded by default, so this
+  section does not apply for POP accounts.</p>
+
+<p>To automatically download your messages for offline use, begin from the Mail
+  window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+    see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>In the left side of the dialog box, under the name of the account you
+    want to use offline, select Synchronization &amp; Storage. (This category
+    is not available for POP accounts.)</li>
+  <li>Check the box labeled <q>Keep messages for this account on this
+    computer</q>.</li>
+  <li>Click OK.</li>
+  <li>Click the Online/Offline indicator <img src="images/online.png" alt=""/>
+    in the lower right corner of the Mail window (to the left of the Cookie
+    icon) to go offline. You will be asked to download messages for them to be
+    available while offline. Click on <q>Download</q> to proceed.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: This setting also applies to any new folders
+  created. While the per-account setting can be overridden for an
+  <a href="#downloading_an_individual_folder_for_offline_use">individual
+  folder</a>, those per-folder settings are <em>removed</em> when the
+  <q>Keep messages</q> box is toggled.</p>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups automatically downloads all messages
+  in your Inbox so you can read and respond to them while working offline.
+  After disconnecting, &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups remains open so
+  you can continue to work with your messages.</p>
+
+<p>To reconnect to the Internet so you can work online:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click the Online/Offline indicator <img src="images/offline.png"
+    alt=""/> in the lower right corner of the Mail window (to the left of the
+    Cookie icon) to go back online.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>When you go back online, &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+  automatically synchronizes your Inbox messages with the server, by
+  replicating any changes you made while working offline.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups saves any
+  messages that you send while working offline in the Unsent Messages folder
+  under Local Folders. To have &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+  automatically send your unsent messages when you reconnect, use the
+  Preferences command on the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+  <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu to change the
+  <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#network_and_storage_preferences">offline
+  preferences</a> for all your accounts.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="downloading_an_individual_folder_for_offline_use">Downloading an
+  Individual Folder for Offline Use</h2>
+
+<p>Note that POP accounts don&apos;t allow you to manage folders on the POP
+  server, so this section does not apply to POP accounts.</p>
+
+<p>To download a specific folder for offline use, begin from the Mail
+  window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the left side of the Mail window, select the folder that you want to
+    download for offline use.</li>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu, and choose Folder Properties. You see the Properties
+    dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Click the Synchronization tab.</li>
+  <li>Check <q>Select this folder for offline use</q>.</li>
+  <li>Click Download Now if you want to immediately begin downloading the
+    folder&apos;s messages. Alternatively, you can continue working, and when
+    you are ready to go offline, proceed to the next step.</li>
+  <li>Click the Online/Offline indicator <img src="images/online.png" alt=""/>
+    in the lower right corner of the Mail window to go offline.</li>
+  <li>In the Work Offline dialog box, click Download.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups automatically downloads all messages
+  in the selected folder so you can read and respond to them while working
+  offline. After disconnecting, &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups remains
+  open so you can continue to work with your messages.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Message headers that have been downloaded for reading
+  offline display a darker gray envelope or newsgroup icon.</p>
+
+<p>To reconnect to the Internet so you can work online:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click the Online/Offline indicator <img src="images/offline.png"
+    alt=""/> in the lower right corner of the Mail window (to the left of the
+    Cookie icon) to go back online.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups automatically synchronizes the
+  offline folders with the server, by replicating any changes you made while
+  working offline.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups saves any
+  messages that you sent while working offline in the Unsent Messages folder
+  under Local Folders. When you reconnect, choose Send Unsent Messages from the
+  File menu to send all your saved messages at once. To have &brandShortName;
+  Mail &amp; Newsgroups automatically send your unsent messages when you
+  reconnect, use the Preferences command on the
+  <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span>
+  menu to change your <a
+  href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#network_and_storage_preferences">offline
+  preferences</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="downloading_selected_or_flagged_messages_for_offline_use">Downloading
+  Selected or Flagged Messages for Offline Use</h2>
+
+<p>Note that messages are downloaded by default for POP accounts. However, if
+  you have enabled the <q>Fetch headers only</q> setting in the POP account
+  settings, then only the headers will be downloaded, and you will need to use
+  the commands in this section to download the complete messages.</p>
+
+<p>To download selected messages for offline use, begin from the Mail
+  window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select a Mail or Newsgroup folder to display its messages.</li>
+  <li>Select the messages you want to download, as follows:
+    <ul>
+      <li>To select a group of adjacent messages, click the first message, and
+        then Shift-click to select the last message in the group.</li>
+      <li>To select messages anywhere in the message list, hold down the
+        <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd> key and click
+        each message.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Open the File menu, choose Offline, and then choose Get Selected Messages
+    from the submenu. &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups downloads the
+    selected messages.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To download flagged messages for offline use, begin from the Mail
+  window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select a Mail or Newsgroup folder to display its messages.</li>
+  <li>Click in the flag column of each message you want to download. A flag
+    appears where you clicked to indicate that the message has been marked. If
+    the flag column is not visible, click the Show/Hide Columns icon
+    <img src="images/columns.png" alt=""/> and select Flag from the list.</li>
+  <li>Open the File menu, choose Offline, and then choose Get Flagged Messages.
+    &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups downloads the flagged messages.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Once downloading is complete, click the Online/Offline indicator in the
+  lower right corner of the Mail window (to the left of the Cookie icon) to go
+  offline. After you disconnect, &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups remains
+  open so you can continue to work with your messages.</p>
+
+<p>Note that the <q>Get Selected Messages</q> and <q>Get Flagged Messages</q>
+  menu items are also available in the pop-up thread context menu, for faster
+  access.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Message headers that have been downloaded for reading
+  offline display a darker gray envelope or newsgroup icon.</p>
+
+<p>To reconnect to the Internet so you can work online:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click the Online/Offline indicator <img src="images/offline.png"
+    alt=""/> in the lower right corner of the Mail window to go online.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups saves any
+  messages that you sent while working offline in the Unsent Messages folder
+  under Local Folders. When you reconnect, choose Send Unsent Messages from the
+  File menu to send all your saved messages at once. To have &brandShortName;
+  Mail &amp; Newsgroups automatically send your unsent messages when you
+  reconnect, use the Preferences command on the
+  <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span>
+  menu to change your <a
+  href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#network_and_storage_preferences">offline
+  preferences</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="downloading_directory_entries_for_offline_use">Downloading
+  Directory Entries for Offline Use</h2>
+
+<p>You can download (replicate) the entries in a directory server to your
+  computer so that they are available when you work offline. Once you&apos;ve
+  downloaded directory entries, you can use the same procedure to update your
+  local copy of the entries with the latest entries on the directory
+  server.</p>
+
+<p>To download or update an address book LDAP directory for offline use:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Make sure you&apos;re online.</li>
+  <li>Open the Window menu, and choose Address Book.</li>
+  <li>In the Address Book window, select the directory that you want to
+    download (replicate).</li>
+  <li>Click Properties in the Address Book toolbar. The Directory Server
+    Properties dialog box appears.</li>
+  <li>Click the Offline tab.</li>
+  <li>Click Download Now to start copying the entries to your computer.</li>
+  <li>If prompted, enter your network user name and password, and click OK to
+    start the download.
+
+    <p>Depending on the number of directory entries, the download process may
+      take a while, so please be patient.</p>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>After the download finishes, you can work offline and search the directory
+  or use it for address autocompletion when composing messages. After
+  you&apos;ve been using your local copy of the directory for a while, you may
+  wish to update it to get the latest entries from the directory server. To
+  update your local copy, use the procedure described above.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="setting_up_your_accounts_for_working_offline">Setting Up Your Accounts
+  for Working Offline</h2>
+
+<p>To set up one or more accounts for working offline, you use the Offline and
+  Disk Space preferences in the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog
+  box. Once set, you don&apos;t need to change these preferences each time you
+  want to work offline. The offline and disk space preferences you can set for
+  an account depend on the type of account (IMAP, POP, or Newsgroup).</p>
+
+<p>Here&apos;s a summary of the steps you will follow to set up your accounts
+  for offline use:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>For each account that you want to work with while offline, use the Mail
+    &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box to set the Synchronization
+    &amp; Storage preferences for that account. You must select the items
+    (folders and newsgroups) that you want to download for offline use. See
+    <a href="#selecting_items_for_offline_viewing">Selecting Items for Offline
+    Viewing</a> for more information.
+
+    <p>Once set, you don&apos;t need to change these settings. See the sections
+      below for information on setting offline and disk space preferences for
+      <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#synchronization_and_storage_settings_imap">IMAP</a>,
+      <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#disk_space_settings_pop">POP</a>,
+      <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#disk_space_settings_blogs">Blogs</a>, and
+      <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#synchronization_and_storage_settings_nntp">Newsgroup</a>
+      accounts.</p>
+
+    <p><strong>Tip</strong>: To set the Synchronization &amp; Storage
+      preferences for the current account, open the File menu, choose Offline,
+      and then choose Offline Settings.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Open the File menu, choose Offline, and then choose Download/Sync Now
+    from the submenu.</li>
+  <li>Select the type of messages (mail or newsgroup or both) that you want to
+    download.
+
+    <p><strong>Important</strong>: You must select at least one category (mail
+      messages or newsgroup messages) in order for the download to work.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Select <q>Work offline once download and/or sync is complete</q>.</li>
+  <li>Click OK to download the selected items and then go offline. See
+    <a href="#downloading_and_synchronizing_your_messages">Downloading and
+    Synchronizing Your Messages</a> for more information.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>For subsequent offline sessions, you can skip step 1.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="selecting_items_for_offline_viewing">Selecting Items for Offline
+  Viewing</h2>
+
+<p>Before you can read mail and newsgroup messages while offline, you must
+  first select them for downloading. You can set up an entire account for
+  offline use. You can also choose which folders and newsgroups that you
+  want to use offline.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Keep in mind that selecting more items may increase
+  download time and disk space used.</p>
+
+<p>To select accounts, folders, and newsgroups for offline viewing, begin from
+  the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu, choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+    see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Choose the Synchronization &amp; Storage category for the account you
+    want to change.</li>
+  <li>Click <q>Advanced</q> to see your IMAP folders, or <q>Select newsgroups
+    for offline use</q> for your subscribed newsgroups.
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: You see only the newsgroups and folders that
+      you&apos;ve already <a
+      href="mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml#subscribing_to_newsgroups">subscribed</a>
+      to. POP accounts and local mail folders don&apos;t appear in the
+      list.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Select the items (folders, newsgroups) that you want to make available
+    for offline use.</li>
+  <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Once set, you don&apos;t need to change these settings each time you want to
+  go offline. However, if you do want to change them, you can easily do so
+  before going offline, since the same Select button is available when using
+  the <a href="#downloading_and_synchronizing_your_messages">Download and
+  Sync</a> command.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="downloading_and_synchronizing_your_messages">Downloading and
+  Synchronizing Your Messages</h2>
+
+<p>If you have already selected mail folders and newsgroups for offline use,
+  you are now ready to download and synchronize them. If you haven&apos;t yet
+  selected items to download, you can choose them before you go offline.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the Download/Sync Now dialog box, follow
+  these steps:</p>
+
+<p>To download and synchronize your messages, begin from the Mail
+ window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the File menu, choose Offline, and then choose Download/Sync
+    Now.</li>
+  <li>Select the categories (mail messages or newsgroup messages) that you want
+    to download.
+
+    <p><strong>Important</strong>: You must select at least one category (Mail
+      messages, Newsgroup messages) in order for the download to work. If the
+      checkboxes are disabled, it means that you haven&apos;t yet selected
+      items to download. Use the Select button to select items to download.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>To send messages in your Unsent Messages folder before going offline,
+    check <q>Send Unsent Messages</q>.</li>
+  <li>To go offline immediately after &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+    finishes downloading, select <q>Work offline once download and/or sync is
+    complete</q>.</li>
+  <li>To set or change the items to download, click Select. See
+    <a href="#selecting_items_for_offline_viewing">Selecting Items for Offline
+    Viewing</a> for more information. You can skip this step if you&apos;ve
+    already selected items for download.</li>
+  <li>Click OK. &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups begins downloading the
+    selected items.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>If you chose to work offline once the download completes, then
+  &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups immediately switches to offline mode.
+  Otherwise, when you are ready to go offline, click the Online/Offline
+  indicator <img src="images/online.png" alt=""/> in the lower right corner of
+  the Mail window to go offline.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="working_offline_and_reconnecting_later">Working Offline and
+  Reconnecting Later</h2>
+
+<p>To work offline and reconnect later, begin from the Mail window.</p>
+
+<p>When you are ready to work offline:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click the online/offline indicator <img src="images/online.png" alt=""/>
+    in the lower-right corner of the Mail window. Mail &amp; Newsgroups prompts
+    you to download messages, if you want, before going offline.</li>
+  <li>Click Download to download messages before going offline. If you want to
+    work offline without downloading messages, click Don&apos;t Download.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Message headers that have been downloaded for reading
+  offline display a darker gray envelope or newsgroup icon.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To set &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups&apos;
+  download behavior when going offline, open the
+  <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span>
+  menu, choose Preferences, and then under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category,
+  select Network &amp; Storage (if no subcategories are visible, double-click
+  Mail &amp; Newsgroups to expand the list). You can choose to have
+  &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups prompt you to download messages when
+  going offline, to automatically download messages, or to not download any
+  messages.</p>
+
+<p>To reconnect and synchronize your messages:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click the online/offline indicator <img src="images/offline.png"
+    alt=""/> in the lower-right corner of any &brandShortName; window.</li>
+  <li>Open the File menu, choose Offline, and then choose Download/Sync
+    Now.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups synchronizes your messages with the
+  server by replicating any changes you made while working offline.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To set &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups&apos;
+  behavior when going online, open the
+  <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span>
+  menu, choose Preferences, and then choose the Synchronization &amp; Storage
+  category. You can choose to have &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+  prompt you to send unsent messages, to automatically send unsent messages,
+  or to not send unsent messages.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_organizing.xhtml b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_organizing.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6a1c08f32d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_organizing.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,848 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Organizing Your Messages and Controlling Junk</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css"
+      type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+<h1 id="organizing_your_messages">Organizing Your Messages</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#creating_a_folder">Creating a Folder</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#renaming_a_folder">Renaming a Folder</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#moving_or_copying_a_folder">Moving or Copying a
+      Folder</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#filing_messages_in_folders">Filing Messages in
+      Folders</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#sharing_folders_with_other_users">Sharing Folders With Other
+      Users (IMAP Only)</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#tagging_messages">Tagging Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#marking_or_flagging_messages">Marking or Flagging
+      Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#using_message_views">Using Message Views</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#creating_message_filters">Creating Message Filters</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#searching_through_messages">Searching Through
+      Messages</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="creating_a_folder">Creating a Folder</h2>
+
+<p>To create a message folder, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the File menu, choose New, and then Folder. You see the New Folder
+    dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Type the name of the folder.</li>
+  <li>Click the drop-down list and choose a folder location and click OK. Your
+    new folder appears in your Mail Folders list.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="renaming_a_folder">Renaming a Folder</h2>
+
+<p>To rename an existing folder, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select the folder you want to rename.</li>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Rename Folder. You see the Rename Folder
+    dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Type the new name and click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: If you rename a folder that you&apos;ve been using to
+  store <a href="#creating_message_filters">filtered messages</a>, the filter
+  will automatically update to use the renamed folder.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="moving_or_copying_a_folder">Moving or Copying a Folder</h2>
+
+<p>You can copy a folder and its contents to another mail account, or move a
+  folder within the same mail account.</p>
+
+<p>To move or copy a folder, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select the folder you want to move or copy.</li>
+  <li>Do one of the following:
+    <ul>
+      <li>To move the folder under another folder within the same account, drag
+        the folder over the name of the other folder. The folder you moved
+        becomes a subfolder of the other folder.</li>
+      <li>To copy the folder to another account, drag the folder over the name
+        of another account.</li>
+      <li>To copy the folder under another folder in another account, drag the
+        folder over the name of another folder in another account. The folder
+        you copied becomes a subfolder of the other folder.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="filing_messages_in_folders">Filing Messages in Folders</h2>
+
+<p>You can move messages from one folder to another by using either of these
+  methods:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Select the message, click the File button on the toolbar, and choose the
+    destination folder.</li>
+  <li>Drag and drop messages into the desired folder.
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: If you drag and drop a message from an IMAP or
+      POP mail server folder to a local folder on your hard drive, the message
+      is moved to the local folder and removed from the server folder.</p>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To copy a message from one folder to another:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select the message and right-click to display the pop-up menu.</li>
+  <li>Select <q>Copy To</q> and then select the destination account and folder
+    from the drop-down list.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: Alternatively, you can copy a message between folders
+  by holding down the Shift key while dragging the message from the message
+  list over another folder.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="sharing_folders_with_other_users">Sharing Folders With Other Users
+  (IMAP Only)</h2>
+
+<p>Users with IMAP mail accounts can share mail folders with other users on the
+  same network. Sharing folders allows several users to see and work with the
+  same messages, similar to a newsgroup. To use shared folders, your IMAP mail
+  server must support Access Control List (ACL) management. Check with your
+  system administrator or help desk if you are not sure that shared folders
+  are supported by your IMAP mail server.</p>
+
+<p>To share a mail folder with other users on your network, or to view sharing
+  information for a folder, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Within an IMAP account, select a folder that you want to share, or select
+    a folder whose sharing privileges you want to view.
+
+    <p>Folders listed under Local Folders, or folders listed under a POP mail
+      account cannot be shared.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu, and choose Folder Properties.</li>
+  <li>Click the Sharing tab.</li>
+  <li>Click Privileges. You may be prompted to enter your network user name and
+    password.
+
+    <p>The Privileges button is only available if the IMAP mail server allows
+      you to set folder sharing privileges. If this button is not available,
+      you can view the folder sharing privileges for this folder but cannot
+      change them.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Follow the instructions on the screen to add users and to set their
+    folder access privileges.
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Read privileges</strong>: Users can read messages and copy
+        their contents, but they cannot modify or delete messages, or copy
+        messages into the folder. Users can flag messages as read or unread.
+        See <a href="#marking_or_flagging_messages">Marking or Flagging
+        Messages</a> for instructions on flagging messages.</li>
+      <li><strong>Read and Write privileges</strong>: In addition to Read
+        privileges, users can modify and delete messages. Users can also copy
+        or move messages into the folder.</li>
+      <li><strong>Manage privileges</strong>: In addition to Read and Write
+        privileges, users can add and remove users and change their folder
+        permissions.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK to confirm your changes.</li>
+  <li>Click OK to close the Folder Properties dialog box.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>In the list of folders for your mail account, a shared folder displays a
+  distinctive folder icon to indicate that it is shared.</p>
+
+<p>To send a message that tells others how they can subscribe to your shared
+  folder, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select the shared folder.</li>
+  <li>Right-click to display a pop-up menu, and choose Copy Folder
+    Location.</li>
+  <li>Click Compose to display a Mail compose window.</li>
+  <li>Click in the message body, open the Edit menu, and choose Paste.</li>
+  <li>Address the message, type a subject, and type the message text. Tell
+    message recipients that they can subscribe to the shared folder by clicking
+    the link you pasted into the message.
+
+    <p>Only message recipients who share the same network will be able to
+      subscribe to your shared folder.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click Send.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<h3 id="subscribing_to_a_shared_folder">Subscribing to a Shared Folder</h3>
+
+<p>Subscribing to a shared folder is similar to subscribing to a newsgroup. To
+  subscribe to a shared folder, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Subscribe. You see the Subscribe dialog
+    box.</li>
+  <li>If necessary, click the Account drop-down list to choose another IMAP
+    mail account.</li>
+  <li>Select the folder that you want to subscribe to.</li>
+  <li>Click Subscribe or click in the Subscribe column next to the folder. You
+    see a checkmark next to each folder to which you subscribe. Click
+    Unsubscribe to cancel a selection.</li>
+  <li>Click OK. The list of your subscribed folders appears in the Mail
+    window.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="tagging_messages">Tagging Messages</h2>
+
+<p>You can apply tags to messages to help you organize and prioritize them.
+  You can apply a standard color and tag text to messages, or you can create
+  your own color and tag text to suit your needs.</p>
+
+<p>One powerful way to use tags is to set up a message filter to
+  automatically tag incoming messages from a specific sender. For example,
+  you can set up a message filter so that incoming messages from your boss are
+  tagged <q>Important</q> and appear in red. See
+  <a href="#creating_message_filters">Creating Message Filters</a> for more
+  information.</p>
+
+<h3 id="applying_a_tag">Applying a Tag</h3>
+
+<p>To apply a tag to a message, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select the message you want to tag.</li>
+  <li>Open the Message menu, and choose Tag.</li>
+  <li>Choose the tag you want to apply from the list.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The message summary row changes to the color of the tag with the topmost
+  priority. To see the tag text, you must display the Tags column in the Mail
+  window.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly tag messages or remove a tag, select
+  one or more messages and press one of the number keys 1-9 on your keyboard.
+  Press 0 to remove all tags.</p>
+
+<p>To display the Tags column, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click the Show/Hide Columns icon <img src="images/columns.png" alt=""/>
+    and select Tags from the list.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Message tags apply on a per-account basis. For
+  example, if you move or copy a tagged message to another mail account, the
+  tags are not preserved. Similarly, if you forward a tagged message to
+  another recipient, the tags are not preserved. For IMAP mail accounts, if
+  your IMAP server supports user-defined keywords, message tags will persist
+  when you log in to your mail account from a different location.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="customizing_tags">Customizing Tags</h3>
+
+<p>You can customize tag colors and text and their order to suit your needs.</p>
+
+<p>To customize tags, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences. You see the
+    Preferences dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, click Tags. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to expand the
+    list.)</li>
+  <li>Edit the tag text, or replace it with your own tag text. The tag
+    can be up to 32 characters long.</li>
+  <li>To change the tag color, click the color block next to that tag and
+    select a new color.</li>
+  <li>Click the Move Up and Move Down buttons to reorder the tags. Tags at
+    the top will have higher priority when coloring messages.</li>
+  <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Your changes are immediately applied to all tagged messages in all your
+  mail accounts.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To undo all customizations and restore just the
+  default tags' text and colors, follow the steps above to display the tag
+  settings, and click Restore Defaults.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="sorting_messages_by_tags">Sorting Messages by Tags</h3>
+
+<p>To sort messages by tags, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>To display the Tags column if it is hidden, click the Show/Hide Columns
+    icon <img src="images/columns.png" alt=""/> and select Tags from the
+    list.</li>
+  <li>Click the Tags column to sort messages by tags, and within each tag
+    type, to sort messages by date.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="removing_tags">Removing Tags</h3>
+
+<p>To remove a message tag, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select one or more tagged messages.</li>
+  <li>Open the Message menu, and choose Tag.</li>
+  <li>Choose the tag you want to remove or <q>None</q> to remove all tags
+    from this message.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="marking_or_flagging_messages">Marking or Flagging Messages</h2>
+
+<p>You might want to mark a message you&apos;ve read as unread if you later
+  want to re-read the message or respond to it.</p>
+
+<p>To mark a message as unread, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select a Mail or Newsgroup folder to display its messages.</li>
+  <li>Click in the Read column of each message you want to mark as unread.
+    Messages marked as unread display a <img src="images/mail_unread.png"
+    alt=""/> symbol in the Read column. Messages marked as read display a
+    <img src="images/mail_read.png" alt=""/> symbol in the Read column. If the
+    Read column is not visible, click the Show/Hide Columns icon
+    <img src="images/columns.png" alt=""/> and select Read from the list.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<table>
+  <tr>
+    <td colspan="2"><img src="images/mail_read_column.png" alt=""/></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><strong>Read column</strong></td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>You can flag messages that you later want to download for
+  <a href="mailnews_offline.xhtml#downloading_selected_or_flagged_messages_for_offline_use">offline
+  use</a>.</p>
+
+<p>To flag messages, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select a Mail or Newsgroup folder to display its messages.</li>
+  <li>Click in the Flag column of each message you want to download. A flag
+    <img src="images/mail_flag.png" alt=""/> appears where you clicked to
+    indicate that the message has been flagged. If the Flag column is not
+    visible, click the Show/Hide Columns icon <img src="images/columns.png"
+    alt=""/> and select Flag from the list.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<table>
+  <tr>
+    <td colspan="2"><img src="images/mail_flag_column.png" alt=""/></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><strong>Flag column</strong></td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="using_message_views">Using Message Views</h2>
+
+<p>You can apply preset or custom message views to help you manage messages by
+  filtering displayed messages.</p>
+
+<p>To use a message view, open the View menu and choose Messages. Choose an
+  option from the submenu.</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>All</strong>: Choose this option to view all messages.</li>
+  <li><strong>Unread</strong>: Choose this option to view only unread
+    messages.</li>
+  <li><strong>Tags</strong>: Choose a <a href="#tagging_messages">tag</a>
+    to view tagged messages.</li>
+  <li><strong>Custom Views</strong>: Choose a custom view. By default you have
+    five preset views: <q>People I Know</q>, <q>Recent Mail</q>, <q>Last 5
+    Days</q>, <q>Not Junk</q>, and <q>Has Attachments</q>.</li>
+  <li><strong>Customize</strong>: Choose this option to view or modify
+    settings for custom views or create your own custom view.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can quickly change the message view from the View 
+  box in the Search Bar. If you do not see the Search Bar, open the View menu,
+  choose Show/Hide, and then choose Search Bar.</p>
+
+<table>
+  <tr>
+    <td colspan="2"><img src="images/mail_quicksearch.png" alt=""/></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td style="width: 80px;"></td>
+    <td><strong>Quick mail search bar</strong></td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<h3 id="creating_a_custom_view">Creating a Custom View</h3>
+
+<p>You can create custom message views to only display messages matching
+  certain criteria.</p>
+
+<p>To change or create a custom message view:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the View menu, choose Messages, and then choose Customize.</li>
+  <li>To create a new view, click New. To modify a view, select a view and
+    click Edit.</li>
+  <li>Type a name for the message view.</li>
+  <li>Select the matching option you want Mail to use: <q><em>all</em> of the
+    following</q> conditions (criteria) you choose, or <q><em>any</em> of the
+    following</q>.</li>
+  <li>Use the drop-down lists to choose the search criteria (for example,
+    <q>Subject</q>, <q>Sender</q>, <q>contains</q>, <q>doesn&apos;t
+    contain</q>) and then type the text or phrase you want to match.
+
+    <p><strong>Tip</strong>: To search for messages that contain a header not
+      listed in the first drop-down menu (for example, if you want to search
+      for messages that include the header Resent-From), choose Customize and
+      type the header you want to search for. &brandShortName; Mail &amp;
+      Newsgroups adds your custom header to the drop-down list, so you can then
+      choose it to search for matching entries. Make sure you enter the custom
+      header correctly, since Mail will only find entries that exactly match
+      what you type.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click More to add criteria and Fewer to remove them.</li>
+  <li>Click OK to confirm your settings.</li>
+  <li>Click OK in the Customize Message Views dialog box. The selected view 
+    setting applies automatically.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="creating_message_filters">Creating Message Filters</h2>
+
+<p>Message filters allow you to manage and organize your messages. You can
+  create message filters that &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups uses to
+  automatically perform certain actions on incoming messages based on criteria
+  you specify. For example, you can create a message filter that automatically
+  moves incoming messages to a particular folder. Message filters operate on a
+  per-account basis.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the Message Filters dialog box, begin from
+  the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Message Filters. You see the Message
+    Filters dialog box.</li>
+  <li>If you have multiple mail accounts, choose the one to which you want to
+    apply the filter.</li>
+  <li>Click New. You use the Filter Rules dialog box to specify the types of
+    messages to act on, and the actions you want the filter to perform.</li>
+  <li>Type a name for the filter.</li>
+  <li>Select when you want the filter to be applied. This setting enables you
+    to define some filters to be applied in an automatic way (when checking
+    mail), on demand (manually run), or both. <q>After classification</q> means
+    that junk and phishing controls will be run before applying the
+    filter.</li>
+  <li>Select the matching option you want Mail to use: <q><em>all</em> of the
+    following</q> conditions (criteria) you choose, <q><em>any</em> of the
+    following</q> conditions you choose, or <q><em>all messages</em></q>.</li>
+  <li>Use the drop-down lists to choose the search criteria (for example,
+    <q>Subject</q>, <q>Sender</q>, <q>contains</q>, <q>doesn&apos;t
+    contain</q>) and then type the text or phrase you want to match.
+
+    <p><strong>Tip</strong>: To search for messages that contain a header not
+      listed in the first drop-down menu (for example, if you want to search
+      for messages that include the header Resent-From), choose Customize and
+      type the header you want to search for. &brandShortName; Mail &amp;
+      Newsgroups adds your custom header to the drop-down list, so you can then
+      choose it to search for matching entries. Make sure you enter the custom
+      header correctly, since Mail will only find entries that exactly match
+      what you type.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click <q>+</q> to add criteria and <q>-</q> to remove them.</li>
+  <li>Use the list to choose the action you want the filter to perform on the
+    messages (for example, Move Message To). Use <q>+</q> and <q>-</q> to add
+    or remove additional actions.
+
+    <p><strong>Tip</strong>: To automatically tag incoming messages, choose
+      <q>Tag Message</q> from the drop-down list.</p>
+
+    <p><strong>Tip</strong>: Message filters are applied one after another. It
+      could be that you don&apos;t want all filters to be run if one or more
+      messages match some conditions. For instance, you may want to tag all
+      messages from your boss&apos;s email address as <q>Important</q>, and
+      you may want all messages containing the word <q>Memorandum</q> in their
+      subject to be moved to a folder named <q>Pending Reads</q>, but you
+      don&apos;t want any message from your boss to be moved to another folder,
+      even if it contains <q>Memorandum</q> in the subject. So the first
+      message filter you define should match your boss&apos;s email address,
+      and would contain two actions: <q>Tag Message</q> as <q>Important</q> and
+      <q>Stop Filter Execution</q>.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>If you have chosen <q>Move</q> or <q>Copy</q> message to a folder, then
+    select a destination folder in which to store the messages, or create a
+    new folder.</li>
+  <li>Click OK to confirm your settings.</li>
+  <li>To run filters on existing messages in a folder, select the folder
+    in the bottom dropdown list and click the <q>Run Now</q> button.</li>
+  <li>Click OK in the Message Filters dialog box. The filter begins filtering
+    incoming messages as soon as you click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: You can also run message filters manually at any
+  time. In the Mail window, choose Tools, and then select Run Filters on Folder
+  to apply filters to the current folder, or Run Filters on Message to apply
+  filters to the selected message (if any).</p>
+
+<p>To manage your filters, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Message Filters. You see the Message
+    Filters dialog box.</li>
+  <li>If you have multiple mail accounts, choose the one to which you want to
+    apply the filter.</li>
+  <li>Choose from the following:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>To turn a filter on or off</strong>: Click the checkbox to
+        the right of the filter name to enable it, or click it again to turn it
+        off.</li>
+      <li><strong>To edit a filter</strong>: Select the filter name and click
+        Edit (or double-click the filter name). Use the Filter Rules dialog box
+        to make your changes.</li>
+      <li><strong>To delete a filter</strong>: Select the filter name and click
+        Delete.</li>
+      <li><strong>To change the order in which filters are applied</strong>: In
+        the filter list, click a filter&apos;s name, and click <q>Move Up</q>
+        or <q>Move Down</q> to move it.
+
+        <p><strong>Note</strong>: Filters are applied to each incoming message
+          in the order you choose, until a filter action results in the message
+          being deleted or moved from the Inbox folder.</p>
+      </li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK when you are done managing your filters. If you created a new
+    filter, it begins filtering incoming messages as soon as you click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: If you delete a folder that you&apos;ve been using to
+  store filtered messages, the filter will no longer work. Incoming messages
+  that match the filter criteria will appear in your Inbox. If you rename or
+  move the folder, the filter will automatically update to use the renamed or
+  moved folder.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: If you have existing messages that you want to move to
+  another folder, use the Run Filters on Messages option in the Tools menu.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="filtering_messages_from_a_specific_sender">Filtering Messages From a
+  Specific Sender</h3>
+
+<p>You can quickly create a filter for messages from a particular sender. For
+  example, if you want to automatically move all incoming messages from your
+  child&apos;s teacher into a folder called <q>School</q>, you can quickly set
+  up a filter to do this.</p>
+
+<p>To create a filter for messages from a specific sender, begin from the Mail
+  window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select a message from a specific sender.</li>
+  <li>Open the Message menu and choose Create Filter From Message. Or, in the
+    message header pane, right click the sender name and choose Create Filter
+    From.</li>
+  <li>You see the Filter Rules dialog box. Using the sender&apos;s email
+    address, &brandShortName; prefills the filter matching criteria and the
+    filter action (Move Message to). You can change or add new rules to the
+    matching criteria.</li>
+  <li>Choose a destination folder in which to store the incoming messages from
+    the specified sender, or create a new folder. You can also choose other
+    actions for this filter, or change the default one.</li>
+  <li>Note that, if you leave the filter name empty, &brandShortName; will
+    provide a name for it based on the first criterion.</li>
+  <li>Click OK to confirm your settings. You see the
+    <a href="#creating_message_filters">Message Filters</a> dialog box, where
+    you can create, delete, or edit message filters.</li>
+  <li>Click OK. The filter begins filtering incoming messages from the
+    specified sender as soon as you click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="searching_through_messages">Searching Through Messages</h2>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups lets you quickly find text in a
+  single message, search messages by subject or sender, or use a combination of
+  criteria to perform a thorough search through all messages in a specific mail
+  folder, newsgroup, or account.</p>
+
+<p>To locate text in a single message, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select the message, open the Edit menu, and choose Find in This
+    Message.</li>
+  <li>Type the text that you want to locate in the dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Click Find to locate the first occurrence of the text.</li>
+  <li>Continue clicking Find to locate additional occurrences, or click Cancel
+    when you are done.</li>
+  <li>Choose Find Again from the Edit menu to continue searching for the text
+    throughout the rest of the message.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To quickly search for messages in a selected folder by subject or sender,
+  begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>To the right of <q>Subject or Sender contains:</q>, type the subject text
+    or sender name that you want to find. You can type only part of the subject
+    or sender, or you can type the exact word or name that you want to find.
+
+    <p>As soon as you stop typing, &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+      displays only those messages in the selected folder where the subject or
+      sender contains the search text you entered.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click Clear to erase the search text and show all messages in the
+    selected folder.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<h3 id="searching_for_specific_messages">Searching for Specific Messages</h3>
+
+<p>You can search mail folders or newsgroups for specific messages. If you are
+  not already viewing the Search Messages dialog box, begin from the Mail
+  window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Search Messages. You see the Search
+    Messages dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Next to <q>Search for messages in</q>, choose the account, newsgroup, or
+    folder through which you want to search.</li>
+  <li>Select <q>Search subfolders</q> to include all subfolders in the
+    search.</li>
+  <li>Next to <q>Perform search operations on</q>, select an option where to
+    search for messages in newsgroups or IMAP accounts:
+    <ul>
+      <li>Choose <q>Local system</q> to use only the information stored locally
+        for the search without any network activity. This mode includes all
+        major message headers. You can&apos;t search the message body locally
+        unless the account and its folders have been set up for
+        <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#synchronization_and_storage">synchronization</a>.
+      </li>
+      <li>Choose <q>Remote server</q> to perform all searches on the server
+        where the messages are located. This will allow you to also search for
+        contents in message bodies which have not been synchronized.</li>
+    </ul>
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: This menu will be disabled if it&apos;s not
+      possible to search remotely on the server (e.g., for POP accounts).</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Select which matching option Mail &amp; Newsgroups will use to search for
+    messages that match all or at least one of the conditions (criteria) that
+    you choose.</li>
+  <li>Use the drop-down lists to indicate the search criteria (for example,
+    <q>Subject</q> and <q>contains</q>) and then type the text or phrase that
+    you want to match.
+
+    <p><strong>Tip</strong>: To search for messages that contain a header not
+      listed in the first drop-down menu (for example, if you want to search
+      for messages that include the header Resent-From), choose Customize and
+      type the header you want to search for. &brandShortName; Mail &amp;
+      Newsgroups adds your custom header to the drop-down list, so you can then
+      choose it to search for matching entries. Make sure you enter the custom
+      header correctly, since Mail will only find entries that exactly match
+      what you type.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click More to add criteria and Fewer to remove them.</li>
+  <li>Click Search to begin, or click Clear to reset your entries. The search
+    results appear in lower part of the Search Messages dialog box.
+    <ul>
+      <li>To open a message so you can read it, select the message and click
+        Open, or double-click the message.</li>
+      <li>To sort the messages in a different order, click the column that you
+        want to sort by.</li>
+      <li>To move or copy a message in the Results area to another folder,
+        select the message and then choose the destination folder from the File
+        drop-down list. If the destination folder is within the same account,
+        the message is moved to that folder. If the destination folder is
+        within a different account, the message is copied to that folder.</li>
+      <li>To delete a message in the Results area, select the message and then
+        click Delete.</li>
+      <li>To open the folder where the message is stored, select the message
+        and click Open Message Folder.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="controlling_junk_mail">Controlling Junk Mail</h1>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use &brandShortName;&apos;s Junk Mail Controls
+to filter unwanted mail, and how phishing detection works.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#using_junk_mail_controls">Using Junk Mail Controls</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#junk_controls_options">Junk Mail Controls Options</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#junk_controls_and_filters">Junk Mail Controls and
+      Filters</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#phishing_detection">Phishing Detection</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+
+<h2 id="using_junk_mail_controls">Using Junk Mail Controls</h2>
+
+<p>&brandShortName;&apos;s Junk Mail Controls feature can evaluate your
+  incoming messages and identify possible junk (or unsolicited) messages. The
+  feature uses the Bayesian classification method. You first train
+  &brandShortName; by showing it a bunch of mail that is junk, and a bunch of
+  mail that is not. Then, you let it auto-classify new mail for you. If
+  &brandShortName; makes any mistakes, you can correct them.</p>
+
+<p>To use Junk Mail Controls:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>First, train &brandShortName; to recognize Junk messages and Non-Junk
+    messages. There are three ways to toggle junk status of the selected
+    message(s):
+    <ul>
+      <li>Open the Message menu, select <q>Mark</q> and choose <q>As Junk</q>
+        or <q>As Not Junk</q>.</li>
+      <li>Click on the Junk toolbar button.</li>
+      <li><img src="images/mail_junk_column.png" style="float:right" alt=""/>
+
+        <p>Click to toggle the Junk Status column in the message list. (If you
+          do not see it, click the right-most button (
+          <img src="images/columns.png" alt=""/>) in the list header bar and
+          select Junk Status from the pop-up menu.)</p>
+      </li>
+    </ul>
+
+    <p>When you toggle junk status, a trash-can icon will appear or disappear
+      in the Junk status column to indicate the junk status of the selected
+      message.</p>
+  </li>
+  
+  <li>Open the Edit menu, and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings.
+    You see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Click the Junk Settings category for your mail account.</li>
+  <li>Enable the feature and &brandShortName; will automatically classify
+    incoming messages. (See
+    <a href="#junk_controls_options">Junk Mail Controls Options</a>.
+    Details on the other settings there can be found in the 
+    <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#junk_settings">Junk Settings</a>
+    preference panel description.)
+  </li>
+  <li>If you have trained it on virus mail, consider disabling the white
+    listing (many mail viruses send bulk messages to people in the address book
+    of the infected computer).</li>
+  <li>Make sure to correct the Junk Mail Controls when it incorrectly labels
+    messages either as junk or not junk.</li>
+  <li>To analyze existing messages, select messages, open the Tools menu
+    and choose <q>Run Junk Mail Controls</q>.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: &brandShortName; will only run Junk Mail Controls
+  when the training database has information on non-Junk messages. If Junk Mail
+  Controls do not work, select some messages and explicitly mark them as Not
+  Junk.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#controlling_junk_mail">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="junk_controls_options">Junk Mail Controls Options</h2>
+
+<p>To fine-tune how Junk Mail Controls work, use the 
+  <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#junk_and_suspect_preferences">Junk &amp;
+  Suspect Mail preference panel</a> for account-independent settings and the
+  account manager's <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#junk_settings">Junk
+  Settings</a> for settings of a specific mail account.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#controlling_junk_mail">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="junk_controls_and_filters">Junk Mail Controls and Filters</h2>
+
+<p>Junk Mail Controls run after mail filters (unless you set the filter to run
+  after classification, where <q>classification</q> includes junk and phishing
+  scanning) and apply only to the Inbox folder and its sub-folders. Use this to
+  your advantage, for example, you can filter mail you are sure not to be Junk
+  to a special folder outside of Inbox so that the messages will not be
+  classified as Junk (especially useful if you subscribe to newsletters or if
+  you are on a moderated mailing list).</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#controlling_junk_mail">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="phishing_detection">Phishing Detection</h2>
+
+<p>Phishing is a particularly common fraudulent business scheme in which
+  a party creates counterfeit websites designed to trick recipients into
+  divulging personal data such as credit card numbers, account usernames,
+  passwords and social security numbers. Hijacking brand names of banks,
+  e-retailers and credit card companies, phishers often convince
+  recipients to respond.</p>
+
+<p>In many cases, you&apos;ll receive a link to a phishing page via an email
+  which claims to come from an official-looking address. You can also end up
+  at these pages by following links that you find on the Web or in IM
+  messages.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: Since a forged <a href="glossary.xhtml#url">URL</a>
+  can look very similar to a genuine one, it&apos;s safer to use a bookmark
+  you&apos;ve created or to type the URL into the location bar by hand instead
+  of following a link in an email message. Always consider the risk of a forged
+  URL if you&apos;re asked to log in or provide private information on a
+  website.</p>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; Mail phishing detector is enabled by default. When it
+  encounters a mail which seems to be scam, it will show a warning bar in the
+  message window.</p>
+
+<p>If you think that the email is a valid one, you can click on the <q>Not
+  Scam</q> button, and the warning bar will disappear.</p>
+
+<p>When a user clicks on a link in an email that appears to be a phishing URL,
+  &brandShortName; will prompt the user with a dialog box before the website
+  is opened.</p>
+
+<p>This prompt will appear if either of the following is true: the host name of
+  the actual URL is an <a href="glossary.xhtml#ip_address">IP address</a>, or
+  the link text is a URL whose host name does not match the host name of the
+  actual URL.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Phishing detection has a higher precedence than Junk
+  Mail detection.</p>
+
+<p>For more technical details on this subject, see the online document
+  <a href="http://www.honeynet.org/papers/phishing/">Know your Enemy:
+  Phishing</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#controlling_junk_mail">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_preferences.xhtml b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_preferences.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9ff496ac76
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_preferences.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,756 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Mail &amp; Newsgroups Preferences</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css"
+      type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Preferences</h1>
+
+<p>The sections listed below describe the Mail &amp; Newsgroups preferences
+  that apply to all your mail and newsgroup accounts. To see these
+  preferences:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to expand the list.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#mail_and_newsgroups">Mail &amp; Newsgroups</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#message_display">Message Display</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#notifications">Notifications</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#composition">Composition</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#send_format">Send Format</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#addressing_preferences">Addressing</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#junk_and_suspect_preferences">Junk &amp; Suspect Mail</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#tags">Tags</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#return_receipts_preferences">Return Receipts</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#character_encoding">Character Encoding</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#network_and_storage_preferences">Network &amp; Storage
+      Preferences</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="mail_and_newsgroups">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Preferences - Mail &amp;
+  Newsgroups</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes the main Mail &amp; Newsgroups preferences. If you
+  are not already viewing the Mail &amp; Newsgroups main preferences, follow
+  these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences. You see the
+    Preferences dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Click the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Confirm when moving folders to the Trash</strong>: Choose to
+    allow Mail &amp; Newsgroups to prompt you before deleting folders.</li>
+  <li><strong>Remember the last selected message</strong>: Choose this option
+    if you want &brandShortName; to select the message you had selected last
+    before leaving a folder when you reenter a folder.</li>
+  <li><strong>Preserve threading when sorting messages</strong>: Select this
+    option if you want &brandShortName; to preserve the threaded message
+    grouping
+    <a href="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#sorting_and_threading_messages">when
+    sorting messages</a>. If it is not selected, &brandShortName; automatically
+    displays the messages unthreaded when you sort them by clicking on the
+    column headers.</li>
+  <li><strong>Only check for new mail after opening Mail &amp;
+    Newsgroups</strong>: By default, &brandShortName; checks for new messages
+    even if only a browser window is open. Choose this option if you want to
+    delay checking for new messages until after the Mail &amp; Newsgroups window
+    has been opened at least once (be it automatically <a
+    href="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#appearance">on startup</a> or
+    manually).</li>
+  <li class="win"><strong>Make &brandShortName; the default application
+    for</strong>: Select &brandShortName; as the default mail, news or feeds
+    application for Windows and from within other applications such as Microsoft
+    Word.
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: Setting &brandShortName; as the default
+      mail, news or feeds application may remove the connection that other
+      applications had with these tasks. Refer to the documentation of the
+      respective applications in order to find how to restore the defaults.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Use &brandShortName; Mail &amp; News when opening browser links
+    for</strong>: By default, any links to email addresses or newsgroups opened
+    from browser pages or other messages are handled by &brandShortName; itself.
+    Uncheck the Mail and/or News boxes if you want an external application to
+    handle such links instead. In this case, a dialog will open to select the
+    application to be used.
+
+    <!-- remove the following warning once bug 198547 is fixed -->
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: Don&apos;t uncheck either of these boxes and then
+      select &brandShortName; in the dialog unless it is also registered as the
+      system&apos;s respective default mail or news application. Doing so may
+      cause &brandShortName; to continuously prompt for the program to use when
+      opening a link.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>When Mail launches, show the Start Page in the message
+    area</strong>: Select this to enable the Start Page. The Start Page
+    appears in the message area when you first open &brandShortName; Mail &amp;
+    Newsgroups. This page is the default page, but you can enter a different
+    web page or URL of your choice. To disable the Start Page, deselect this
+    option. Click Restore Default to return to the original page provided by
+    &brandShortName;.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="message_display">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Preferences - Message
+  Display</h2>
+
+<p>Message Display preferences allow you to choose how messages are displayed
+  in all accounts. If you are not already viewing the Message Display settings,
+  follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences. You see the
+    Preferences dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, click Message Display. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>When opening messages, display them in</strong>: These options
+    control the behavior when opening messages in a separate window, e.g., by
+    double-clicking on it in the message list of a folder:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>A new message window</strong>: Choose this if you want to
+        open each message in a new window.</li>
+      <li><strong>An existing message window</strong>: Choose this if you want
+        to reuse an already opened message window for the next mail.</li>
+      <li><strong>Close message window when deleting a message</strong>: Check
+        this if you want the message window to be closed automatically when
+        the message you are viewing in it is deleted.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Block images and other content from remote sources</strong>:
+    Select this checkbox if you do not want to display remote images and other
+    content in received messages, except from senders in your address books
+    whom you have allowed. (This checkbox is selected by default.)</li>
+  <li><strong>Show only display name for people in my address book</strong>:
+    Check this if you want to save some space in the message headers where
+    email addresses are shown. If selected, known senders and recipients are
+    only listed with their display names, their email addresses are hidden.
+    You can see the full email addresses when hovering over such entries with
+    the mouse.</li>
+  <li><strong>Automatically mark messages as read</strong>: Check this option
+    to mark messages as read once they are opened. (This checkbox is selected
+    by default.)
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Only after displaying for [__] seconds</strong>: Check this
+        option if you do not want a message to be marked as read when you are
+        only taking a brief look at it. Enter the number of seconds you want a
+        message to be displayed before it gets marked as read automatically.
+        If this box is not checked, messages are marked as read as soon as
+        they are opened.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Plain Text Messages</strong>: These settings control how
+    plain-text messages are displayed. These options do not have any effect
+    when viewing HTML (rich-text) messages, or when writing new messages.
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Font</strong>: Select the font you prefer for viewing
+        plain-text messages: fixed width or variable width.</li>
+      <li><strong>Wrap text to fit window width</strong>: Select this so that
+        incoming messages are word-wrapped to fit the width of your Mail
+        window.</li>
+      <li><strong>Display emoticons as graphics</strong>: Select this so that
+        when you receive messages that contain emoticons (also called smiley
+        faces) Mail &amp; Newsgroups can convert them to graphics, for example:
+        <table border="1">
+          <tr align="center">
+            <td><strong>This</strong>:</td>
+            <td><strong>Converts to</strong>:</td>
+          </tr>
+          <tr align="center">
+            <td>:-)</td>
+            <td><span class="smiley moz-smiley-s1"/></td>
+          </tr>
+          <tr align="center">
+            <td>:)</td>
+            <td><span class="smiley moz-smiley-s1"/></td>
+          </tr>
+          <tr align="center">
+            <td>:-(</td>
+            <td><span class="smiley moz-smiley-s2"/></td>
+          </tr>
+          <tr align="center">
+            <td>:(</td>
+            <td><span class="smiley moz-smiley-s2"/></td>
+          </tr>
+          <tr align="center">
+            <td>;-)</td>
+            <td><span class="smiley moz-smiley-s3"/></td>
+          </tr>
+          <tr align="center">
+            <td>;-p</td>
+            <td><span class="smiley moz-smiley-s4"/></td>
+          </tr>
+        </table>
+        This option also controls some common plain-text formatting conventions:
+        <table border="1">
+          <tr align="center">
+            <td><strong>This</strong>:</td>
+            <td><strong>Displays as</strong>:</td>
+          </tr>
+          <tr align="center">
+            <td>mm^2</td>
+            <td>mm<sup>2</sup></td>
+          </tr>
+          <tr align="center">
+            <td>+/-1</td>
+            <td>±1</td>
+          </tr>
+        </table>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Settings for quoted messages</strong>: Choose a different
+        font style, size, and/or color for quoted plain-text messages to more
+        easily distinguish quoted text (usually the content of a message for
+        which the sender replied to you, or quoted parts of a message you
+        replied to).</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="notifications">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Preferences - Notifications</h2>
+
+<p>Notification preferences allow you to select different methods for informing
+  you on arrival of a new message. So you don&apos;t have to always look in the
+  folders.</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, click Notifications. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Show an alert for [__] seconds</strong>: Select this if you want 
+    &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups to display an alert on your desktop
+    when new messages arrive. This alert is usually located above your system
+    tray in the lower right corner of your screen. The alert only appears once
+    when new messages arrive, stays for the specified amount of time, and
+    won&apos;t appear again until you have visited one of your folders with new
+    mail, read one of the new messages, or checked for new messages manually.
+    <table>
+      <tr>
+        <td colspan="2"><img src="images/mail_newmail_alert.png" alt=""/></td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+        <td style="width: 20px;"></td>
+        <td><strong>New mail desktop alert</strong></td>
+      </tr>
+    </table>
+    The following options determine which message-specific items are shown in
+    the alert for each new message:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Show a preview of the message text</strong>: Check this to
+        show the first few words of the message received in the alert.</li>
+      <li><strong>Show the subject</strong>: Check this to show the subject
+        line of the message in the alert.</li>
+      <li><strong>Show the sender</strong>: Check this to show the sender&apos;s
+        name or email address in the alert.</li>
+    </ul>
+    <p>When the alert appears, clicking an entry for a message will take you
+      to the respective folder and opens that message. You can close the alert
+      using the <strong>x</strong> button.
+    </p>
+
+    <p>The new message alert will continue to work even after you close the
+      Mail window (as long as another &brandShortName; window is open).
+    </p>
+  </li>
+
+  <li class="win"><strong>Show a tray icon</strong>: Select this if you want
+    &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups to display an icon in your system
+    tray (which is usually found in the lower right corner of your screen) when
+    new messages arrive. This icon will stay in the system tray until you have
+    visited one of your folders with new mail, read one of the new messages,
+    or checked for new messages manually.
+    <p style="text-indent: 20px"><img src="images/mail_newmail_trayicon.png"
+      alt=""/>&nbsp;&nbsp;<strong>New mail tray icon</strong></p>
+    <p>When the icon appears, double-clicking it will open the &brandShortName;
+      Mail &amp; Newsgroups main window.</p>
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: On Windows 7 and above, the Notification Area
+      Icons settings for &brandShortName; must read <q>Show icon and
+      notifications</q> for the icon to stay visible. Otherwise, it may be
+      hidden after a short period of time.</p>
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Show a balloon alert</strong>: As an alternative to the
+        desktop alert described above, you can use the operating system&apos;s
+        balloon notification. When new mail arrives, this will show the icon
+        along with a balloon indicating the number of new messages available
+        for the account.
+        <p style="text-indent: 20px"><img src="images/mail_newmail_balloon.png"
+          alt=""/><strong>Balloon&nbsp;alert</strong></p>
+        <p>When the balloon appears, clicking into it will open the Main &amp;
+          Newsgroup main window. The duration of the balloon alert depends on
+          the respective setting in your operating system. You can close the
+          balloon using the <strong>x</strong> button.</p>
+
+        <p>The new message alert will continue to work even after you close the
+          Mail window (as long as another &brandShortName; window is open).</p>
+
+        <p><strong>Note</strong>: <q>Show an alert for [__] seconds</q> and
+          <q>Show a balloon alert</q> cannot be selected at the same time.
+          Checking one option will uncheck the other.</p>
+      </li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+
+  <li class="mac"><strong>Animate the Dock icon</strong>: Select this if you
+    want Mail &amp; Newsgroups to bounce the &brandShortName; Dock icon when
+    new messages arrive.</li>
+  <li><strong>Play a sound</strong>: Select this if you want &brandShortName; 
+    Mail &amp; Newsgroups to play a sound when new messages arrive. You can
+    choose between the default system sound and a custom sound in WAV format.
+    If you choose the latter, use the Browse button to select the sound file in
+    the file locator. Click on the Play button to listen to the chosen sound
+    file.
+
+    <p>Once &brandShortName; Mail has been started, the new messages sound will
+      continue to work even after you close the Mail window (as long as another
+      &brandShortName; window is open).</p>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="composition">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Preferences - Composition</h2>
+
+<p>Composition preferences affect how you create messages (for example,
+  forwarding options and address autocompletion) in all accounts. If you are
+  not already viewing the Composition settings, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, click Composition. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Forward Messages</strong>: Choose how you want forwarded
+    message text to appear: as an attachment or inline (in the body of your
+    message).</li>
+  <li><strong>Quote attachments viewed inline in replies</strong>: If this
+    option is checked, then attachments (such as images, text, or messages)
+    viewed inline are included in the quote when replying to an email.</li>
+  <li><strong>Automatically save the message every [__] minutes</strong>:
+    Choose this option if you want Mail &amp; Newsgroups to save the message
+    you are currently composing automatically at the given interval. After a
+    computer crash or program failure you can find the latest saved version of
+    the message in your Drafts folder.</li>
+  <li><strong>Confirm when using keyboard shortcut to send message</strong>:
+    Check this option if want to be asked if you&apos;re sure to be ready to
+    send the message when you&apos;re pressing Ctrl+Return in message editor.
+    This may help you avoid accidentally sending the message if you enter the
+    keyboard shortcut by mistake when composing a message.</li>
+  <li><strong>Select reply header type</strong>:
+    Select the type of reply header you wish to use. There are four choices
+    available:
+    <ol>
+      <li>No Reply Header</li>
+      <li>[Author] wrote:<br/>
+        This setting is based on the mailnews.reply_header_authorwrotesingle
+        preference.</li>
+      <li>On [date], [Author] wrote:<br/>
+        This setting is based on the mailnews.reply_header_ondateauthorwrote
+        preference.</li>
+      <li>[Author] wrote on [date]:<br/>
+        This setting is based on the mailnews.reply_header_authorwroteondate
+        preference.</li>
+    </ol>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Wrap plain text messages at [__] characters</strong>: Enter a
+    number to set the right margin for text in the message area.</li>
+  <li><strong>Defaults for HTML Messages</strong>: Here you can define what the
+    defaults are for font, size, text and background color if you choose to
+    send mails in HTML format.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="send_format">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Preferences - Send Format</h2>
+
+<p>Send Format preferences allow you to specify how you want to format your
+  outgoing messages. If you are not already viewing the Send Format settings,
+  follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences. You see the
+    Preferences dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, click Send Format. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Ask me what to do</strong>: This option requires Mail &amp;
+    Newsgroups to prompt you to choose a format before you send the
+    message.</li>
+  <li><strong>Convert the message to plain text</strong>: This option may
+    cause your message to lose formatting such as bold text.</li>
+  <li><strong>Send the message in HTML anyway</strong>: If you select this
+    option, keep in mind that some mail programs may have trouble displaying
+    the message.</li>
+  <li><strong>Send the message in both plain text and HTML</strong>: This
+    option uses more disk space.
+
+    <p>You can always override these preferences for an individual message by
+      using the Options menu in the Mail Compose window.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>HTML and Plain Text Domains</strong>: Use the Add button to add
+    the domain names that you typically send mail to, if you know which domains
+    can display HTML-formatted mail messages, and which domains can only
+    display plain text.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>For example, if you typically send mail to multiple recipients that have the
+  same domain name (for example, your colleagues all have email addresses that
+  end in <q>netscape.net</q>), and you know that this domain name is capable of
+  displaying HTML messages, then you can add the netscape.net domain to the
+  list of HTML Domains so that Mail &amp; Newsgroups will automatically send
+  messages in HTML format to these recipients.</p>
+
+<p>Similarly, if you typically send mail to recipients at a domain that you
+  know can only receive Plain Text messages, you can add that domain name to
+  the list of Plain Text domains, so that Mail &amp; Newsgroups automatically
+  sends messages to that domain in plain-text format.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: If you regularly compose HTML (formatted) mail
+  messages, keep in mind that sometimes not all recipients use mail programs
+  that can display HTML formatting properly. Send Format preferences allow you
+  to specify how you want to format messages that go to recipients who cannot
+  display HTML-formatted mail. You can convert messages to plain text, format
+  them only as HTML, or format them as both HTML and plain text. These
+  preferences apply to all your mail accounts, but only to mail messages and
+  not to newsgroup messages.</p>
+
+<p>Whenever you add a person or address card to your address book, you can
+  specify whether that addressee can receive HTML-formatted messages. However,
+  when this information is unknown, you can set Send Format preferences for how
+  Mail &amp; Newsgroups formats these messages.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="addressing_preferences">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Preferences -
+  Addressing</h2>
+
+<p>Addressing preferences allow you to control the settings for
+  &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups address books (for example, email
+  address collection and address autocompletion). If you are not already
+  viewing the Addressing settings, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences. You see the
+    Preferences dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, select Addressing. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Email Address Collection</strong>: Select this if you want Mail
+    &amp; Newsgroups to automatically collect recipients&apos; email addresses.
+    Use the drop-down list to choose between having the addresses added to your
+    Collected Addresses or your Personal Address Book.</li>
+  <li id="address_autocompletion"><strong>Address Autocompletion</strong>:
+    Address autocompletion allows you to quickly address mail without having to
+    search for names or type names completely. Select from which location Mail
+    &amp; Newsgroups will search for matching addresses: <q>Local Address
+    Books</q> (Personal Address Book, Collected Addresses, or any other local
+    address book) or <q>Directory Server</q> (an available LDAP directory
+    server) or both. If you want Mail &amp; Newsgroups to highlight addresses
+    that do not autocomplete, then select that option.
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: If while addressing mail, multiple email address
+      matches are found, Mail &amp; Newsgroups displays a list of all possible
+      choices.</p>
+
+    <p>If you select Directory Server, choose a directory server from the list.
+      A directory server lets you look up addresses that are not stored in one
+      of your local address books. The directory you select will also be
+      searched for matching certificates when you attempt to send an encrypted
+      message to one or more recipients for whom you don&apos;t have
+      certificates on file.</p>
+
+    <p>See <a
+      href="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#adding_and_removing_ldap_directories">Adding
+      and Removing LDAP Directories</a> for information on setting LDAP
+      directory server settings.</p>
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: Directory server settings you enter from the
+      Preferences dialog box apply to all your mail accounts. You can override
+      these settings for individual accounts by specifying different LDAP
+      directory servers or server settings using the Addressing settings for an
+      account in the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box. To set
+      different addressing options for a specific account, open the Edit menu
+      and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings.</p>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="junk_and_suspect_preferences">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Preferences -
+  Junk &amp; Suspect Mail</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Junk &amp; Suspect Mail preferences
+  panel. If you are not currently viewing the Junk &amp; Suspect Mail panel,
+  follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, select Junk &amp; Suspect Mail.
+    (If no subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to
+    expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>When I mark messages as junk</strong>: Choose this to
+    set what you want &brandShortName; to do when you manually mark messages
+    as Junk.
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Move them to the account's <q>Junk</q> folder</strong>:
+        Choose this to move manually-marked Junk messages to the Junk folder.
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Delete them</strong>: Choose this to move manually-marked 
+        Junk messages to the trash folder.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Mark messages as read</strong>:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>When &brandShortName; determines that they are junk</strong>:
+        Select this option to mark junk messages as read, so they will not show
+        up as new.</li>
+      <li><strong>When I manually mark them as junk</strong>: Select this
+        option to mark messages as read when you manually mark them as junk.
+      </li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Enable junk filter logging</strong>: Select this option to allow
+    logging the history of Junk mail detections. Click the <strong>Show log
+    </strong> button to open a dialog showing this log.</li>
+  <li><strong>Reset training data</strong>: Click this button to clear the
+    training data of the adaptive junk filter. Since this will effectively
+    destroy your personal junk profile, you will be asked for confirmation.
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Tell me if the message I'm reading is a suspected email
+    scam</strong>: Choose this to make &brandShortName; analyze messages for
+    suspected email scams by looking for common techniques used to deceive
+    people.</li>
+  <li><strong>Allow anti-virus clients to scan incoming messages more
+    easily</strong>: Choose this to let &brandShortName; make it easier for
+    anti-virus software to analyze incoming mail messages for viruses before
+    they are stored locally.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+
+<h2 id="tags">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Preferences - Tags</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Tags preferences panel. You use the
+  Tags preferences to define the tag text, colors and order for message tags.
+  If you are not currently viewing the panel, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, select Tags. (If no options
+    are visible, double-click the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category to expand the
+    list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Customize Tags</strong>: Specifies the tag text and the color
+    for each tag. You can edit or replace the default tag text with your
+    own text (up to 32 characters). To change the tag color, click the color
+    chip next to that tag and select a new color. Use the Move Up and Move Down
+    buttons to order your tags by descending importance. Messages with
+    multiple tags will be colored according to their most important tag.</li>
+  <li><strong>Restore Defaults</strong>: Removes all customized tags and
+    restores just the default tags&apos; text and colors.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="return_receipts_preferences">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Preferences - Return
+  Receipts</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Return Receipts preferences panel. If
+  you are not currently viewing the Return Receipts panel, follow these
+  steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, select Return Receipts. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to expand the
+    list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>You use the Return Receipts preferences to define return receipt settings
+  for outgoing messages from all your mail accounts. You also use the Return
+  Receipt preferences to specify how to manage requests you receive for return
+  receipts.</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>When sending messages, always request a return receipt</strong>:
+    Enables automatic return receipt requests for all outgoing messages in all
+    your mail accounts.</li>
+  <li><strong>Leave it in my Inbox</strong>: Return receipt confirmation
+    messages are delivered to your Inbox.
+
+    <p><strong>Tip</strong>: Choose this option if you want to use a filter
+      that automatically moves return receipt confirmation messages to a folder
+      you specify. For information on creating and using filters, see
+      <a href="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#creating_message_filters">Creating
+      Message Filters</a>.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Move it to my Sent Mail folder</strong>: Incoming return receipt
+    confirmation messages are moved to your Sent mail folder.</li>
+  <li><strong>Never send a return receipt</strong>: Choose this option if you
+    do not want to send a return receipt in response to requests for return
+    receipts from others.</li>
+  <li><strong>Allow return receipts for some messages</strong>: Choose how you
+    want to respond to requests you receive for return receipts.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To override these global preferences for individual accounts, see
+  <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#return_receipts">Mail &amp;
+  Newsgroups Account Settings - Return Receipts</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="character_encoding">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Preferences - Character
+  Encoding</h2>
+
+<p>Character encoding preferences allow you to choose how messages are encoded
+  when being displayed or created in all accounts. If you are not already
+  viewing the Character Encoding settings, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences. You see the
+    Preferences dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, click Character Encoding. (If
+    no subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Fallback Character Encoding</strong>: Click this drop-down list
+    to select the character encoding you want Mail &amp; Newsgroups to use as
+    the fallback for incoming mail and newsgroup messages. Senders are supposed
+    to declare the character encoding in which they are to be displayed, but
+    legacy content (e.g., from mailing lists or in international newsgroups)
+    may not do so. This encoding is used for such messages you&apos;ve received
+    in which the character encoding (MIME charset) is not specified.
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: Individual folders may override this setting in
+      the General Information tab of the Folder Properties. This dialog can be
+      accessed from the Edit menu of a Mail &amp; Newsgroup window when a
+      folder is selected.</p>
+
+    <p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can later view or change the character
+      encoding for a specific message. Select a folder, then the message to
+      display. Open the View menu, and choose Character Encoding.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>For messages that contain 8-bit characters, use &apos;quoted
+    printable&apos; MIME encoding</strong>: Choose to have Mail &amp;
+    Newsgroups use <q>quoted printable</q> MIME encoding when sending regular
+    messages that use an 8-bit character encoding (for example, Latin
+    ISO-8859-3). This is usually only necessary when communicating via a legacy
+    server that doesn&apos;t process 8-bit encoding correctly.</li>
+  <li><strong>Default Character Encoding</strong>: Select the character
+    encoding you want Mail &amp; Newsgroups to use as the default for outgoing
+    mail and newsgroup messages.</li>
+  <li><strong>When possible, use this default character encoding in
+    replies.</strong>: By default, the selected character encoding is
+    <strong>not</strong> used when replying to a message. Instead, the
+    character encoding of the message being replied to is used. Choose this
+    option to use the default character encoding for outgoing messages even
+    when replying, as long as the quoted characters can be represented in the
+    selected encoding.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="network_and_storage_preferences">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Preferences -
+  Network &amp; Storage</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Network &amp; Storage preferences
+  panel. If you are not currently viewing the panel, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, select Network &amp; Storage.
+    (If no subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to
+    expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Network &amp; Storage preferences allow you to set preferences for
+  working offline, going online, mail connections and disk space.</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Offline</strong>: Select how you want Mail &amp; Newsgroups to
+    handle messages when going online or offline.</li>
+  <li><strong>Mail Connections</strong>: Choose how long you want Mail &amp;
+    Newsgroups to keep trying to contact the server before timing out.</li>
+  <li><strong>Disk Space</strong>: Select this to conserve disk space by 
+    automatically compacting message folders when it will save the amount 
+    of disk space you enter.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>See <a href="mailnews_offline.xhtml#working_offline">Working Offline</a> for
+  information on working offline.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_security.xhtml b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_security.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..86781bbb24
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_security.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,463 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Signing &amp; Encrypting Messages</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="signing_and_encrypting_messages">Signing &amp; Encrypting Messages</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#about_digital_signatures_and_encryption">About Digital
+      Signatures &amp; Encryption</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#getting_other_peoples_certificates">Getting Other
+      People&apos;s Certificates</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#configuring_security_settings">Configuring Security
+      Settings</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#signing_and_encrypting_a_new_message">Signing &amp;
+      Encrypting a New Message</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#reading_signed_and_encrypted_messages">Reading Signed &amp;
+      Encrypted Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#message_security_compose_window">Message Security -
+      Compose Window</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#message_security_received_message">Message Security -
+      Received Message</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="about_digital_signatures_and_encryption">About Digital Signatures &amp;
+  Encryption </h2>
+
+<p>When you compose a mail message, you can choose to attach your digital
+  signature to it. A <a href="glossary.xhtml#digital_signature">digital
+  signature</a> allows recipients of the message to verify that the message
+  really comes from you and hasn&apos;t been tampered with since you sent
+  it.</p>
+
+<p>When you compose a mail message, you can also choose to encrypt it.
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#encryption">Encryption</a> makes it very difficult
+  for anyone other than the intended recipient to read the message while it is
+  in transit over the Internet.</p>
+
+<p>Signing and encryption are not available for newsgroup messages.</p>
+
+<p>Before you can sign or encrypt a message, you must take these preliminary
+  steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Obtain one or more <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificates</a>
+    (the digital equivalents of ID cards). For details, see
+    <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#getting_your_own_certificate">Getting Your
+    Own Certificate</a>.</li>
+  <li>Configure the security settings for your email account. For details, see
+    <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#security">Configuring Your
+    Security Settings</a>.
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Once you have completed these steps, you can complete the instructions in
+  <a href="#signing_and_encrypting_a_new_message">Signing &amp; Encrypting a 
+  New Message</a>.</p>
+
+<p>The sections that follow provide a brief overview of how digital signatures
+  and encryption work. For more technical details on this subject, see the
+  online document
+  <a href="http://developer.mozilla.org/en/Introduction_to_Public-Key_Cryptography">Introduction
+  to Public-Key Cryptography</a>.</p>
+
+<h3 id="how_digital_signatures_work">How Digital Signatures Work</h3>
+
+<p>A digital signature is a special code, unique to each message, created by
+  means of <a href="glossary.xhtml#public-key_cryptography">public-key
+  cryptography</a>.</p>
+
+<p>A digital signature is completely different from a handwritten signature,
+  although it can sometimes be used for similar legal purposes, such as signing
+  a contract.</p>
+
+<p>To create a digital signature for an email message that you are sending, you
+  need two things:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>A <a href="glossary.xhtml#signing_certificate">signing certificate</a>
+    that identifies you for this purpose. Every time you sign a message, your
+    signing certificate is included with the message. The certificate includes
+    a <a href="glossary.xhtml#public_key">public key</a>. The presence of the
+    certificate in the message permits the recipient to verify your digital
+    signature.
+
+    <p>Your certificate is a bit like your name and phone number in the
+      phonebook&mdash;it is public information that helps other people
+      communicate with you.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>A <a href="glossary.xhtml#private_key">private key</a>, which is created
+    and stored on your computer when you first obtain a certificate.
+
+    <p>Your private key for a signing certificate is protected by your
+      <a href="glossary.xhtml#master_password">Master Password</a>, and the
+      &brandShortName; program does not disclose it to anyone else. The Mail
+      &amp; Newsgroup software uses your private key to create a unique,
+      verifiable digital signature for every message you choose to sign.</p>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3 id="how_encryption_works">How Encryption Works</h3>
+
+<p>To encrypt an email message, you must have an
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#encryption_certificate">encryption certificate</a>
+  for each of the message&apos;s recipients. The public key in each certificate
+  is used to encrypt the message for that recipient.</p>
+
+<p>If you don&apos;t have a certificate for even a single recipient, the
+  message cannot be encrypted.</p>
+
+<p>The recipient&apos;s software uses the recipient&apos;s private key, which
+  remains on that person&apos;s computer, to decrypt the message.</p>
+  
+<p>[<a href="#signing_and_encrypting_messages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="getting_other_peoples_certificates">Getting Other People&apos;s
+  Certificates</h2>
+
+<p>Every time you send a digitally signed message, your encryption certificate
+  is automatically included with the message. Therefore, one of the easiest
+  ways to obtain someone else&apos;s certificate is for that person to send you
+  a digitally signed message.</p>
+
+<p>When you receive such a message, the person&apos;s certificate is
+  automatically stored by the <a href="certs_help.xhtml">Certificate
+  Manager</a>, which is the part of the browser that keeps track of
+  certificates. This is useful because you need to have a certificate for each
+  recipient of any email message that you want to send in encrypted form.</p>
+
+<p>Another way to obtain certificates is to look them up in a public directory,
+  such as the <q>phonebook</q> directories maintained by many companies.</p>
+
+<p>It&apos;s also possible to look up certificates automatically.  This feature
+  is controlled by
+  <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#addressing_preferences">Mail &amp;
+  Newsgroups Preferences - Addressing</a> or
+  <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#addressing">Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+  Account Settings - Addressing</a>, which can be configured to look up
+  recipients&apos; email addresses in a directory.</p>
+
+<p>When you are using any account that is configured to look up addresses in a
+  directory, the same directory will be searched for matching certificates when
+  you attempt to send an encrypted message to one or more recipients for whom
+  you don&apos;t have certificates on file.</p>
+
+<p>The directory will also be searched for missing certificates when you open
+  the drop-down menu below the Security icon in the Compose window and choose
+  View Security Info.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#signing_and_encrypting_messages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="configuring_security_settings">Configuring Security Settings</h2>
+
+<p>Once you have obtained an email certificate (or certificates), you must
+  specify the certificates you want to use for signing and encrypting
+  messages.</p> 
+
+<p>For information about obtaining email certificates, see
+  <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#getting_your_own_certificate">Getting Your
+  Own Certificate</a>.</p>
+
+<p>To specify which signing and encryption certificates to use with a
+  particular account, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings.</li>
+  <li>Click Security under the name of the mail account whose security settings
+    you want to configure.</li>
+  <li>Under Digital Signing, click Select. (You may be asked to provide your
+    <a href="glossary.xhtml#master_password">Master Password</a> before you can
+    proceed further.)
+
+    <p>A dialog box appears that allows you to select from among your available
+      signing certificates.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Choose the signing certificate you want to use, then click OK.</li>
+  <li>Follow the same steps under Encryption: click the Select button, select
+    the encryption certificate you want to use, and click OK.</li>
+
+  <p>In some cases you may be able to specify the same certificate under
+    Encryption that you specified under Digital Signing; check with your system
+    administrator to find out for sure.</p>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Optionally, you can also indicate that you normally want to sign or encrypt
+  all messages sent from a particular account. These account-specific settings
+  are for convenience only; you can override the default settings for
+  individual messages.</p>
+
+<p>To configure your default signing and encryption settings, start from the
+  Security panel for the account (described above) and select your settings as
+  follows:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Under Digital Signing:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Digitally sign messages</strong>: When this checkbox is
+        selected, all the messages you send from this account will be digitally
+        signed unless you indicate otherwise before you send the message. To
+        turn off this default setting, deselect the checkbox.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Under Encryption (choose one):
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Never</strong>: When this option is selected, messages you
+        send from this account will be not be encrypted unless you indicate
+        otherwise before you send them.</li>
+      <li><strong>Required</strong>: When this option is selected, all the
+        messages you send from this account will be encrypted&mdash;but only if
+        you have valid certificates for each of the message&apos;s recipients.
+        If you don&apos;t have all the necessary certificates, the message
+        can&apos;t be sent unless you turn off encryption for that message.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>When you have finished configuring your mail security settings, click OK to
+  confirm them.</p>
+ 
+<p>[<a href="#signing_and_encrypting_messages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="signing_and_encrypting_a_new_message">Signing &amp; Encrypting a New
+  Message</h2>
+
+<p>Before you can digitally sign or encrypt any message, you must obtain at
+  least one email certificate and configure your mail security settings
+  correctly. For background information on these tasks, see
+  <a href="#about_digital_signatures_and_encryption">About Digital Signatures
+  &amp; Encryption</a>.</p>
+
+<p>The settings specified in
+  <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#security">Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+  Account Settings - Security</a> determine the default settings for each new
+  Compose window you open when you set out to write an email.</p>
+
+<p>To open a Compose window, start from the Mail window and click Compose. You
+  can immediately identify the default security settings from the presence or
+  absence of these icons near the lower-right corner of the window:</p>
+
+<table>
+  <tr>
+    <td><img src="chrome://messenger/skin/smime/icons/hdrSignOk.gif"
+      alt="digital signature icon"/></td><td>The message will be digitally
+      signed (assuming you have a valid email certificate that
+      identifies you).</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><img src="chrome://messenger/skin/smime/icons/hdrCryptoOk.gif"
+      alt="encryption icon"/></td><td>The message will be encrypted
+      (assuming you have valid certificates for all recipients).</td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>To turn these settings off or on, click the arrow just below the Security
+  icon in the Mail toolbar near the top of the window. Then select the item you
+  want from the drop-down list:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Do Not Encrypt This Message</strong>: Choose this to turn off
+    encryption for this message. The message will not be encrypted when it is
+    sent over the Internet.</li>
+  <li><strong>Encrypt This Message</strong>: Choose this to turn on encryption
+    for this message. The message will be sent in encrypted form. However, it
+    can&apos;t be sent unless you have valid certificates for all
+    recipients.</li>
+  <li><strong>Digitally Sign This Message</strong>: Choose this to turn digital
+    signing on or off for this message. A checkmark indicates the message will
+    be signed.</li> 
+  <li><strong>View Security Info</strong>: Choose this to view detailed
+    information about the security status of this message&mdash;to help you
+    determine, for example, whether you need to obtain a certificate for one of
+    the recipients.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To view detailed information about the message&apos;s security status, you
+  can also click the key or lock icon as described in
+  <a href="#message_security_compose_window">Message Security - Compose
+  Window</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#signing_and_encrypting_messages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="reading_signed_and_encrypted_messages">Reading Signed &amp; Encrypted
+  Messages</h2>
+
+<p>When you view a signed or encrypted message in the Mail window, these icons
+  near the upper-right corner of the message header indicate the security
+  status of the message:</p>
+  
+<table>
+  <tr>
+    <td><img src="chrome://messenger/skin/smime/icons/hdrSignOk.gif"
+      alt="digital signature icon"/></td><td>The message is digitally
+      signed and has been validated. If there is a problem with the signature,
+      the pen is broken.</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><img src="chrome://messenger/skin/smime/icons/hdrSignUnknown.gif"
+      alt="unknown icon"/></td><td>The message is signed, but it has a
+      large attachment that has not yet been downloaded from the IMAP server.
+      As a result, the signature cannot be validated. Click the icon to
+      download the attachment and validate the signature.</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><img src="chrome://messenger/skin/smime/icons/hdrCryptoOk.gif"
+      alt="encryption icon"/></td><td>The message is encrypted. If there
+      is a problem with the encryption, the key is broken.</td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>For information about certificate validation, see
+  <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#controlling_validation">Controlling
+  Validation</a>.</p>
+
+<p>To see more detailed information about the message&apos;s security, click
+  the key or lock icon, or follow the instructions in
+  <a href="#message_security_received_message">Message Security - Received
+  Message</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#signing_and_encrypting_messages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="message_security_compose_window">Message Security - Compose Window</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes the Message Security window that you can open for any
+  message you are composing. If you&apos;re not already viewing Message
+  Security, click the Security icon in the toolbar of the Compose window.</p>
+
+<p>The Message Security window describes how your message will be sent:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Digitally Signed</strong>: This line describes whether your
+    message will be signed. There are three possibilities:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Yes</strong>: Digital signing has been enabled for this
+        message, you have a valid certificate identifying you, and the message
+        can be signed.</li>
+      <li><strong>No</strong>: Digital signing has been disabled for this
+        message.</li>
+      <li><strong>Not possible</strong>: Digital signing has been enabled for
+        this message. However, a valid
+        <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificate</a> identifying you
+        for this purpose is not available, or there is some other problem that
+        makes signing impossible.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Encrypted</strong>: This line describes whether your message will
+    be encrypted. There are three possibilities:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Yes</strong>: Encryption has been enabled for this message,
+        valid certificates for all listed recipients are available, and the
+        message can be encrypted.</li>
+      <li><strong>No</strong>: Encryption has been disabled or is not possible
+        for this message.</li>
+      <li><strong>Not possible</strong>: Encryption has been enabled for this
+        message. However, a valid certificate for at least one of the listed
+        recipients is not available, or no recipients are listed, or there is
+        some other problem that makes encryption impossible.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>When you compose a message and select a different account, the signing
+  and encryption preferences are updated to reflect the settings of
+  the newly selected account.</p>
+
+<p>The Message Security window also lists the certificates available for the
+  recipients of your message:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>View</strong>: To view the details for any certificate in the
+    list, select its name, then click View.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>For more information about obtaining certificates and configuring message
+  security settings, see <a href="#signing_and_encrypting_messages">Signing
+  &amp; Encrypting Messages</a>.</p>
+
+<p>To indicate your signing or encryption choices for an individual message,
+  click the arrow beside the Security button in the Compose window, then select
+  the options you want.</p>
+
+<p>To indicate your default signing and encryption preferences for all
+  messages, see <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#security">Mail &amp;
+  Newsgroups Account Settings - Security</a></p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#signing_and_encrypting_messages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="message_security_received_message">Message Security - Received
+  Message</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes the Message Security window that you can open for any
+  message you have received. If you&apos;re not already viewing Message
+  Security for a received message, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the Mail window, select the message for which you want to view
+    security information.</li>
+  <li>Open the View menu and choose Message Security Info.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Message Security window displays the following information:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Digital Signature</strong>: The top section describes whether the
+    message is digitally signed and if so, whether the signature is valid.</li>
+  
+  <p>If validation failed while OCSP was enabled, check the OCSP settings in
+    <a href="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_certificates">Privacy
+    &amp; Security Preferences - Certificates</a>. If you are not familiar with
+    OCSP, confirm the settings with your system administrator. If your settings
+    are correct, there may be a problem with the OCSP service or the
+    certificate used to create the signature is no longer valid.</p>
+  
+  <p>If the signature is invalid because of a problem with a certificate&apos;s
+    trust settings, you can use the <a href="certs_help.xhtml">Certificate
+    Manager</a> to view or edit those settings.</p>
+
+  <li><strong>View Signature Certificate</strong>: If the message is signed,
+    click this button to view the certificate that was used to sign it.</li>
+  <li><strong>Encryption</strong>: The bottom section reports whether the
+    message is encrypted and any decrypting problems.
+    <ul>
+      <li>If the message&apos;s contents have been altered during transit, you
+        should ask the sender to resend it. The changes may have been caused by
+        network problems.</li>
+      <li>If a copy of your own certificate (used by the sender to encrypt the
+        message) is not available on your computer, the private key required to
+        decrypt the message cannot be retrieved. The only solution is to import
+        a backup copy of your certificate and its private key (see
+        <a href="certs_help.xhtml#your_certificates">Your Certificates</a> for
+        details.) If you don&apos;t have access to a backup certificate, you
+        will not be able to decrypt the message.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#signing_and_encrypting_messages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_using_mail.xhtml b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_using_mail.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f40dc49913
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_using_mail.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,1188 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Using &brandShortName; Mail</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css"
+      type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+<h1 id="reading_messages">Reading Messages</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#getting_new_messages">Getting New Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#choosing_how_you_view_the_mail_window">Choosing How You View
+      the Mail Window</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#sorting_and_threading_messages">Sorting and Threading
+      Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#saving_and_printing_messages">Saving and Printing
+      Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#controlling_images_scripts_and_plugins">Controlling Images,
+      Scripts, and Plugins</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="getting_new_messages">Getting New Messages</h2>
+
+<p>For an IMAP account, you can retrieve new messages automatically and display
+  them in the Inbox by opening Mail &amp; Newsgroups and selecting the Inbox
+  for the IMAP account.</p>
+
+<p>For a POP account, you must select the Inbox and click Get Msgs to retrieve
+  your messages. By default, messages from your POP account are downloaded in
+  full and deleted from the POP server when you retrieve them. You can
+  <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#pop_server_settings">change your POP
+  server settings</a> to retrieve just the headers and/or store a copy of
+  messages on the server in addition to downloading them to your computer.</p>
+  
+<p>For news accounts, expanding the account newsgroups list will automatically
+  check for new items, as it will by just selecting one of the newsgroups.
+  While reading a newsgroup, you can force checking for new items by clicking
+  Get Msgs.</p>
+
+<p>For blogs &amp; feeds accounts, the first time you expand the account, it
+  will be checked for new items. Besides that, you can force checking for new
+  items at any time by clicking Get Msgs.</p>
+
+<p>You can also set up Mail &amp; Newsgroups to get new messages at startup and
+  to check for new messages at timed intervals.</p>
+
+<table>
+  <tr>
+    <td colspan="2"><img src="images/task_mail.png" alt=""/></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td style="width: 20px;"></td>
+    <td><strong>Mail &amp; Newsgroups icon</strong></td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>The Mail &amp; Newsgroups icon on the status bar displays a green arrow to
+  notify you when new messages have arrived.</p>
+
+<table>
+  <tr>
+    <td colspan="2"><img src="images/task_newmail.png" alt=""/></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td style="width: 20px;"></td>
+    <td><strong>New mail notification</strong></td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>To set up a mail account to automatically check for new messages, begin from
+  the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+    see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>If you have multiple accounts, select an account and click the Server
+    Settings category for that account.</li>
+  <li>Select one or both of the following options in the Server Settings
+    section:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Check for new mail at startup</strong>: Select this checkbox
+        if you want to check this account automatically for new messages
+        whenever you start Mail &amp; Newsgroups. For POP accounts, Mail &amp;
+        Newsgroups checks for new mail, but doesn&apos;t download new messages
+        until you click Get Msgs or unless you choose <q>Automatically download
+        any new messages</q>.</li>
+      <li><strong>Check for new messages every [__] minutes</strong>: Select
+        this checkbox if you want to specify the number of minutes between mail
+        checks. You can also check for new messages at any time by clicking Get
+        Msgs in the Mail window.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK. Your settings take effect the next time you start
+    &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To set up &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups to play a sound or display
+  an alert when new mail arrives, see <a
+  href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#notifications">Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+  Preferences - Notifications</a>.</p>
+
+<p>You can always retrieve messages manually at any time. To get new messages
+  for the selected account or newsgroup, do one of the following:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click Get Msgs on the Mail toolbar.</li>
+  <li>Open the File menu (in the Mail window) and choose Get New Messages.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To get new messages for all your mail accounts, begin from the Mail
+  window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click the triangle on the Get Msgs button in the Mail toolbar.</li>
+  <li>Choose Get All New Messages. &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+    retrieves new messages for all your mail accounts.
+
+    <p>If you are not currently logged into one of your mail accounts, Mail
+      &amp; Newsgroups first prompts you to enter your user name and password
+      before retrieving new messages for that account. (If you have already
+      stored your user name and password using the Password Manager, Mail &amp;
+      Newsgroups doesn&apos;t prompt you for this information.)</p>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: You can also open the File menu (in the Mail window)
+  and choose <q>Get New Messages for</q>.</p>
+
+<p>To get new messages for a specific mail account, begin from the Mail
+  window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click the triangle on the Get Msgs button on the Mail toolbar.</li>
+  <li>Choose the account for which you want to retrieve mail.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Mail &amp; Newsgroups prompts you for your password
+  the first time you retrieve messages for an account. You can choose to have
+  Mail &amp; Newsgroups store your password in the Password Manager at that
+  time.</p>
+
+<p>Password Manager can save all your user names and passwords on your own
+  computer and enter them for you automatically. For more information, see
+  <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_password_manager">Using the Password
+  Manager</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#reading_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="choosing_how_you_view_the_mail_window">Choosing How You View the Mail
+  Window</h2>
+
+<p>You can customize the layout of the Mail window (the window you see when you
+  choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups from the Window menu):</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Open the View menu and choose Show/Hide to show or hide the Mail toolbar,
+    search bar, or the status bar.</li>
+  <li>Open the View menu and choose Layout to select the type of three-pane
+    window layout to use.</li>
+  <li>Expand and collapse any pane to switch between a three-pane or two-pane
+    view.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#reading_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="sorting_and_threading_messages">Sorting and Threading Messages</h2>
+
+<p>To sort messages by categories such as subject, sender, date, or priority,
+  begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click the appropriate column heading in the message list window. Or, open
+    the View menu, choose Sort by, and then select the column you want to sort
+    by.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To reorder column headings, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click and drag a column heading to the left or right to reposition the
+    column.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To change which columns are displayed, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click the Show/Hide Columns icon <img src="images/columns.png" alt=""/>
+    and select the column to be added/removed from the list.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To group messages by threading (subject), so each message is grouped with
+  all its responses:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click the thread button to the left of the Subject, Sender, and Date
+    column headings. Or, open the View menu, choose Sort by, and then select
+    Threaded.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<table>
+  <tr>
+    <td colspan="2"><img src="images/threadbutton.png" alt=""/></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td style="width: 20px;"></td>
+    <td><strong>Thread button</strong></td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: The thread button automatically sorts the threads by
+  the age of their parent messages. If you want to use another sort criterion
+  for the threads, open the View menu and select the desired option from the
+  Sort by submenu.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: Select <q>Preserve threading when sorting messages</q>
+  in the <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#mail_and_newsgroups">Mail &amp;
+  Newsgroups Preferences</a> if you want &brandShortName; to preserve the
+  threaded message grouping when sorting messages with column header clicks. The
+  thread button just toggles between threaded and unthreaded message grouping in
+  this mode. If <q>Preserve threading when sorting messages</q> is not selected,
+  &brandShortName; automatically displays the messages unthreaded when you sort
+  them by clicking on a column header.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To help you identify unread messages in a collapsed
+  thread where you&apos;ve read the parent message, &brandShortName; Mail &amp;
+  Newsgroups underlines the parent message.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#reading_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="saving_and_printing_messages">Saving and Printing Messages</h2>
+
+<p>To save a mail message as a plain-text, HTML, or Outlook Express file:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the Mail window, select the message.</li>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Save As, and then choose File.</li>
+  <li>For <q>Save as type</q>, choose a file type (HTML, Text, or Mail file).
+    Choose Mail file if you want to save the message so it can be opened by
+    Microsoft Outlook or Outlook Express.</li>
+  <li>Change the filename&apos;s extension to end in .html, .txt, or .eml,
+    depending on the file type you chose in step 3.</li>
+  <li>Choose a destination for the file and click Save.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To print a selected message:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click Print.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#reading_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="controlling_images_scripts_and_plugins">Controlling Images, Scripts,
+  and Plugins</h2>
+
+<p>By default, images and other content, that is hosted remotely, will not
+  display in messages you receive, except from senders in your address books
+  whom you have allowed. To change these settings:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, click Message Display. (If
+    no subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to
+    expand the list.)</li>
+  <li>Uncheck <q>Block images and other content from remote sources</q>.</li>
+  <li>Click OK to have your change take effect.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: See <q>Allow remote images in HTML mail</q> in <a
+  href="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#creating_a_new_address_book_card">Creating
+  a New Address Book Card</a> for details of how to change which senders can
+  show remote content.</p>
+
+<p>By default, plugins are not enabled for mail messages you receive. To change
+  this setting:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Advanced category, click Scripts &amp; Plugins. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Advanced to expand the
+    list.)
+    <ul>
+      <li>Under <q>Enable Plugins for</q>, check <q>Mail &amp; Newsgroups</q>
+        to enable plugins.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK to have your changes take effect.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#reading_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="sending_messages">Sending Messages</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#composing_mail_and_newsgroup_messages">Composing Mail and
+      Newsgroup Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#using_the_message_composition_window">Using the Message
+      Composition Window</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#addressing_a_message">Addressing a Message</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#selecting_message_sending_options">Selecting Message
+      Sending Options</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#replying_to_a_message">Replying to a Message</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#forwarding_a_message">Forwarding a Message</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#confirming_that_your_message_was_opened">Confirming That Your
+      Message Was Opened</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#saving_and_editing_a_message_draft">Saving and Editing a
+      Message Draft</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#creating_and_using_templates">Creating and Using
+      Templates</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="composing_mail_and_newsgroup_messages">Composing Mail and Newsgroup
+  Messages</h2>
+
+<p>You can address, compose, reply to, or send a new message by doing one of
+  the following:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>In any &brandShortName; window, open the File menu and choose New, then
+    Message.</li>
+  <li>Click Compose on the Mail toolbar.</li>
+  <li>While displaying a message, click Reply, Forward, or Reply All on the
+    Mail toolbar.</li>
+  <li>From the Address Book window, select an address and click Compose on the
+    Address Book.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: Use the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings - 
+  <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#addressing">Composition &amp;
+  Addressing</a> dialog box to specify the HTML text editor to use for
+  composing messages sent from this account. (You can specify a different
+  editor for each of your accounts.) See
+  <a href="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#changing_the_settings_for_an_account">Changing
+  the Settings for an Account</a> for more information.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: It is generally not possible to compose messages for
+  them to be published in blogs &amp; news feeds accounts. If you want to
+  publish posts in a blog (and you have the appropiate rights to do it), you
+  will need to use the mechanisms provided by the specific blog system. In some
+  cases, this can even include sending a mail message to a specific address.</p>
+
+<p>Composing messages in HTML format allows you to use different fonts, text
+  styles (such as bold or italic) and text colors, tables, numbered or bulleted
+  lists, and pictures in your messages. However, some recipients may only be
+  able to read messages composed in plain text format. If you want to use the
+  plain-text editor occasionally, you can hold down the Shift key while
+  clicking the Compose or the Reply button to use the plain-text editor on an
+  as-needed basis.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="using_the_message_composition_window">Using the Message Composition
+  Window</h2>
+
+<p>Use the Compose window to address, compose, and send mail and newsgroup
+  messages. First specify whether you want to compose messages in plain text or
+  HTML by default in the <a
+  href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#addressing">Composition &amp;
+  Addressing</a> Preferences panel (open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp;
+  Newsgroups Account Settings).</p>
+
+<p>To view the Compose window, click the Compose button on the Mail
+  toolbar.</p>
+
+<p>The Compose window contains the following:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Mail Toolbar
+
+    <p>You can click the following buttons:</p>
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Send</strong>: To send a completed message.</li>
+      <li><strong>Address</strong>: To search for names in your address
+        books.</li>
+      <li><strong>Attach</strong>: To attach a file to a message. See
+        <a href="#using_attachments">Using Attachments</a> for more
+        information.</li>
+      <li><strong>Spell</strong>: To check the spelling of your message
+        text.</li>
+      <li><strong>Security</strong>: To display information about whether
+        your message will be sent encrypted or digitally signed (or
+        both).</li>
+      <li><strong>Save</strong>: To save the message as a draft.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Addressing area: Where you enter the email addresses of recipients.</li>
+  <li>Attachments area: When you attach files to a message (by clicking in this
+    area or by clicking the Attach button), the filenames will be listed in the
+    Attachments area to the right of the Addressing area.</li>
+  <li>Message body area: Where you type the contents of your message.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>If you&apos;ve chosen to compose messages using the HTML editor, you see an
+  additional toolbar with text formatting buttons similar to those in
+  &brandShortName; Composer.</p>
+
+<p>For help using the HTML editor, see
+  <a href="composer_help.xhtml#formatting_your_web_pages">Formatting Your Web
+  Pages</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="addressing_a_message">Addressing a Message</h2>
+
+<p>To address a mail message:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Type the name in the addressing area.
+
+    <p>If you have <a
+      href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#address_autocompletion">address
+      autocompletion</a> enabled (it&apos;s enabled by default), type the first
+      few letters of the recipient&apos;s name and wait for Mail &amp;
+      Newsgroups to complete the address. (Or you can type part of the name and
+      immediately press <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd
+      class="noMac">Enter</kbd> to have Mail &amp; Newsgroups try to complete
+      the address.)</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>If multiple addresses are displayed, select an address and press
+    <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd>.
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: Use a comma to separate multiple addresses on the
+      same line. Do not use a comma to separate first or last names. For
+      example, multiple entries might be:</p>
+
+    <p><tt>user1@netscape.net,user2@netscape.net</tt></p>
+  </li>
+  <li>If you want this message to be sent from a different account, click the
+    <q>From</q> field to select the account you want. See
+    <a href="#changing_the_account_from_which_a_message_is_sent">Changing the
+    Account From Which a Message is Sent</a> for more information.</li>
+  <li>If necessary, click <q>To</q> to choose a different recipient type:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>To</strong>: For primary recipients of your message.</li>
+      <li><strong>Cc</strong>: For secondary recipients (carbon copy).</li>
+      <li><strong>Bcc</strong>: For secondary recipients not identified to the
+        other recipients, including those in the cc list (blind carbon
+        copy).</li>
+      <li><strong>Reply-To</strong>: For recipients to reply to a different
+        email address other than the one the message is sent from.</li>
+      <li><strong>Newsgroup</strong>: For posting to a newsgroup.</li>
+      <li><strong>Followup-To</strong>: For redirecting a newsgroup posting, so
+        that subsequent replies go directly to the redirected newsgroup instead
+        of the original newsgroup.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can quickly address a message by clicking the
+  email address contained in a message you&apos;re reading, and then selecting
+  Compose Mail To from the pop-up menu.</p>
+
+<p id="changing_the_account_from_which_a_message_is_sent"><strong>Changing the
+  Account From Which a Message is Sent</strong></p>
+
+<p>If you have multiple mail accounts, the account listed in the From field is
+  based on the account (or server) you selected when you choose to create a new
+  message. However, &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups also allows you to
+  change the account a message is sent from while you&apos;re composing a
+  message. Click the From field to view a list of your accounts and then select
+  the account you want. A copy of the message is saved in the Sent folder of
+  the account where you sent the message from.</p>
+
+<p><strong>About Address Autocompletion</strong></p>
+
+<p>Address autocompletion allows you to address mail easily from the Compose
+  window without having to search for names or type complete names. Mail &amp;
+  Newsgroups automatically checks your address books and an
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#ldap">LDAP</a> directory server (if available) and
+  completes the name if it finds a unique match. It also prevents mistakes by
+  showing all possible choices with additional information if it finds multiple
+  matches. Address autocompletion is enabled by default.</p>
+
+<p>If you don&apos;t want to use an address that Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+  provides, press Backspace or Delete to remove characters and then enter an
+  alternate address.</p>
+
+<p>To disable address autocompletion:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, click Addressing. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to expand
+    the list).</li>
+  <li>In the Address Autocompletion section, deselect <q>Local Address
+    Books</q> and <q>Directory Server</q>.</li>
+  <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="selecting_message_sending_options">Selecting Message Sending
+  Options</h2>
+
+<p>While you&apos;re composing a message, you can select these additional
+  message sending options from the Options menu:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Select Addresses</strong>: The Select Addresses option lets you
+    choose the recipient&apos;s email address from your Address Books or a
+    remote directory. To look up an address in an address book or directory,
+    enter the first few letters of the recipient&apos;s first or last name to
+    start the search. Select an address and then click To:, Cc:, or Bcc: to
+    address your message.</li>
+  <li><strong>Quote Message</strong>: Choose this option to have the selection
+    of the message text shown as quoted text.</li>
+  <li><strong>Return Receipt</strong>: Choose this option to request a
+    confirmation message when the recipient displays (opens) the message. Keep
+    in mind that the recipient may choose not to send you a return receipt.
+    This option lets you enable or disable return receipt requests on a
+    per-message basis. To automatically request return receipts for all
+    messages you send, use the return receipts preferences. See
+    <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#return_receipts_preferences">Mail &amp;
+    Newsgroups Preferences - Return Receipts</a> for more information.</li>
+  <li><strong>Format</strong>: Send the message as plain text, or HTML
+    (formatted), or both. If you choose <q>Auto-Detect</q>, Mail &amp;
+    Newsgroups prompts you for the format to use if it&apos;s unknown whether
+    the recipient&apos;s mail program can display an HTML message. The format
+    you choose here overrides the send format you specified using the
+    Preferences command on the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu.</li>
+  <li><strong>Priority</strong>: Choose a priority to indicate whether the
+    message has lowest, low, normal, high, or highest priority.</li>
+  <li><strong>Character Encoding</strong>: Choose a character encoding used for
+    this message.</li>
+  <li><strong>Send a Copy To</strong>: Choose this if you want to file an
+    additional copy of the sent message in a different folder than your default
+    Sent folder. Then select the folder you want.</li>
+  <li><strong>Encrypt This Message</strong>: Choose this to have &brandShortName;
+    encrypt this message (without changing the default).</li>
+  <li><strong>Digitally Sign This Message</strong>: Choose this to have
+    &brandShortName; digitally sign this message (without changing the
+    default).</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Additionally, the following options are available from the Edit menu:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Rewrap</strong>: If you are composing a message using the
+    plain-text editor, you can use the Rewrap command to rewrap long lines of
+    quoted text to fit the Compose window. This command rewraps selected quoted
+    text to the number of characters specified by the
+    <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#composition">Composition</a>
+    preferences. This command is primarily useful when you are replying to a
+    message where the original message is quoted in your reply, and the original
+    message contains long lines.
+
+    <p>You use the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings command on the Edit
+      menu to specify that you want to use the plain-text editor for composing
+      messages. Select the Composition &amp; Addressing panel of the account
+      and uncheck <q>Compose messages in HTML format</q> to use the plain-text
+      editor for all messages. If you only want to use the plain-text editor
+      occasionally, you can hold down the Shift key while clicking the Compose
+      or the Reply button to use the plain-text editor on an as-needed
+      basis.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Check Spelling</strong>: Checks the spelling of the message text
+    before you send it. You can also click Spell.</li>
+  <li><strong>Spellcheck As You Type</strong>: Choose this option to have the
+    spelling of the message text checked as you type.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="replying_to_a_message">Replying to a Message</h2>
+
+<p>To reply to a mail message:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Select the message.</li>
+  <li>Click Reply to respond to the sender alone.</li>
+  <li>Click Reply All to respond to all addressees in the message.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To include the original message each time you reply to any message, and to
+  specify how to place the original message in the reply:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings.
+    You see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>If you have multiple accounts, select an account and click the
+    <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#addressing">Composition &amp;
+    Addressing</a> category for that account.</li>
+  <li>Select <q>Automatically quote the original message when
+    replying</q>.</li>
+  <li>Specify where in the message to place your reply. <q>Start my reply below
+    the quote</q> is the default.</li>
+  <li>If you have decided to <a
+    href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#account_settings">attach a
+    signature</a> to every outgoing message and selected to start your reply
+    above the quote here, you can additionally configure where your signature
+    is placed:
+    <ul>
+      <li>Select <q>below the quote (recommended)</q> to place your signature
+        at the very end of the message below the quoted text.</li>
+      <li>Select <q>below my reply (above the quote)</q> to place your
+        signature between your reply and the quoted text.</li>
+    </ul>
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: If you have created a signature, you can
+      optionally <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#addressing">omit
+      it</a> when replying to a message.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="forwarding_a_message">Forwarding a Message</h2>
+
+<p>When you forward a message, you can specify how its contents are included
+  in the new message: <em>inline</em> (in the body of the message), or as an
+  <em>attachment</em>.</p>
+
+<p>To forward a message:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select the message and click Forward.</li>
+  <li>Type the name or email address of the recipient.</li>
+  <li>Click Send.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To set the default for forwarding messages:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, click
+    <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#composition">Composition</a>. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to expand the
+    list.)</li>
+  <li>For forwarding messages, choose Inline (in the message body) or As
+    Attachment.
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: If you have created a signature and forward
+      inline, its placement depends on the respective reply setting. You can
+      optionally <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#addressing">omit the
+      signature</a> when forwarding a message.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To override the default for forwarding a message,
+  select the message, open the Message menu, and choose Forward As, then
+  choose Inline or Attachment.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="confirming_that_your_message_was_opened">Confirming That Your Message
+  Was Opened</h2>
+
+<p>You can use return receipts to notify you when a recipient has displayed
+  (opened) your message. The recipient must be using a mail program that
+  supports the Message Disposition Notification (MDN) standard. Keep in mind
+  that the recipient may choose not to send you a return receipt, even if
+  you&apos;ve requested one. Messages you send to a newsgroup address will not
+  include a return receipt request, since news servers don&apos;t support this
+  feature.</p>
+
+<p>To request return receipts for all messages you send, you can use the global
+  <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#return_receipts_preferences">Return
+  Receipt</a> preferences to specify how to manage requests you receive for
+  return receipts. You can override these global preferences for individual
+  accounts.</p>
+
+<p>To request a return receipt on a per-message basis:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>From a Mail Compose window, open the Options menu, and choose Return
+    Receipt.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To automatically request return receipts when sending messages from each of
+  your mail accounts:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, click
+    <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#return_receipts_preferences">Return
+    Receipts</a>. (If no subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp;
+    Newsgroups to expand the list.)</li>
+  <li>Select <q>When sending messages, always request a return receipt</q>.</li>
+  <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>For more information on setting return receipt preferences, see
+  <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#return_receipts_preferences">Mail &amp;
+  Newsgroups Preferences - Return Receipts</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="saving_and_editing_a_message_draft">Saving and Editing a Message
+  Draft</h2>
+
+<p>To save a mail message as a draft so you can complete it later:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>In the Compose window, click Save, or open the File menu and choose Save
+    as Draft. By default, the message is saved in the Drafts folder for the
+    current account.
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: Your mail message will stay open after you save
+      it as a draft.</p>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To edit or send a message draft, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click the Drafts folder for the account where you created the message
+    draft.</li>
+  <li>Click the message that you want to edit.</li>
+  <li>In the top-right corner of the message, click the Edit Draft
+    button.</li>
+  <li>Edit the message as necessary.</li>
+  <li>Click Send to send the message or click Save to save the message so you
+    can complete it later.
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: Sending the message removes it from the Drafts
+      folder.</p>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can also double-click the message to open it for
+  editing. This is especially useful if the message pane is closed.</p>
+
+<p>To delete one or more unwanted message drafts, begin from the Mail
+  window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click the Drafts folder for the account where you created the message
+    drafts.</li>
+  <li>Select the message drafts that you want to delete.</li>
+  <li>Click Delete in the Mail toolbar.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="creating_and_using_templates">Creating and Using Templates</h2>
+
+<p>Templates are useful for setting the default format for messages that you
+  send regularly, such as weekly status reports. You can save a message as a
+  template from any window in which it is displayed, including from within a
+  Mail compose window.</p>
+
+<p>To save a message to use as a template:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the Mail window, click Compose to create a new message and then set
+    the default font, text size, text color, background color, and any other
+    default formatting you want.
+
+    <p>Alternatively, open an existing message that already has the formatting
+      you want.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>While displaying the message, open the File menu, choose Save As, then
+    choose Template. The message is stored as a template in the Templates
+    folder for the current mail account.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To compose a message using a template:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the Mail window, select the Templates folder for the account where you
+    created the message template.</li>
+  <li>Double-click the message template to open it.</li>
+  <li>Edit the message, then save it (to put it in the Drafts folder) or send
+    it.
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: Sending the message does not remove the template
+      from the Templates folder. The template is preserved for future use.</p>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To delete one or more unwanted message templates, begin from the Mail
+  window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click the Templates folder for the account where you created the message
+    templates.</li>
+  <li>Select the message templates that you want to delete.</li>
+  <li>Click Delete in the Mail toolbar.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="creating_html_mail_messages">Creating HTML Mail Messages</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#using_html_in_your_messages">Using HTML in Your
+      Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#choosing_html_mail_sending_options">Choosing HTML Message
+      Sending Options</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#specifying_recipients_for_html_messages">Specifying
+      Recipients for HTML Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#viewing_the_message_source_for_html_messages">Viewing the
+      Message Source for HTML Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#using_the_html_mail_question_dialog_box">Using the HTML Mail
+      Question Dialog Box</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="using_html_in_your_messages">Using HTML in Your Messages</h2>
+
+<p>HTML messages can include formatted text, links, images, and
+  tables&mdash;just like a web page. However, some recipients may not be able
+  to receive HTML messages. &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups allows you
+  to compose mail and newsgroup messages using either the HTML (rich-text)
+  formatting editor or the plain-text editor for each mail account you have.
+  In addition, you can choose whether your addressees should receive HTML or
+  plain-text messages by default, and how Mail &amp; Newsgroups should handle
+  messages when it&apos;s not known if an addressee can receive HTML-formatted
+  mail.</p>
+
+<p>To specify whether to use the HTML editor as the default for composing
+  messages, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+    see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Select the mail or newsgroup account you want to use.</li>
+  <li>Go to the Composition &amp; Addressing panel and select <q>Compose
+    messages in HTML format</q>. You see the Formatting toolbar in the Compose
+    window. Leave this box unchecked to use the plain-text editor for this
+    account.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#creating_html_mail_messages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="editing_or_inserting_html_elements">Editing or Inserting HTML
+  Elements</h3>
+
+<p>If you understand how to work with HTML source code, you can edit or insert
+  additional HTML tags, style attributes, and JavaScript in your mail message.
+  If you are not sure how to work with HTML source code, it&apos;s best not to
+  change it. To work with HTML code, use one of these methods:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Place the insertion point where you want to insert the HTML code, then
+    open the Insert menu and choose HTML. In the Insert HTML dialog box, enter
+    HTML tags and text, and then click Insert to insert your changes.</li>
+  <li>Select the HTML source code that you want to edit, then open the Insert
+    menu and choose HTML. In the Insert HTML dialog box, edit HTML tags and
+    text, and then click Insert to insert your changes.</li>
+  <li>Select an element such as a table, named anchor, image, link, or
+    horizontal line. Double-click the element to open the associated properties
+    dialog box for that item. Click Advanced Edit to open the Advanced Property
+    Editor. You can use the Advanced Property Editor to add HTML attributes and
+    JavaScript to objects.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>For more information on editing HTML source code, see
+  <a href="composer_help.xhtml#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Using the
+  Advanced Property Editor</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#creating_html_mail_messages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="choosing_html_mail_sending_options">Choosing HTML Mail Sending
+  Options</h2>
+
+<p>By default, Mail &amp; Newsgroups prompts you before sending HTML messages
+  when it&apos;s not known whether the recipient&apos;s mail program can
+  display HTML-formatted messages.</p>
+
+<p>To choose sending-format options for mail messages, begin from the Mail
+  window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, click
+    <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#send_format">Send Format</a>. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to expand the
+    list).
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: This preference applies only to mail messages,
+      not to newsgroup messages.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Select the option you want and then click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>If while composing a message you realize that one or more recipients may not
+  be able to receive HTML-formatted mail, you can easily convert the message to
+  a different format when you click Send:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the Compose window, open the Options menu and choose Format.</li>
+  <li>Select the format you want to use for sending the message from the
+    submenu:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Auto Detect</strong>: Mail &amp; Newsgroups chooses the
+        appropriate format for the message text. If it can&apos;t determine the
+        format, it asks you to choose a format.</li>
+      <li><strong>Plain Text Only</strong>: The message may not display
+        formatting such as bold text, but all mail programs will be able to
+        display the message.</li>
+      <li><strong>Rich Text (HTML) Only</strong>: Some mail programs may have
+        trouble displaying an HTML-formatted message. Choose this option only
+        if you are sure the recipient&apos;s mail program can display
+        HTML-formatted mail.</li>
+      <li><strong>Plain and Rich (HTML) Text</strong>: This uses more disk
+        space, but may be the best choice if you are not sure whether the
+        recipient&apos;s mail program can display HTML-formatted mail.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>When you&apos;ve finished composing the message, click Send.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#creating_html_mail_messages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="specifying_recipients_for_html_messages">Specifying Recipients for HTML
+  Messages</h2>
+
+<p>You can save time by indicating whether individuals in your address books
+  prefer to receive either HTML messages or plain text messages.</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Window menu and choose Address Book.</li>
+  <li>Select the address book on the left and then select the individual&apos;s
+    card on the right.</li>
+  <li>Click Properties to display the <q>Card for</q> dialog box.</li>
+  <li>In the Contact tab, use the <q>Prefers to receive messages formatted
+    as</q> drop-down list to select HTML if you know this recipient can read
+    HTML-formatted messages (such as messages that include links, images, or
+    tables).
+
+    <p>If this recipient can only read messages sent as plain text (no
+      formatting), then choose Plain Text. If you don&apos;t know or are not
+      sure, choose Unknown.</p>
+
+    <p>If you choose Unknown, &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups determines
+      the sending format based on the Send Format settings for Mail &amp;
+      Newsgroups in the Preferences dialog box. If Mail &amp; Newsgroups still
+      can&apos;t determine the correct format, it will prompt you to choose a
+      sending format when you send the message.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#creating_html_mail_messages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="viewing_the_message_source_for_html_messages">Viewing the Message
+  Source for HTML Messages</h2>
+
+<p>You can quickly view the HTML and other code that generates an HTML message
+  you&apos;ve received:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the message list window, open the message.</li>
+  <li>Open the View menu and choose Message Source.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#creating_html_mail_messages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="using_the_html_mail_question_dialog_box">Using the HTML Mail Question
+  Dialog Box</h2>
+
+<p>The HTML Mail Question dialog box appears when you try to send a message to
+  someone whose mail program may not be able to display HTML messages or when
+  Mail &amp; Newsgroups cannot determine whether your recipient can display
+  HTML messages. If you are in doubt, send the message in both HTML and
+  plain-text formats.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#creating_html_mail_messages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="using_attachments">Using Attachments</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#attaching_a_file_or_web_page">Attaching a File or Web
+      Page</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#viewing_and_opening_attachments">Viewing and Opening
+      Attachments</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#saving_attachments">Saving Attachments</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="attaching_a_file_or_web_page">Attaching a File or Web Page</h2>
+
+<p>To attach a file to an outgoing mail message:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the Compose window, click Attach or open the File menu and choose
+    Attach File. You see the <q>Enter file to attach</q> dialog box.
+
+    <p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can also click inside the Attachments area to
+      attach a file.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Type the name of the file you want to attach, or select a file from your
+    hard drive that you want to attach.</li>
+  <li>Click Open. The filename appears in the Attachments area.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can also drag and drop one or more files from your
+  desktop into the Attachments area in the Compose window.</p>
+
+<p>To attach a web page to an outgoing mail message:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the Compose window, open the File menu and choose Attach Web Page.</li>
+  <li>In the dialog box, enter the URL of the page and then click OK. The web
+    page URL appears in the Attachments area.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: When you are viewing a page in the browser,
+  you can send the page to someone by opening the File menu and choosing Send
+  Page.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_attachments">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="viewing_and_opening_attachments">Viewing and Opening Attachments</h2>
+
+<p>If you receive a mail attachment that consists of a file type that
+  &brandShortName; can display (such as graphic files and HTML files), you see
+  the attachment displayed inline (in the body of the message). For other file
+  types, Mail &amp; Newsgroups lets you open the attachment using another
+  application, or you can save the attachment on your hard disk.</p>
+
+<p>To open the attachment, make sure you have a program on your computer that
+  can open files of the same type as the attachment&apos;s file format. For
+  example, if you want to open a .DOC file, make sure you have a program on
+  your computer that can open .DOC files.</p>
+
+<p>To open an attachment:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Double-click the attachment you want (if there is more than one).</li>
+  <li>In the Downloading dialog box, choose what you want &brandShortName; to
+    do with the attachment:
+    <ul>
+      <li>If &brandShortName; finds an application on your hard disk that can
+        open the attachment, you can open the attachment using that
+        application. Click <q>Choose</q> to use a different application to open
+        the attachment.</li>
+      <li>If &brandShortName; can&apos;t find an application on your hard disk
+        that can open the attachment, you can save the attachment. You
+        won&apos;t be able to open the  attachment, but at least you can save
+        it on your hard disk until you can install an application that can open
+        it.</li>
+      <li>Click <q>Advanced</q> to add a new file type to the list of helper
+        applications. &brandShortName; uses helper applications to determine
+        how different file types are opened by other applications from within
+        &brandShortName;. For more information, see
+        <a href="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads">Plugins and
+        Downloads</a>.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: If you are viewing your mail using an IMAP mail
+  server, all attachments remain on the server.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_attachments">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="saving_attachments">Saving Attachments</h2>
+
+<p>To save an attachment:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the right side of the message envelope, under <q>Attachments</q>,
+    select the attachment that you want to save.</li>
+  <li>Right-click <span class="mac">or, if you have a one-button mouse,
+    <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click</span>the attachment and choose Save As from the
+    pop-up menu.</li>
+  <li>Choose a filename and location for the attachment on your hard disk and
+    then click OK. Mail &amp; Newsgroups downloads the attachment and saves it
+    to the specified location.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To save all attachments, right-click
+  <span class="mac">or, if you have a one-button mouse,
+  <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click</span>the first one in the attachment list, and choose
+  Save All. You can then specify the location where you want all the
+  attachments to be saved.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_attachments">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="deleting_messages">Deleting Messages</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#deleting_pop_or_imap_messages">Deleting POP or IMAP
+      Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#moving_messages_to_and_from_the_trash">Moving Messages to and
+      from the Trash</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="deleting_pop_or_imap_messages">Deleting POP or IMAP Messages</h2>
+
+<p>How you delete messages depends on your mail server type: POP or IMAP.
+  Deleted POP messages are automatically moved to the Trash folder. IMAP users
+  can set different options for deleting messages.</p>
+
+<p>To delete messages from your Inbox or other folders, begin from the Mail
+  window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the message list, select the messages and click Delete. By default,
+    Mail &amp; Newsgroups moves the selected messages to the Trash folder.</li>
+  <li>To delete messages permanently, open the File menu and choose Empty
+    Trash.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To delete messages without opening them, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the View menu and choose Layout, and then uncheck Message Pane.
+
+    <p>Alternatively, click the Message Pane handle (the ridged area centered
+      at the bottom of the message list) to close the message pane.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>In the message list, select the messages and click Delete.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To set deletion preferences for IMAP messages:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+    see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Locate the IMAP account you want, and then click the Server Settings
+    category under the account name.</li>
+  <li>Select the <a
+    href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#when_i_delete_a_message">options</a>
+    you want for deleting messages and click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#deleting_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="moving_messages_to_and_from_the_trash">Moving Messages To and From the
+  Trash</h2>
+
+<p>If you use a POP server to deliver your mail, or if you set up IMAP to use
+  the Trash folder, follow these steps to delete messages from your Inbox or
+  other folders:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the message list, select the messages you want to delete.</li>
+  <li>Click Delete. Mail &amp; Newsgroups moves the messages to the Trash
+    folder.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To recover messages from the Trash:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click the Trash folder.</li>
+  <li>Select the messages you want to recover and drag them to another
+    folder.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To delete messages permanently:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Empty Trash.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#deleting_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/nav_help.xhtml b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/nav_help.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4f5cab82ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/nav_help.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,1745 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Browsing the Web</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="browsing_the_web">Browsing the Web</h1>
+
+<p>Welcome to &brandShortName;! One of the most popular ways people use
+  &brandShortName; is to browse the Web. The &brandShortName; browser
+  component that lets you visit web pages, offers many ways to visit web pages
+  and search the Web.</p>
+
+<p>This section introduces you to the browser, and how you can use it to
+  navigate, search, and save web pages.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#navigating_web_pages">Navigating Web Pages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#searching_the_web">Searching the Web</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#copying_saving_and_printing_pages">Copying, Saving, and
+      Printing Pages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#using_languages_and_international_content">Using Languages
+      and International Content</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#plugins_and_downloads">Plugins and Downloads</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#improving_speed_and_efficiency">Improving Speed and
+      Efficiency</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#proxies">Proxies</a></li>
+    <li><a href="page_info_help.xhtml">Viewing Page Info</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h1 id="navigating_web_pages">Navigating Web Pages</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#viewing_your_home_page">Viewing Your Home Page</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#moving_to_another_page">Moving to Another Page</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#clicking_a_link">Clicking a Link</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#retracing_your_steps">Retracing Your Steps</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#stopping_and_reloading">Stopping and Reloading</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#visiting_bookmarked_pages">Visiting Bookmarked Pages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#using_tabbed_browsing">Using Tabbed Browsing</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#using_sidebar">Using Sidebar</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="viewing_your_home_page">Viewing Your Home Page</h2>
+
+<p>After the first launch, you will normally see your home page when you launch
+  &brandShortName;. Unless you choose a home page yourself, your home page is
+  chosen by your network or Internet service provider, or you see
+  &brandShortName;&apos;s home page.</p>
+
+<p>To choose your own home page, see
+  <a href="customize_help.xhtml#specifying_how_mozilla_starts_up">Specifying
+  How &brandShortName; Starts Up</a>.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tips</strong>:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li class="noMac" id="full_screen_mode">To streamline the &brandShortName;
+    interface, you can use Full Screen mode to display web pages using almost
+    all of your screen. In the browser, open the View menu and choose Full
+    Screen. You can also press <kbd>F11</kbd>.</li>
+  <li>To go to your home page quickly, press <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd
+    class="noMac">Alt</kbd>+<kbd>Home</kbd>.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#navigating_web_pages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="moving_to_another_page">Moving to Another Page</h2>
+
+<p>You move to a new page by typing its URL&mdash;its location (address) on the
+  Web. URLs normally begin with <q>http://</q>, followed by one or more
+  names that identify the address. For instance,
+  <q>http:/mozilla.org</q>.</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click the Location Bar to select the URL that is already there.</li>
+  <li>Type the URL of the page you want to visit. The URL you type replaces any
+    text already in the Location Bar.</li>
+  <li>Press <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd>.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Using the lock icon near the lower-right corner of the window, you can check
+  a web page&apos;s security status at any time. For details, see
+  <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#checking_security_for_a_web_page">Checking
+  Security for a Web Page</a>.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly select the URL in the Location Bar, press
+  <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>L</kbd>.</p>
+
+<table summary="table for images">
+  <tr>
+    <td><img src="images/locationbar.png"
+      alt="Location Bar"/></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td style="text-align: center;"><strong>Location Bar</strong></td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p><strong>Don&apos;t know a URL?</strong> You can type part of a URL, such as
+  <q>cnn</q> (for www.cnn.com); or you can type a general word, such as
+  <q>gifts</q> or <q>flowers</q>. The browser guesses what page you
+  want to view, or displays a page with a choice of links related to the word
+  you typed.</p>
+
+<p>If you are new to the Internet, see the
+  <a href="http://www.internet-guide.co.uk/help.html">Internet Guide</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#navigating_web_pages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="clicking_a_link">Clicking a Link</h2>
+
+<p>Most web pages contain links you can click to move to other pages.</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Move the pointer until it changes to a pointing finger. This happens
+    whenever the pointer is over a link. Most links are underlined text, but
+    buttons and images can also be links.</li>
+  <li>Click the link once. While the network locates the page that the link
+    points to, status messages appear at the bottom of the window.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#navigating_web_pages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="retracing_your_steps">Retracing Your Steps</h2>
+
+<p>There are several ways to re-visit pages:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>To go back or forward one page, click the Back or Forward arrow.</li>
+  <li>To go back or forward more than one page, click the small triangles on
+    the Back and Forward buttons. You&apos;ll see a list of pages you&apos;ve
+    visited; to return to a page, choose it from the list.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<table summary="table for images">
+  <tr>
+    <td colspan="4"><img src="images/reload.gif"
+      alt="Navigation Buttons"/></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td style="width: 8px;"></td>
+    <td style="width: 34px;"><strong>Back</strong></td>
+    <td style="width: 45px;"><strong>Forward</strong></td>
+    <td></td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>To see a list of any URLs you&apos;ve typed into the Location Bar, click
+    the arrow at the right end of the Location Bar. To view a page, choose it
+    from the list.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<table summary="table for images">
+  <tr>
+    <td><img src="images/locationbar.png" alt="Location Bar"/></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td style="text-align: center;"><strong>Location Bar</strong> </td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>To choose from pages you&apos;ve visited during the current session, open
+    the Go menu and use the list in the bottom section of the menu.</li>
+
+  <li>To choose from pages you&apos;ve visited during the past several
+    sessions, open the Go menu and choose History. You see the history list.
+    The history list displays a list of folders. Double clicking the folders
+    displays subfolders or bookmarks to web pages. You can double-click the URL
+    next to the Bookmark icon to view that page.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: The Sidebar History tab also allows you to choose from
+  pages you&apos;ve visited during the past several sessions. For
+  information, see
+  <a href="customize_help.xhtml#adding_sidebar_tabs">Adding Sidebar Tabs</a>.
+</p>
+
+<h3 id="about_history_lists">About History Lists</h3>
+
+<p>The history list contains links to recently visited pages. The Location Bar
+  list contains links to pages you&apos;ve typed into the Location Bar and then
+  visited.</p>
+
+<p>To access the history list from the browser, open the Go menu and choose
+  History. To access the Location Bar list, click the arrow at the right end of
+  the Location Bar.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly open the history list, press
+  <span class="mac"><kbd>Cmd</kbd>+<kbd>Shift</kbd></span><kbd
+  class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>H</kbd>.</p>
+
+<p>If you don&apos;t want the Location Bar or history list to display the pages
+  you&apos;ve been visiting, you can clear the history list and Location Bar
+  history entirely or selectively.</p>
+
+<p>To delete all pages from the Location Bar or history list, begin from the
+  browser window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the
+    <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span><span class="noMac">Edit</span>
+    menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Browser category, click History. (If no subcategories are
+    visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li>
+  <li>Click Clear History and Clear Location Bar to remove all previously
+    visited web pages from the lists.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: In <q>Remember visited pages for the last [__]
+  days</q>, you can set the number of days pages will remain in the history
+  list.</p>
+
+<p>To selectively delete pages from the history list, do any of the
+  following:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>To delete all pages from a domain, select a page within that domain
+    (folder) in the History list, open the Edit menu, and select <q>Delete
+    entire domain <em>*.[domain name]</em></q>. For example, use this command
+    if you want to delete all pages that end in <q>mozilla.org</q>.</li>
+  <li>To delete pages from a subdomain, select a page within that subdomain in
+    the History list, open the Edit menu, and select <q>Delete all from
+    <em>[subdomain]</em></q>. For example, use this command if you want to
+    delete all pages from <q>bugzilla.mozilla.org</q> but not
+    <q>mozilla.org</q>.</li>
+  <li>To delete a single page or folder, select it in the history list and
+    press Delete.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To sort the history list, click one of the categories
+  (Title, Location, or Last Visited). Click the title again to reverse the
+  order.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#navigating_web_pages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="stopping_and_reloading">Stopping and Reloading</h2>
+
+<p>If a page is taking too long to appear, or you change your mind and
+  don&apos;t want to view it, click the Stop button.</p>
+
+<p>To refresh the current page, or get the most up-to-date version, click the
+  Reload button, or press
+  <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>R</kbd>.</p>
+
+<table summary="table for images">
+  <tr>
+    <td colspan="3"><img src="images/reload.gif"
+      alt="Navigation Buttons"/></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td style="width: 87px;"></td>
+    <td style="width: 45px;"><strong>Reload</strong></td>
+    <td style="width: 47px;"><strong>Stop</strong></td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>To refresh the current page and reset all changes made (if the page contains
+  a form), hold down the <kbd>Shift</kbd> key and click the Reload button, or
+  press <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd
+  class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd>R</kbd>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#navigating_web_pages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="visiting_bookmarked_pages">Visiting Bookmarked Pages</h2>
+
+<p>The addresses, or URLs, of web pages can be quite long and difficult to
+  remember. Fortunately, it&apos;s not necessary to memorize URLs in order to
+  browse the Web. Your browser has a list of bookmarks, which are pointers to
+  interesting web pages.</p>
+
+<p>To go to a bookmarked page, begin from the Browser window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Bookmarks menu. The menu contains bookmarks represented by a
+    bookmark icon, and folders that contain more bookmarks.</li>
+  <li>To visit a bookmarked page, choose a bookmark from the menu, or open a
+    folder and choose a bookmark.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To retrace your steps, click the Back arrow.</p>
+
+<p>You can save your own bookmarks to point to pages you frequently visit, or
+  to other interesting places on the Web. See
+  <a href="customize_help.xhtml#creating_new_bookmarks">Creating New
+  Bookmarks</a> for more information.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#navigating_web_pages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="using_tabbed_browsing">Using Tabbed Browsing</h2>
+
+<p>When you visit more then one web page at a time, you can use Tabbed Browsing
+  to navigate the Web faster and easier.</p>
+
+<p>Tabbed Browsing lets you open tabs, each displaying a web page, within a
+  single browser window. You don&apos;t have to have several windows open to
+  visit several different web pages. This frees up space on your desktop. You
+  can open, close, and reload web pages conveniently in one place without
+  having to switch to another window.</p>
+
+<p>You can manage your navigation tabs easily and control when tabs are opened
+  automatically. For more information about setting Tabbed Browsing
+  preferences, see
+  <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing">Browser Preferences
+  - Tabbed Browsing</a>.</p>
+
+<p>To learn more about using Tabbed Browsing, see
+  <a href="customize_help.xhtml#tabbed_browsing">Tabbed Browsing</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#navigating_web_pages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="using_sidebar">Using Sidebar</h2>
+
+<p>In addition to navigating the Web with the browser, you can let the Web come
+  to you by using Sidebar.</p>
+
+<p>Sidebar is a customizable frame in your browser where you can keep items
+  that you need to use all the time&mdash;the latest news and weather, your
+  address book, stock quotes, a calendar&mdash;and many other available
+  options. Sidebar presents these items to you in tabs that it continually
+  updates.</p>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; comes with some Sidebar tabs already set up, but you can
+  customize Sidebar by adding, removing, and rearranging tabs. For details,
+  see <a href="customize_help.xhtml#sidebar">Sidebar</a>.</p>
+
+<p>To view an item in Sidebar, click its tab.</p>
+
+<table summary="table for images">
+  <tr>
+    <td><img src="images/sidebar.png"
+      alt="Sidebar Handle"/></td>
+    <td style="vertical-align:
+      middle; padding-right: 20px;"><strong>Sidebar<br/>Handle</strong></td>
+    <td style="vertical-align: middle;">If it is not already open, open Sidebar
+      by clicking its handle. If the handle is missing, open the View menu in
+      the browser, choose Show/Hide, and then Sidebar from the submenu.</td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p class="noMac"><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly open or close the Sidebar,
+  press <kbd>F9</kbd>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#navigating_web_pages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="searching_the_web">Searching the Web</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#fast_searches">Fast Searches</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#sidebar_advanced_search_mode">Sidebar Advanced Search
+      Mode</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#setting_search_preferences">Setting Search
+      Preferences</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#using_internet_keywords">Using Internet Keywords</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#searching_within_a_page">Searching Within a Page</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#using_find_as_you_type">Using Find-as-you-type</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#searching_the_bookmarks_or_history_list">Searching the
+      Bookmarks or History List</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="fast_searches">Fast Searches</h2>
+
+<p>There are four ways to search quickly: from the Location Bar, from Sidebar,
+  from the Net Search page, and by selecting words in a web page.</p>
+
+<h3 id="searching_from_the_location_bar">Searching from the Location Bar</h3>
+
+<p>Searching for web pages on a particular topic is as easy as typing a
+  question, or just a word or two, into the browser&apos;s Location Bar, as
+  shown below.</p>
+
+<p><img src="images/search.png" width="305" height="40" alt=
+  "Location Bar with Search Term"/></p>
+
+<p>For example, if you want to find information about baby dolls:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Double-click in the Location Bar to select the current text.</li>
+  <li>Type the word <q>baby doll</q>. Your typing replaces the current
+    text.</li>
+  <li>Perform one of these steps:
+    <ul>
+      <li>Click the Search button.</li>
+      <li>Click <q>Search Google for <q>baby doll</q></q> at the bottom of the
+        drop-down list in the Location Bar. (Your default search engine may be
+        different.)
+
+        <p>The default search engine you choose in
+          <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#smart_browsing">Preferences</a>
+          is used. Search results for <q>baby doll</q> appear in both the
+          browser window and in Sidebar. Click the links to visit web pages
+          about baby dolls.</p>
+      </li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>After you perform a search, the results are saved in Sidebar&apos;s Search
+  tab until you do a new search. You don&apos;t have to click the Back button
+  to retrieve the search results.</p>
+
+<p>Note: You can also use <a href="#using_internet_keywords">Internet
+  Keywords</a> to search from the Location Bar.</p>
+
+<h3 id="searching_from_sidebar">Searching from Sidebar</h3>
+
+<p>The Sidebar Search tab lets you quickly search and bookmark your search
+  results. For example, if you want to find information about toy cars:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>If it is not already open, open Sidebar by clicking its handle. If the
+    handle is missing, <span class="noMac">press <kbd>F9</kbd> or </span>open
+    the View menu in the browser, choose Show/Hide, and then Sidebar from the
+    submenu.</li>
+  <li>Click the Search tab in Sidebar.</li>
+  <li>Open the <q>using</q> drop-down list, and choose a search
+    engine.</li>
+  <li>Type <q>toy car</q> in the search field.</li>
+  <li>Click Search. Search results for &apos;toy car&apos; appear in both the
+    browser window and in Sidebar. Click the links to visit web pages about toy
+    cars.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: If the Sidebar Search tab contains a list of search
+  engines from which to choose, then it is set to search in
+  <a href ="#sidebar_advanced_search_mode">Advanced mode</a> and you will have
+  to choose one or more search engines before clicking Search. You can keep it
+  that way or change to a basic setting in Preferences.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To display the next or previous page of search results
+  quickly, click the Next and Previous buttons at the bottom of the Sidebar
+  Search tab.</p>
+
+<p>See <a href="customize_help.xhtml#sidebar">Sidebar</a> for more information
+  on how to use Sidebar.</p>
+
+<h3 id="searching_from_the_net_search_page">Searching from the Net
+  Search page</h3>
+
+<p>The Net Search page lets you type in a Search term or phrase, or explore
+  several categories (such as Arts &amp; Entertainment, Business, and many
+  more) that may interest you. To visit the Net Search page, perform one of
+  these steps:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click on the Search button <img src="images/search_personal_toolbar.gif"
+    width="66" height="20" alt="search button"/> on the Navigation Toolbar.</li>
+  <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Search the Web.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3 id="searching_on_selected_words_in_a_web_page">Searching on Selected Words
+  in a Web Page</h3>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; allows you to search for words you select within a web
+  page:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select (highlight) any words in a web page.</li>
+  <li>Right-click<span class="mac"> or, if you have a one-button mouse,
+    <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click</span> and choose <q>Search Web for
+    [your selected words]</q> for the menu.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; opens a new window or tab (depending on your preferences)
+  and uses your default search engine to search for your selected words. To
+  learn how to change the search engine used to search for your selected words
+  and the way your search results are displayed, see
+  <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#internet_search">Browser Preferences
+  - Internet Search</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#searching_the_web">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="sidebar_advanced_search_mode">Sidebar Advanced Search Mode</h2>
+
+<p>You can set the Sidebar Search tab to Advanced mode, which lets you narrow a
+  search or choose one or more search engines.</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the
+    <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span>
+    menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Browser category, click Internet Search. (If no subcategories
+    are visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li>
+  <li>Under Sidebar Search Tab Preferences, click Advanced, and then OK.</li>
+  <li>If it is not already open, open Sidebar by clicking its handle. If the
+    handle is missing, <span class="noMac">press <kbd>F9</kbd> or</span>open
+    the View menu in the browser, choose Show/Hide, and then Sidebar from the
+    submenu.</li>
+  <li>Click the Search tab in Sidebar.</li>
+  <li>Open the <q>within</q> drop-down list, and choose a category.</li>
+  <li>Choose one or more search engines for the selected category (if
+    available).</li>
+  <li>In the search field, type the word for which you want to search.</li>
+  <li>Click Search.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><img src="images/sidebar-advanced.png" alt="Sidebar Search"/></p>
+
+<h3 id="customizing_search_categories">Customizing Search Categories</h3>
+
+<p>You can specify which search engines should be used for different categories
+  of searches. For example, you can select one set of search engines to search
+  for travel, and select another set of search engines to search for
+  software.</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Set Sidebar Search to Advanced Search Mode. See
+    <a href="#sidebar_advanced_search_mode">Sidebar Advanced Search Mode</a>
+    for details.</li>
+  <li>If it is not already open, open Sidebar by clicking its handle. If the
+    handle is missing, open the View menu in the browser, choose Show/Hide, and
+    then Sidebar from the submenu.</li>
+  <li>Click the Search tab in Sidebar.</li>
+  <li>Open the <q>within</q> drop-down list, click <q>Edit
+    Categories</q>. You see the Edit Categories dialog box.</li>
+  <li>From the Categories drop-down list, choose the category you want to
+    customize.<br/>
+    Or<br/>
+    To create a new category, click New and type a name for the category in the
+    dialog box. The drop-down list now displays the name of the selected
+    category.</li>
+  <li>Do one of the following:
+    <ul>
+      <li>To add a search engine for the selected category, highlight the
+        search engine in the list on the left, and click Add.</li>
+      <li>To remove a search engine for the selected category, highlight the
+        engine in the list on the right, and click Remove.</li>
+      <li>To rename the selected category, click Rename and type a new
+        name.</li>
+      <li>To delete the selected category, click Delete.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK when you are finished customizing.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#searching_the_web">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="setting_search_preferences">Setting Search Preferences</h2>
+
+<p>You can choose a different search engine as the default. You can also
+  specify how you want search results displayed in Sidebar.</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the
+    <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span>
+    menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Browser category, click Internet Search. (If no subcategories
+    are visible, double-click the Browser to expand the list.)</li>
+  <li>Under Default Search Engine, choose a search engine you want to use for
+    web searching.</li>
+  <li>Under Search Results, select <q>Open the Search tab in the Sidebar
+    when search results are available</q> if you want the Sidebar search tab
+    to open and show your search results.</li>
+  <li>Under Sidebar Search Tab Preference, select Basic if you want to search
+    using a single search engine, or select Advanced to be able to search using
+    multiple search engines.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#searching_the_web">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="using_internet_keywords">Using Internet Keywords</h2>
+
+<p>Internet Keywords work with the Location Bar to help you quickly find
+  specific types of information. There are several ways to use Internet
+  Keywords:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Type a specific product, trademark, or company name and press
+    <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd>, to go
+    directly to a company&apos;s website.</li>
+  <li>Type certain verbs, such as <q>shop</q> or <q>quote</q>,
+    followed by the word you want to look up, to get specific information. For
+    instance, <q>shop pets</q> takes you to a page with links to online
+    pet stores.</li>
+  <li>Type the name of a city or town followed by certain words such as
+    <q>movies</q> or <q>restaurants</q>, for local information. For
+    instance, type <q>san francisco restaurants</q>.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Important</strong>: To use Internet Keywords, you must press
+  <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd>
+  on your keyboard instead of clicking the Search button.
+  Pressing <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd>
+  activates the Internet Keyword feature; clicking Search initiates a
+  search.</p>
+
+<p>To see the difference, try this:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Type <q>apple imac</q> into the Location Bar and press
+    <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd>. Apple
+    Computer&apos;s iMac Web page appears.</li>
+  <li>Now type <q>apple imac</q> into the Location Bar and click Search.
+    You see a list of links related to Apple Computer&apos;s iMac models.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>If typing Internet Keywords into the Location Bar is not working for you,
+  check your
+  <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#smart_browsing">Smart Browsing
+  preferences</a> to be sure the Internet Keywords feature is enabled.</p>
+
+<h3 id="quick_stock_quotes">Quick Stock Quotes</h3>
+
+<p>To see a recent stock quote for a company, type <q>quote</q> followed
+  by the company&apos;s stock ticker symbol, and press
+  <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd>.</p>
+
+<p>If you don&apos;t know a company&apos;s stock ticker symbol, type the
+  company&apos;s name. The quote page will list all companies with similar
+  names, and you can choose the one for which you want a quote.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#searching_the_web">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="searching_within_a_page">Searching Within a Page</h2>
+
+<p>To find text within the page you are currently viewing in the browser:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose <q>Find in This Page</q>. If the page
+    you are viewing contains frames, you may need to click within a frame
+    before you begin your search. You see the <q>Find in this Page</q>
+    dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Type the text you want to find.</li>
+  <li>Choose from the following search options: 
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Match exact case</strong>: Choose this to search for a
+        word or phrase that matches the word you typed exactly (including
+        uppercase and lowercase letters).</li>
+      <li><strong>Wrap around</strong>: Choose this to allow the browser to
+        search from the where the cursor is to the bottom of the page and then
+        continue searching from the top of the page. Note: Normally, the page
+        is searched from the place where you last clicked your mouse to the
+        bottom of the page.</li>
+      <li><strong>Search backwards</strong>: Choose this to search from the
+        insertion point backwards to the top of the page.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click Find to begin the search.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To find the same word or phrase again:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Find Again.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#searching_the_web">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="using_find_as_you_type">Using Find-as-you-type</h2>
+
+<p>Other than searching text through the Find dialog, you can also search by
+  typing directly into a Web page.</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>To search for a link, type several characters into the active browser
+      window to navigate to any link with that text in it.
+      
+      <p>If you repeat the same character, it will start to cycle through all
+        the links that begin with that character. However, if it can find a
+        match with the exact string you&apos;ve typed, such as
+        <q><tt>oo</tt></q> in <q><tt>woods</tt></q>, it will go there
+        first.</p>
+
+  </li>
+  <li>To search for all text (normal text and linked text), type <kbd>/</kbd>
+    before your search string. For example, type <q><kbd>/hello</kbd></q> to
+    search any text containing the string <q>hello</q>.</li>
+  <li>The status bar (at the bottom of your browser window) displays your
+    search string and whether or not the search is successful.</li>
+  <li>Use the backspace key to undo the last character typed.</li>
+  <li>To cancel a find, change focus or scroll, press Escape, or wait for the
+    timeout.</li>
+  <li>Press
+    <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>G</kbd> or
+    <kbd>F3</kbd> to find the same search text again. Press
+    <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd
+    class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd>G</kbd> or
+    <kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd>F3</kbd> to find previous occurence of the search
+    text.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Type Ahead Find works with any window, such as this help file (try it!).</p>
+
+<p>This feature also works with international characters such as Chinese and
+  Japanese.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#searching_the_web">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="searching_the_bookmarks_or_history_list">Searching the Bookmarks or
+  History List</h2>
+
+<p>To search the bookmarks list, begin from the browser window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks. You see your
+    Bookmarks window.</li>
+  <li>In the Bookmarks window, open the Tools menu and choose Search Bookmarks.
+    You see the Find Bookmarks dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Use the drop-down lists to select options to define your search. Choose
+    from the following search options:
+    <ul>
+      <li>Choose <q>name</q>, <q>location</q>, <q>description</q>, or
+        <q>keyword</q> to choose where you would like to search.</li>
+      <li>Choose <q>contains</q>, <q>starts with</q>, or <q>ends
+        with</q> if you know only part of the word or phrase for which
+        you&apos;re searching.</li>
+      <li>Choose <q>is</q> if you know exactly what you&apos;re searching
+        for.</li>
+      <li>Choose <q>is not</q> or <q>doesn&apos;t contain</q> to
+        exclude pages.</li>
+      <li>Click in the field and type all or part of search word or URL (web
+        address) for the bookmarks that you want to find or exclude.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click Find. Bookmarks that match your search criteria are displayed in
+    the Search Results-Bookmarks window.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly open the Bookmark Manager, press
+  <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>B</kbd>.</p>
+
+<p>To search the History list:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Go menu and choose History. You see the history list.</li>
+  <li>In the History list, open the Tools menu and choose Search History. You
+    see the Find in History dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Use the drop-down lists to select options to define your search. Choose
+    from the following search options:
+    <ul>
+      <li>Choose <q>title</q> or <q>location</q> to choose where you
+        would like to search.</li>
+      <li>Choose <q>contains</q>, <q>starts with</q>, or <q>ends
+        with</q> if you know only part of the word or phrase for which
+        you&apos;re searching.</li>
+      <li>Choose <q>is</q> if you know exactly what you&apos;re searching
+        for.</li>
+      <li>Choose <q>is not</q> or <q>doesn&apos;t contain</q> to
+        exclude pages.</li>
+      <li>Click in the field and type all or part of word or URL (web address)
+        for the bookmarks or history listings that you want to find or
+        exclude.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click Find. History listings that match your search criteria are
+    displayed in the Search Results window.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To use the search results:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Double-click a bookmark in the Search Results window to go to that web
+    page.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Tips</strong>:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>To open the History list quickly, press <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd>
+    <kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>H</kbd>.</li>
+  <li>If the list is hard to read, try expanding the Search Results
+    window.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#searching_the_web">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="copying_saving_and_printing_pages">Copying, Saving, and Printing
+  Pages</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#copying_part_of_a_page">Copying Part of a Page</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#saving_all_or_part_of_a_page">Saving All or Part of a
+      Page</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#printing_a_page">Printing a Page</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="copying_part_of_a_page">Copying Part of a Page</h2>
+
+<p>To copy some text from a page, begin from the browser window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select the text.</li>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Copy.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>You can paste the text into other programs.</p>
+
+<p>To copy a link (URL) or an image link from a page:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Position the pointer over the link or image.</li>
+  <li>Right-click<span class="mac"> or, if you have a one-button mouse,
+    <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click,</span> the link or image to display a pop-up
+    menu.</li>
+  <li>Choose Copy Link Location or Copy Image Location. If an image is also a
+    link, you are offered both options.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>You can paste the link into other programs or into browser&apos;s Location
+  Bar.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#copying_saving_and_printing_pages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="saving_all_or_part_of_a_page">Saving All or Part of a Page</h2>
+
+<p>To save an entire page, begin from the browser window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Save Page As. You see the Save As dialog
+    box.</li>
+  <li>Choose a folder in which to save this file.</li>
+  <li>Choose a format for the page you want to save:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Web Page, Complete</strong>: Save the whole web page, along
+        with images and other supporting files. This option allows you to view
+        it as originally displayed with images. &brandShortName; creates a new
+        directory (where the page is saved) to save images and other files
+        necessary to show the whole web page.</li>
+      <li><strong>Web Page, HTML Only</strong>: Save the original page as-is
+        without images.</li>
+      <li><strong>Text file</strong>: Save the original page as a text file.
+        This option will not preserve the original HTML link structure, but
+        will allow you to see a text version of the web page in any text
+        editor.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Type a file name for the page and click Save.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>When you view a page containing frames and a frame is currently selected,
+  the Save Frame As option is offered in the drop-down list in addition to Save
+  Page As. This lets you save only the page within the selected frame.</p>
+
+<p>Saving a file onto your hard drive lets you view the page (or its HTML code)
+  when you&apos;re not connected to the Internet.</p>
+
+<p>To save an image from a page:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Position the mouse pointer over the image.</li>
+  <li>Right-click<span class="mac"> or, if you have a one-button mouse,
+    <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click</span> the image to display a pop-up menu.</li>
+  <li>Choose Save Image As. You see the Save File dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Choose a folder in which to save this image.</li>
+  <li>Type a file name for the image and click Save.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To save a page without displaying it (which is useful for retrieving a
+  non-formatted page, like a data file, that&apos;s not intended for
+  viewing):</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Position the mouse pointer over the page&apos;s link.</li>
+  <li>Right-click<span class="mac"> or, if you have a one-button mouse,
+    <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click</span> the hyperlink on the page to display a pop-up
+    menu.</li>
+  <li>Choose Save Link Target As. You see the Save File dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Choose a folder in which to save this file.</li>
+  <li>Type a file name for the page and click Save.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Important</strong>: Some links automatically download and save files
+  to your hard drive after you click them. The URLs for these links often begin
+  with <q>ftp</q> or end with a file-type extension such as <q>au</q>
+  or <q>mpeg</q>. These links might transmit software, sound, or movie
+  files, and can launch helper applications that support the files.</p>
+
+<p id="setting_image_as_wallpaper"><strong>Tip</strong>: To set an image as
+  your desktop wallpaper on Windows, right-click on an image and choose Set As
+  Wallpaper from the pop-up menu.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#copying_saving_and_printing_pages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="printing_a_page">Printing a Page</h2>
+
+<p>To print the current page, begin from the browser window:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Print.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To print selected text, begin from the browser window:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Select the text in the current page.</li>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Print. The print dialog box appears.</li>
+  <li>Under Print Range, click Selection.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>The size of the printed page, not the size of the onscreen window,
+  determines placement of content on the printed page. Text is wrapped and
+  graphics are repositioned to accommodate paper size.</p>
+
+<div class="noMac">
+
+<h3 id="print_preview">Using Print Preview</h3>
+
+<p>To have an early look at how a page will look before it is
+  printed, you can use Print Preview. Begin from the browser window:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Print Preview.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>In Print Preview, you have the following options:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li class="win"><strong>Print</strong>: Click this to print pages.</li>
+  <li class="win"><strong>Page Setup</strong>: Click to further customize pages
+    you want to print.</li>
+  <li><strong>Page [__] of X</strong>: Enter a page number (less than X) to
+    jump to its preview. Click the First
+    <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/btn1/first.gif" alt="first button"/>,
+    Previous <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/btn1/previous.gif"
+    alt="previous button"/>, Next
+    <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/btn1/next.gif" alt="next button"/>,
+    or Last
+    <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/btn1/last.gif" alt="last button"/> button
+    to move between pages.</li>
+  <li class="win"><strong>Scale</strong>: Changes the scale (size) of pages,
+    using the dropdown list. You can choose between a fixed percentage of the
+    original page and two special options:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Shrink To Fit Page Width</strong>: Select this to
+        automatically resize the page to the width of the paper.</li>
+      <li><strong>Custom</strong>: Type in the percentage of the original size
+        and press Enter. For example, type <q>50</q> and press Enter to make
+        each page half the size of the original page.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li class="win"><strong>Portrait</strong>: Click on this to position the page
+    normally, with the shorter side facing up.</li>
+  <li class="win"><strong>Landscape</strong>: Click on this to position the
+    page sideways, with the longer side facing up.</li>
+  <li><strong>Close</strong>: Click on this to close the Print Preview
+    dialog.</li>
+</ul>
+
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="using_page_setup">Using Page Setup</h3>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Some Page Setup functions are different or
+  unavailable on Mac OS, Linux or Unix.</p>
+
+<p>To customize how pages are printed in &brandShortName;, you can use Page
+  Setup. From the browser, open the File menu and choose Page Setup.</p>
+
+<p>In Page Setup, you can change the following settings for pages you want to
+  print:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Format &amp; Options</strong>: Choose the orientation, scale, and
+    other options:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Orientation</strong>: 
+        <ul>
+          <li><strong>Portrait</strong>: Choose this
+            <img src="chrome://global/skin/icons/pg-portrait-small.gif"
+            alt="portrait button"/> to position the page normally, with the
+            shorter side facing up.</li>
+          <li><strong>Landscape</strong>: Choose this
+            <img src="chrome://global/skin/icons/pg-landscape-small.gif"
+            alt="landscape button"/> to position the page sideways, with the
+            longer side facing up.</li>
+        </ul>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Scale</strong>: Type in a percentage of the original size.
+        For example, type <kbd>50</kbd> and to make each page half the size of
+        the original page.
+        <ul>
+          <li><strong>Shrink To Fit Page Width</strong>: Select this to
+            automatically resize the page to the width of the paper.</li>
+        </ul>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Options</strong>: 
+        <ul>
+          <li><strong>Print Background (colors and images)</strong>: Select
+            this to print background images and colors. If unselected, only
+            images and color in the foreground (in front) are printed.</li>
+        </ul>
+      </li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Margins &amp; Header/Footer</strong>: Click this tab to set up
+    margins, headers, and footers:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Margins</strong>: 
+        <ul>
+          <li><strong>Top, Bottom, Left, Right</strong>: Type a margin in
+            inches for the top, bottom, left, and right margin.</li>
+        </ul>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Headers &amp; Footers</strong>: Each drop-down list
+        represents either a header or a footer area. The top row of drop-down
+        lists are for the left, center, and right header areas. The bottom row
+        are for the left, center, and right footer areas. In each drop-dop
+        list, choose one of the following options:
+        <ul>
+          <li><strong>--blank--</strong>: Show nothing in this area.</li>
+          <li><strong>Title</strong>: Show the web page title.</li>
+          <li><strong>URL</strong>: Show the web page URL (URL&apos;s usually
+            start with <q>http://</q>).</li>
+          <li><strong>Date/Time</strong>: Show the date and time when the web
+            page is printed.</li>
+          <li><strong>Page #</strong>: Show the page number of each page.</li>
+          <li><strong>Page # of #</strong>: Show the page number along with the
+            total number of pages. For example, if you print a five page web
+            page, <q>3 of 5</q> would be shown on the third page.</li>
+          <li><strong>Custom</strong>: Type your own text. You can include any
+            of the following codes to print specific information: 
+            <ul>
+              <li><strong>&amp;PT</strong>: Page Number with Total (Example:
+                <q>3 of 5</q>)</li>
+              <li><strong>&amp;P</strong>: Page Number</li>
+              <li><strong>&amp;D</strong>: Date</li>
+              <li><strong>&amp;U</strong>: URL</li>
+              <li><strong>&amp;T</strong>: Page Title</li>
+            </ul>
+          </li>
+        </ul>
+      </li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p class="noMac"><strong>Tip</strong>: To see a preview of changes made to Page
+  Setup, use <a href="#print_preview">Print Preview</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#copying_saving_and_printing_pages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="using_languages_and_international_content">Using Languages and
+  International Content</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#selecting_character_encodings_and_fonts">Selecting Character
+      Encodings and Fonts</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#setting_language_preferences">Setting Language
+      Preferences</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#finding_localized_version">Finding a &brandShortName; version
+      in your own language</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="selecting_character_encodings_and_fonts">Selecting Character Encodings
+  and Fonts</h2>
+
+<p>If you browse, compose, or send and receive email in more than one language,
+  you need to select the appropriate character encodings and fonts.</p>
+
+<p>A character encoding method is the way a document or message has been
+  converted to data to be used by your computer. All web documents and mail and
+  news messages use a character encoding method (also known as a character set,
+  character coding, or charset).</p>
+
+<p>The character encoding method for a document may depend on its language.
+  Some languages e.g. most West European languages, share the same encoding
+  method. Others such as Chinese, Japanese, and Russian use different methods.
+  In contrast, Unicode provides language-independent encoding methods. UTF-8,
+  for examples, can be used for any language document.</p>
+
+<p>Your version of &brandShortName; is set to a default character encoding
+  appropriate for your region. However, if you use more than one language, you
+  may need to select appropriate character encoding methods and designate the
+  fonts you wish to use for your language/script.</p>
+
+<p>To select character encodings, begin from the browser window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the View menu, choose Character Encoding, and then choose More.</li>
+  <li>Choose a region from the top section of the submenu.</li>
+  <li>Choose a character encoding within the region submenu. Repeat steps
+    1-3 for each character encoding method you want.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The character encoding methods you select are added to the Character
+  Encoding menu. If you have more than one encoding method selected, the active
+  one has a bullet (dot) next to it.</p>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; can detect which character encoding a document uses, and
+  can display it correctly on your screen. To take advantage of this
+  capability, begin from the browser window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the View menu, choose Character Encoding, and then choose
+    Auto-Detect.</li>
+  <li>Choose one of the Auto-Detect options, or choose Off from the
+    submenu.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To make changes to your list of active character encodings:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the View menu, choose Character Encoding, and then choose Customize.
+    You can see the Customize Encoding dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Choose from the following procedures:
+    <ul>
+      <li>To add to the list of active character encodings, choose a character
+        encoding from the list on the left and click Add.</li>
+      <li>To remove a character encoding from the active list, choose a
+        character encoding from the list on the right and click Remove.</li>
+      <li>To change the order in which active encodings appear in the Character
+        Encoding menu, highlight character encodings in the list on the right,
+        and use the arrow buttons to move the character encodings up or down in
+        the list.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To change the default fonts within a language group:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the
+    <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span>
+    menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Appearance category, click Fonts. (If no subcategories are
+    visible, double-click Appearance to expand the list.)</li>
+  <li>From the <q>Fonts for</q> drop-down list, choose a language
+    group/script. For instance, to set default fonts for West European
+    languages/script, choose <q>Western</q>.</li>
+  <li>Select whether proportional text should be serif (like Times Roman) or
+    sans serif (like Arial). You can also specify what font size you want for
+    proportional text. Proportional text varies in width.</li>
+  <li>(If available) Select a font for Serif, Sans-Serif, Cursive, and
+    Fantasy.</li>
+  <li>Select the monospace font (like Courier) that you want to use for web
+    pages. Monospace text is fixed in width, so each character or letter takes
+    the same amount of space.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Many web page authors choose their own fonts and font sizes. You can use the
+  author&apos;s font settings by selecting <q>Allow documents to use other
+  fonts</q>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_languages_and_international_content">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="setting_language_preferences">Setting Language Preferences</h2>
+
+<p>The language you use for &brandShortName; affects the text of buttons,
+  dialog boxes, menus, tools, and other items. The functionality of these items
+  remains the same.</p>
+
+<p>To set your preferred language:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Appearance category, click Languages/Content. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Appearance to expand the
+    list.)</li>
+  <li>Under <q>Installed language packs</q> select a language pack.</li>
+  <li>Click OK.
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: You must restart &brandShortName; after you
+      change your preferred language.</p>
+
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To download more language packs, click Download
+  More.</p>
+
+<p>Web pages are sometimes available in several languages. &brandShortName;
+  presents pages in the language you prefer, if it is available. You can
+  specify the languages you wish to see, in order of preference.</p>
+
+<p>To set language preferences:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the
+    <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span>
+    menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Browser category, click Languages. (If no subcategories are
+    visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li>
+  <li>Click Add. You see the Add Languages dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Select a language and its code. If you wish to add a code not on the
+    list, type the language and its code in the Others field (see note below).
+    If you want to reorder the languages in the list, select a language and
+    click Move Up or Move Down.</li>
+  <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Two-letter codes enclosed in brackets appear next to
+  each language in the list. These are standard abbreviations for languages.
+  For a complete list, see the online document,
+  <a href="http://www.loc.gov/standards/iso639-2/langcodes.html">Codes for the
+    Representation of Names of Languages</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_languages_and_international_content">Return to beginning
+  of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="finding_localized_version">Finding a &brandShortName; version in your
+  own language</h2>
+
+<p>If you're looking for a version of &brandShortName; in a language other than
+  American English, you can download it from the
+  <a href="http://www.seamonkey-project.org/releases/">SeaMonkey
+  Project Releases</a> page.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_languages_and_international_content">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="plugins_and_downloads">Plugins and Downloads</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#plugins">Plugins</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#helper_applications">Helper Applications</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#download_manager">Download Manager</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<p>The browser can handle many types of files. However, for some files, such as
+  movies or music, &brandShortName; needs plugins or <q>helper</q> applications
+  that can handle those files. If the browser doesn&apos;t have the needed
+  helper application or plugin, it can still save the file to your hard disk.
+  When saving files, you can keep track of them using Download Manager.</p>
+
+<h2 id="plugins">Plugins</h2>
+
+<p>Plugins are helper applications that extend the functionality within the
+  browser and run within &brandShortName;. Plugins like Sun Java, Macromedia
+  Flash, and RealNetworks RealPlayer allow &brandShortName; to show multimedia
+  files and run small applications, such as movies, animations, and games.</p>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; comes with no additional plugins installed, so you have
+  to add them separately.</p>
+
+<p>To see a full list of &brandShortName; plugins you can install, see the
+  <a href="http://plugindoc.mozdev.org/">PluginDoc</a> page on MozDev.org.</p>
+
+<p>To see what plugins you currently have installed, do any of the following:
+</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Open the Help menu and choose About Plugins.</li>
+  <li>Click in the Location Bar, type <kbd>about:plugins</kbd> and press
+    <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd>.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#plugins_and_downloads">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="helper_applications">Helper Applications</h2>
+
+<p>When files can not be used within &brandShortName;, you have to option to
+  launch helper applications that open outside of &brandShortName;. For
+  example, to play MP3 files, programs like Winamp can be opened outside of
+  &brandShortName;.</p>
+
+<p>The settings in the Helper Applications preferences panel tell the browser
+  which helper applications to use on your computer. Usually, these preferences
+  don&apos;t need to be changed since they are preconfigured. Also, if the
+  browser doesn&apos;t know which helper application to use, it allows you to
+  find helper applications within the download dialog box.</p>
+
+<p>The download dialog box has these options:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Open it with the default application (Application Name)</strong>:
+    &brandShortName; opens the file using the default program in your system
+    settings.
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: You will only see this option if there is a
+      program associated with the filetype in your system settings.</p></li>
+  <li><strong>Open it with</strong>: &brandShortName; allows you to open the
+    file using an application you choose. Clicking Choose to select an
+    application you want the file to be opened with.</li>
+  <li><strong>Save it to disk</strong>: &brandShortName; allows you to
+    select a location to save the file.</li>
+  <li><strong>Always ask before opening this type of file</strong>: When this
+    is selected, &brandShortName; opens the download dialog box when
+    downloading a particular file type.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can clear your saved options for <q>Always ask
+  before opening this type of file</q> in preferences. For more information,
+  see <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#helper_applications"> the
+  Preferences - Helper Applications</a>.</p>
+
+<p>For experienced users to fine-tune the Helper Applications preferences:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the
+    <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span>
+    menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Browser category, click Helper Applications. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click the Browser to expand the
+    list.)</li>
+  <li>Perform any of the following procedures:
+    
+    <p id="adding_a_new_helper_application">To add a new helper application
+      to the list:</p>
+      
+    <ol>
+      <li>Click New Type. You see the New type dialog box.</li>
+      <li>Type a description of the type of files the application works,with;
+        for instance, <q>movies</q> or <q>sound files</q>.</li>
+      <li>Type the MIME type. MIME types consist of two words separated by
+        a slash. For instance, a TIFF image file&apos;s MIME type is
+        <q>image/tiff</q>.
+
+        <p><strong>Note</strong>: When you download a file, &brandShortName;
+          will show you the MIME type on the download dialog box.</p>
+      </li>
+      <li>Type the file extension (suffix) used by this file type. If this
+        type of file uses more than one extension, type them all, separated
+        by spaces.</li>
+      <li>Click Choose, then select an application that handles files of this
+        type.</li>
+      <li>Click OK.</li>
+    </ol>
+
+    <p>To specify how the browser should handle different file types:</p>
+
+    <ol>
+      <li>Select a file type from the list and click Edit.</li>
+      <li>In the dialog box, type in the MIME type you want this file to
+        use.</li>
+      <li>Choose between having downloaded files saved on your hard disk,
+        opened with the default application in your system settings or
+        opened in an application that you specify. Click Choose to specify
+        the application.</li>
+      <li>Click OK.</li>
+    </ol>
+
+    <p>To remove an item from the list:</p>
+
+    <ol>
+      <li>Select a file type from the list and click Remove.</li>
+      <li>Click OK.</li>
+    </ol>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To learn more about Helper Application preferences, see
+  <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#helper_applications">Browser
+  Preferences - Helper Applications</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#plugins_and_downloads">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="download_manager">Download Manager</h2>
+
+<p>You can use Download Manager to keep track of files you download. Download
+  Manager shows the following information:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>filename</li>
+  <li>time remaining before download is complete</li>
+  <li>transfer speed</li>
+  <li>percent complete</li>
+  <li>time elapsed</li>
+  <li>web location (source)</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To open Download Manager, do the following:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Download Manager.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>The following menu options are available in Download Manager:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Properties</strong>: Select a file being downloaded and click
+    Properties to show the progress dialog box.</li>
+  <li><strong>Cancel</strong>: Select a file being downloaded and click Cancel
+    to stop the download.</li>
+  <li><strong>Remove from List</strong>: Select a file and click Remove from
+    List to remove a canceled or finished download. This will not delete the
+    file from your hard disk.</li>
+  <li><strong>Launch File</strong>: Click this to open a selected file.</li>
+  <li><strong>Show in<span class="win"> Explorer</span><span class="unix">
+    Browser</span><span class="mac"> Finder</span></strong>: Click this to show
+    the location of a selected file.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#plugins_and_downloads">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="improving_speed_and_efficiency">Improving Speed and Efficiency</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#automatic_loading">Automatic Loading</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#custom_keywords">Using Custom Bookmark Keywords</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#changing_cache_settings">Changing Cache Settings</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#getting_the_latest_software_automatically">Getting the Latest
+      Software Automatically</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#using_a_mouse_wheel">Using a Mouse Wheel</a></li>
+    <li class="win"><a href="#making_mozilla_your_default_browser">Making
+      &brandShortName; Your Default Browser</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="automatic_loading">Automatic Loading</h2>
+
+<p>When you bring a web page to your screen, &brandShortName; automatically
+  loads (starts up) several features that help interpret web pages. These
+  features, Java and JavaScript, can make web pages more lively, but they take
+  time to load.</p>
+
+<p>To learn how to turn off Java, see
+  <a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#advanced">Advanced Preferences -
+  Advanced</a>.</p>
+
+<p>To learn how to turn off JavaScript, see
+  <a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#scripts_and_plugins">Advanced
+  Preferences - Scripts &amp; Plugins</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#improving_speed_and_efficiency">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="custom_keywords">Using Custom Bookmark Keywords</h2>
+
+<p>Bookmark keywords allow you to create shorthand aliases for bookmarks and
+  Web searches. For example, if you give the bookmark to http://www.mozilla.org
+  the keyword <q>m.o</q>, you can enter <kbd>m.o</kbd> in the Location Bar and
+  the browser will load http://www.mozilla.org.</p>
+
+<p>To set a keyword, you must first create a bookmark for the URL. Then,</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li>
+  <li>In the Bookmarks window, click on the bookmark that you created.</li>
+  <li>Click Properties.</li>
+  <li>In the bookmark Properties dialog box window, enter a short string into 
+    the Keyword field and close that dialog.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Now, you can enter the keyword in the Location Bar, and &brandShortName;
+  will load that URL.</p>
+
+<h3 id="search_with_keywords">Search with Keywords</h3>
+
+<p>Custom keywords can be used to create shortcuts for your favorite search
+  engines, too. For example, you can create a keyword so that entering
+  <kbd>g Lord of the Rings</kbd> will perform a Google I-Feel-Lucky search
+  on Lord of the Rings.</p>
+
+<p>To create a custom keyword for use with a Web search:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Go to your search form (e.g. <kbd>www.google.com</kbd>).</li>
+  <li>Enter a dummy search string (e.g. <kbd>ILoveMozilla</kbd>).</li>
+  <li>Submit the search query.</li>
+  <li>After the results have loaded, open the Bookmarks menu and choose File
+    Bookmark.</li>
+  <li>In the File Bookmark dialog, look the Location field. Replace the
+    dummy string (e.g. <tt>ILoveMozilla</tt>) with <kbd>%s</kbd>.
+    For example, the location might become
+    <kbd>http://www.google.com/search?q=<strong>%s</strong>&amp;btnI=I'mFeelingLucky</kbd>.</li>
+  <li>Enter a keyword in the Keyword field.</li>
+  <li>Give the bookmark a name and choose the location for the bookmark.</li>
+  <li>Close the dialog.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Now you can search without going to the search page first by entering
+  <kbd><var>keyword</var> <var>search_words</var></kbd> in the Location Bar.
+</p>
+
+<p>For more details and examples, see
+<a href="http://www.mozilla.org/docs/end-user/keywords.html">How Cool are Custom Keywords?</a></p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#improving_speed_and_efficiency">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="changing_cache_settings">Changing Cache Settings</h2>
+
+<p>Your computer stores copies of frequently accessed pages in the cache. This
+  way, the computer doesn&apos;t have to retrieve the page from the network
+  each time you view it.</p>
+
+<p>To set the size of the cache or to clear it:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the
+    <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span>
+    menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Advanced category, click Cache. (If no subcategories are
+    visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li>
+  <li>Enter a number in the Size field to specify the size of the cache. 50 MB
+    is sufficient. To clear the cache immediately, click Clear Cache.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Important</strong>: A larger disk cache allows more pages to be
+  quickly retrieved, but more of your hard disk space is used.</p>
+
+<p>When you quit &brandShortName;, it performs cache maintenance. If
+  maintenance takes longer than you wish, try reducing the size of the disk
+  cache.</p>
+
+<p>To specify how often the browser checks the network for page revisions (so
+  that you don&apos;t keep <q>stale</q> pages in the cache too long):</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the
+    <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span>
+    menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Advanced category, click Cache. (If no subcategories are
+    visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li>
+  <li>Choose from the following options:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Every time I view the page</strong>: Select this if you want
+        &brandShortName; to compare a web page to the cache every time you view
+        it.</li>
+      <li><strong>When the page is out of date</strong>: Select this if you
+        want &brandShortName; to compare a web page to the cache when the page
+        is determined by the server to have expired.</li>
+      <li><strong>Once per session</strong>: Select this if you want
+        &brandShortName; to compare a web page to the cache once for each time
+        you start &brandShortName;.</li>
+      <li><strong>Never</strong>: Select this if you do not want
+        &brandShortName; to compare cached information to the network.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>If pages that should be in the cache are taking longer to appear than they
+  should, make sure the preference is not set to <q>Every time I view the
+  page</q>, because the verification requires a network connection that takes
+  time.</p>
+
+<p>To refresh a page at any time:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click the Reload button in the browser&apos;s Navigation Toolbar. The
+    computer checks the network to make sure you have the latest version of the
+    page.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#improving_speed_and_efficiency">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="getting_the_latest_software_automatically">Getting the Latest Software
+  Automatically</h2>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; can notify you when updates for your software are
+  available, and it can install the updates automatically. &brandShortName; can
+  also inform you when new versions of &brandShortName; and installed add-ons
+  are available.</p>
+
+<p>To learn about setting up automatic software installation, see
+  <a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#software_installation">Advanced
+  Preferences - Software Installation</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#improving_speed_and_efficiency">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="using_a_mouse_wheel">Using a Mouse Wheel</h2>
+
+<p>If your mouse has a mouse wheel, you can control how the mouse wheel
+  functions in &brandShortName;.</p>
+
+<p>To learn more about setting up a mouse wheel, see
+  <a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#mouse_wheel">Advanced Preferences -
+  Mouse Wheel</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#improving_speed_and_efficiency">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+
+<div class="win">
+
+  <h2 id="making_mozilla_your_default_browser">Making &brandShortName; Your
+    Default Browser</h2>
+
+    <p>&brandShortName; is best known for displaying web pages, both on the
+      Internet and on your computer. To easily open web pages, you can make
+      &brandShortName; your default browser.</p>
+
+    <h3 id="common_internet_files_and_protocols">Common Internet Files and
+      Protocols</h3>
+
+    <p>Making &brandShortName; your default browser allows it to automatically
+      open common file formats and protocols used on the Internet. Common
+      Internet file formats and protocols include the following:</p>
+
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Image Files</strong>:
+        <ul>
+          <li>JPEG, GIF, PNG, BMP and ICO</li>
+        </ul>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Internet Document and Language Files</strong>:
+        <ul>
+          <li><a href="glossary.xhtml#html">HTML</a>, XHTML,
+            <a href="glossary.xhtml#xml">XML</a>, and
+            <a href="glossary.xhtml#xul">XUL</a></li>
+        </ul>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Internet Protocols</strong>:
+        <ul>
+          <li><a href="glossary.xhtml#http">HTTP</a>,
+            <a href="glossary.xhtml#https">HTTPS</a>,
+            <a href="glossary.xhtml#ftp">FTP</a>, Chrome,
+            <a href="glossary.xhtml#gopher">Gopher</a></li>
+        </ul>
+      </li>
+    </ul>
+
+    <h3 id="changing_default_browser_settings_automatically">Changing Default
+      Browser Settings Automatically</h3>
+
+    <p>After installation is finished, &brandShortName; checks to see if it is
+      the default browser for any of the common Internet file formats or
+      protocols. If it isn&apos;t, you are asked, <q>&brandShortName; is not
+      currently set as your default browser. Would you like to make it your
+      default browser?</q></p>
+
+    <p>Click Yes to make &brandShortName; the default browser. If you click No,
+      you will be prompted with this question each time &brandShortName;
+      starts, unless you deselect the checkbox <q>Check at startup next time,
+      too</q>.</p>
+
+    <p>If you deselect the checkbox, <q>Check at startup next time, too</q>,
+      you can still make &brandShortName; the default browser by changing your
+      settings in Preferences. To learn how to set &brandShortName; as the
+      default browser through &brandShortName; preferences, see
+      <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#navigator">Browser Preferences -
+      Browser</a>.</p>
+
+    <h3 id="customizing_default_browser_settings">Customizing Default Browser
+      Settings</h3>
+
+    <p>You can manually customize how &brandShortName; handles various file
+      formats and protocols. For more information, see
+      <a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#system">Advanced Preferences -
+      System</a>.</p>
+
+    <p>[<a href="#improving_speed_and_efficiency">Return to beginning of
+      section</a>]</p>
+</div>
+
+<h1 id="proxies">Proxies</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#setting_proxy_values">Setting Proxy Values</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<p>This section explains how to work with proxies.</p>
+
+<h2 id="setting_proxy_values">Setting Proxy Values</h2>
+
+<p>Many organizations block access from the Internet to their networks. This
+  prevents outside parties from gaining access to sensitive information. The
+  protection is called a firewall.</p>
+
+<p>If your organization has a firewall, the browser may need to go through a
+  proxy server before connecting you to the Internet. The proxy server prevents
+  outsiders from breaking into your organization&apos;s private network.</p>
+
+<p>Before you start:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>If there&apos;s a proxy configuration file at your workplace, ask the
+    system administrator for its URL.</li>
+  <li>If there&apos;s no proxy configuration file, ask your system
+    administrator for the names and port numbers of the servers running proxy
+    software for each network service.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To set the browser to work with the proxy:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the
+    <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span>
+    menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Advanced category, click Proxies. (If no subcategories are
+    visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li>
+  <li>Select one of the following:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Direct connection to the Internet</strong>: Choose this if
+        you don&apos;t want to use a proxy.</li>
+      <li><strong>Automatically discover the proxy configuration</strong>:
+        Choose this if you want &brandShortName; to automatically detect and
+        configure the proxy settings, using the
+        <a href="glossary.xhtml#wpad">WPAD protocol</a>.</li>
+      <li><strong>Automatic proxy configuration URL</strong>: Choose this if
+        you have a proxy configuration file or URL, then enter the
+        configuration URL.</li>
+      <li><strong>Manual proxy configuration</strong>: Choose this if you
+        don&apos;t have a proxy location (URL), or the automatic proxy
+        discovery was unable to setup the proxy settings correctly.
+        <ul>
+          <li><strong>Proxy</strong>: Enter the name or numeric IP address of
+            the proxy server.</li>
+          <li><strong>Port</strong>: Enter the port number in the Port field.
+            Click on <q>Advanced</q> to set
+            <a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#advanced_proxy_preferences">Advanced
+            Proxy Preferences</a></li>
+          <li><strong>No Proxy for</strong>: Type the domains and/or IP 
+            addresses that you do not want to use a proxy for. Separate each
+            entry with a comma. (Example: <kbd>.mozilla.org, .net.nz,
+            192.168.1.0/24</kbd>.)</li>
+        </ul>
+      </li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Domain names are the part of a URL that contains the name of an
+  organization, business, or school&mdash;such as mozilla.org or
+  washington.org. If you use local host names without the domain name, list
+  them the same way. Use commas to separate multiple host names. The wildcard
+  character [*] cannot be used.</p>
+
+<p>For more information on using the Proxy preferences panel, see
+  <a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#proxies">Advanced Preferences -
+  Proxies</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#proxies">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<p>&copyright.string;</p>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/page_info_help.xhtml b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/page_info_help.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..098c9c5c80
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/page_info_help.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,273 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Viewing Page Info</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="viewing_page_info">Viewing Page Info</h1>
+
+<p>The Page Info dialog box consists of several tabs that display different
+  kinds of information about the page you are viewing. This section provides a
+  brief overview of the information available in each tab.</p>
+
+<p>To view Page Info for the page currently displayed by the browser, open the
+  View menu and choose Page Info. You can then click the tab that corresponds
+  to the kind of information you want to view.</p>
+
+<p>Most of the information displayed by the General, Forms, Links and Media
+  tabs in Page Info is taken from the HTML source for the page. This
+  information is usually of interest only to web developers and other
+  specialists.</p>
+
+<p>For detailed information about HTML, including the tags displayed by Page
+  Info, see the <a href="http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/">HTML 4.01
+  Specification</a>.</p>
+
+<p>The Privacy and Security tabs include information about the
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#p3p">Platform for
+  Privacy Preferences (P3P)</a> policies of the website whose page you are
+  viewing and the security status of that page.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#general_tab">General Tab</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#forms_tab">Forms Tab</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#links_tab">Links Tab</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#media_tab">Media Tab</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#privacy_tab">Privacy Tab</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#security_tab">Security Tab</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="general_tab">General (Page Info Tab)</h2>
+
+<p>When you choose Page Info from the View menu, the General tab displays basic
+  information about the page that you are viewing in the browser.</p>
+
+<p>The top portion displays the the name of the page (if it has one) and the
+  following information:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>URL</strong>: The
+    <a href="glossary.xhtml#url">Uniform Resource Locator</a> for the
+    page&mdash;that is, the standardized address that appears in the Location
+    Bar near the top of the browser window.</li>
+  <li><strong>Render mode</strong>: Indicates whether the browser is using
+    <strong>quirks mode</strong> or <strong>standards compliance mode</strong>
+    to lay out the page. Quirks mode takes account of nonstandard behavior that
+    may be used by some older web pages designed for older versions of web
+    browsers that are not fully standards compliant. Standards compliance mode
+    adheres strictly to standards specifications. Your browser chooses the
+    render mode automatically according to information contained in the web
+    page itself.</li>
+  <li><strong>Source</strong>: Indicates whether the source code for this page
+    has been cached.</li>
+  <li><strong>Encoding</strong>: The character encoding used for this HTML
+    document.</li>
+  <li><strong>Size</strong>: The size of the file, if available.</li>
+  <li><strong>Modified</strong>: The date the page was last modified, if
+    available.</li>
+  <li><strong>Expires</strong>: The date on which the information displayed by
+    the page expires.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>The bottom portion displays the metatags specified by the page. Metatags
+  provide information about the type of content displayed by a page, such as a
+  general description of the page, keywords for search engines, copyright
+  information, and so on.</p>
+
+<h2 id="forms_tab">Forms (Page Info Tab)</h2>
+
+<p>When you choose Page Info from the View menu and click the Forms tab, you
+  see information about all the forms displayed by the page you are currently
+  viewing in the browser.</p>
+
+<p>The top portion lists basic information about the way each form in the page
+  is specified in the HTML source:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Name</strong>:  The form&apos;s name, if any.</li>
+  <li><strong>Method</strong>: The HTML method used to send information
+    captured by the form back to the web server. <tt>GET</tt> appends your
+    filled-in values to the website address to which it submits the form.
+    <tt>POST</tt> sends the values to the website as parameters that can be
+    read by a program on the website.</li>
+  <li><strong>Form Action</strong>: The URL of the program to be invoked when
+    the form is submitted.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>When you select a form listed in the top portion of the Forms tab, the
+  bottom portion displays detailed information about the way each of of that
+  form&apos;s elements is specified in the HTML source:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Label</strong>: The element&apos;s label (if it is tagged as such
+    in the HTML).</li>
+  <li><strong>Field Name</strong>: The element&apos;s name.</li>
+  <li><strong>Type</strong>: The element&apos;s input type, such as
+    <tt>TEXT</tt> (for submitting text), <tt>RADIO</tt> (for a radio button),
+    or <tt>HIDDEN</tt> (for storing information that is submitted but not
+    displayed on the screen).</li>
+  <li><strong>Current Value</strong>: The current value of the element. For
+    example, the current value of a text element is the text it currently
+    contains.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h2 id="links_tab">Links (Page Info Tab)</h2>
+
+<p>When you choose Page Info from the View menu and click the Links tab, you
+  see a list of all the links available on that page. The following information
+  is displayed for each link:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Name</strong>: The text displayed in the browser as a link.</li>
+  <li><strong>Address</strong>: The <a href="glossary.xhtml#url">URL</a> for the
+    page to which the link points.</li>
+  <li><strong>Type</strong>: The type of link, such Anchor (for a link to a
+    specific place in an HTML document) or Form Submission.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h2 id="media_tab">Media (Page Info Tab)</h2>
+
+<p>When you choose Page Info from the View menu and click the Media tab, you
+  see a list of all the images and other media elements displayed by the
+  page.</p>
+
+<p>The top portion lists basic information about each element, including its
+  address (<a href="glossary.xhtml#url">URL</a>) and type.</p>
+
+<p>When you select a media element listed in the top portion of the Media tab,
+  the bottom portion displays available information about that element, such as
+  description, size, or dimensions.</p>
+
+<p>You can also see the selected element at the bottom of the dialog box. To
+  see larger images, you need to click the lower-right corner of the Page Info
+  dialog box and drag.</p>
+
+<p>To save a media element as a separate file:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Save As</strong>: Select the element you want to save, click Save
+    As, and navigate to the location where you want to save it.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h2 id="privacy_tab">Privacy (Page Info Tab)</h2>
+
+<p>When you choose Page Info from the View menu and click the Privacy tab, you
+  see a list of all the special elements that are part of the page.</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Page Components</strong>: Under the page URL, there are many
+    categories. To see the list of items in any category, double-click on
+    the name:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Links</strong>: Shows all of the links.</li>
+      <li><strong>Java Applets</strong>: Lists the Java applets (if any).</li>
+      <li><strong>Image Maps</strong>: Shows all of the image maps.</li>
+      <li><strong>Form Submissions</strong>: List the script names used to
+        gather used data on the page.</li>
+      <li><strong>Frames</strong>: Shows the frames which make up the page.</li>
+      <li><strong>Images</strong>: Displays all of the images used in the
+        page.</li>
+      <li><strong>External Loaded Documents</strong>: Contains the list of the
+        external documents loaded to display the page (such as css files or
+        images).</li>
+      <li><strong>Generic Objects</strong>: Shows a list of generic
+        objects.</li>
+      <li><strong>Scripts</strong>: Lists all of the scripts in the page.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Policy</strong>: This button will try to open the policy file for
+    the site whose page is currently shown.</li>
+  <li><strong>Summary</strong>: Select this if you want to view the Privacy
+    Policy Viewer, showing concise data about the privacy policy of the site
+    you are browsing.</li>
+  <li><strong>Options</strong>: This will try to open the page on the remote
+    site that allows the user to modify his/her own personal data stored on the
+    remote site.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h2 id="security_tab">Security (Page Info Tab)</h2>
+
+<p>When you choose Page Info from the View menu and click the Security tab, you
+  see information about
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#authentication">authentication</a> and
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#encryption">encryption</a> for the web page you are
+  viewing. The top portion indicates whether the website&apos;s identity has
+  been verified, and the bottom portion describes whether the page was
+  encrypted when it was received by the browser.</p>
+
+<p>You can also open the Security tab directly by clicking the lock icon in the
+  lower-right corner of any browser window.</p>
+
+<p>The top portion of the Security tab can display any of these messages:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Website Identity Not Verified</strong>: The website you are
+    viewing did not present a certificate to authenticate itself. Therefore,
+    Certificate Manager cannot verify its identity. It is possible, though
+    unlikely, that the website is not what it claims to be.</li>
+  <li><strong>Website Identity Verified</strong>: The certificate that
+    Certificate Manager has used to verify this website&apos;s identity was
+    issued by a certificate authority (CA) marked as one that you trust. You
+    can be reasonably confident that the website is what it claims to be.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>The bottom portion of the Security tab can display any of these
+  messages:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Connection Not Encrypted</strong>: It is possible that other
+    people can view information sent from your computer to the website or
+    information sent by the website to your computer, but it is unlikely that
+    someone is actually doing so.</li>
+  <li><strong>Connection Encrypted</strong>: In general, the strength of an
+    encrypted connection depends on the length of the keys used for encryption,
+    measured in bits. The longer the key, the stronger the
+    encryption&mdash;that is, the harder it is to for an unauthorized person to
+    unscramble the encrypted information. 
+
+    <p>The Page Info window describes encryption strength in one of three
+      ways:</p>
+
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>High-grade encryption</strong>: Strongest encryption
+        available, using 128-bit keys at a minimum.</li>
+      <li><strong>Medium-grade encryption</strong>: Somewhat stronger than
+        low-grade encryption, using 56- or 64-bit keys.</li>
+      <li><strong>Low-grade encryption</strong>: Weakest encryption available,
+        using 40-bit keys.</li>
+    </ul>
+
+    <p>Most websites support high-grade encryption. If you are viewing an older
+      website that supports a weaker form of encryption, it is possible that
+      other people can view information sent from your computer to the website
+      or information sent by the website to your computer, but it is unlikely
+      that someone is actually doing so.</p>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Lack of any encryption or lack of strong encryption should be of concern
+  only if you are sending or viewing confidential information, such as your
+  credit card number.</p>
+
+<p>You can quickly check the encryption status of a web page by noting the
+  state of the lock icon at the bottom-right corner of the browser window. For
+  more details, see
+  <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#checking_security_for_a_web_page">Checking
+  Security for a Web Page</a>.</p>
+
+<p>&copyright.string;</p>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/passwords_help.xhtml b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/passwords_help.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e99e5881bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/passwords_help.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,473 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Password Settings</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="password_settings">Password Settings</h1>
+
+<p>This section describes how to set your password preferences, set your Master
+  Password, and control other aspects of password handling.</p>
+
+<p>For step-by-step descriptions of various tasks related to passwords, see
+  <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_password_manager">Using the Password
+  Manager</a>.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#passwords">Privacy &amp; Security Preferences -
+      Passwords</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#password_manager">Password Manager</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#master_passwords">Privacy &amp; Security Preferences -
+      Master Passwords</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#change_master_password">Change Master Passwords</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#master_password_timeout">Master Password Timeout</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#reset_master_password">Reset Master Password</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#choosing_a_good_password">Choosing a Good Password</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="passwords">Privacy &amp; Security Preferences - Passwords</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes the Passwords preferences panel. If you&apos;re not
+  already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Passwords. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<h3>Password Manager</h3>
+
+<p>Password Manager preferences allow you to</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Remember passwords</strong>: Select this checkbox to turn
+    Password Manager on, so that it asks to store your user names and passwords
+    at appropriate times and enters them for you automatically when
+    they&apos;re requested. To turn off Password Manager, deselect the same
+    checkbox.</li>
+  <li><strong>Manage Stored Passwords</strong>: Click this button to manage
+    information about your stored passwords and the sites whose user names and
+    passwords you don&apos;t want to be stored.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>For detailed information about using Password Manager, including how to
+  override it for individual sites and how to view and manage stored passwords,
+  see <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_password_manager">Using the
+  Password Manager</a>.</p>
+
+<h3 id="encrypting_versus_obscuring">Encrypting Versus Obscuring</h3>
+
+<p>If you use Password Manager or Form Manager to save passwords and personal
+  data, this sensitive information is stored on your computer in a file
+  that&apos;s difficult, but not impossible, for an intruder to read. This way
+  of storing information is sometimes described as <q>obscuring</q>. This
+  is the default setting that applies to information stored by Password Manager
+  or Form Manager.</p>
+
+<p>For improved protection, you may choose to protect the file with encryption.
+  Encryption makes it more difficult (but again, not impossible) for an
+  unauthorized person to view your stored sensitive information.</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Use encryption when storing sensitive data</strong>: Select this
+  checkbox to turn on encryption, or deselect it to turn off encryption.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>If you have not previously set a
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#master_password">master password</a>, you will be
+  asked to create one. To do so, follow the instructions as they appear on your
+  screen.</p>
+
+<p>Using encryption versus obscuring for stored sensitive data is a tradeoff
+  between improved security and convenience:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>If you use encryption, you will need to enter a master password
+    periodically, which can be inconvenient. (For information about controlling
+    how often it is requested, see the discussion of the Master Password
+    timeout at
+    <a href="#master_passwords">Privacy &amp; Security Preferences - Master
+    Passwords</a>.)</li>
+  <li>If you use obscuring, you may not have to set a master password at all
+    (unless you&apos;re using certificates for identification purposes), but it
+    may be easier for a stranger who has access to your computer to steal your
+    passwords.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>For more details, see
+  <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Encrypting
+  Stored Sensitive Information</a>.</p>
+
+<h2 id="password_manager">Password Manager</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use Password Manager dialog box to control
+  your stored passwords. If you are not already viewing it, follow these
+  steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Passwords. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+  <li>Click Manage Stored Passwords.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Alternatively, open the Tools menu, choose Password manager, and then choose
+  Manage Stored Passwords from the submenu.</p>
+
+<p>The Password Manager has two tabs:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li><strong>Passwords Saved</strong>: Click this tab to view the list of
+    sites for which Password Manager has saved your user name and
+    password&mdash;that is, the sites for which you selected <q>Yes</q>
+    in response to Password Manager&apos;s request to store logon
+    information.
+
+    <p>The second column shows the user name for each site. If the password is
+      stored in encrypted form, <q>(encrypted)</q> appears after the user
+      name.</p>
+
+    <p>By default, stored passwords are not displayed.</p>
+
+    <ul>
+      <li>To see the list of stored passwords, click Show Passwords and confirm
+        your choice.</li>
+      <li>To hide the passwords, click Hide Passwords.</li>
+    </ul>
+
+    <p>If you remove an entry from the list, the stored user name and password
+      will be discarded, and you will need to log in manually the next time you
+      visit that site.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Passwords Never Saved</strong>: Click this tab to view the list
+    of sites for which you selected <q>Never for this site</q> in response
+    to Password Manager&apos;s request to store logon information.
+
+    <p>If a site is included on this list, you will always have to type in your
+      user name and password manually when you log onto the site.</p>
+
+    <p>If you remove an entry from this list, Password Manager will again ask
+      you, the next time you log onto the site, whether to store your user name
+      and password.</p>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Regardless of which tab you are viewing, you can remove entries from the
+  list as follows:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Remove</strong>: Select one or more entries that you want to
+    remove, then click Remove.</li>
+  <li><strong>Remove All</strong>: Click this button to remove all the entries
+    listed in the tab you are viewing.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>For more information about the Password Manager, see <a href=
+  "using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_password_manager">Using the Password
+  Manager</a>.</p>
+
+<h2 id="master_passwords">Privacy &amp; Security Preferences - Master
+  Passwords</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes the Master Passwords preferences panel. If you are
+  not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Master Passwords. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>A master password protects a security device, which is a software or
+  hardware device that stores sensitive information associated with your
+  identity, such as keys or certificates.</p>
+
+<p>For example, the browser has a built-in Software Security Device, and you
+  can also use external security devices, such as smart cards, if your computer
+  is configured to use them.</p>
+
+<p>The master password for the browser&apos;s built-in Software Security Device
+  also protects stored sensitive information such as email passwords, website
+  passwords, and other data stored by the Password Manager and Form
+  Manager.</p>
+
+<p>Each security device, whether it is software or hardware, has its own
+  separate Master Password.</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Change Password</strong>: Click this button to set or change any
+    of your master passwords. For information about using the Change Master
+    Password dialog box that appears when you click this button, see
+    <a href="#change_master_password">Change Master Password</a>.</li>
+  <li>You can control how often the browser requests your master password:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>The first time it is needed</strong>: This setting
+        (selected by default) causes the browser to request your master
+        password only the first time it needs access to the private key
+        database after launching. The browser will not request the master
+        password again until after you exit and relaunch it. This setting
+        provides the lowest level of protection.</li>
+      <li><strong>Every time it is needed</strong>: This setting ensures that
+        the browser will never access your saved personal information without
+        first requesting your master password. This setting provides the
+        highest level of protection.</li>
+      <li><strong>If it has not been used for [__] minutes or longer</strong>:
+        This setting causes the browser to request your master password if it
+        needs to access your personal information and the specified interval
+        has elapsed since the last time it did so.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Reset Master Password</strong>: Click this button to reset the
+    master password for the Software Security Device. For more information,
+    see <a href="#reset_master_password">Reset Master Password</a>.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h2 id="change_master_password">Change Master Password</h2>
+
+<p>You must remember your old master password to change it with the Change
+  Password button.</p>
+
+<p>This section describes the Change Master Password dialog box. If you&apos;re
+  not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Master Passwords. (If
+    no subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+  <li>Click Change Password.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>A master password protects a security device, which is a software or
+  hardware device that stores sensitive information associated with your
+  identity, such as keys or certificates.</p>
+
+<p>For example, the browser has a built-in Software Security Device, and you
+  can also use external security devices, such as smart cards, if your computer
+  is configured to use them.</p>
+
+<p>The master password for the browser&apos;s built-in Software Security Device
+  also protects your master key. Your master key is used to encrypt sensitive
+  information such as email passwords, website passwords, and other data stored
+  by the Password Manager and Form Manager.</p>
+
+<p>You use the Change Master Password dialog box to provide the following
+  information:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Security Device</strong>: Each security device requires a
+    separate master password. For example, if you are using one or more smart
+    cards to store some of your certificates, you should set a separate master
+    password for each one. If more than one security device is available, a
+    drop-down list at the top of the Set Master Password dialog box allows you
+    to choose the device whose password you want to change.</li>
+  <li><strong>Current password</strong>: If you are changing an existing master
+    password, you must first type the current password. If you don&apos;t type
+    the current password correctly, you will see the message <q>You did not
+    enter the current correct Master Password</q> after you click OK. If this
+    happens, you must retype your current password.</li>
+  <li><strong>New password</strong>: Type your new password into this
+    field.</li>
+  <li><strong>New password (again)</strong>: Type your new password again. If
+    you don&apos;t type it the second time exactly as you did the first time,
+    the OK button remains inactive. If this happens, try typing the new
+    password again.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>If someone uses your computer who knows or can guess your master password,
+  that person may be able to access websites while pretending to be you. This
+  can be dangerous&mdash;for example, if you manage your financial accounts
+  over the Internet.</p>
+
+<p>Therefore, it&apos;s important to select a master password that&apos;s
+  difficult to guess. The <strong>password quality meter</strong> gives you a
+  rough idea of the quality of your password as you type it based on factors
+  such as length and the use of uppercase letters, lowercase letters, numbers,
+  and symbols. It does not guarantee, however, that no one will be able to
+  guess your password.</p>
+
+<p>For further guidelines, see <a href="#choosing_a_good_password">Choosing
+  a Good Password</a>.</p>
+
+<p>It&apos;s also important to record your master password in a safe
+  place&mdash;and <strong>not</strong> anywhere that&apos;s easily accessible
+  to someone else. If you forget this password, you may not be able to access
+  important information, such as websites that require passwords or
+  certificates stored on your computer.</p>
+
+<h2 id="master_password_timeout">Master Password Timeout</h2>
+
+<p>After you first set a new master password, you will be asked to enter it
+  only when the newly launched browser first needs it to access personal
+  information, such as a user name and password, saved form data, or personal
+  certificates.</p>
+
+<p>You can control how often the browser requests your master password:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>The first time it is needed</strong>: This setting
+    (selected by default) causes the browser to request your master password
+    only the first time it needs access to the private key database after
+    launching. The browser will not request the master password again until
+    after you exit and relaunch it. This setting provides the lowest level
+    of protection.</li>
+  <li><strong>Every time it is needed</strong>: This setting ensures that
+    the browser will never access your saved personal information without
+    first requesting your master password. This setting provides the highest
+    level of protection.</li>
+  <li><strong>If it has not been used for [__] minutes or longer</strong>:
+    This setting causes the browser to request your master password if it
+    needs to access your personal information and the specified interval
+    has elapsed since the last time it did so.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h2 id="reset_master_password">Reset Master Password</h2>
+
+<p><strong>Warning</strong>: If you reset your master password, you will
+  permanently erase all the encrypted web passwords, email passwords, and form
+  data saved on your behalf by Password Manager and Form Manager. You will also
+  lose all your personal certificates associated with the
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#software_security_device">Software Security
+  Device</a>.</p>
+
+<p>Note that encrypted passwords and form data will be lost only if you have
+  turned on encryption for this stored information. For information about
+  turning encryption on or off, see
+  <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#turning_encryption_on_and_off">Turning
+  Encryption On and Off</a>.</p>
+
+<p>To change your master password rather than resetting it, click the Change
+  Password button in the Master Passwords preferences panel.</p>
+
+<p>This section describes the Reset Master Password dialog box. If you&apos;re
+  not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Master Passwords. (If
+    no subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+  <li>Click Reset Password.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Warning</strong>: If you reset your master password, you will
+  permanently erase all encrypted web passwords, email passwords, and form data
+  saved on your behalf by Password Manager and Form Manager. You will also lose
+  all your personal certificates associated with the
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#software_security_device">software security
+  device</a>.</p>
+
+<p>Encrypted passwords and form data will be lost only if you have turned on
+  encryption for this stored information. For information about turning
+  encryption on or off, see
+  <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#turning_encryption_on_and_off">Turning
+  Encryption On and Off</a>.</p>
+
+<p>If you remember your master password and decide to change it, you can do so
+  without danger of losing any personal information. If you are viewing the
+  Reset Master Password alert and you decide you want to change your password
+  rather than resetting it, click Cancel to return to the Master Passwords
+  preferences panel, then click Change Password. For details, see
+  <a href="#change_master_password">Change Master Password</a>.</p>
+
+<p>Resetting your master password is a last resort that you should use only if
+  you are absolutely sure you&apos;ve forgotten it. The seriousness of the
+  situation depends on how much personal data your forgotten master password
+  protects.</p>
+
+<p>Resetting your master password does not create a new password. Instead, it
+  removes all the data your old master password protects. You will be asked to
+  specify a new master password the next time the browser needs to store
+  personal information.</p>
+
+<p>After you reset your master password, you may also want to re-save personal
+  information that you want to have prefilled in the future. For example, as
+  you browse you may want Password Manager to save website and email passwords
+  again.</p>
+
+<p>You will also need to enter data by hand until Form Manager accumulates
+  enough data to fill in forms automatically. In addition, any personal
+  certificates associated with the software security device will be permanently
+  erased and you will need to apply for new ones.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note for smart card users</strong>: Each smart card has its own
+  master password. The master password for a smart card protects only the data
+  on that smart card (such as personal certificates). You can normally change
+  the master password for a smart card (assuming that you remember it), but you
+  cannot reset it.</p>
+
+<h2 id="choosing_a_good_password">Choosing a Good Password</h2>
+
+<p>Choosing a good password will help in keeping your personal information
+  safe and private. To improve the security of your password, follow some
+  or all of these suggestions:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Special and punctuation characters (*!$+) mixed with letters and
+    numbers.</li>
+  <li>Mixed upper and lower-case letters&mdash;putting capitals in random
+    locations throughout a password is effective.</li>
+  <li>Nonsense words that aren&apos;t found in dictionaries but are easy to
+    pronounce.</li>
+  <li>Eight or more characters.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>You should avoid personal information that could be guessed. So the
+  following common items should be avoided:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Personal or family names, your initials or birthdays.</li>
+  <li>Your social security number.</li>
+  <li>Names of pets or famous places.</li>
+  <li>Phone numbers or addresses.</li>
+  <li>Words from any kind of dictionary.</li>
+  <li>Your username, login name or computer&apos;s name.</li>
+  <li>Repetition of the same letter or symbol.</li>
+  <li>Sequences of keyboard keys, such as <q>12345</q> or <q>qwerty</q>.</li>
+  <li>Any minor modification of the above, such as appending a character to the
+    end of your name or spelling backwards.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>A good way to choose a secure but easily remembered password is to use the
+  first character of each word in a phrase. For instance, <q>StNh*nbsS</q>
+  stands for <q>Surfing the Net has never been so Suite</q>; the asterisk in
+  the middle is included for increased security. (Don&apos;t use this
+  password!)</p>
+
+<p>To further protect your personal data, you are advised to follow these
+  simple rules:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Never give the password out to anyone.</li>
+  <li>If someone has learnt your password, change it immediately.</li>
+  <li>Every few months, change your password.</li>
+  <li>Choose a password you can remember so you don&apos;t have to write it
+    down.</li>
+  <li>Avoid letting people observe you typing your password.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>&copyright.string;</p>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/privacy_help.xhtml b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/privacy_help.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1e26521f59
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/privacy_help.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,254 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Privacy on the Internet</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="using_privacy_features">Using Privacy Features</h1>
+
+<p>Your browser includes features you can use to enhance the privacy and
+  security of your personal information. The sections that follow describe how
+  your browser can help you control cookies, passwords, forms, and images while
+  you are surfing the Internet.</p>
+
+<p>Some web sites publish their privacy policies according to the Platform for
+  Privacy Preferences (P3P) standard. For information on how to customize your
+  browser based on this standard, see
+  <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#setting_privacy_levels">Setting Privacy
+  Levels</a>.</p>
+
+<p>For information about related &brandShortName; security features, see
+  <a href="mail_sec_help.xhtml">Signing &amp; Encrypting Messages</a> and
+  <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml">Using Certificates</a>.</p>
+
+<p>For general information about privacy and security, see the online
+  documents:</p>
+<ul>
+  <li><a href="http://browser.netscape.com/ns8/security/basics_virus.jsp">Virus
+    protection</a></li>
+  <li><a href="http://browser.netscape.com/ns8/security/basics_shopping.jsp">Online
+    shopping (and Banking)</a></li>
+  <li><a href="http://browser.netscape.com/ns8/security/basics_children.jsp">Children
+    and the Internet</a></li>
+</ul>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">Privacy topics:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#privacy_on_the_internet">Privacy on the Internet</a></li>
+    <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_cookie_manager">Using the
+      Cookie Manager</a></li>
+    <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_password_manager">Using the
+      Password Manager</a></li>
+    <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_form_manager">Using the Form
+      Manager</a></li>
+    <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Encrypting
+      Stored Sensitive Information</a></li>
+    <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#managing_images">Managing Images</a></li>
+    <li><a href="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml#controlling_popups">Controlling Popups</a></li>
+    <li><a href="privsec_help.xhtml">Privacy &amp; Security Preferences</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h1 id="privacy_on_the_internet">Privacy on the Internet</h1>
+
+<p>This section summarizes some background information about privacy on the
+  Internet. It also describes several things you can do to help safeguard your
+  own privacy. It is not intended to provide a complete description of Internet
+  privacy issues.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#what_information_does_my_browser_give_to_a_web_site">What
+      Information Does My Browser Give to a Web Site?</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#what_are_cookies_and_how_do_they_work">What Are Cookies, and
+      How Do They Work?</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#how_can_i_control_web_pages_in_email_messages">How Can I
+      Control Web Pages in Email Messages?</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#how_can_i_make_sure_unauthorized_people_dont_use_information_about_me">How
+      Can I Make Sure Unauthorized People Don&apos;t Use Information About
+      Me?</a></li>
+    </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="what_information_does_my_browser_give_to_a_web_site">What Information
+  Does My Browser Give to a Web Site?</h2>
+
+<p>When your browser displays a web page&mdash;for example, each time you click
+  a link or type a URL, or when a web page is displayed in an email
+  message&mdash;it gives certain kinds of information to the site. This
+  information may include (but is not limited to) your operating environment,
+  your Internet address, and the page you&apos;re coming from.</p>
+
+<h3>Operating Environment</h3>
+
+<p>The site is told something about your operating environment, such as your
+  browser type and operating system. This helps the site present the page in
+  the best way for your screen. For example, the site might learn that you use
+  the French version of Mozilla 1.2 on a Windows 2000 computer.</p>
+
+<h3 id="internet_address">Internet Address</h3>
+
+<p>Your browser must tell the site your Internet address (also known as the
+  Internet Protocol, or IP address) so the site knows where to send the page
+  you are requesting. The site can&apos;t present the page you want to see
+  unless it knows your IP address.</p>
+
+<p>Your IP address can be either temporary or fixed (static).</p>
+
+<p>If you connect to the Internet through a standard modem that&apos;s attached
+  to your phone line, then your Internet service provider (ISP) may assign you
+  a temporary IP address each time you log on. You use the temporary IP address
+  for the duration of your Internet session&mdash;for example, until you sign
+  off or hang up your dial-up connection, or otherwise end your computer&apos;s
+  live connection with the Internet. Each ISP has many IP addresses, and they
+  assign the addresses at random to users.</p>
+
+<p>If you have DSL, a cable modem, or a fiber-optic connection, you may have a
+  fixed IP address that you use every time you connect.</p>
+
+<p>Your IP address is not the same as your email address.</p>
+
+<h3>Referring Page</h3>
+
+<p>The site is also told which page you were reading when you clicked a link to
+  see one of the site&apos;s pages. This allows the site to know which site
+  referred you. Or, as you traverse the site, it allows the site to know which
+  of its pages you came from.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#privacy_on_the_internet">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="what_are_cookies_and_how_do_they_work">What Are Cookies, and How Do
+  They Work?</h2>
+
+<p>A cookie is a small bit of information used by some web sites. When you
+  visit a site that uses cookies, the site might ask your browser to place one
+  or more cookies on your hard disk.</p>
+  
+<p>Later, when you return to the site, your browser sends back the cookies that
+  belong to the site.</p>
+  
+<p>When you are using the default cookie settings, this activity is invisible
+  to you, and you won&apos;t know when a site is setting a cookie or when your
+  browser is sending a web site&apos;s cookie back. However, you can set your
+  preferences so that you will be asked before a cookie is set. For information
+  on how to do this, see
+  <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#setting_privacy_levels">Setting Privacy
+  Levels</a>.</p>
+  
+<h3>How Do Sites Use Cookie Information?</h3>
+
+<p>Cookies allow a site to know something about your previous visits. For
+  example, if you typically search for local weather or purchase books at a web
+  site, the site may use cookies to remember what city you live in or what
+  authors you like, so it can make your next visit easier and more useful.</p>
+
+<p>Many web sites publish privacy policies that describe how they use the
+  information they receive.</p>
+
+<p>You can check a web site&apos;s privacy policy to see what it says about the
+  information it collects, how that information is used, and what choices you
+  have regarding the use of that information. To learn how to do this, see
+  <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#viewing_privacy_policies">Viewing Privacy
+  Policies</a>.</p>
+
+<p>For information on how to manage cookies with the aid of published privacy
+  policies, see <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#setting_privacy_levels">Setting
+  Privacy Levels</a>.</p>
+
+<h3 id="what_are_third-party_cookies">What Are Third-Party Cookies?</h3>
+
+<p>If your browser stores a site&apos;s cookie, it will return the cookie only
+  to that particular site. Your browser will not provide one site with cookies
+  set by another. Since a web site can only receive its own cookies, it can
+  learn about your activities while you are at that site but not your
+  activities in general while surfing the Web.</p>
+
+<p>But sometimes a web site displays content that is hosted on another web
+  site. That content can be anything from an image to text or an advertisement.
+  The other web site that hosts such elements also has the ability to store a
+  cookie in your browser, even though you don&apos;t visit the site directly.
+</p>
+
+<p>Cookies that are stored by a site other than the one you are visiting are
+  called <strong>third-party cookies</strong> or <strong>foreign
+  cookies</strong>. Web sites sometimes use third-party cookies with
+  <strong>transparent GIFs</strong>, which are special images that help sites
+  count users, track email responses, learn more about how visitors use the
+  site, or customize your browsing experience. (Transparent GIFs are also known
+  as web beacons or web bugs.)</p>
+
+<p>If you want, you can adjust your cookie preferences so that sites can store
+  ordinary cookies but not third-party ones.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#privacy_on_the_internet">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="how_can_i_control_web_pages_in_email_messages">How Can I Control Web
+  Pages in Email Messages?</h2>
+
+<p>You can disable cookies, images, JavaScript, and plugins completely for
+  web pages that are received as part of email messages.</p>
+  
+<p>While it may be convenient to enable some or all of these capabilities when
+  you&apos;re browsing the web, they may not be necessary in single web pages
+  sent as attachments to messages.</p>
+
+<p>For information on enabling or disabling cookies, images, JavaScript, and
+  plugins in email messages, see the following sections:</p>
+  
+<ul>
+  <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookies">Privacy &amp; Security
+    Preferences - Cookies</a></li>
+  <li><a href="mail_help.xhtml#message_display">Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+    Preferences - Message Display</a></li>
+  <li><a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#scripts_and_plugins">Advanced
+    Preferences - Scripts &amp; Plugins</a></li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#privacy_on_the_internet">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="how_can_i_make_sure_unauthorized_people_dont_use_information_about_me">How
+  Can I Make Sure Unauthorized People Don&apos;t Use Information About Me?</h2>
+
+<p>The best way to keep your information private is to read the privacy
+  policies for the web sites you visit and the Internet services you use, and
+  to be cautious about giving out your personal information online.</p>
+
+<p>The Internet is a public network. When you send your name, phone number,
+  address, and other personal information over the network (via a web page,
+  email, or any other method), it is possible that someone else may be able to
+  intercept it.</p>
+
+<p>Here are some questions you might ask about a web site&apos;s privacy
+  policy:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>What kinds of personal information is this site gathering?</li>
+  <li>How will the site use the information?</li>
+  <li>Will the site share the information with others and do I have choices
+    regarding the use of any shared information?</li>
+  <li>Can I access some or all of the information a site gathers about me, in
+    order to inspect or update it?</li>
+  <li>How does the site protect the information?</li>
+  <li>How do I contact the web site if I have questions or problems?</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>For information about checking a web site&apos;s privacy policy, see
+  <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#viewing_privacy_policies">Viewing Privacy
+  Policies</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#privacy_on_the_internet">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<p>&copyright.string;</p>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/privsec_help.xhtml b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/privsec_help.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7ee0f7d6b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/privsec_help.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd" [
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Privacy &amp; Security Preferences</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1>Privacy &amp; Security Preferences</h1>
+
+<p>The sections listed below describe the Privacy &amp; Security preferences.
+  To see the preference panels, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Click the Privacy &amp; Security category. If no subcategories are
+    visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand the list, then
+    click the name for the preferences you want to view or change.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>For help with a panel&apos;s settings, click the appropriate link below.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">Related sections:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookies">Cookies</a></li>
+    <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#images">Images</a></li>
+    <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#forms">Forms</a></li>
+    <li><a href="passwords_help.xhtml">Passwords</a></li>
+    <li><a href="passwords_help.xhtml#master_passwords">Master Passwords</a></li>
+    <li><a href="ssl_help.xhtml">SSL</a></li>
+    <li><a href="certs_prefs_help.xhtml">Certificates</a></li>
+    <li><a href="validation_help.xhtml">Validation</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<p>&copyright.string;</p>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/profiles_help.xhtml b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/profiles_help.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b5e9793d70
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/profiles_help.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,224 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd" [
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Managing Profiles</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="managing_profiles">Managing Profiles</h1>
+
+<p>If you use the Internet at home and at work, you may want to have access to
+  a different set of bookmarks, preferences, address books, email accounts,
+  Sidebar setup, and so on. Similarly, family members may want to share a copy
+  of the same browser software but keep their Internet identities separate.</p>
+
+<p>The Profile Manager lets you create different profiles, each with its own
+  bookmarks, preferences, email settings, and so on. You automatically create a
+  default profile when you first install your browser software. After you
+  create one or more additional profiles, you will be asked which you want to
+  use each time you launch the browser.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+    <li><a href="#creating_a_new_profile">Creating a New Profile</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#deleting_or_renaming_a_profile">Deleting or Renaming a
+      Profile</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#roaming_profiles">Roaming Profiles</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#roaming_prefs">Roaming User Preferences</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#roaming_item_selection">Roaming User Preferences - Item
+      selection</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="creating_a_new_profile">Creating a New Profile</h2>
+
+<p>To create a profile:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Profile Manager:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>If &brandShortName; is running</strong>: Open the Tools menu
+        and select Switch Profile.</li>
+      <li><strong>If &brandShortName; is closed</strong>:<span class="win">
+        Open the Start menu and choose Programs, then &brandShortName;, then
+        Profile Manager.</span><span class="mac"> Hold down the
+        <kbd>Option</kbd> key while you&apos;re starting &brandShortName; from
+        the Finder or the Dock.</span><span class="unix"> Type the following at
+        the command line: <kbd>./mozilla -profilemanager</kbd></span></li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click Create Profile, read the Profile description, and then click
+    Next.</li>
+  <li>Enter a profile name. This can be anything you like, such as your real
+    name or a name that&apos;s related to what you use the profile for, such as
+    <q>School</q>.</li>
+  <li>Accept the default location for the new profile, or click the Choose
+    Folder button and navigate to the location you want.</li>
+  <li>If you have additional Language Packs installed, click
+    Select Language and choose the language you want.</li>
+  <li>Click Finish.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#managing_profiles">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="deleting_or_renaming_a_profile">Deleting or Renaming a Profile</h2>
+
+<p>You may want to delete profiles that you don&apos;t normally use. To delete
+  or rename an existing profile:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Profile Manager:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>If &brandShortName; is running</strong>: Open the Tools menu
+        and select Switch Profile. <strong>Note</strong>: You can&apos;t delete
+        the profile that is in use.</li>
+      <li><strong>If &brandShortName; is closed</strong>:
+        <span class="win"> Open the Start menu and choose Programs, then
+        &brandShortName;, then Profile Manager.</span><span class="mac"> Hold
+        down the <kbd>Option</kbd> key while you&apos;re starting
+        &brandShortName; from the Finder or the Dock.</span><span class="unix">
+        Type the following at the command line:
+        <kbd>./mozilla -profilemanager</kbd></span></li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>To delete a profile, select its name and click Delete Profile. In the
+    confirmation box, choose one of the following options:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Delete files</strong>: Deletes the whole profile folder
+        with its stored data (bookmarks, preferences, email
+        accounts, and so on). <em>Make sure that you won&apos;t need anything
+        from the profile in the future before you choose this option.</em></li>
+      <li><strong>Don&apos;t delete files</strong>: Removes the profile from
+        the list of available profiles, but keeps the profile folder. By
+        choosing this option none of your profile&apos;s stored data will be
+        deleted.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>To rename a profile, select its name, click Rename Profile, and follow the
+    instructions.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#managing_profiles">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="roaming_profiles">Roaming Profiles</h2>
+
+<p>Roaming profiles allow you to store your profile and associated settings on
+  a central server or file share. The advantage of this is that your settings
+  can follow you from one machine to another. For example, you may wish to use
+  &brandShortName; both at work and at home keeping your bookmarks, address
+  book, and other settings in sync, or a company may want to allow its
+  employees to use their &brandShortName; profile on any computer.</p>
+
+<p>Roaming profiles can be stored on a HTTP or FTP server. You will need a
+  user name and password on that server, so that you can have write access
+  to the appropriate directory for storing and retrieving your profile.
+  Alternatively, for computers that use a common file share, you can store
+  the profile in a local directory using the Copy method.</p>
+
+<p>Whenever you start &brandShortName;, your profile is downloaded and whenever
+  you shutdown &brandShortName;, your profile is uploaded.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#managing_profiles">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="roaming_prefs">Roaming User Preferences</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the main Roaming User preferences panel.
+  If you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the
+    <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span>
+    menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Click on the Roaming User category.</li>
+  <li>Select <strong>Enable remote profile storage</strong> to activate roaming
+    for the current profile.</li>
+  <li>Select one of the following:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>HTTP / FTP</strong>: Choose this if you wish to have the
+        profile information copied to a FTP or HTTP server.
+        <ul>
+          <li><strong>Base URL</strong>: Type the URL of the directory where
+            the roaming profile will be stored. This can be an FTP, HTTP or
+            HTTPS URL. FTP is probably easiest to set up on a home network.
+            In other cases, especially when transmitting over the Internet,
+            it is strongly recommended to use HTTPS, because otherwise, all
+            your saved passwords and bookmarks (depending on your Item 
+            Selection) might be read by other people on the same network.
+
+            <p><strong>Examples</strong>:<br/>
+              <kbd>&lt;https://user@http-server/dir/&gt;</kbd><br/>
+              <kbd>&lt;ftp://user@ftp-server//home/user/dir/&gt;</kbd><br/> 
+              <kbd>&lt;ftp://user@ftp-server/dir/&gt;</kbd></p>
+
+          </li>
+          <li><strong>Username</strong>: Type the user name that will be
+            used to access the FTP or HTTP server.</li>
+          <li><strong>Save password</strong>: Enable this option to save the
+            password for the user name that you have supplied.</li>
+          <li><strong>Password</strong>: Type the password for the user name
+            that you supplied.</li>
+        </ul>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>File Copy</strong>: Choose this if you wish to have the
+        profile information copied to a local directory.
+        <ul>
+          <li>Click <strong>Browse</strong> and select the directory where you
+            wish the profile information to be copied to and retrieved
+            from.</li>
+        </ul>
+      </li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#managing_profiles">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="roaming_item_selection">Roaming User Preferences - Item selection</h2>
+
+<p>By default, only bookmarks, cookies, and the personal addressbook are stored
+  on the roaming server. If all items are greyed out, make sure to have Roaming
+  enabled.To enable or disable roaming of other profile informations, follow
+  these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the
+    <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span>
+    menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Roaming User category, click Item Selection. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Roaming User to expand the
+    list.)</li>
+  <li>Select the items that you wish to be included in the roaming profile
+    synchronization.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>You cannot roam your local email, partly because that would take too long.
+  Use IMAP for this purpose.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: If you are using a slow connection, be aware that 
+  some files can be quite large, so this will impact your startup time.
+  &brandShortName; will have to download locally all of the files you
+  selected from the list before being fully functional, and save them back
+  to the remote server when you exit &brandShortName;.</p>
+
+<p>For further information about setting up Roaming Access on a server, see
+  the online document
+  <a href="http://www.klomp.org/mod_roaming/">mod_roaming - Roaming Access
+  module for Apache</a> or
+  <a href="http://web.archive.org/web/20020207131101/http://help.netscape.com/products/client/communicator/manual_roaming2.html">Manually
+  Implementing Roaming Access</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#managing_profiles">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<p>&copyright.string;</p>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts.xhtml b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..eef12e7efb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,345 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>&brandShortName; Keyboard Shortcuts</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1>&brandShortName; Keyboard Shortcuts</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#using_shortcuts">Using Shortcuts</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#general_mozilla_shortcuts">General &brandShortName;
+    Shortcuts</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#help_window_shortcuts">Help Window Shortcuts</a></li>
+    <li><a href="shortcuts-navigator.xhtml">Browser Shortcuts</a></li>
+    <li><a href="shortcuts-mailnews.xhtml">Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+    Shortcuts</a></li>
+    <li><a href="shortcuts-composer.xhtml">Composer Shortcuts</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="using_shortcuts">Using Shortcuts</h2>
+
+<p>This document uses the following format for listing shortcuts:</p>
+
+<p><strong>Example:</strong></p>
+
+<table class="defaultTable">
+<colgroup>
+  <col class="commandColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osFirstColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osSecondColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osThirdColumn"></col>
+</colgroup>
+<thead>
+  <tr>
+    <th>Command</th>
+    <th>Windows</th>
+    <th>Mac OS</th>
+    <th>Linux or Unix</th>
+  </tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Copy</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+C</td>
+    <td>Cmd+C</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+C</td>
+  </tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+
+<p>To perform a command, press the buttons listed together at the same time.
+  For example, to copy in Windows, press Ctrl and C at the same time.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: The plus sign (+) means that you must press two keys
+  surrounding the plus sign at the same time. If there is more than one plus
+  sign (such as Ctrl+Shift+C), it means that all three buttons surrounding the
+  plus sign must be pressed at the same time.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Abbreviations:</strong></p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Ctrl = Control Key</li>
+  <li>Cmd = Command key on the Mac OS Keyboard</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Some keyboard shortcuts perform different functions
+  based on cursor location (focus). For example, if you press Home on Windows
+  while viewing a web page, &brandShortName; will move to the top of the web
+  page. However, if you press Home on Windows while the cursor is in a text
+  field, the cursor will go to the beginning of the text field.</p>
+
+<h2 id="general_mozilla_shortcuts">General &brandShortName; Shortcuts</h2>
+
+<table class="defaultTable">
+<colgroup>
+  <col class="commandColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osFirstColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osSecondColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osThirdColumn"></col>
+</colgroup>
+<thead>
+  <tr>
+    <th>Command</th>
+    <th>Windows</th>
+    <th>Mac OS</th>
+    <th>Linux or Unix</th>
+  </tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Copy</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+C</td>
+    <td>Cmd+C</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+C</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr class="even">
+    <td>Paste</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+V</td>
+    <td>Cmd+V</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+V</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Cut</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+X</td>
+    <td>Cmd+X</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+X</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr class="even">
+    <td>Select All</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+A</td>
+    <td>Cmd+A</td>
+    <td>Alt+A</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Close Window</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+W</td>
+    <td>Cmd+W</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+W</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr class="even">
+    <td>Delete Next Word</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Del</td>
+    <td></td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Del</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Go Up One Page</td>
+    <td>Page Up</td>
+    <td>Page Up</td>
+    <td>Page Up</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr class="even">
+    <td>Go Down One Page </td>
+    <td>Page Down</td>
+    <td>Page Down</td>
+    <td>Page Down</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Go Up One Line</td>
+    <td>Up Arrow</td>
+    <td>Up Arrow</td>
+    <td>Up Arrow</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr class="even">
+    <td>Go Down One Line</td>
+    <td>Down Arrow</td>
+    <td>Down Arrow</td>
+    <td>Down Arrow</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Undo</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Z</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Z</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Z</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr class="even">
+    <td>Redo</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Y or Ctrl+Shift+Z</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Shift+Z</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Y or Ctrl+Shift+Z</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Find</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+F</td>
+    <td>Cmd+F</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+F</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr class="even">
+    <td>Find Again</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+G or F3</td>
+    <td>Cmd+G</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+G</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Find Links As You Type</td>
+    <td>&apos; (apostrophe)</td>
+    <td>&apos; (apostrophe)</td>
+    <td>&apos; (apostrophe)</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr class="even">
+    <td>Find Text As You Type</td>
+    <td>/</td>
+    <td>/</td>
+    <td>/</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Open Context Menu</td>
+    <td>Shift+F10</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Space</td>
+    <td>Shift+F10</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr class="even">
+    <td>
+      Open Main Menu <span class="noMac">(switches to the first drop-down menu
+      at the top of the window)</span>
+    </td>
+    <td>Alt or F10</td>
+    <td>(Mac OS X: Controlled through keyboard preference in Control Panel)</td>
+    <td>F10</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Move to beginning of line (in a text editing field)</td>
+    <td>Home</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Left Arrow</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+A</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr class="even">
+    <td>Move to end of line (in a text editing field)</td>
+    <td>End</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Right Arrow</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+E</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Exit &brandShortName;</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Q</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Q</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Q</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr class="even">
+    <td>Start Browser</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+1</td>
+    <td>Cmd+1</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+1</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Start Mail &amp; Newsgroups</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+2</td>
+    <td>Cmd+2</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+2</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr class="even">
+    <td>Start Composer</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+4</td>
+    <td>Cmd+4</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+4</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Start Address Book</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+5</td>
+    <td>Cmd+5</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+5</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr class="even">
+    <td>Start IRC Chat</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+6</td>
+    <td>Cmd+6</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+6</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Open Help Window</td>
+    <td>F1</td>
+    <td>Cmd+? or Help Key</td>
+    <td>F1</td>
+  </tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+
+<h2 id="help_window_shortcuts">Help Window Shortcuts</h2>
+
+<p>These shortcuts are available from Help windows.</p>
+
+<table class="defaultTable">
+<colgroup>
+  <col class="commandColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osFirstColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osSecondColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osThirdColumn"></col>
+</colgroup>
+<thead>
+  <tr>
+    <th>Command</th>
+    <th>Windows</th>
+    <th>Mac OS</th>
+    <th>Linux or Unix</th>
+  </tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Navigate Links within Content Pane (right pane)</td>
+    <td>Tab</td>
+    <td>Tab</td>
+    <td>Tab</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr class="even">
+    <td>Switch between Content Pane and Search/Contents/Index/Glossary
+      (toggle)</td>
+    <td>F6</td>
+    <td>F6</td>
+    <td>F6</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Navigate Index Terms (while Index Pane is selected)</td>
+    <td>Up/Down Arrow</td>
+    <td>Up/Down Arrow</td>
+    <td>Up/Down Arrow</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr class="even">
+    <td>Scroll Pane (Content, Table of Contents, or Index)</td>
+    <td>Up/Down Arrow</td>
+    <td>Up/Down Arrow</td>
+    <td>Up/Down Arrow</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Expand/Collapse Table of Contents Tree Structure</td>
+    <td>Left/Right Arrow</td>
+    <td>Left/Right Arrow</td>
+    <td>Left/Right Arrow</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr class="even">
+    <td>Print Page</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+P</td>
+    <td>Cmd+P</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+P</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Go Back to Previous Page</td>
+    <td>Alt+Left Arrow</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Left Arrow</td>
+    <td>Alt+Left Arrow</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr class="even">
+    <td>Go Forward One Page</td>
+    <td>Alt+Right Arrow</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Right Arrow</td>
+    <td>Alt+Right Arrow</td>
+  </tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+
+<p>&copyright.string;</p>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_composer.xhtml b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_composer.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..106ed0a057
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_composer.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd" [
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Composer Shortcuts</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1>Composer Shortcuts</h1>
+
+<table class="defaultTable">
+<colgroup>
+  <col class="commandColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osFirstColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osSecondColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osThirdColumn"></col>
+</colgroup>
+<thead>
+  <tr>
+    <th>Command</th>
+    <th>Windows</th>
+    <th>Mac OS</th>
+    <th>Linux or Unix</th>
+  </tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody class="tbody-default">
+  <tr>
+    <td>New Composer Page</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+N</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Shift+N</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+N</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Save Page</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+S</td>
+    <td>Cmd+S</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+S</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Open File</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+O</td>
+    <td>Cmd+O</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+O</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Close Page</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+W</td>
+    <td>Cmd+W</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+W</td>
+  </tr>
+    <tr>
+    <td>Publish</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+S</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Shift+S</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+S</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Find and Replace</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+H</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Opt+F</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+H</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Find Again</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+G</td>
+    <td>Cmd+G</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+G</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Find Previous</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+G</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Shift+G</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+G</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Check Spelling</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+K</td>
+    <td>Cmd+K</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+K</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Insert/Edit Link</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+L</td>
+    <td>Cmd+L</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+L</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Increase Indent</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+[</td>
+    <td>Cmd+[</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+[</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Decrease Indent</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+]</td>
+    <td>Cmd+]</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+]</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Discontinue Text Styles</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+Y</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Shift+Y</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+Y</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Discontinue Link</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+K</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Shift+K</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+K</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Remove Named Anchors</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+A</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Shift+A</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+A</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Select Row/Column</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Drag</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Drag</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Drag</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Select Cells(s)</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Click (drag to select block of cells, or continue clicking
+      to select individual cells)</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Click (drag to select block of cells, or continue clicking
+      to select individual cells)</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Click (drag to select block of cells, or continue clicking
+      to select individual cells)</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Decrease Font Size</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+- (minus sign)</td>
+    <td>Cmd+- (minus sign)</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+- (minus sign)</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Increase Font Size</td>
+    <td>Ctrl++ (plus sign)</td>
+    <td>Cmd++ (plus sign)</td>
+    <td>Ctrl++ (plus sign)</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Text Style Bold</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+B</td>
+    <td>Cmd+B</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+B</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Text Style Italic</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+I</td>
+    <td>Cmd+I</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+I</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Text Style Underline</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+U</td>
+    <td>Cmd+U</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+U</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Text Style Fixed Width</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+T</td>
+    <td>Cmd+T</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+T</td>
+  </tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_mailnews.xhtml b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_mailnews.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..062043e537
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_mailnews.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,365 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd" [
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Mail &amp; Newsgroups Shortcuts</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1>Mail &amp; Newsgroups Shortcuts</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#general_mail_and_newsgroups_shortcuts">General Mail &amp;
+      Newsgroups Shortcuts</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#message_list_shortcuts">Message List Shortcuts</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#message_compose_shortcuts">Message Compose Shortcuts</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="general_mail_and_newsgroups_shortcuts">General Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+  Shortcuts</h2>
+
+<table class="defaultTable">
+<colgroup>
+  <col class="commandColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osFirstColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osSecondColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osThirdColumn"></col>
+</colgroup>
+<thead>
+  <tr>
+    <th>Command</th>
+    <th>Windows</th>
+    <th>Mac OS</th>
+    <th>Linux or Unix</th>
+  </tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody class="tbody-default">
+  <tr>
+    <td>Reload</td>
+    <td>F5</td>
+    <td/>
+    <td>F5</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Move to Next Mail Pane (Folder, QuickSearch, Thread,
+    Message Panes)</td>
+    <td>F6</td>
+    <td>F6</td>
+    <td>F6</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Toggle Message Pane Visibility</td>
+    <td>F8</td>
+    <td>F8</td>
+    <td>F8</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Toggle Folder Pane Visibility</td>
+    <td>F9</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Opt+S</td>
+    <td>F9</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>New Message</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+M</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Shift+M</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+M</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Get New Messages</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+D</td>
+    <td>Cmd+D</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+D</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Get All New Messages</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+D</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Shift+D</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+D</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Search Messages</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+S</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Shift+S</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+S</td>
+  </tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+
+<h2 id="message_list_shortcuts">Message List Shortcuts</h2>
+
+<table class="defaultTable">
+<colgroup>
+  <col class="commandColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osFirstColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osSecondColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osThirdColumn"></col>
+</colgroup>
+<thead>
+  <tr>
+    <th>Command</th>
+    <th>Windows</th>
+    <th>Mac OS</th>
+    <th>Linux or Unix</th>
+  </tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody class="tbody-default">
+  <tr>
+    <td>Save Message as File</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+S</td>
+    <td>Cmd+S</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+S</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Open Message (in a new window)</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+O</td>
+    <td>Cmd+O</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+O</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Delete Message</td>
+    <td>Del</td>
+    <td>Del</td>
+    <td>Del</td>
+  </tr>
+ <tr>
+    <td>Delete Message Immediately (without placing it in the Trash
+    folder)</td>
+    <td>Shift+Del</td>
+    <td>Shift+Del</td>
+    <td>Shift+Del</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Undo Delete Message</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Z</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Z</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Z</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Select All Messages</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+A</td>
+    <td>Cmd+A</td>
+    <td>Alt+A</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Select Thread</td>
+    <td>Alt+Shift+A</td>
+    <td>Alt+Shift+A</td>
+    <td>Alt+Shift+A</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Collapse All Threads</td>
+    <td>\ (backslash key)</td>
+    <td>\ (backslash key)</td>
+    <td>\ (backslash key)</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Expand All Threads</td>
+    <td>* (asterisk key)</td>
+    <td>* (asterisk key)</td>
+    <td>* (asterisk key)</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Message Source</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+U</td>
+    <td>Cmd+U</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+U</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Go to Next Message</td>
+    <td>F</td>
+    <td>F</td>
+    <td>F</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Go to Next Unread Message</td>
+    <td>N</td>
+    <td>N</td>
+    <td>N</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Go to Next Unread Thread</td>
+    <td>T</td>
+    <td>T</td>
+    <td>T</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Go to Previous Message</td>
+    <td>B</td>
+    <td>B</td>
+    <td>B</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Go to Previous Unread Message</td>
+    <td>P</td>
+    <td>P</td>
+    <td>P</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Reply to Message (replies only to sender)</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+R</td>
+    <td>Cmd+R</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+R</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+   <td>Reply to All in Message (replies to sender and to other email addresses
+     in message)</td>
+   <td>Ctrl+Shift+R</td>
+   <td>Cmd+Shift+R</td>
+   <td>Ctrl+Shift+R</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Forward Message</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+L</td>
+    <td>Cmd+L</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+L</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Edit Message As New (compose new email using the body and attachments
+      of the selected message)</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+E</td>
+    <td>Cmd+E</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+E</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Remove Message Label</td>
+    <td>0</td>
+    <td>0</td>
+    <td>0</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Label Message (5 customizable labels)</td>
+    <td>1, 2, 3, 4 and 5</td>
+    <td>1, 2, 3, 4 and 5</td>
+    <td>1, 2, 3, 4 and 5</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Mark Message As Read</td>
+    <td>M</td>
+    <td>M</td>
+    <td>M</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Mark Thread As Read</td>
+    <td>R</td>
+    <td>R</td>
+    <td>R</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Mark Thread As Read and Move to Next Unread Message</td>
+    <td>T</td>
+    <td>T</td>
+    <td>T</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Mark Messages As Read by Date</td>
+    <td>C</td>
+    <td>C</td>
+    <td>C</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Mark All Messages in Selected Folder As Read</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+C</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Shift+C</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+C</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Flag Message</td>
+    <td>I</td>
+    <td>I</td>
+    <td>I</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Mark Message As Junk</td>
+    <td>J</td>
+    <td>J</td>
+    <td>J</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Mark Message As Not Junk</td>
+    <td>Shift+J</td>
+    <td>Shift+J</td>
+    <td>Shift+J</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Mark Message As Not Scam</td>
+    <td>Shift+P</td>
+    <td>Shift+P</td>
+    <td>Shift+P</td>
+  </tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+
+<h2 id="message_compose_shortcuts">Message Compose Shortcuts</h2>
+
+<table class="defaultTable">
+<colgroup>
+  <col class="commandColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osFirstColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osSecondColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osThirdColumn"></col>
+</colgroup>
+<thead>
+  <tr>
+    <th>Command</th>
+    <th>Windows</th>
+    <th>Mac OS</th>
+    <th>Linux or Unix</th>
+  </tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody class="tbody-default">
+  <tr>
+    <td>Paste As Quotation</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+O</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Shift+O</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+O</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Paste Without Formatting</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+V</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Shift+V</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+V</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Rewrap</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+R</td>
+    <td>Cmd+R</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+R</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Find and Replace</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+H</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Opt+F</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+H</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Send Message Now</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Enter</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Return</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Enter</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Send Message Later</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+Enter</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Shift+Return</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+Enter</td>
+  </tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_navigator.xhtml b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_navigator.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ce7dfc4f7a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_navigator.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,541 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd" [
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+  <title>Browser Shortcuts</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1>Browser Shortcuts</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#bookmarks_shortcuts">Bookmarks Shortcuts</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#page_navigation_shortcuts">Page Navigation Shortcuts</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#page_viewing_shortcuts">Page Viewing Shortcuts</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#tabbed_browsing_shortcuts">Tabbed Browsing Shortcuts</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#sidebar_shortcuts">Sidebar Shortcuts</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#forms_shortcuts">Forms Shortcuts</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="bookmarks_shortcuts">Bookmarks Shortcuts</h2>
+
+<table class="defaultTable">
+<colgroup>
+  <col class="commandColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osFirstColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osSecondColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osThirdColumn"></col>
+</colgroup>
+<thead>
+  <tr>
+    <th>Command</th>
+    <th>Windows</th>
+    <th>Mac OS</th>
+    <th>Linux or Unix</th>
+  </tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody class="tbody-default">
+  <tr>
+    <td>Open Manage Bookmarks Window </td>
+    <td>Ctrl+B</td>
+    <td>Cmd+B</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+B</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Add Page to Bookmarks</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+D</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Shift+D</td>
+    <td></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>File Bookmark (to customize and file a page you are bookmarking)</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+D</td>
+    <td>Cmd+D</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+D</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Sort Bookmarks Folder (selected folder in Manage Bookmarks window)
+    </td>
+    <td>Ctrl+S</td>
+    <td>Cmd+S</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+S</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Sort Bookmarks Folder by Name (selected folder in Manage Bookmarks
+      window)
+    </td>
+    <td>Ctrl+N</td>
+    <td>Cmd+N</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+N</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Bookmark Properties (for selected bookmark in Manage Bookmarks window)
+    </td>
+    <td>Ctrl+I</td>
+    <td>Cmd+I</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+I</td>
+  </tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+
+<h2 id="page_navigation_shortcuts">Page Navigation Shortcuts</h2>
+
+<table class="defaultTable">
+<colgroup>
+  <col class="commandColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osFirstColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osSecondColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osThirdColumn"></col>
+</colgroup>
+<thead>
+  <tr>
+    <th>Command</th>
+    <th>Windows</th>
+    <th>Mac OS</th>
+    <th>Linux or Unix</th>
+  </tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody class="tbody-default">
+  <tr>
+    <td>Open History Window</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+H</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Shift+H</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+H</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Reload</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+R</td>
+    <td>Cmd+R</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+R</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Force Reload (not from cache)</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+R</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Shift+R</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+R</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Back</td>
+    <td>Alt+Left Arrow or Backspace</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Left Arrow, Cmd+[ or Delete (Backspace)</td>
+    <td>Alt+Left Arrow or Ctrl+[</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Forward</td>
+    <td>Alt+Right Arrow</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Right Arrow, Cmd+] or Shift+Delete (Backspace)</td>
+    <td>Alt+Right Arrow or Ctrl+]</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Up</td>
+    <td>Alt+Up Arrow</td>
+    <td>Opt+Up Arrow</td>
+    <td>Alt+Up Arrow</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Stop</td>
+    <td>Esc</td>
+    <td>Cmd+. or Esc</td>
+    <td>Esc</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Home</td>
+    <td>Alt+Home</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Home</td>
+    <td>Alt+Home</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Go to Bottom of Page</td>
+    <td>End</td>
+    <td></td>
+    <td>End</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Go to Top of Page</td>
+    <td>Home</td>
+    <td>Home</td>
+    <td>Home</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Select All Text in Location Bar</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+L or Alt+D</td>
+    <td>Cmd+L</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+L or Alt+D</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Open Web Page Location</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+L</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Shift+L</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+L</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Open Selected Link in a Web Page</td>
+    <td>Enter</td>
+    <td>Return</td>
+    <td>Enter</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Open search engine page</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+S</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Shift+S</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+S</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Move to Next Frame (in web pages using frames)</td>
+    <td>F6</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Tab or F6 (if F6 is not programmed for another command)</td>
+    <td>F6</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Move to Previous Frame (in web pages using frames)</td>
+    <td>Shift+F6</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+Tab or Shift+F6 (if F6 is not programmed for
+      another command)</td>
+    <td>Shift+F6</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>New Browser Window</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+N</td>
+    <td>Cmd+N</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+N</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>New Private Window</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+B</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Shift+B</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+B</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Move to Next/Previous Link or Form Element in a Web Page</td>
+    <td>Tab/Shift+Tab</td>
+    <td>Tab/Shift+Tab</td>
+    <td>Tab/Shift+Tab</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Open File</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+O</td>
+    <td>Cmd+O</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+O</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Close Window</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+W</td>
+    <td>Cmd+W</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+W</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Close Window (with more than one tab)</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+W</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Shift+W</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+W</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Save Page As</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+S</td>
+    <td>Cmd+S</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+S</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Save Linked Page (when a link is selected)</td>
+    <td>Shift+Enter</td>
+    <td>Opt+Return</td>
+    <td>Shift+Enter</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Edit Page</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+E</td>
+    <td>Cmd+E</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+E</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Print Page</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+P</td>
+    <td>Cmd+P</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+P</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Go Up One Page</td>
+    <td>Page Up or Shift+Space</td>
+    <td>Page Up or Shift+Space</td>
+    <td>Page Up, Shift+Space or Backspace</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Go Down One Page</td>
+    <td>Page Down or Space</td>
+    <td>Page Down or Space</td>
+    <td>Page Down, Space or Shift+Backspace</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Go Up One Line</td>
+    <td>Up Arrow</td>
+    <td>Up Arrow</td>
+    <td>Up Arrow</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Go Down One Line</td>
+    <td>Down Arrow</td>
+    <td>Down Arrow</td>
+    <td>Down Arrow</td>
+  </tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+
+<h2 id="page_viewing_shortcuts">Page Viewing Shortcuts</h2>
+
+<table class="defaultTable">
+<colgroup>
+  <col class="commandColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osFirstColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osSecondColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osThirdColumn"></col>
+</colgroup>
+<thead>
+  <tr>
+    <th>Command</th>
+    <th>Windows</th>
+    <th>Mac OS</th>
+    <th>Linux or Unix</th>
+  </tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody class="tbody-default">
+  <tr>
+    <td>Full Screen (toggle)</td>
+    <td>F11</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Shift+F</td>
+    <td>F11 (may depend on window manager)</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Zoom Text Smaller</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+- (minus sign)</td>
+    <td>Cmd+- (minus sign)</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+- (minus sign)</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Zoom Text Larger</td>
+    <td>Ctrl++ (plus sign)</td>
+    <td>Cmd++ (plus sign)</td>
+    <td>Ctrl++ (plus sign)</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>No zoom (100%)</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+0</td>
+    <td>Cmd+0</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+0</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>View Page Information</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+I</td>
+    <td>Cmd+I</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+I</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>View Page Source</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+U</td>
+    <td>Cmd+U</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+U</td>
+  </tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+
+<h2 id="tabbed_browsing_shortcuts">Tabbed Browsing Shortcuts</h2>
+
+<table class="defaultTable">
+<colgroup>
+  <col class="commandColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osFirstColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osSecondColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osThirdColumn"></col>
+</colgroup>
+<thead>
+  <tr>
+    <th>Command</th>
+    <th>Windows</th>
+    <th>Mac OS</th>
+    <th>Linux or Unix</th>
+  </tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody class="tbody-default">
+  <tr>
+    <td>New Browser Tab</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+T</td>
+    <td>Cmd+T</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+T</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Switch to Next Tab (when using Tabbed Browsing with more than one
+    tab)</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Tab or Ctrl+Page Down</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Opt+Right Arrow or Ctrl+Page Down</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Tab or Ctrl+Page Down</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Switch to Previous Tab (when using Tabbed Browsing with more
+      than one tab)
+    </td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+Tab or Ctrl+Page Up</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Opt+Left Arrow or Ctrl+Page Up</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Page Up</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Close Tab (Close window if one page open)</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+W</td>
+    <td>Cmd+W</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+W</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Move Tab Left (when tab is focused)</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Left Arrow or Ctrl+Up Arrow</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Left Arrow or Cmd+Up Arrow</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Left Arrow or Ctrl+Up Arrow</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Move Tab Right (when tab is focused)</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Right Arrow or Ctrl+Down Arrow</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Right Arrow or Cmd+Down Arrow</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Right Arrow or Ctrl+Down Arrow</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Move Tab to Beginning (when tab is focused)</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Home</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Home</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Home</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Move Tab to End (when tab is focused)</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+End</td>
+    <td>Cmd+End</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+End</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Open Link in a New Foreground Tab (when link is focused)</td>
+    <td>Insert (or Alt+Insert) *</td>
+    <td>(Alt+Insert) *</td>
+    <td>Insert (or Alt+Insert) *</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Open Link in a New Background Tab (when link is focused)</td>
+    <td>Alt+Insert (or Insert) *</td>
+    <td>Alt+Insert</td>
+    <td>Alt+Insert (or Insert) *</td>
+  </tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+
+<p>* Shortcuts in parentheses apply when the 
+  <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing"> Switch to new tabs
+  opened from links</a> setting is disabled. Depending on the 
+  <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing"> Open tabs instead 
+  of windows</a> settings, more keys might be available.</p>
+
+<h2 id="sidebar_shortcuts">Sidebar Shortcuts</h2>
+
+<table class="defaultTable">
+<colgroup>
+  <col class="commandColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osFirstColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osSecondColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osThirdColumn"></col>
+</colgroup>
+<thead>
+  <tr>
+    <th>Command</th>
+    <th>Windows</th>
+    <th>Mac OS</th>
+    <th>Linux or Unix</th>
+  </tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody class="tbody-default">
+  <tr>
+    <td>Open/Close Sidebar (toggle)</td>
+    <td>F9</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Opt+S</td>
+    <td>F9</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Switch to Next Sidebar Panel</td>
+    <td>Alt+Page Down</td>
+    <td>Opt+Page Down</td>
+    <td>Alt+Page Down</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Switch to Previous Sidebar Panel</td>
+    <td>Alt+Page Up</td>
+    <td>Opt+Page Up</td>
+    <td>Alt+Page Up</td>
+  </tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+
+<h2 id="forms_shortcuts">Forms Shortcuts</h2>
+
+<table class="defaultTable">
+<colgroup>
+  <col class="commandColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osFirstColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osSecondColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osThirdColumn"></col>
+</colgroup>
+<thead>
+  <tr>
+    <th>Command</th>
+    <th>Windows</th>
+    <th>Mac OS</th>
+    <th>Linux or Unix</th>
+  </tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody class="tbody-default">
+  <tr>
+    <td>Move to Next/Previous Item in Form</td>
+    <td>Tab/Shift+Tab</td>
+    <td>Tab/Shift+Tab</td>
+    <td>Tab/Shift+Tab</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Submit Form</td>
+    <td>Enter</td>
+    <td>Return</td>
+    <td>Enter</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Press Selected Button / Select Radio Button</td>
+    <td>Space</td>
+    <td>Space</td>
+    <td>Space</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Select an Item from a List</td>
+    <td>Up Arrow, Down Arrow or First Letter of Item Name</td>
+    <td>Up Arrow, Down Arrow or First Letter of Item Name</td>
+    <td>Up Arrow, Down Arrow or First Letter of Item Name</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Check/Uncheck Checkbox (toggle)</td>
+    <td>Space</td>
+    <td>Space</td>
+    <td>Space</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Open a Drop-Down Menu</td>
+    <td>Alt+Down Arrow</td>
+    <td>Opt+Down Arrow</td>
+    <td>Alt+Down Arrow</td>
+  </tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/ssl_help.xhtml b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/ssl_help.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..04383c01b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/ssl_help.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>SSL Settings</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="ssl_settings">SSL Settings</h1>
+
+<p>This section describes how to set your SSL preferences.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#privacy_and_security_preferences_ssl">Privacy &amp; Security
+      Preferences - SSL</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="privacy_and_security_preferences_ssl">Privacy &amp; Security
+  Preferences - SSL</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the SSL preferences panel. If you are not
+  already viewing the panel, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click SSL. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<h3 id="ssl_protocol_versions">SSL Protocol Versions</h3>
+
+<p>The Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) protocol defines rules governing mutual
+  authentication between a web site and browser software and the encryption of
+  information that flows between them. The Transport Layer Security (TLS)
+  protocol is an IETF standard based on SSL. TLS 1.0 can be thought of as SSL
+  3.1.</p>
+
+<p>You should normally leave these three checkboxes selected to ensure that
+  both older and newer web servers can work with the browser:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Enable SSL version 3</strong>: Allows newer web servers to work
+    with the browser.</li>
+  <li><strong>Enable TLS</strong>: Allows web servers that support TLS to take
+    advantage of it.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Important note regarding TLS</strong>: Some servers that do not
+  implement SSL correctly cannot negotiate the SSL handshake with client
+  software (such as the browser) that supports TLS. Such servers are known as
+  <q>TLS intolerant</q>.</p>
+
+<p>When the Enable TLS option in the SSL preferences panel is selected, the
+  browser attempts to use the TLS protocol when making secure connections with
+  a server. If that connection fails because the server is TLS intolerant, the
+  browser will fall back to using SSL 3.0.</p>
+
+<h3 id="ssl_warnings">SSL Warnings</h3>
+
+<p>It&apos;s easy to tell when the web site you are viewing is using an encrypted
+  connection. If the connection is encrypted, the lock icon in the lower-right
+  corner of the browser window is locked. If the connection is not encrypted,
+  the lock icon is unlocked.</p>
+
+<p>If you want additional warnings, you can select one or more of the warning
+  checkboxes in the SSL preferences panel. Some people find these warnings
+  annoying.</p>
+
+<p>To activate any of these warnings, select the corresponding checkbox:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Loading a page that supports encryption</strong>: Select this
+    warning if you want to be reminded whenever you are loading a page that
+    supports encryption.</li>
+  <li><strong>Loading a page that uses low-grade encryption</strong>: Select
+    this warning if you want to be reminded whenever you are loading a page
+    that supports low-grade encryption. (Low-grade encryption is the weakest
+    encryption available, using 40-bit keys.)</li>
+  <li><strong>Leaving a page that supports encryption</strong>: Select this
+    warning if you want to be reminded whenever you are leaving a page that
+    supports encryption for one that does not.</li>
+  <li><strong>Sending form data from an unencrypted page to an unencrypted
+    page</strong>: Select this warning if you want to be reminded whenever you
+    are submitting data over an unencrypted connection. If you send unencrypted
+    information over the Internet, it can easily be intercepted by other
+    people.</li>
+  <li><strong>Viewing a page with an encrypted/unencrypted mix</strong>:
+    Select this warning if you want to be alerted whenever you are viewing a
+    page that includes any information that&apos;s not encrypted.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>For short definitions, click
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#authentication">authentication</a>,
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#encryption">encryption</a>, or
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificate</a>.</p>
+
+<p>For more information about ciphers and encryption, see the following online
+  documents:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>
+    <a href="http://developer.mozilla.org/en/docs/Introduction_to_Public-Key_Cryptography">Introduction
+    to Public-Key Cryptography</a></li>
+  <li>
+    <a href="http://developer.mozilla.org/en/docs/Introduction_to_SSL">Introduction
+    to SSL</a></li>
+  <li>
+    <a href="http://www.mozilla.org/projects/security/pki/nss/nss-3.11/nss-3.11-algorithms.html">Encryption
+    Technologies Available in NSS 3.11</a>.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>&copyright.string;</p>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/suite-toc.rdf b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/suite-toc.rdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b4d28f82c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/suite-toc.rdf
@@ -0,0 +1,1208 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE rdf:RDF SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+
+<rdf:RDF xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"
+         xmlns:nc="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#">
+
+  <rdf:Description about="urn:root">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="welcome" nc:name="Help and Support Center" nc:link="welcome_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="help-help" nc:name="Using the Help Window" nc:link="help_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="ieusers" nc:name="For Internet Explorer Users" nc:link="forieusers.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav" nc:name="Browsing the Web" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail" nc:name="Using Mail" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp" nc:name="Creating Web Pages"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust" nc:name="Customizing &brandShortName;"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help" nc:name="Using Privacy Features" nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs" nc:name="Using Certificates" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="profile-help" nc:name="Managing Profiles" nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="shortcuts" nc:name="&brandShortName; Keyboard Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="tools" nc:name="Tools and Development" nc:link="developer_tools.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="#help-help">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="help-help-window" nc:name="Finding the Topic You Want" nc:link="help_help.xhtml#finding_the_topic_you_want"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="help-help-retrace" nc:name="Retracing Your Steps and Printing" nc:link="help_help.xhtml#retracing_your_steps"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="help-help-buttons" nc:name="Using Help Buttons" nc:link="help_help.xhtml#using_help_buttons"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="help-help-tips" nc:name="Search Tips" nc:link="help_help.xhtml#search_tips"/></rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="#ieusers">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="terms" nc:name="Terminology Differences" nc:link="forieusers.xhtml#mozilla_and_internet_explorer_terminology_differences"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="favorites" nc:name="About Your IE Favorites" nc:link="forieusers.xhtml#about_your_ie_favorites"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="key-features" nc:name="Browser Features" nc:link="forieusers.xhtml#browser_features"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="more-features" nc:name="Other Features" nc:link="forieusers.xhtml#other_features"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="keyboard-shortcuts" nc:name="Keyboard Shortcuts" nc:link="forieusers.xhtml#keyboard_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="#nav">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc" nc:name="Navigating Web Pages" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#navigating_web_pages"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-search" nc:name="Searching the Web" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#searching_the_web"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-printsave" nc:name="Copying, Saving, and Printing Pages" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#copying_saving_and_printing_pages"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-language" nc:name="Using Languages and International Content" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_languages_and_international_content"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-plugins" nc:name="Plugins and Downloads" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-ses" nc:name="Improving Speed and Efficiency" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#improving_speed_and_efficiency"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-proxies" nc:name="Proxies" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#proxies"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-page-info" nc:name="Viewing Page Info" nc:link="page_info_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="#nav-doc">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-view" nc:name="Viewing Your Home Page" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#viewing_your_home_page"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-move" nc:name="Moving to Another Page" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#moving_to_another_page"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-link" nc:name="Clicking a Link" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#clicking_a_link"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-steps" nc:name="Retracing Your Steps" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#retracing_your_steps"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-reload" nc:name="Stopping and Reloading"  nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#stopping_and_reloading"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-bmark" nc:name="Visiting Bookmarked Pages"  nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#visiting_bookmarked_pages"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-tabbed" nc:name="Using Tabbed Browsing"  nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_tabbed_browsing"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-sidebar" nc:name="Using Sidebar"  nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_sidebar"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="#nav-doc-search">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-searchweb" nc:name="Fast Searches" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#fast_searches"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-smartsearch" nc:name="Sidebar Advanced Search Mode" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#sidebar_advanced_search_mode"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-searchprefs" nc:name="Setting Search Preferences" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#setting_search_preferences"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-keywords" nc:name="Using Internet Keywords" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_internet_keywords"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-searchpage" nc:name="Searching Within a Page" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#searching_within_a_page"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-find_as_you_type" nc:name="Using Find-as-you-type" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_find_as_you_type"/></rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-searchbookmark" nc:name="Searching the Bookmarks or History List" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#searching_the_bookmarks_or_history_list"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="#nav-doc-printsave">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-copy" nc:name="Copying Part of a Page" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#copying_part_of_a_page"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-save" nc:name="Saving All or Part of a Page" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#saving_all_or_part_of_a_page"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-print" nc:name="Printing a Page" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#printing_a_page"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="#nav-doc-language">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-charencode" nc:name="Selecting Character Encodings and Fonts" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#selecting_character_encodings_and_fonts"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-languagepref" nc:name="Setting Language Preferences" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#setting_language_preferences"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-webcontent" nc:name="Finding a &brandShortName; version in your own language" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#finding_localized_version"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="#nav-doc-plugins">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-plugins" nc:name="Plugins" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#plugins"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-helperapps" nc:name="Helper Applications" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#helper_applications"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-dlmanager" nc:name="Download Manager" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#download_manager"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="#nav-doc-ses">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-autoload" nc:name="Automatic Loading" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#automatic_loading"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-keywords" nc:name="Using Custom Bookmark Keywords" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#custom_keywords"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-cache" nc:name="Changing Cache Settings" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#changing_cache_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-smartup" nc:name="Getting the Latest Software Automatically" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#getting_the_latest_software_automatically"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-mousewheel" nc:name="Using a Mouse Wheel" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_a_mouse_wheel"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="#nav-proxies">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-prox" nc:name="Setting Proxy Values" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#setting_proxy_values"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="#nav-page-info">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="pageinfo_general" nc:name="General Tab" nc:link="page_info_help.xhtml#general_tab"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="pageinfo_forms" nc:name="Forms Tab" nc:link="page_info_help.xhtml#forms_tab"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="pageinfo_links" nc:name="Links Tab" nc:link="page_info_help.xhtml#links_tab"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="pageinfo_media" nc:name="Media Tab" nc:link="page_info_help.xhtml#media_tab"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="pageinfo_security" nc:name="Security Tab" nc:link="page_info_help.xhtml#security_tab"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+
+<!-- MAIL HELP SECTION -->
+
+<rdf:Description about="#mail">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc" nc:name="Getting Started with Mail" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#getting_started_with_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-read"    nc:name="Reading Messages" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#reading_messages" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send"    nc:name="Sending Messages" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#sending_messages" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-html"    nc:name="Creating HTML Mail Messages" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#creating_html_mail_messages" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-attach"  nc:name="Using Attachments" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#using_attachments" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-delete" nc:name="Deleting Messages" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#deleting_messages" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-address" nc:name="Using Address Books" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#using_address_books" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-folders" nc:name="Organizing Your Messages" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#organizing_your_messages" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-junk" nc:name="Controlling Junk Mail" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#controlling_junk_mail" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-importing-other" nc:name="Importing Mail from Other Programs" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#importing_mail_from_other_programs" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-news" nc:name="Getting Started With Newsgroups" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#getting_started_with_newsgroups" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-offline" nc:name="Working Offline" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#working_offline" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="sign-encrypt" nc:name="Signing &amp; Encrypting Messages" nc:link="mail_sec_help.xhtml#signing_and_encrypting_messages" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-account-settings" nc:name="Mail and Newsgroups Account Settings" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-mailprefs" nc:name="Mail and Newsgroup Preferences" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences" /> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+
+ <rdf:Description about="#mail-doc">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-setup" nc:name="Using the Mail Account Setup Wizard"  nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#using_the_mail_account_setup_wizard"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add" nc:name="Setting Up Additional Accounts"  nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-change" nc:name="Changing the Settings for an Account"  nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#changing_the_settings_for_an_account"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+ <rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-read">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-notify" nc:name="Getting New Messages"  nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#getting_new_messages"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-view" nc:name="Choosing How You View the Mail Window"  nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#choosing_how_you_view_the_mail_window"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-thread" nc:name="Sorting and Threading Messages"  nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#sorting_and_threading_messages"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-printsave" nc:name="Saving and Printing Messages"  nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#saving_and_printing_messages"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-scripts" nc:name="Controlling Images, Scripts, and Plugins"  nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#controlling_images_scripts_and_plugins"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-send">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-compose" nc:name="Composing Messages" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#composing_mail_and_newsgroup_messages" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-new" nc:name="Using the Compose Window" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#using_the_message_composition_window" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-address" nc:name="Addressing a Message" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#addressing_a_message" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-options" nc:name="Selecting Message Sending Options" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#selecting_message_sending_options" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-reply" nc:name="Replying to a Message" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#replying_to_a_message" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-forward" nc:name="Forwarding a Message" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#forwarding_a_message" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-receipt" nc:name="Confirming That Your Message Was Opened" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#confirming_that_your_message_was_opened" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-edit" nc:name="Saving and Editing a Message Draft" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#saving_and_editing_a_message_draft" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-template" nc:name="Creating and Using Templates" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#creating_and_using_templates" /> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-html">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-html-use" nc:name="Using HTML in Your Messages" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#using_html_in_your_messages" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-html-options" nc:name="Choosing HTML Mail Sending Options" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#choosing_html_mail_sending_options" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-html-address" nc:name="Specifying Recipients for HTML Messages" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#specifying_recipients_for_html_messages" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-html-source" nc:name="Viewing HTML Message Source" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#viewing_the_message_source_for_html_messages" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-html-question" nc:name="Using the HTML Mail Question Dialog Box" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#using_the_html_mail_question_dialog_box" /> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-html-use">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-html-edit" nc:name="Editing or Inserting HTML" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#editing_or_inserting_html_elements" /> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-attach">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-attach-file" nc:name="Attaching a File or Web Page" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#attaching_a_file_or_web_page" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-attach-view" nc:name="Viewing and Opening Attachments" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#viewing_and_opening_attachments" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-attach-save" nc:name="Saving Attachments" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#saving_attachments" /> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-delete">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-delete-server" nc:name="Deleting POP or IMAP Messages" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#deleting_pop_or_imap_messages" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-delete-trash" nc:name="Moving Messages to and from the Trash" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#moving_messages_to_and_from_the_trash" /> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-address">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-about" nc:name="About Mail Address Books" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#about_address_books" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-names" nc:name="Adding Entries to Your Address Books" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#adding_entries_to_your_address_books" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-book" nc:name="Creating a New Address Book" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#creating_a_new_address_book" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-card" nc:name="Creating a New Address Book Card" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#creating_a_new_address_book_card" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-list" nc:name="Creating a Mailing List" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#creating_a_mailing_list" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-listedit" nc:name="Editing a Mailing List" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#editing_a_mailing_list" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_ab_search" nc:name="Searching Address Books" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#searching_address_books_and_directories" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-import" nc:name="Importing Address Books" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#importing_address_books" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-export" nc:name="Exporting Address Books" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#exporting_address_books" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-sync-LDAP-add" nc:name="Adding and Removing LDAP Directories" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#adding_and_removing_ldap_directories" /> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+
+<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-add-card">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-card-properties" nc:name="Editing Card Properties" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#viewing_or_editing_card_properties" /> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#mail_ab_search">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_advanced_ab_search" nc:name="Searching for Specific Entries" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#searching_for_specific_entries" /> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-add-sync-LDAP-add">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-ldap-properties" nc:name="Directory Server Settings" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#directory_server_settings" /> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-folders">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="folder-creating" nc:name="Creating a Folder" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#creating_a_folder"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="folder-renaming" nc:name="Renaming a Folder" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#renaming_a_folder"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="folder-copying" nc:name="Moving or Copying a Folder" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#moving_or_copying_a_folder"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="folder-opening" nc:name="Filing Messages in Folders" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#filing_messages_in_folders"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="folder-sharing" nc:name="Sharing Folders" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#sharing_folders_with_other_users"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="tagging-messages" nc:name="Tagging Messages" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#tagging_messages"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-flagging" nc:name="Marking or Flagging Messages" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#marking_or_flagging_messages"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="message-views-using" nc:name="Using Message Views" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#using_message_views"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-filters" nc:name="Creating Message Filters" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#creating_message_filters"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="search-mailnews" nc:name="Searching Through Messages" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#searching_through_messages"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#folder-sharing">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="folder-subscribing" nc:name="Subscribing to a Shared Folder" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#subscribing_to_a_shared_folder"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#tagging-messages">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="tag-apply" nc:name="Applying a Tag" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#applying_a_tag"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="tag-customize" nc:name="Customizing Tags" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#customizing_tags"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="tag-sort" nc:name="Sorting Messages by Tags" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#sorting_messages_by_tags"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="tag-remove" nc:name="Removing Tags" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#removing_tags"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#message-views-using">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="message-views-create-new" nc:name="Creating a Custom View" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#creating_a_custom_view"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#mail-filters">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="send-filter" nc:name="Filtering Messages from a Specific Sender" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#filtering_messages_from_a_specific_sender"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#search-mailnews">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="search_messages" nc:name="Searching for Specific Messages" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#searching_for_specific_messages"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#mail-junk">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-junk-controls" nc:name="Using Junk Mail Controls" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#using_junk_mail_controls" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-junk-options" nc:name="Junk Mail Controls Options" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#junk_controls_options" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-junk-filters" nc:name="Junk Mail Controls and Filters" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#junk_controls_and_filters" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-junk-phishing" nc:name="Phishing Detection" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#phishing_detection" /> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#mail-importing-other">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-importing-mail-messages" nc:name="Importing Mail Messages" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#importing_mail_messages" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-importing-mail-settings" nc:name="Importing Mail Settings" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#importing_mail_settings" /> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-news">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-subscribe" nc:name="Subscribing to Newsgroups" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#subscribing_to_newsgroups"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-reading-news" nc:name="Reading Newsgroup Messages" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#reading_newsgroup_messages"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-posting" nc:name="Posting Newsgroup Messages" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#posting_newsgroup_messages"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-replying-news" nc:name="Contributing to Ongoing Discussions" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#contributing_to_ongoing_discussions"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-monitoring" nc:name="Monitoring Threads" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#monitoring_threads"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-delete-news" nc:name="Removing a Newsgroup" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#removing_a_newsgroup"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-add-newsserver" nc:name="Adding a Newsgroup Server" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#adding_a_newsgroup_server"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-offline">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-setup" nc:name="Setting Up Mail to Work Offline" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#setting_up_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups_to_work_offline"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-inbox" nc:name="Downloading Your Inbox" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#downloading_your_inbox_for_offline_use"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-folder" nc:name="Downloading an Individual Folder" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#downloading_an_individual_folder_for_offline_use"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-flagged" nc:name="Downloading Selected or Flagged Messages" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#downloading_selected_or_flagged_messages_for_offline_use"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-directory" nc:name="Downloading Directory Entries" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#downloading_directory_entries_for_offline_use"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-accounts" nc:name="Setting Up Your Accounts for Working Offline" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#setting_up_your_accounts_for_working_offline"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-items" nc:name="Selecting Items for Offline Viewing" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#selecting_items_for_offline_viewing"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-sync" nc:name="Downloading and Synchronizing Your Messages" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#downloading_and_synchronizing_your_messages"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-go" nc:name="Working Offline and Reconnecting Later" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#working_offline_and_reconnecting_later"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#sign-encrypt">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="sign-encrypt-about" nc:name="Digital Signatures &amp; Encryption" nc:link="mail_sec_help.xhtml#about_digital_signatures_and_encryption" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="sign-encrypt-get" nc:name="Getting Other People's Certificates" nc:link="mail_sec_help.xhtml#getting_other_peoples_certificates" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="sign-encrypt-config" nc:name="Configuring Security Settings" nc:link="mail_sec_help.xhtml#configuring_security_settings" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="sign-encrypt-signing" nc:name="Signing &amp; Encrypting a New Message" nc:link="mail_sec_help.xhtml#signing_and_encrypting_a_new_message" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="sign-encrypt-read" nc:name="Reading Signed &amp; Encrypted Messages" nc:link="mail_sec_help.xhtml#reading_signed_and_encrypted_messages" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="compose_security" nc:name="Message Security - Compose Window" nc:link="mail_sec_help.xhtml#message_security_compose_window" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="received_security" nc:name="Message Security - Received Message" nc:link="mail_sec_help.xhtml#message_security_recieved_message" /> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#sign-encrypt-about">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="sign-encrypt-about-sig" nc:name="How Digital Signatures Work" nc:link="mail_sec_help.xhtml#how_digital_signatures_work" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="sign-encrypt-about-encrypt" nc:name="How Encryption Works" nc:link="mail_sec_help.xhtml#how_encryption_works" /> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+
+<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-account-settings">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_account_identity" nc:name="Account Settings"  nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#account_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-choose" nc:name="Server Settings"  nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#server_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_copies" nc:name="Copies &amp; Folders"  nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#copies_and_folders"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_addressing_settings" nc:name="Composition &amp; Addressing"  nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#addressing"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-offline-space" nc:name="Offline and Disk Space"  nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#offline_and_disk_space"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-account-receipts" nc:name="Return Receipts" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#return_receipts"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-account-junk" nc:name="Junk Settings" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#junk_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_security_settings" nc:name="Security"  nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#security"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_local_folders_settings" nc:name="Local Folders"  nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#local_folders"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_smtp" nc:name="Outgoing Server (SMTP)"  nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#outgoing_server"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-choose">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-choose-IMAP" nc:name="About IMAP"  nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#about_internet_message_access_protocol"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-choose-POP" nc:name="About POP"  nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#about_post_office_protocol"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_server_imap" nc:name="IMAP Server Settings"  nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#imap_server_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-imap-advanced" nc:name="Advanced IMAP Server Settings"  nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#advanced_imap_server_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_server_pop3" nc:name="POP Server Settings"  nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#pop_server_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_server_nntp" nc:name="News Server Settings"  nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#news_server_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-offline-space">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_offline_imap" nc:name="IMAP"  nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#offline_and_disk_space_settings_imap"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_offline_pop3" nc:name="POP"  nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#disk_space_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_offline_nntp" nc:name="News"  nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#offline_and_disk_space_settings_nntp"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#mail_security_settings">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_security_settings_certs" nc:name="About Certificates"  nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#about_certificates"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_security_settings_sign" nc:name="Digital Signing"  nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#digital_signing"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_security_settings_encrypt" nc:name="Encryption"  nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#encryption"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-mailprefs">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_prefs_general" nc:name="Mail and Newsgroups" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#mail_and_newsgroups"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_prefs_display" nc:name="Message Display" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#message_display"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_prefs_notifications" nc:name="Notifications" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#notifications"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_prefs_messages" nc:name="Composition" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#composition"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_prefs_formatting" nc:name="Send Format" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#send_format"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_prefs_addressing" nc:name="Addressing" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#addressing_preferences"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-prefs-junk" nc:name="Junk Mail" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#global_junk_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-prefs-tags" nc:name="Tags" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#tags"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-prefs-receipts" nc:name="Return Receipts" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#return_receipts_preferences"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_prefs_character_encoding" nc:name="Character Encoding" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#character_encoding"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_prefs_offline" nc:name="Offline and Disk Space" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#offline_and_disk_space_preferences"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<!-- COMPOSER HELP SECTION -->
+
+<rdf:Description about="#comp">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc"	nc:name="Starting a New Page"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#starting_a_new_page"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="page_change" nc:name="Formatting Your Web Pages"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#formatting_your_web_pages"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-table" nc:name="Adding Tables to Your Web Page"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#adding_tables_to_your_web_page"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-image" nc:name="Adding Images to Your Web Page"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#adding_images_to_your_web_page"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-page" nc:name="Setting Page Properties"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#setting_page_properties"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="link_properties" nc:name="Creating Links"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#creating_links_in_composer"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish" nc:name="Publishing Your Pages"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-prefs" nc:name="Composer Preferences"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#composer_preferences"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="#comp-doc">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-create" nc:name="Creating a New Page"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#creating_a_new_page"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-save" nc:name="Saving and Browsing Your Page"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#saving_and_browsing_your_new_page"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="#page_change">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="props-para" nc:name="Formatting Paragraphs, Headings, and Lists"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#formatting_paragraphs_headings_and_lists"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="lists" nc:name="Working with Lists"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#working_with_lists"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="char" nc:name="Changing Text Color, Style, and Font"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#changing_text_color_style_and_font"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="style-remove" nc:name="Removing or Discontinuing Text Styles"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#removing_or_discontinuing_text_styles"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="find-text" nc:name="Finding and Replacing Text"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#finding_and_replacing_text"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="props-hrule" nc:name="Inserting Horizontal Lines"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_horizontal_lines"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="special-chars" nc:name="Inserting Special Characters"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_special_characters"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="html-tag" nc:name="Inserting HTML Elements and Attributes"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_html_elements_and_attributes"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="validate-html" nc:name="Validating the HTML"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#validating_the_html"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-choose" nc:name="Choosing the Right Editing Mode"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#choosing_the_right_editing_mode"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#props-hrule">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="props-hrule-horiz" nc:name="Setting Horizontal Line Properties"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#setting_horizontal_line_properties"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#html-tag">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="advanced_property_editor" nc:name="Using the Advanced Property Editor"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#using_the_advanced_property_editor"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-table">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-table-insert" nc:name="Inserting a Table"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_a_table"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="table_properties" nc:name="Changing a Table's Properties"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#changing_a_tables_properties"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-table-add" nc:name="Adding/Deleting Rows, Columns, and Cells"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#adding_and_deleting_rows_columns_and_cells"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-table-select" nc:name="Selecting Table Elements"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#selecting_table_elements"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-table-copy" nc:name="Moving, Copying, and Deleting Tables"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#moving_copying_and_deleting_tables"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-tableize" nc:name="Converting Text into a Table"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#converting_text_into_a_table"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-table-add">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-table-change-default" nc:name="Changing the Default Table Editing Behavior"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#changing_the_default_table_editing_behavior"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-image">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-image-insert" nc:name="Inserting an Image into Your Page"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_an_image_into_your_page"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="image_properties" nc:name="Editing Image Properties"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#editing_image_properties"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-page">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-page-props" nc:name="Setting Page Properties and Meta Tags"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#setting_page_properties_and_meta_tags"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-page-appear" nc:name="Setting Colors and Background"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#setting_page_colors_and_backgrounds"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="#link_properties">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-links-inpage" nc:name="Within the Same Page"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#creating_links_within_the_same_page"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-links-others" nc:name="To Other Pages"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#creating_links_to_other_pages"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-links-images" nc:name="Using Images as Links"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#using_images_as_links"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-links-remove" nc:name="Removing or Discontinuing Links"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#removing_or_discontinuing_links"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-publish">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-prepare" nc:name="Publishing a Document"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publishing_a_document"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-update" nc:name="Updating a Published Document"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#updating_a_published_document"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-as" nc:name="Changing the File Name or Publishing Location"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#changing_the_filename_or_publishing_location"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-newsite" nc:name="Creating a New Publishing Site"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#creating_a_new_publishing_site"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-default" nc:name="Choosing the Default Publishing Site"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#choosing_the_default_publishing_site"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-delete" nc:name="Deleting a Publishing Site"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#deleting_a_publishing_site"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-troubleshooting" nc:name="Solving Common Publishing Problems"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#solving_common_publishing_problems"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-settings" nc:name="Publishing Settings"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publishing_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-publish-prepare">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-tips" nc:name="Publishing Tips"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#tips_for_avoiding_broken_links_or_missing_images"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-publish-troubleshooting">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-troubleshooting-settings" nc:name="Verifying Your Publishing Settings"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#verifying_your_publishing_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-troubleshooting-files" nc:name="Checking Your File Names"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#checking_your_filenames"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-troubleshooting-errors" nc:name="Fixing Publishing Errors"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#fixing_publishing_errors"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-publish-settings">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-publishtab" nc:name="Publish Page - Publish"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publish_page_publish"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-settingstab" nc:name="Publish Page - Settings"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publish_page_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-site-settings" nc:name="Publish Settings"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publish_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-prefs">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="composer_prefs_general" nc:name="Composer"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#composer"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="composer_prefs_newpage" nc:name="New Page Settings" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#new_page_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<!-- CUSTOMIZATION HELP CONTENT -->
+
+<rdf:Description about="#cust">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-doc" nc:name="Sidebar"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#sidebar"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-tabbed" nc:name="Tabbed Browsing"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#tabbed_browsing"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-font" nc:name="Changing Fonts, Colors, and Themes"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_fonts_colors_and_themes"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-toolbar" nc:name="Toolbars"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#toolbars"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-bkmk" nc:name="Bookmarks"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#bookmarks"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-page" nc:name="Specifying How &brandShortName; Starts Up"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#specifying_how_mozilla_starts_up"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-settings" nc:name="Browser Settings"  nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#navigator_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+ <rdf:Description about="#cust-doc">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-sidebar-define" nc:name="What is Sidebar?"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#what_is_sidebar"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-sidebar-openclose" nc:name="Opening, Closing, and Resizing Sidebar"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#opening_closing_and_resizing_sidebar"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-sidebar-using" nc:name="Viewing Sidebar Tabs"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#viewing_sidebar_tabs"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-sidebar-adding" nc:name="Adding Sidebar Tabs"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#adding_sidebar_tabs"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-sidebar-indiv" nc:name="Customizing Individual Sidebar Tabs"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#customizing_individual_sidebar_tabs"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-sidebar-reorg" nc:name="Reorganizing Sidebar Tabs"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#reorganizing_sidebar_tabs"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-sidebar-removing" nc:name="Removing Sidebar Tabs"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#removing_sidebar_tabs"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#cust-tabbed">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-tabbed-whatis" nc:name="What is Tabbed Browsing?"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#what_is_tabbed_browsing"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-tabbed-tabbedsetting" nc:name="Setting up Tabbed Browsing"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#setting_up_tabbed_browsing"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-tabbed-tabbedopening" nc:name="Opening Tabs"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#opening_tabs"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-tabbed-tabbedmoving" nc:name="Moving Tabs"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#moving_tabs"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-tabbed-tabbedbookmarking" nc:name="Bookmarking Tabs"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#bookmarking_tabs"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-tabbed-tabbedclosing" nc:name="Closing Tabs"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#closing_tabs"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#cust-font">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-fonts" nc:name="Changing the Default Font"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_the_default_fonts"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-colors" nc:name="Changing the Default Colors"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_the_default_colors"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-themes" nc:name="Changing the Theme"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_the_theme"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#cust-toolbar">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-main" nc:name="Navigation Toolbar"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#navigation_toolbar"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-personal" nc:name="Personal Toolbar"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#personal_toolbar"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-status" nc:name="Status Bar"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#status_bar"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-taskbar" nc:name="Component Bar"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#component_bar"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-hide" nc:name="Hiding a Toolbar"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#hiding_a_toolbar"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#cust-bkmk">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-bkmk-intro" nc:name="What Are Bookmarks?"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#what_are_bookmarks"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-bkmk-use" nc:name="Using Bookmarks"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#using_bookmarks"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-bkmk-create" nc:name="Creating New Bookmarks"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#creating_new_bookmarks"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-bkmk-organize" nc:name="Organizing Your Bookmarks"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#organizing_your_bookmarks"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-bkmk-change" nc:name="Changing Individual Bookmarks"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_individual_bookmarks"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-bkmk-search" nc:name="Searching Your Bookmarks"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#searching_your_bookmarks"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-bkmk-multiple" nc:name="Exporting or Importing a Bookmark List"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#exporting_or_importing_a_bookmark_list"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#cust-page">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-startpage" nc:name="Specifying a Starting Page"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#specifying_a_starting_page"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-home" nc:name="Changing Your Home Page"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_your_home_page"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-start" nc:name="Specifying Which Components Open at Launch"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#specifying_which_components_open_at_launch"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#nav-settings">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="appearance_pref" nc:name="Appearance" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#appearance_preferences"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="navigator_pref_navigator" nc:name="Browser" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#navigator_preferences"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_advanced" nc:name="Advanced" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#appearance_pref">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="appearance_pref_fonts" nc:name="Fonts" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#fonts"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="appearance_pref_colors" nc:name="Colors" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#colors"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="appearance_pref_themes" nc:name="Themes" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#themes"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="appearance_pref_locales" nc:name="Languages" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#locales"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#navigator_pref_navigator">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="navigator_pref_history" nc:name="History" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#history"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="navigator_pref_languages" nc:name="Languages" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#languages"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="navigator_pref_helper_applications" nc:name="Helper Applications" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#helper_applications"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="navigator_pref_smart_browsing" nc:name="Smart Browsing" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#smart_browsing"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="navigator_pref_internet_searching" nc:name="Internet Search" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#internet_search"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="navigator_pref_tabbed_browsing" nc:name="Tabbed Browsing" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="navigator_pref_link_handling" nc:name="Link Handling" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#link_handling"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="navigator_pref_downloads" nc:name="Downloads" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#downloads"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#navigator_pref_smart_browsing">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="navigator_pref_autocomplete-adv" nc:name="Auto-complete" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#location_bar_autocomplete"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#advanced_pref_advanced">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_scripts" nc:name="Scripts &amp; Plugins" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#scripts_and_plugins"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_keyboard_nav" nc:name="Keyboard Navigation" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#keyboard_navigation"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_cache" nc:name="Cache" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#cache"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_proxies" nc:name="Proxies" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#proxies"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_http_networking" nc:name="HTTP Networking" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#http_networking"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_installation" nc:name="Software Installation" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#software_installation"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_mouse_wheel" nc:name="Mouse Wheel" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#mouse_wheel"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_dom_inspector" nc:name="DOM Inspector" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#dom_inspector"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<!-- To load Advanced Proxy Preferences Help content from prefs -->
+<rdf:Description ID="nav-prefs-advanced-proxy-advanced" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#advanced_proxy_preferences"/>
+
+<!-- USING PRIVACY FEATURES CONTENT -->
+<rdf:Description about="#using-priv-help">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="privacy-doc" nc:name="Privacy on the Internet" nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#privacy_on_the_internet"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-cookies" nc:name="Using the Cookie Manager" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_cookie_manager"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-password" nc:name="Using the Password Manager" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_password_manager"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-forms" nc:name="Using the Form Manager" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_form_manager"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-encrypt" nc:name="Encrypting Stored Sensitive Information" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="images-help-managing" nc:name="Managing Images" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#managing_images"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="pop_up_blocking" nc:name="Controlling Popups" nc:link="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="sec_gen" nc:name="Privacy &amp; Security Preferences" nc:link="privsec_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#privacy-doc">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="privacy-doc-visit" nc:name="What Information Does My Browser Give to a Website?"  		nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#what_information_does_my_browser_give_to_a_web_site"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="privacy-doc-cookies" nc:name="What Are Cookies, and How Do They Work?"  		nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#what_are_cookies_and_how_do_they_work"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="privacy-doc-email" nc:name="How Can I Control Web Pages in Email Messages?"  		nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#how_can_i_control_web_pages_in_email_messages"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="privacy-doc-unauth" nc:name="How Can I Make Sure Unauthorized People Don't Use Information About Me?"  		nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#how_can_i_make_sure_unauthorized_people_dont_use_information_about_me"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#using-priv-help-cookies">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-cookies-manage" nc:name="Enabling &amp; Disabling Cookies" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#enabling_and_disabling_cookies"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-cookies-site" nc:name="Managing Cookies Site-By-Site" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#managing_cookies_site-by-site"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-cookies-view" nc:name="Viewing Cookies" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#viewing_cookies"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-cookies-remove" nc:name="Removing Cookies" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#removing_cookies"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-cookies-policies" nc:name="Setting Privacy Levels" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#setting_privacy_levels"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-cookies-settings" nc:name="Cookie Manager Settings" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookie_manager_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#using-priv-help-cookies-settings">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cookies_prefs" nc:name="Cookie Preferences" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookies"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cookies_stored" nc:name="Stored Cookies" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#stored_cookies"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cookie_sites" nc:name="Cookie Sites" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookie_sites"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="privacy_levels" nc:name="Privacy Settings" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#privacy_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cookie_notify" nc:name="Cookie Notification" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookie_notification"/> </rdf:li>
+
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#privacy_levels">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="privacy_levels-level" nc:name="Level of Privacy" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#level_of_privacy"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="privacy_levels-accept" nc:name="Cookie Acceptance Policy" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookie_acceptance_policy"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#using-priv-help-password">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-password-manage" nc:name="Remembering User Names and Passwords" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_password_manager_to_remember_user_names_and_passwords"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-password-auto" nc:name="Entering Names and Passwords Automatically" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#entering_user_names_and_passwords_automatically"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-password-onoff" nc:name="Turning On and Off" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#turning_password_manager_on_and_off"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-password-view" nc:name="Managing Stored Passwords" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#viewing_and_managing_stored_passwords"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-password-settings" nc:name="Password Settings" nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#password_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#using-priv-help-password-settings">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="passwords_prefs" nc:name="Password Preferences" nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#passwords"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="password_mgr" nc:name="Password Manager" nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#password_manager"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="passwords_master" nc:name="Master Password Preferences" nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#master_passwords"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="master-prefs-change" nc:name="Change Master Password" nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#change_master_password"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="master-prefs-timeout" nc:name="Master Password Timeout" nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#master_password_timeout"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="master-prefs-reset" nc:name="Reset Master Password" nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#reset_master_password"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="choosing-good-password" nc:name="Choosing a Good Password" nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#choosing_a_good_password"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#using-priv-help-forms">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-forms-saveinfo" nc:name="Saving Form Data" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#saving_form_data"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-forms-auto" nc:name="Filling Out Forms Automatically" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#filling_out_forms_automatically"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-forms-notify" nc:name="Turning off Form Manager Notification" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#turning_off_form_manager_notification"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-forms-view-edit" nc:name="Managing Stored Form Data" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#managing_stored_form_data"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-sites-view-edit" nc:name="Editing Stored Site Information" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#editing_stored_site_information"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-forms-forms" nc:name="Viewing Privacy Policies" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#viewing_privacy_policies"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="form_settings" nc:name="Form Settings" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#form_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#form_settings">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="forms_prefs" nc:name="Form Preferences" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#forms"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="forms_data" nc:name="Form Manager - Data" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#form_manager_data"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="forms_sites" nc:name="Form Manager - Sites" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#form_manager_sites"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="forms_prefill" nc:name="Prefill Form Data" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#prefill_form_data"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#using-priv-help-encrypt">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-encrypt-on" nc:name="Turning Encryption On and Off" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#turning_encryption_on_and_off"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-encrypt-master" nc:name="Setting a Master Password" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#setting_a_master_password"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-encrypt-change" nc:name="Changing Your Master Password" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#changing_your_master_password"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-encrypt-logout" nc:name="Logging Out of Your Master Password" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#logging_out_of_your_master_password"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-encrypt-forget" nc:name="What to Do If You Forget Your Master Password" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#what_to_do_if_you_forget_your_master_password"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#pop_up_blocking">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="pop_up_blocking_prefs" nc:name="Popup Preferences" nc:link="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_popup_windows"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+
+<rdf:Description about="#images-help-managing">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="images_prefs" nc:name="Image Preferences" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#images"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+
+<!-- USING CERTIFICATES CONTENT -->
+<rdf:Description about="#using-help-certs">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-get" nc:name="Getting Your Own Certificate" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#getting_your_own_certificate"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-info" nc:name="Checking Security For a Web Page" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#checking_security_for_a_web_page"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-manage" nc:name="Managing Certificates" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-devices" nc:name="Managing Smart Cards and Other Security Devices" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-ssl" nc:name="Managing SSL Warnings and Settings" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_ssl_warnings_and_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-validation" nc:name="Controlling Validation" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#controlling_validation"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-context-help" nc:name="Certificate Settings" nc:link="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#certificate_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+
+<rdf:Description about="#using-help-certs-manage">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-manage-my" nc:name="That Identify You" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates_that_identify_you"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-manage-others" nc:name="That Identify Others" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates_that_identify_others"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-manage-sites" nc:name="That Identify Websites" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates_that_identify_websites"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-manage-cas" nc:name="That Identify CAs" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates_that_identify_certificate_authorities"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#using-help-certs-devices">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-devices-about" nc:name="About Security Devices and Modules" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#about_security_devices_and_modules"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-devices-devices" nc:name="Using Security Devices" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#using_security_devices"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-devices-modules" nc:name="Using Security Modules" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#using_security_modules"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-devices-fips" nc:name="Enabling FIPS Mode" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#enable_fips_mode"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#using-help-certs-ssl">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="ssl-settings" nc:name="SSL Settings" nc:link="ssl_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#ssl-settings">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="ssl_prefs" nc:name="SSL Preferences" nc:link="ssl_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_ssl"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#using-help-certs-validation">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-validation-how" nc:name="How Validation Works" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#how_validation_works"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-validation-crls" nc:name="Managing CRLs" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_crls"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-validation-ocsp" nc:name="Configuring OCSP" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#configuring_ocsp"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="validation_prefs" nc:name="Validation Settings" nc:link="validation_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#using-help-certs-validation-crls">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-validation-crls-next" nc:name="About the Next Update Date" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#about_the_next_update_date"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-validation-crls-import" nc:name="Importing CRLs" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#importing_crls"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-validation-crls-view" nc:name="Viewing and Managing CRLs" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#viewing_and_managing_crls"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#validation_prefs">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="validation-prefs" nc:name="Validation Preferences" nc:link="validation_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_validation"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="validation-crl-manage" nc:name="Manage CRLs" nc:link="validation_help.xhtml#manage_crls"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="validation-crl-import" nc:name="CRL Import Status" nc:link="validation_help.xhtml#crl_import_status"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="validation-crl-auto-update-prefs" nc:name="Automatic CRL Update Preferences" nc:link="validation_help.xhtml#automatic_crl_update_preferences"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#using-help-certs-context-help">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="certs_prefs" nc:name="Certificate Preferences" nc:link="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_certificates"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="certs-help" nc:name="Certificate Manager" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="sec_devices" nc:name="Device Manager" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#device_manager"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cert-dialog-help" nc:name="Certificate Information and Decisions" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<!-- YOUR CERTIFICATES CONTENT -->
+
+<rdf:Description about="#certs-help">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="my_certs" nc:name="Your Certificates" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#your_certificates"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="others_certs" nc:name="Other People's Certificates" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#other_peoples_certificates"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="web_certs" nc:name="Website Certificates" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#web_site_certificates"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="ca_certs" nc:name="Authorities" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#authorities"/> </rdf:li>
+
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#my_certs">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cert_backup_pwd" nc:name="Choose a Certificate Backup Password" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#choose_a_certificate_backup_password"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="delete_my_certs" nc:name="Delete Your Certificate" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#delete_your_certificates"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#others_certs">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="delete_email_certs" nc:name="Delete Email Certificates" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#delete_email_certificates"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#web_certs">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="edit_web_certs" nc:name="Edit Website Certificate Settings" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#edit_web_site_certificate_trust_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="delete_web_certs" nc:name="Delete Website Certificate" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#delete_web_site_certificates"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#ca_certs">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="edit_ca_certs" nc:name="Edit CA Certificate Settings" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#edit_ca_certificate_trust_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="delete_ca_certs" nc:name="Delete CA Certificate" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#delete_ca_certificates"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+
+<rdf:Description about="#cert-dialog-help">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cert_details" nc:name="Certificate Viewer" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#certificate_viewer"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="which_token" nc:name="Choose Security Device" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#choose_security_device"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="priv_key_copy" nc:name="Encryption Key Copy" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#encryption_key_copy"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="backup_your_cert" nc:name="Certificate Backup" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#certificate_backup"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="which_cert" nc:name="User Identification Request" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#user_identification_request"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="new_ca" nc:name="New Certificate Authority" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#new_certificate_authority"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cert-dialog-help-website" nc:name="Website Certificates" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#web_site_certificates"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#cert_details">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cert-dialog-help-details-general" nc:name="General Tab" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#general_tab"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cert-dialog-help-details-details" nc:name="Details Tab" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#details_tab"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#cert-dialog-help-website">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="new_web_cert" nc:name="Website Certified by an Unknown Authority" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#web_site_certified_by_an_unknown_authority"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="exp_web_cert" nc:name="Server Certificate Expired" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#server_certificate_expired"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="not_yet_web_cert" nc:name="Server Certificate Not Yet Valid" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#server_certificate_not_yet_valid"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="bad_name_web_cert" nc:name="Domain Name Mismatch" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#domain_name_mismatch"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+
+<!-- PROFILE HELP CONTENT STARTS-->
+<rdf:Description about="#profile-help">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="profile-help-create" nc:name="Creating a New Profile" nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml#creating_a_new_profile"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="profile-help-delete" nc:name="Deleting or Renaming a Profile" nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml#deleting_or_renaming_a_profile"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="profile-help-roaming" nc:name="Roaming Profiles" nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml#roaming_profiles"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="profile-help-roaming-prefs" nc:name="Roaming Preferences" nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml#roaming_prefs"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="profile-help-roaming-item-selection" nc:name="Item Selection" nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml#roaming_item_selection"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<!-- TOOLS AND DEVELOPMENT CONTENT STARTS -->
+ 
+<rdf:Description about="#tools">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="tools-js_console" nc:name="Error Console" nc:link="developer_tools.xhtml#js_console"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="tools-inspector" nc:name="DOM Inspector" nc:link="developer_tools.xhtml#inspector"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="tools-venkman" nc:name="JavaScript Debugger" nc:link="developer_tools.xhtml#venkman"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<!-- KEYBOARD SHORTCUTS CONTENT STARTS -->
+<rdf:Description about="#shortcuts">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_using" nc:name="Using Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts.xhtml#using_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_general" nc:name="General &brandShortName; Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts.xhtml#general_mozilla_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_navigator" nc:name="Browser Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts-navigator.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_mail" nc:name="Mail &amp; Newsgroups Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts-mailnews.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_composer" nc:name="Composer Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts-composer.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_help" nc:name="Help Window Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts.xhtml#help_window_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#shortcuts_navigator">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_navigator_bookmarks" nc:name="Bookmark Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts-navigator.xhtml#bookmarks_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_navigator_page_navigation" nc:name="Page Navigation Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts-navigator.xhtml#page_navigation_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_navigator_page_viewing" nc:name="Page Viewing Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts-navigator.xhtml#page_viewing_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_navigator_tabbed_browsing" nc:name="Tabbed Browsing Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts-navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_navigator_sidebar" nc:name="Sidebar Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts-navigator.xhtml#sidebar_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_navigator_forms" nc:name="Forms Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts-navigator.xhtml#forms_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#shortcuts_mail">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_mail_general" nc:name="General Mail Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts-mailnews.xhtml#general_mail_and_newsgroups_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_mail_message_list" nc:name="Message List Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts-mailnews.xhtml#message_list_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_mail_message_compose" nc:name="Message Compose Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts-mailnews.xhtml#message_compose_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+</rdf:RDF>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/suitehelp.rdf b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/suitehelp.rdf
new file mode 100755
index 0000000000..4bc659ebce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/suitehelp.rdf
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE window [
+    <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd">
+    %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<RDF xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"
+     xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"
+     xmlns:nc="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#">
+
+    <!-- SEAMONKEY MASTER HELP DOCUMENT -->
+    <Description rdf:about="urn:root"
+            nc:title="&brandFullName; Help"
+            nc:defaulttopic="welcome"
+            nc:base="chrome://communicator/locale/help/">
+        <nc:panellist>
+            <Seq>
+                <li>
+                    <Description nc:panelid="toc"
+                        nc:datasources="suite-toc.rdf"/>
+                </li>
+                <li>
+                    <Description nc:panelid="toc" nc:datasources="help-win.rdf" nc:platform="win"/>
+                </li>
+                <li>
+                    <Description nc:panelid="search"
+                        nc:datasources="rdf:null"
+                        nc:emptysearchtext="[No matching items found.]"
+                        nc:emptysearchlink="chrome://help/locale/welcome.xhtml#search_tips"/>
+                </li>
+                <li>
+                    <Description nc:panelid="glossary" nc:datasources="help-glossary.rdf"/>
+                </li>
+                <li>
+                    <Description nc:panelid="index" nc:datasources="help-indexAZ.rdf help-index1.rdf"/>
+                </li>
+                <li>
+                    <Description nc:panelid="index" nc:datasources="help-win.rdf" nc:platform="win"/>
+                </li>
+            </Seq>
+        </nc:panellist>
+    </Description>
+</RDF>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/using_certs_help.xhtml b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/using_certs_help.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e8e7cf2721
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/using_certs_help.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,740 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Using Certificates</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="using_certificates">Using Certificates</h1>
+
+<p>A certificate is the digital equivalent of an ID card. Just as you may have
+  several ID cards for different purposes, such as a driver&apos;s license, an
+  employee ID card, or a credit card, you can have several different
+  certificates that identify you for different purposes.</p>
+
+<p>This section describes how to perform operations related to
+  certificates.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#getting_your_own_certificate">Getting Your Own
+      Certificate</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#checking_security_for_a_web_page">Checking Security for a Web
+      Page</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#managing_certificates">Managing Certificates</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices">Managing
+      Smart Cards and Other Security Devices</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#managing_ssl_warnings_and_settings">Managing SSL Warnings and
+      Settings</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#controlling_validation">Controlling Validation</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h1 id="getting_your_own_certificate">Getting Your Own Certificate</h1>
+
+<p>Much like a credit card or a driver&apos;s license, a certificate is a form
+  of identification you can use to identify yourself over the Internet and
+  other networks. Like other commonly used personal IDs, a certificate is
+  typically issued by an organization with recognized authority to issue such
+  identification. An organization that issues certificates is called a
+  <strong>certificate authority (CA)</strong>.</p>
+
+<p>You can obtain certificates that identify you from public CAs, from system
+  administrators or special CAs within your organization, or from websites
+  offering specialized services that require a means of identification more
+  reliable that your name and password.</p>
+
+<p>Just as the requirements for a driver&apos;s license vary depending on the
+  type of vehicle you want to drive, the requirements for obtaining a
+  certificate vary depending on what you want to use it for. In some cases
+  getting a certificate may be as easy as going to a website, entering some
+  personal information, and automatically downloading the certificate into your
+  browser. In other cases you may have to go through more complicated
+  procedures.</p>
+
+<p>You can obtain a certificate today by visiting the URL for a certificate
+  authority and following the on-screen instructions. For a list of certificate
+  authorities, see the online document
+  <a href="https://certs.netscape.com/">Client Certificates</a>.</p>
+
+<p>Once you obtain a certificate, it is automatically stored in a
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#security_device">security device</a>. Your browser
+  comes with its own built-in Software Security Device. A security device can
+  also be a piece of hardware, such as a smart card.</p>
+
+<p>Like a driver&apos;s license or a credit card, a certificate is a valuable
+  form of identification that can be abused if it falls into the wrong hands.
+  Once you&apos;ve obtained a certificate that identifies you, you should
+  protect it in two ways: by backing it up and by setting your
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#master_password">master password</a>.</p>
+
+<p>When you first obtain a certificate, you may be prompted to back it up. If
+  you haven&apos;t yet created a master password, you will be asked to create
+  one.</p>
+
+<p>For detailed information about backing up a certificate and setting your
+  master password, see <a href="certs_help.xhtml#your_certificates">Your
+  Certificates</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_certificates">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="checking_security_for_a_web_page">Checking Security for a Web Page</h1>
+
+<p>When you&apos;re viewing any web page, the lock icon near the lower-right
+  corner of the window informs you whether the entire contents of the page was
+  protected by <a href="glossary.xhtml#encryption">encryption</a> while it was
+  being received by your computer:</p>
+
+<table summary="lock icons">
+  <tr>
+    <td><img alt="closed lock icon"
+      src="chrome://communicator/skin/icons/lock-secure.gif"/></td>
+    <td>A closed lock means that the page was protected by encryption when it
+      was received.</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><img alt="open lock icon"
+      src="chrome://communicator/skin/icons/lock-insecure.gif"/></td>
+    <td>An open lock means the page was not protected by encryption when it was
+      received.</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><img alt="broken lock icon"
+      src="chrome://communicator/skin/icons/lock-broken.gif"/></td>
+    <td>A broken lock means that some or all of the elements within the page
+      were not protected by encryption when the page was received, even though
+      the outermost HTML page was encrypted.</td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>For more details about the encryption status of the page when it was
+  received, click the lock icon (or open the View menu, choose Page Info, and
+  click the Security tab).</p>
+
+<p>The Security tab for Page Info provides two kinds of information:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>The top half describes whether the website displaying the page has been
+    verified. (For information on certificate verification, see
+    <a href="#controlling_validation">Controlling Validation</a>.)</li>
+  <li>The bottom half describes whether the contents of the page you are
+    viewing is protected by encryption while in transit over the network.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Important</strong>: The lock icon describes only the encryption
+  status of the page while it was being received by your computer. To be
+  notified before you send or receive information without encryption, select
+  the appropriate SSL warning options. See <a href="ssl_help.xhtml">Privacy
+  &amp; Security Preferences - SSL</a> for details.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_certificates">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="managing_certificates">Managing Certificates</h1>
+
+<p>You can use the Certificate Manager to manage the certificates you have
+  available. Certificates may be stored on your computer&apos;s hard disk or on
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#smart_card">smart cards</a> or other security devices
+  attached to your computer.</p>
+
+<p>To open the Certificate Manager:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Certificates. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+  <li>In the Manage Certificates section, click Manage Certificates. You see
+    the Certificate Manager.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#managing_certificates_that_identify_you">Managing
+      Certificates that Identify You</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#managing_certificates_that_identify_others">Managing
+      Certificates that Identify Others</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#managing_certificates_that_identify_websites">Managing
+      Certificates that Identify Websites</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#managing_certificates_that_identify_certificate_authorities">Managing
+      Certificates that Identify Certificate Authorities</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="managing_certificates_that_identify_you">Managing Certificates that
+  Identify You</h2>
+
+<p>When you first open the Certificate Manager, you&apos;ll notice that it has
+  several tabs across the top of its window. The first tab is called Your
+  Certificates, and it displays the certificates your browser has available
+  that identify you. Your certificates are listed under the names of the
+  organizations that issued them.</p>
+
+<p>To perform an action on one or more certificates, click the entry for the
+  certificate (or <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>-click
+  to select more than one), then click the View, Backup, or Delete button. Each
+  of these buttons brings up another window that allows you to perform the
+  action. Click the Help button in any window to obtain more information about
+  using that window.</p>
+
+<p>The following buttons under Your Certificates don&apos;t require a
+  certificate to be selected. You use them to perform these actions:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Import</strong>: Click this button if you want to import a
+    certificate that you&apos;ve previously backed up or transferred from one
+    machine to another.</li>
+  <li><strong>Backup All</strong>: Click this button to back up all your own
+    certificates stored in the
+    <a href="glossary.xhtml#software_security_device">Software Security
+    Device</a>.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Important</strong>: Certificates on smart cards cannot be backed up.
+  Whether you select some of your certificates and click Backup, or click
+  Backup All, the resulting backup file will not include any certificates
+  stored on smart cards or other external security devices. You can only back
+  up certificates that are stored on the built-in Software Security Device.</p>
+
+<p>For more details about any of these tasks, see
+  <a href="certs_help.xhtml#your_certificates">Your Certificates</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#managing_certificates">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="managing_certificates_that_identify_others">Managing Certificates that
+  Identify Others</h2>
+
+<p>When you compose a mail message, you can choose to attach your digital
+  signature to it. A <a href="glossary.xhtml#digital_signature">digital
+  signature</a> allows recipients of the message to verify that the message
+  really comes from you and hasn&apos;t been tampered with since you sent
+  it.</p>
+
+<p>Every time you send a digitally signed message, your encryption certificate
+  is automatically included with the message. This certificate allows the
+  message recipients to send you encrypted messages.</p>
+
+<p>One of the easiest ways to obtain someone else&apos;s encryption certificate
+  is for that person to send you a digitally signed message. Certificate
+  Manager automatically stores other people&apos;s certificates whenever they
+  are received in this way.</p>
+
+<p>To view all the certificates identifying other people that are available to
+  the Certificate Manager, click the Other People&apos;s tab at the top of the
+  Certificate Manager window. You can send encrypted messages to anyone for
+  whom a valid certificate is listed. Certificates are listed under the names
+  of the organizations that issued them.</p>
+
+<p>To perform an action on one or more certificates, click the entry for the
+  certificate (or <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>-click
+  to select more than one), then click the View or Delete button. Each of these
+  buttons brings up another window that allows you to perform the action. Click
+  the Help button in any window to obtain more information about using that
+  window.</p>
+
+<p>For more details, see
+  <a href="certs_help.xhtml#other_peoples_certificates">Other People&apos;s
+  Certificates</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#managing_certificates">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="managing_certificates_that_identify_websites">Managing Certificates
+  that Identify Websites</h2>
+
+<p>Some websites use certificates to identify themselves. Such identification
+  is required before the website can encrypt information transferred between
+  the site and your computer (or vice versa), so that no one can read the data
+  while in transit.</p>
+
+<p>If the URL for a website begins with <tt>https://</tt>, the website has a
+  certificate. If you visit such a website and its certificate was issued by a
+  CA that the Certificate Manager doesn&apos;t know about or doesn&apos;t
+  trust, you will be asked whether you want to accept the website&apos;s
+  certificate. When you accept a new website certificate, the Certificate
+  Manager adds it to its list of website certificates.</p>
+
+<p>To view all the website certificates available to your browser, click the
+  Websites tab at the top of the Certificate Manager window.</p>
+
+<p>To perform an action on one or more website certificates, click the entry
+  for the certificate (or <kbd>Shift</kbd>-clickto select more than one), then
+  click the View, Edit, or Delete button. Each of these buttons brings up
+  another window that allows you to perform the corresponding action.</p>
+
+<p>The Edit button allows you to specify whether your browser will trust the
+  selected website certificates in the future.</p>
+
+<p>For more details, see
+  <a href="certs_help.xhtml#web_site_certificates">Website Certificates</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#managing_certificates">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="managing_certificates_that_identify_certificate_authorities">Managing
+  Certificates that Identify Certificate Authorities</h2>
+
+<p>Like other commonly used forms of ID, a certificate is issued by an
+  organization with recognized authority to issue such identification. An
+  organization that issues certificates is called a
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate authority
+  (CA)</a>. A certificate that identifies a CA is called a CA certificate.</p>
+
+<p>Certificate Manager typically has many CA certificates on file. These CA
+  certificates permit Certificate Manager to recognize and work with
+  certificates issued by the corresponding CAs. However, the presence of a CA
+  certificate in this list does <em>not</em> guarantee that the certificates it
+  issues can be trusted. You or your system administrator must make decisions
+  about what kinds of certificates to trust depending on your security
+  needs.</p>
+
+<p>To view all the CA certificates available to your browser, click the
+  Authorities tab at the top of the Certificate Manager window.</p>
+
+<p>To perform an action on one or more CA certificates, click the entry for the
+  certificate (or <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>-click
+  to select more than one), then click the View, Edit, or Delete button. Each
+  of these buttons brings up another window that allows you to perform the
+  action. Click the Help button in any window to obtain more information about
+  using that window.</p>
+
+<p>The Edit button allows you to view and control the trust settings for each
+  certificate. Trust settings for a CA certificate let you to specify which
+  kinds of certificates issued by that CA you are willing to trust.</p>
+
+<p>For more details, see
+  <a href="certs_help.xhtml#authorities">Authorities</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#managing_certificates">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices">Managing Smart Cards
+  and Other Security Devices</h1>
+
+<p>A smart card is a small device, typically about the size of a credit card,
+  that contains a microprocessor and is capable of storing information about
+  your identity (such as your <a href="glossary.xhtml#private_key">private
+  keys</a> and <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificates</a>) and
+  performing cryptographic operations.</p>
+
+<p>To use a smart card, you typically need to have a smart card reader (a piece
+  of hardware) attached to your computer, as well as software on your computer
+  that controls the reader.</p>
+
+<p>A smart card is just one kind of security device. A security device
+  (sometimes called a token) is a hardware or software device that provides
+  cryptographic services and stores information about your identity. Use the
+  Device Manager to work with smart cards and other security devices.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#about_security_devices_and_modules">About Security Devices
+      and Modules</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#using_security_devices">Using Security Devices</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#using_security_modules">Using Security Modules</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#enable_fips_mode">Enable FIPS Mode</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="about_security_devices_and_modules">About Security Devices and
+  Modules</h2>
+
+<p>The Device Manager displays a window that lists the available security
+  devices. You can use the Device Manager to manage any security devices,
+  including smart cards, that support the Public Key Cryptography Standard
+  (PKCS) #11.</p>
+
+<p>A <a href="glossary.xhtml#pkcs_11_module">PKCS #11 module</a> (sometimes
+  called a security module) controls one or more security devices in much the
+  same way that a software driver controls an external device such as a printer
+  or modem. If you are installing a smart card, you must install the PKCS #11
+  module for the smart card on your computer as well as connecting the smart
+  card reader.</p>
+
+<p>By default, the Device Manager controls two internal PKCS #11 modules that
+  manage three security devices:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>&brandShortName; Internal PKCS #11 Module</strong>: Controls two
+    security devices:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Generic Crypto Services</strong>: A special security device
+        that performs all cryptographic operations required by the
+        &brandShortName; Internal PKCS #11 Module.</li>
+      <li><strong>Software Security Device</strong>: Stores your certificates
+        and keys that aren&apos;t stored on external security devices,
+        including any CA certificates that you may have installed in addition
+        to those that come with the browser.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Builtin Roots Module</strong>: Controls a special security device
+    called the Builtin Object Token. This security device stores the default
+    <a href="glossary.xhtml#ca_certificate">CA certificates</a> that come with
+    the browser.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices">Return to
+  beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="using_security_devices">Using Security Devices</h2>
+
+<p>The Device Manager allows you to perform operations on security devices. To
+  open the Device Manager, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Certificates. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+  <li>In the Certificates panel, click Manage Security Devices.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Device Manager lists each available PKCS #11 module in boldface, and the
+  security devices managed by each module below its name.</p>
+
+<p>When you select a security device, information about it appears in the
+  middle of the Device Manager window, and some of the buttons on the right
+  side of the window become available. For example, if you select the Software
+  Security Device, you can perform these actions:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click Login or Logout to log in or out of the Software Security Device.
+    If you are logging in, you will be asked to supply the master password for
+    the device. You must be logged into a security device before your browser
+    software can use it to provide cryptographic services.</li>
+  <li>Click Change Password to change the master password for the device.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>You can perform these actions on most security devices. However, you cannot
+  perform them on the Builtin Object Token or Generic Crypto Services, which
+  are special devices that must normally be available at all times.</p>
+
+<p>For more details, see <a href="certs_help.xhtml#device_manager">Device
+  Manager</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices">Return to
+  beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="using_security_modules">Using Security Modules</h2>
+
+<p>If you want to use a smart card or other external security device, you must
+  first install the module software on your computer and, if necessary, connect
+  any associated hardware. Follow the instructions that come with the
+  hardware.</p>
+
+<p>After a new module is installed on your computer, follow these steps to load
+  it:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Certificates. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+  <li>In the Certificates panel, click Manage Security Devices.</li>
+  <li>Click Load.</li>
+  <li>In the Load PKCS #11 Module dialog box, click the Browse button, locate
+    the module file, and click Open.</li>
+  <li>Fill in the Module Name field with the name of the module and click
+    OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The new module will then show up in the list of modules with the name you
+  assigned to it.</p>
+
+<p>To unload a PKCS #11 module, select its name and click Unload.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices">Return to
+  beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="enable_fips_mode">Enable FIPS Mode</h2>
+
+<p>Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) 140-1 is a
+  US government standard for implementations of cryptographic
+  modules&mdash;that is, hardware or software that encrypts and decrypts data
+  or performs other cryptographic operations (such as creating or verifying
+  digital signatures). Many products sold to the US government must comply with
+  one or more of the FIPS standards.</p>
+
+<p>To enable FIPS mode for the browser, you use the Device Manager:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Certificates. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+  <li>In the Certificates panel, click Manage Devices.</li>
+  <li>Click the Enable FIPS button. When FIPS is enabled, the name NSS Internal
+    PKCS #11 Module changes to NSS Internal FIPS PKCS #11 Module and the Enable
+    FIPS button changes to Disable FIPS.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To disable FIPS-mode, click Disable FIPS.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices">Return to
+  beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="managing_ssl_warnings_and_settings">Managing SSL Warnings and
+  Settings</h1>
+
+<p>The Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) protocol allows your computer to exchange
+  information with other computers on the Internet in encrypted form&mdash;that
+  is, the information is scrambled while in transit so that no one else can
+  make sense of it. SSL is also used to identify computers on the Internet by
+  means of <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificates</a>.</p>
+
+<p>The Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocol is a new standard based on SSL.
+  By default, the browser supports both SSL and TLS. This approach works for
+  most people, because it guarantees that the browser will work with virtually
+  all other existing software on the Internet that supports any version of SSL
+  or TLS.</p>
+
+<p>However, in some circumstances system administrators or other knowledgeable
+  persons may wish to adjust the SSL settings to fine-tune them for special
+  security needs or to account for bugs in some older software products.</p>
+
+<p>You shouldn&apos;t adjust the SSL settings for your browser unless you know
+  what you&apos;re doing or have the assistance of someone else who does. If
+  you do need to adjust them for some reason, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, select SSL. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>For more details, see <a href="ssl_help.xhtml">SSL Settings</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_certificates">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="controlling_validation">Controlling Validation</h1>
+
+<p>As discussed above under <a href="#getting_your_own_certificate">Get Your
+  Own Certificate</a>, a certificate is a form of identification, much like a
+  driver&apos;s license, that you can use to identify yourself over the
+  Internet and other networks. However, also like a driver&apos;s license, a
+  certificate may expire or become invalid for some other reason. Therefore,
+  your browser software needs to confirm the validity of any given certificate
+  in some way before trusting it for identification purposes.</p>
+
+<p>This section describes how Certificate Manager validates certificates and
+  how to control that process. To understand the process, you should have some
+  familiarity with <a href="glossary.xhtml#public-key_cryptography">public-key
+  cryptography</a>. If you are not familiar with the use of certificates, you
+  should check with your system administrator before attempting to change any
+  of your browser&apos;s certificate validation settings.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#how_validation_works">How Validation Works</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#managing_crls">Managing CRLs</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#configuring_ocsp">Configuring OCSP</a></li>
+    <li><a href="validation_help.xhtml">Validation Settings</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="how_validation_works">How Validation Works</h2>
+
+<p>Whenever you use or view a certificate stored by Certificate Manager, it
+  takes several steps to verify the certificate. At a minimum, it confirms that
+  the CA&apos;s digital signature on the certificate was created by a CA whose
+  own certificate is (1) present in the Certificate Manager&apos;s list of
+  available CA certificates and (2) marked as trusted for issuing the kind of
+  certificate being verified.</p>
+
+<p>If the CA certificate is not itself present, the
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_chain">certificate chain</a> for the CA
+  certificate must include a higher-level CA certificate that is present and
+  correctly trusted. Certificate Manager also confirms that the certificate
+  being verified is currently marked as trusted in the certificate store. If
+  any one of these checks fails, Certificate Manager marks the certificate as
+  unverified and won&apos;t recognize the identity it certifies.</p>
+
+<p>A certificate can pass all these tests and still be compromised in some way;
+  for example, the certificate may be revoked because an unauthorized person
+  has gained access to the certificate&apos;s private key. A compromised
+  certificate can allow an unauthorized person (or website) to pretend to be
+  the certificate owner.</p>
+
+<p>One way to combat this threat is for Certificate Manager to check a
+  certificate revocation list (CRL) as part of the verification process (see
+  <a href="#managing_crls">Managing CRLs</a>, below). Typically, you download a
+  CRL to your browser by clicking a link. If a CRL is present, Certificate
+  Manager checks any certificate issued by the same CA against the list as part
+  of the verification process.</p>
+
+<p>The reliability of CRLs depends on the frequency with which they are both
+  updated by a server and checked by a client. You can configure your
+  <a href="validation_help.xhtml#automatic_crl_update_preferences">Automatic
+  CRL Update Preferences</a> so that a CRL will be updated automatically at
+  regular intervals with the version currently on the server.</p>
+
+<p>Another way to combat the threat of compromised certificates is to use a
+  special server that supports the Online Certificate Status Protocol (OCSP).
+  Such a server can answer client queries about individual certificates (see
+  <a href="#configuring_ocsp">Configuring OCSP</a>, below).</p>
+
+<p>The server, called an OCSP responder, receives an updated CRL periodically
+  from the CA that issues the certificates to be verified. You can configure
+  Certificate Manager to submit a status request for a certificate to the OCSP
+  responder, and the OCSP responder confirms whether the certificate is
+  valid.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#controlling_validation">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="managing_crls">Managing CRLs</h2>
+
+<p>A certificate revocation list (CRL) is a list of revoked certificates. A
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</a>
+  might revoke a certificate, for example, if it has been compromised in some
+  way&mdash;much the way a credit card company might revoke your credit card if
+  you report that it&apos;s been stolen.</p>
+
+<p>This section describes how to import and manage CRLs.</p>
+
+<p>For background information, see
+  <a href="#how_validation_works">How Validation Works</a>.</p>
+
+<p>For detailed descriptions of CRL settings that you can control, see
+  <a href="validation_help.xhtml">Validation Settings</a>.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#about_the_next_update_date">About the <q>Next Update</q>
+      Date</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#importing_crls">Importing CRLs</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#viewing_and_managing_crls">Viewing and Managing CRLs</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="about_the_next_update_date">About the <q>Next Update</q> Date</h3>
+
+<p>The browser uses the CRLs it has available to check the validity of
+  certificates issued by the corresponding CAs. If a certificate is listed as
+  revoked, the browser won&apos;t accept it as evidence of identity.</p>
+
+<p>A CA typically publishes an updated CRL at regular intervals. Every CRL
+  includes a date, specified in the Next Update field, by which the CA will
+  publish the next update of that CRL. In general, if the date in the Next
+  Update field is earlier than the current date, you should obtain the most
+  recent version of the CRL. To view CRL information and set up automatic CRL
+  updating, see <a href="#viewing_and_managing_crls">Viewing and Managing
+  CRLs</a>.</p>
+
+<p>CAs are required to produce a new CRL by the Next Update date. However, the
+  absence of the most recent CRL does not by itself invalidate a certificate.
+  For this reason, if the most recent CRL is not available, a certificate may
+  be validated even though the most recent CRL shows it as expired. Automatic
+  CRL updating can help to avoid this situation.</p>
+
+<h3 id="importing_crls">Importing CRLs</h3>
+
+<p>You can import the latest CRL from a CA into your browser. To import a CRL,
+  follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Go to the URL specified by the CA or by your system administrator and
+    click the link for the CRL that you want to import.
+    
+    <p>The Import Status dialog box appears.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Confirm that the CRL was imported successfully and that it&apos;s the one
+    you wanted. In most cases you should also click Yes, which enables
+    automatic updating of the CRL you just imported.</li>
+  <li>The next step depends on whether you click Yes or No in the Import Status
+    dialog box: 
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Yes</strong>: The Automatic CRL Update Preferences dialog box
+        appears. In this case, go on to step 4.</li>
+      <li><strong>No</strong>: The Import Status dialog box closes. If you
+        change your mind and decide to enable automatic updates after all, see
+        <a href="#viewing_and_managing_crls">Viewing and Managing
+        CRLs</a>.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Select the option labeled <q>Enable Automatic Update for this
+    CRL</q>.</li>
+  <li>Decide how you want to schedule the automatic updates:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Update [__] days before Next Update date</strong>: Select
+        this option if you want to base the update frequency on the frequency
+        with which the CRL publisher publishes a new version of the CRL.</li>
+      <li><strong>Update every [__] days</strong>: Select this option if you
+        want to specify an update interval unrelated to the CRL&apos;s Next
+        Update date.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK to confirm your choices.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<h3 id="viewing_and_managing_crls">Viewing and Managing CRLs</h3>
+
+<p>You can view and manage CRLs available to the browser through the
+  browser&apos;s Validation preferences:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Validation. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+  <li>Click Manage CRLs in the Validation panel to see a list of the CRLs
+    available to Certificate Manager.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To delete or update a CRL, select it and click the appropriate button.</p>
+
+<p>To set up automatic updates for a CRL, select the CRL and click Settings.
+  The Automatic CRL Update Preferences dialog box appears:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select the option labeled <q>Enable Automatic Update for this
+    CRL</q>.</li>
+  <li>Decide how you want to schedule the automatic updates:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Update [__] days before Next Update date</strong>: Select
+        this option if you want to base the update frequency on the frequency
+        with which the CRL publisher publishes a new version of the CRL.</li>
+      <li><strong>Update every [__] days</strong>: Select this option if you
+        want to specify an update interval unrelated to the CRL&apos;s Next
+        Update date.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK to confirm your choices.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#controlling_validation">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="configuring_ocsp">Configuring OCSP</h2>
+
+<p>The settings that control OCSP are part of Validation preferences. To view
+  Validation preferences, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Validation. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>For information about the OCSP options available, see
+  <a href="validation_help.xhtml#ocsp">OCSP</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#controlling_validation">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<p>&copyright.string;</p>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/using_priv_help.xhtml b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/using_priv_help.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..db3302aba3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/using_priv_help.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,1605 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Using Privacy Features</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="using_the_cookie_manager">Using the Cookie Manager</h1>
+
+<p>A cookie is a small amount of information on your computer that is used by
+  some sites. For a brief overview, see
+  <a href="privacy_help.xhtml#what_are_cookies_and_how_do_they_work">What Are
+  Cookies and How Do They Work?</a></p>
+
+<p>Before loading a web page that uses cookies, your browser handles the
+  page&apos;s cookies by doing two things:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Accepts or rejects any requests by the site to <strong>set</strong>
+    (store) one or more cookies on your computer.</li>
+  <li>Accepts or rejects any requests by the site to <strong>read</strong>
+    cookies it previously stored on your computer. A site can&apos;t
+    actually read cookies or any other data on your computer&mdash;instead,
+    your browser gets the cookies and sends them back to the site.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#enabling_and_disabling_cookies">Enabling &amp; Disabling
+      Cookies</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#managing_cookies_site-by-site">Managing Cookies
+      Site-By-Site</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#viewing_cookies">Viewing Cookies</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#removing_cookies">Removing Cookies</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#setting_privacy_levels">Setting Privacy Levels</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#cookie_manager_settings">Cookie Manager Settings</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="enabling_and_disabling_cookies">Enabling &amp; Disabling Cookies</h2>
+
+<p>You can specify how cookies should be handled by setting your Cookies
+  preferences. The default setting is <q>Allow all cookies</q>.</p>
+
+<p>To change your Cookies preferences:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Cookies. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+  <li>Set your Cookies preferences.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>For more information about the effect of each setting, see
+  <a href="#cookies">Privacy &amp; Security Preferences - Cookies</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_the_cookie_manager">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="managing_cookies_site-by-site">Managing Cookies Site-By-Site</h2>
+
+<p>To set cookie permissions for the current site:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Cookie Manager.</li>
+  <li>Choose one of the following items:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Block Cookies from this Site</strong>: Block the
+          current site from setting cookies.</li>
+      <li><strong>Use Default Cookie Permissions</strong>: Reset
+          cookie permission for the current site and use the
+          <a href="#cookie_manager_settings">default settings</a>.</li>
+      <li><strong>Allow Session Cookies from this Site</strong>: Allow
+          the current site to set session cookies. Persistent cookies from
+          this site will be downgraded to session cookies.</li>
+      <li><strong>Allow Cookies from this Site</strong>: Allow the
+          current site to set cookies.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To <a href="#add_cookie_sites">set cookie permission</a> for several sites
+  or a site you are not viewing, use the Cookie Manager.</p>
+
+<p>If you have selected <q>Ask for each cookie</q> in
+  <a href="#cookie_manager_settings">Privacy &amp; Security Preferences -
+  Cookies</a>, you will be warned (while browsing) that a web site is asking to
+  set a cookie. When you see such a warning, you can choose to
+  Allow, Allow for Session, or Deny the cookie.</p>
+
+<p>Other dialog options:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Use my choice for all cookies from this site</strong>:
+    If you check this option, you will not be warned the next time
+    that site tries to set or modify a cookie, and your <q>allow</q> or
+    <q>deny</q> response will still be in effect.</li>
+  <li><strong>Show Details</strong>/<strong>Hide Details</strong>:
+    Click the button to show or hide <a href="#viewing_cookies">detailed
+    information</a> of the cookie.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>If you want to change a remembered response later, use the Cookie Manager
+  to edit <a href="#stored_cookies">stored cookies</a> and
+  <a href="#cookie_sites">add or remove cookie sites</a>.</p>
+
+<p>To stop automatically accepting or rejecting cookies from a site:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Cookie Manager.</li>
+  <li>Choose Manage Stored Cookies from the submenu. The Cookie Manager window
+    opens with a list of all the cookies stored on your computer.</li>
+  <li>Click the Cookie Sites tab. The sites for which you have allowed or
+    denied cookies are listed.</li>
+  <li>Click to select the site from which you no longer want to automatically
+    accept cookies, and then click Remove Cookie.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_the_cookie_manager">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="viewing_cookies">Viewing Cookies</h2>
+
+<p>To view detailed information about cookies:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Cookie Manager.</li>
+  <li>Choose Manage Stored Cookies from the submenu. The Cookie Manager window
+    opens with a list of all the cookies stored on your computer.</li>
+  <li>Select a cookie to see its details.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>For more information about the information displayed, see
+  <a href="#stored_cookies">Stored Cookies</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_the_cookie_manager">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="removing_cookies">Removing Cookies</h2>
+
+<p><strong>Important</strong>: To remove cookies, follow the steps in this
+  section. Do not try to edit the cookies file on your computer.</p>
+
+<p>To remove one or more cookies from your computer:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Cookie Manager.</li>
+  <li>Choose Manage Stored Cookies from the submenu. The Cookie Manager window
+    opens with a list of all the cookies stored on your computer.</li>
+  <li>Select one or more cookies and click Remove Cookie, or click Remove All
+    Cookies.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Even though you&apos;ve removed the cookies now, you will reacquire those
+  same cookies the next time you return to the site.</p>
+
+<p>To prevent that from happening, select the checkbox labeled <q>Don&apos;t
+  allow sites that set removed cookies to set future cookies</q>. When this
+  checkbox is selected, sites for the cookies that you are removing are
+  added to the list of sites whose cookies will automatically be rejected.</p>
+
+<p>You must click OK for your changes to take effect.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_the_cookie_manager">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="setting_privacy_levels">Setting Privacy Levels</h2>
+
+<p>Many sites develop and publish their privacy policies based on the
+  Platform for Privacy Preferences (P3P) standard. The information that follows
+  applies only to sites that post a privacy policy based on the P3P standard
+  and the browser&apos;s implementation of that standard. The browser&apos;s
+  implementation may not be, in all cases, identical to the standard published
+  by the World Wide Web Consortium.</p>
+
+<p>A site&apos;s P3P privacy policy describes, in a standardized way, what
+  kind of information the site collects, to whom it gives that information, and
+  how it uses the information. For information about viewing a site&apos;s
+  privacy policy, see <a href="#viewing_privacy_policies">Viewing Privacy
+  Policies</a>.</p>
+
+<p>&brandShortName;&apos;s implementation of the P3P standard defines three
+  levels of privacy: low, medium, and high (the default is medium). You can
+  select one of these predefined privacy levels, or you can specify your own
+  custom privacy settings in detail. Once you have set your preferred privacy
+  level, your browser can compare your preferences with the site&apos;s P3P
+  policy (if any) and accept or reject cookies accordingly.</p>
+
+<p>For example, your privacy settings may require the browser to reject cookies
+  that collect personal information without informing you. Alternatively, you
+  can adjust your privacy settings so that the browser simply warns you when a
+  cookie is used in this way, while allowing the action to take place.</p>
+
+<p>To control the privacy settings you want your browser to enforce for all
+  sites:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> 
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Cookies. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+  <li>Select the option labeled <q>Allow cookies based on privacy
+    settings</q>.</li>
+  <li>Click View.</li>
+  <li>In the Privacy Settings dialog box, select the level of privacy you want,
+    or select <q>custom</q> and specify your own privacy settings as
+    discussed below.</li>
+  <li>Click OK to confirm your settings.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Your browser handles cookies according to the settings you select. If you do
+  not select a preferred setting, the browser defaults to medium. The low,
+  medium, and high options are predefined by &brandShortName;. For more
+  information about these predefined options, see
+  <a href="#privacy_settings">Privacy Settings</a>.</p>
+
+<p>When the <q>custom</q> option is selected, you can specify your own
+  privacy settings in detail. Depending on the P3P policy of the site setting
+  the cookie, and depending on whether or not the site setting the cookie is
+  the one you are viewing, you can select whether you want the Cookie Manager
+  to accept the cookie, reject it, accept it just for the current session (that
+  is, until you exit the browser), or flag it.</p>
+
+<p>If you choose Reject, Flag, or Session for a given category of cookies, the
+  Cookie Manager displays the cookie notification icon
+  (<img alt="cookie notification icon"
+  src="chrome://communicator/skin/permissions/taskbar-cookie.gif"/>)
+  near the lower-right corner of the browser window whenever a site that
+  fits the category sets a cookie. When this icon is displayed, you can click
+  it to get information about the affected cookies.</p>
+
+<p><q>First party cookies</q> are cookies set by the site you are
+  visiting. <q>Third-party cookies</q>, also known as
+  <a href="privacy_help.xhtml#what_are_third-party_cookies">foreign cookies</a>,
+  are set by sites other than the one you are viewing.</p>
+
+<p>For more details, see <a href="#privacy_settings">Privacy Settings</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_the_cookie_manager">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="cookie_manager_settings">Cookie Manager Settings</h1>
+
+<p>This section describes how to set your Cookies preferences and control other
+  aspects of cookie handling.</p>
+
+<p>For step-by-step descriptions of various tasks related to cookies, see
+  <a href="#using_the_cookie_manager">Using the Cookie Manager</a>.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#cookies">Privacy &amp; Security Preferences -
+      Cookies</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#stored_cookies">Stored Cookies</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#cookie_sites">Cookie Sites</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#privacy_settings">Privacy Settings</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#cookie_notification">Cookie Notification</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="cookies">Privacy &amp; Security Preferences - Cookies</h2>
+
+<p>Your browser is set by default to accept all cookies. This section describes
+  how to use the Cookies preferences panel to change that setting. If
+  you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Cookies. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Cookies help sites keep track of information for you, such as the
+  contents of your on-line shopping cart or which cities&apos; weather you want
+  to know about. For a brief overview, see
+  <a href="privacy_help.xhtml#what_are_cookies_and_how_do_they_work">What Are
+  Cookies and How Do They Work?</a></p>
+
+<p>You can select one of these options:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Block cookies</strong>: Select this option to refuse all
+    cookies.</li>
+  <li><strong>Allow cookies for the originating website only</strong>: Select
+    this option if you don&apos;t want to accept or return
+    <a href="privacy_help.xhtml#what_are_third-party_cookies">foreign
+    cookies</a>.</li>
+  <li><strong>Allow cookies based on privacy settings</strong>: Select this
+    option if you handle cookies based on your privacy settings. If you select
+    this option, click the View Privacy Settings button to confirm or modify
+    your privacy settings.</li>
+  <li><strong>Allow all cookies</strong>: This is the default option. Select
+    this option to permit all sites not explicitly blocked to set cookies on
+    your computer.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Blocking cookies does not remove old cookies. By
+  blocking cookies you only block sites from setting new cookies, and old
+  cookies will still be sent to sites. To completely block a site from receiving
+  old cookies, you need to <a href="#removing_cookies">remove its cookies</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: <a href="#cookie_sites">Per-site cookie permission</a>
+  supersedes default cookie setting. For example, if you allow a site to set
+  cookies, the site can set cookies even if you choose <q>Block cookies</q>.
+</p>
+
+<p>If you allow cookies or do not change the default setting, you can also
+  select the following preferences:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Accept cookies normally</strong>: Select this
+    if you want sites to set or modify cookies without restrictions.</li>
+  <li><strong>Accept for current session only</strong>: Select this to delete
+    the cookie the next time you exit your browser.</li>
+  <li><strong>Accept cookies for [__] days</strong>: Select this if you
+    want to limit the length of time any cookie can remain on your computer,
+    then type the number of days.</li>
+  <li><strong>Ask for each cookie</strong>: Select this if you want
+    Cookie Manager to warn you each time a site is about to store a cookie.
+    In addition, you can choose <strong>except for session cookies</strong>: so
+    that &brandShortName; will not warn you if the site is setting cookies
+    which will be deleted when you exit your browser.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>You can also get more information about your stored cookies:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Manage Stored Cookies</strong>: Click this button to view
+    information about the cookies currently stored on your computer and which
+    sites are allowed to set them.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h2 id="stored_cookies">Stored Cookies</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Stored Cookies tab of the Cookie
+  Manager. If you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Cookie Manager.</li>
+  <li>Choose Manage Stored Cookies from the submenu. The Cookie Manager window
+    opens with a list of all the cookies stored on your computer.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Stored Cookies tab lists all the cookies stored on your computer, the
+  sites they belong to, and their current status.</p>
+
+<p>If you can&apos;t see the Status column, click the icon in the upper-right
+  corner of the table and select Status. This column indicates which cookies
+  have been flagged or accepted according to your
+  <a href="#privacy_settings">Privacy Settings</a>.</p>
+
+<p>When you select a cookie in this list, the following information about that
+  cookie appears in the bottom portion of the tab:</p>
+
+<table class="defaultTable">
+  <thead>
+    <tr>
+      <th>Item</th>
+      <th>Explanation</th>
+    </tr>
+  </thead>
+  <tbody>
+    <tr>
+      <td>Name</td>
+      <td>The name assigned to the cookie by its originator.</td>
+    </tr>
+    <tr class="even">
+      <td>Information</td>
+      <td>A string of characters containing the information a site tracks
+        for you. It might contain a user key or name by which you are
+        identified to the site, information about your interests, and so
+        forth.</td>
+    </tr>
+    <tr>
+      <td>Host or domain</td>
+      <td>Provides the name of the cookie&apos;s host or domain.
+
+        <p>A <strong>host</strong> cookie is sent back, during subsequent
+          visits, only to the <a href="glossary.xhtml#server">server</a> that
+          set it.</p>
+
+        <p>A <strong>domain</strong> cookie is sent back to any site
+          that&apos;s in the same domain as the site that set it. A site&apos;s
+          domain is the part of its URL that contains the name of an
+          organization, business, or school&mdash;such as netscape.com or
+          washington.org.</p>
+      </td>
+    </tr>
+    <tr class="even">
+      <td>Path</td>
+      <td>The file pathway. This is provided only if the cookie should be sent
+        back to all URLs that are on that path or lower. For example,
+        <tt>http://a.b/x/y/z.html</tt> means that the cookie can also be set
+        for path <tt>x/</tt>.</td>
+    </tr>
+    <tr>
+      <td>Send For</td>
+      <td>When this field is <q>For encrypted connections only</q> it means
+        that the browser checks the connection whenever the server asks for a
+        cookie and will not send it unless the connection is encrypted
+        (HTTPS).</td>
+    </tr>
+    <tr class="even">
+      <td>Expires</td>
+      <td>The date and time at which the cookie will be deactivated. The
+        browser regularly removes expired cookies from your computer.</td>
+    </tr>
+  </tbody>
+</table>
+
+<p>To remove cookies, click one of these buttons:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Remove Cookie</strong>: Removes the selected cookie or cookies
+    from the list.</li>
+  <li><strong>Remove All Cookies</strong>: Removes all cookies from the
+    list.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Select this checkbox to prevent the cookies you remove from being added back
+  into the list later:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Don&apos;t allow sites that set removed cookies to set future
+    cookies</strong></li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Even if you remove cookies now, you will reacquire those same cookies the
+  next time you return to the site. To prevent that from happening, select
+  this checkbox. When this checkbox is selected, sites for the cookies that
+  you are removing are added to the list of sites whose cookies will
+  automatically be rejected.</p>
+
+<p>You must click Close for your changes to take effect.</p>
+
+<h2 id="cookie_sites">Cookie Sites</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Cookie Sites tab of the Cookie
+  Manager. If you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Cookie Manager.</li>
+  <li>Choose Manage Stored Cookies from the submenu. The Cookie Manager window
+    opens with a list of all the cookies stored on your computer.</li>
+  <li>Click the Cookie Sites tab.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Cookie Sites tab of the Cookie Manager lists the sites for which your
+  decisions have been remembered, and what your decisions were. It also allows
+  you to add and remove sites from the list.</p>
+
+<h3 id="add_cookie_sites">Adding Cookie Sites</h3>
+
+<p>To add cookies sites manually:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Enter the site address, e.g. <tt>www.mozilla.org</tt></li>
+  <li>Set the site cookie permission:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Block</strong>: Click this button to add the site as a site
+        blocked from setting cookies.</li>
+      <li><strong>Session</strong>: Click this button to add the site as a site
+        that can set session cookies. Persistent cookies from this site will
+        be downgraded to session cookies.</li>
+      <li><strong>Allow</strong>: Click this button to add the site as a
+        site that can set cookies.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Repeat the steps to add additional sites.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3 id="remove_cookie_sites">Removing Cookie Sites</h3>
+
+<p>To remove a cookie site:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Remove Site</strong>: Removes the selected site or sites from the
+    list.</li>
+  <li><strong>Remove All Sites</strong>: Removes all sites from the list.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Once you&apos;ve removed a site from this list, Cookie Manager remembers
+  nothing about it. If the <q>Ask for each cookie</q> option is selected in
+  the Cookies preferences panel, you will be warned when any site not in this
+  list requests permission to set a cookie.</p>
+
+<h2 id="privacy_settings">Privacy Settings</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Privacy Settings window. If
+  you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Cookies. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+  <li>Select the radio button labeled <q>Allow cookies based on privacy
+    settings</q>.</li>
+  <li>Click View Privacy Settings.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>For more information about using privacy settings, see
+  <a href="#setting_privacy_levels">Setting Privacy Levels</a>.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#level_of_privacy">Level of Privacy</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#cookie_acceptance_policy">Cookie Acceptance Policy</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="level_of_privacy">Level of Privacy</h3>
+
+<p>The level of privacy you set here determines how your browser treats cookies
+  according to privacy policies based on the P3P standard that published by
+  some sites and on the settings displayed under Cookie Acceptance Policy
+  for first-party and third-party cookies.</p>
+
+<p><q>First party cookies</q> are cookies set by the site you are
+  visiting. <q>Third-party cookies</q>, also known as
+  <a href="privacy_help.xhtml#what_are_third-party_cookies">foreign
+  cookies</a>, are set by sites other than the one you are viewing.</p>
+
+<p>You can select one of the following privacy levels:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>low</strong>: Select this if you want to accept all first-party
+    cookies without regard to a site&apos;s privacy policy. 
+
+    <p>When this setting is selected, the browser accepts all third-party
+      cookies, but <strong>flags</strong> third-party cookies from sites that
+      indicate they may collect personally identifiable information without
+      your consent. Flagged cookies are listed as <q>flagged</q> in the
+      status column of the Cookie Manager&apos;s
+      <a href="#stored_cookies">Stored Cookies</a> tab.</p>
+
+    <p>When a cookie is first flagged, the Cookie Manager displays the cookie
+      notification icon (<img alt="cookie notification icon"
+      src="chrome://communicator/skin/permissions/taskbar-cookie.gif"/>) near
+      the lower-right corner of the browser window (if it&apos;s not already
+      present). You can click the cookie notification icon to see more detailed
+      information about the flagged cookies.</p>
+
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>medium</strong>: Select this if you want to accept and flag both
+    first-party and third-party cookies set by sites that may be collecting
+    personally identifiable information without your consent. This is the
+    default setting.</li>
+  <li><strong>high</strong>: Select this if you want the same settings as
+    medium, with the following differences:
+    <ul>
+      <li>Reject third-party cookies set by sites that may be collecting
+        information without your consent that can be used to identify you.</li>
+      <li>Accept, for the current session only, third-party cookies that may be
+        collecting information without your consent that can be used to
+        identify you, but also provide a web page or some other mechanism that
+        allows you to withhold your consent.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>custom</strong>: Select this if you want to set your own custom
+    Cookie Acceptance Policy. The default settings for <q>custom</q> are
+    whatever they happened to be just before you select this option. You can
+    modify them by selecting from the drop-down menus in the Cookie Acceptance
+    Policy portion of the dialog box.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To see the exact effect of each privacy-level setting, select it and then
+  examine the Cookie Acceptance Policy settings.</p>
+
+<h3 id="cookie_acceptance_policy">Cookie Acceptance Policy</h3>
+
+<p>If you select the <strong>custom</strong> option in the top portion of the
+  Privacy Settings dialog box, you can choose one of four settings from the
+  drop-down list in each of the eight categories shown in the bottom portion.
+  These settings cause Cookie Manager to perform the following actions:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Accept</strong>: Accept all cookies in the category.</li>
+  <li><strong>Session</strong>: Accept all cookies in the category for the
+    current session only&mdash;that is, until you exit the browser.</li>
+  <li><strong>Reject</strong>: Reject all cookies in the category.</li>
+  <li><strong>Flag</strong>: Lists the cookie&apos;s status as
+    <q>flagged</q> in the status column of the Cookie Manager&apos;s
+    <a href="#stored_cookies">Stored Cookies</a> tab and display the cookie
+    notification icon.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>The cookie notification icon (<img alt="cookie notification icon"
+  src="chrome://communicator/skin/permissions/taskbar-cookie.gif"/>) appears
+  near the lower-right corner of the browser window. You can click it to get
+  information about the affected cookies or modify your privacy settings.</p>
+
+<p>Sites are classified in four categories for each of the two types
+  (first-party and third-party) of cookies:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Site has no privacy policy</strong>: Site does not publish any
+    kind of privacy policy. There is no way of knowing what kinds of
+    information such sites collect or what they do with it.</li>
+  <li><strong>Site collects personally identifiable information without your
+    consent</strong>: Site publishes a privacy policy, but does not ask your
+    permission when it collects personally identifiable information.</li>
+  <li><strong>Site collects personally identifiable information with only your
+    implicit consent</strong>: Site collects information about you unless you
+    go to a web page (or use some other designated mechanism) to explicitly
+    withhold your consent (opt-out).</li>
+  <li><strong>Site does not collect personally identifiable information without
+    your explicit consent</strong>: Sites will not collect personally
+    identifiable information unless you have explicitly agreed (opt-in).</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h2 id="cookie_notification">Cookie Notification</h2>
+
+<p>The cookie notification icon (<img alt="cookie notification icon"
+  src="chrome://communicator/skin/permissions/taskbar-cookie.gif"/>) is
+  displayed in the status bar near the lower-right corner of the browser
+  window. It appears when a site has used a cookie in a way that requires you
+  to be notified according to your current <a href="#privacy_settings">Privacy
+  Settings</a>.</p>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Cookie Notification dialog box, which
+  appears when you click the Cookie Notification icon. You can take the
+  following actions from this dialog box:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Turn Off Privacy Settings</strong>: Click this button to disable
+    your Privacy Settings. This has the same effect as selecting <q>Enable
+    all cookies</q> in <a href="#cookies">Privacy &amp; Security
+    Preferences - Cookies</a>. After you take this action, your browser will
+    accept all cookies.</li>
+  <li><strong>View Cookie Manager</strong>: Click this button to open the
+    Cookie Manager, where you can view the current status of all your cookies
+    and identify the cookies that caused the notification icon to appear.</li>
+  <li><strong>View Privacy Settings</strong>: Click this button to open the
+    Privacy Settings dialog box. The settings in this dialog box determine how
+    sites can use cookies on your computer and what actions cause the cookie
+    notification icon to be displayed.</li>
+  <li><strong>Close</strong>: Click this button to exit the Cookie Notification
+    dialog box without taking any action.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>For more information about using privacy settings, see
+  <a href="#setting_privacy_levels">Setting Privacy Levels</a>.</p>
+
+<h1 id="using_the_password_manager">Using the Password Manager</h1>
+
+<p>Many sites require you to type a user name and password before you can
+  enter the site. For instance, personalized pages and sites containing your
+  financial information usually require you to log in.</p>
+
+<p>The user name and password you use at a particular site can be read by the
+  site&apos;s administrator. Potentially, that person could then attempt to log
+  into other sites where you may have used the same user name and password. If
+  this concerns you, you may wish to use a different password at every site
+  with which you register.</p>
+
+<p>Password Manager can help you remember some or all of your names and
+  passwords by storing them on your computer&apos;s hard disk, and entering
+  them for you automatically when you visit such sites.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href=
+      "#using_password_manager_to_remember_user_names_and_passwords">Using
+      Password Manager to Remember User Names and Passwords</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#entering_user_names_and_passwords_automatically">Entering
+      User Names and Passwords Automatically</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#turning_password_manager_on_and_off">Turning Password Manager
+      On and Off</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#viewing_and_managing_stored_passwords">Viewing and Managing
+      Stored Passwords</a></li>
+    <li><a href="passwords_help.xhtml">Password Settings</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="using_password_manager_to_remember_user_names_and_passwords">Using
+  Password Manager to Remember User Names and Passwords</h2>
+
+<p>When Password Manager is active (as it is by default), it gives you an
+  opportunity to save user names and passwords on your hard drive that you
+  enter while using the Internet.</p>
+
+<p>For example, after you log onto a site from a page that requests a user
+  name and password, a dialog box appears asking, <q>Do you want Password
+  Manager to remember this logon?</q> When you see this dialog box, you can
+  click one of the following buttons:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Yes</strong>: The next time you return to the site you&apos;ll
+    see that your user name and password are already filled in. All you have to
+    do is click the Login button (or equivalent) to send them to the
+    server.</li>
+  <li><strong>Never for this site</strong>: Password Manager will not ask in
+    the future if you want to save your user name and password for that
+    site.</li>
+  <li><strong>No</strong>: Password Manager won&apos;t remember the user name
+    and password, but will ask again the next time you visit the site.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Similarly, when you log onto an email account or an FTP site, or perform any
+  other action that requires the browser itself to display a special dialog box
+  for your login information, you can select this option in the dialog box:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Use Password Manager to remember these values</strong></li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>The next time you check your email or perform other tasks that require a
+  password only, the password will be submitted directly without any further
+  action on your part. For tasks that require you to enter both a user name and
+  password, you need to click a Login button or equivalent after Password
+  Manager fills in the information.</p>
+
+<p>Password Manager saves your user names and passwords on your own computer in
+  a file that&apos;s difficult, but not impossible, for an intruder to read.
+  See <a href="#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Encrypting Stored
+  Sensitive Information</a> for information on protecting your stored user
+  names and passwords with encryption technology.</p>
+
+<p>If the Password Manager dialog box described above does not appear when you
+  click Submit after typing your user name and password, Password Manager may
+  be turned off or the site may disallow its use.</p>
+
+<p>To check whether Password Manager is currently active, see
+  <a href="#turning_password_manager_on_and_off">Turning Password Manager On
+  and Off</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_the_password_manager">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="entering_user_names_and_passwords_automatically">Entering User Names
+  and Passwords Automatically</h2>
+
+<p>There are two different ways that Password Manager can fill in user names
+  and passwords on your behalf:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>You use Password Manager to remember your user name and password for a
+    site (using the three-button dialog box described in
+    <a href=
+    "#using_password_manager_to_remember_user_names_and_passwords">Using
+    Password Manager to Remember User Names and Passwords</a>).
+
+    <p>The next time you visit the site, Password Manager automatically fills
+      in your user name and password on the site&apos;s log in page. You can
+      then click the Login button, or equivalent, to send the information to
+      the server.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>You use Password Manager to remember your user name and password for an
+    email account, an FTP site, or in any other situation where you type login
+    information in a dialog box that displays a checkbox labeled <q>Use
+    Password Manager to remember these values</q>.
+
+    <p>In most cases, the next time you attempt to access that server, Password
+      Manager automatically fills in your user name and password in the same
+      dialog box. You can then click OK to send the information to the
+      server.</p>
+
+    <p>In some cases, such as when you open your email account,
+      &brandShortName; needs to send only the password to the server, and does
+      so immediately without displaying the dialog box or requiring any further
+      action on your part.</p>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_the_password_manager">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="turning_password_manager_on_and_off">Turning Password Manager On and
+  Off</h2>
+
+<p>Password Manager is on by default. To turn it off:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Passwords. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+  <li>In the Password Manager section, deselect <q>Remember passwords</q>
+    to turn Password Manager off.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To turn Password Manager on, follow steps 1 and 2 above, but select the
+  checkbox in step 3 rather than deselecting it.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_the_password_manager">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="viewing_and_managing_stored_passwords">Viewing and Managing Stored
+  Passwords</h2>
+
+<p>To see the user names and passwords you have stored and to display a list of
+  sites from which logon information never is saved:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Open the Tools menu, choose Password Manager, and then choose Manage
+    Stored Passwords from the submenu. You see the Password Manager window with
+    the Passwords Saved tab opened.
+    <ul>
+      <li>To see your saved passwords, click Show Passwords and confirm your
+        choice.</li>
+      <li>To hide your passwords, click Hide Passwords.</li>
+      <li>To remove an entry from the list, click it and then click Remove. The
+        next time you visit the site, you will need to enter your user name
+        and password again, since Password Manager will no longer have the
+        information.</li>
+    </ul>
+    Click the Passwords Never Saved tab to see a list of the sites for which
+    you instructed Password Manager never to store user names and passwords. To
+    remove a site from this list, click it and then click Remove. The next
+    time you log into the site, you can use the stored user name and
+    password (if available) or indicate that you want Password Manager to save
+    the information for that site.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_the_password_manager">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="using_the_form_manager">Using the Form Manager</h1>
+
+<p>Many web pages contain forms for you to fill out&mdash;order forms for
+  online shopping, information databases, and so forth.</p>
+
+<p>Form Manager can save the personal data you enter into online forms, such as
+  your name, address, phone, credit card numbers, and so on. This information
+  is stored on your hard drive. Then, when a site presents you with a form,
+  Form Manager can fill it in automatically.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#saving_form_data">Saving Form Data</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#filling_out_forms_automatically">Filling Out Forms
+      Automatically</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#turning_off_form_manager_notification">Turning Off Form
+      Manager Notification</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#managing_stored_form_data">Managing Stored Form Data</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#editing_stored_site_information">Editing Stored Site
+      Information</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#viewing_privacy_policies">Viewing Privacy Policies</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#form_settings">Form Settings</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="saving_form_data">Saving Form Data</h2>
+
+<p>By default, when you fill out an online form and click Submit, Form Manager
+  detects the form and displays a dialog box asking if you want to save the
+  personal data you just entered. Soon, Form Manager will have enough data to
+  begin filling out forms automatically.</p>
+
+<p>There are two ways to save personal data:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Each time you submit an online form that includes certain kinds of
+    information, such as your name and address, Form Manager asks if you want
+    the information saved. Click Yes. 
+
+    <p>Note that Form Manager prompts you only if its automatic notification
+      feature is turned on. (This feature is turned on by default.) For
+      details, see <a href="#turning_off_form_manager_notification">Turning Off
+      Form Manager Notification</a>.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>After you fill out a form (but before you submit it), open the Edit menu
+    and choose Save Form Info.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>When Form Manager asks if you want to save values that you&apos;ve entered
+  in a form (the first method described above), it gives you three options:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Yes</strong>: Click this button to save the information you
+    entered. In the future, you can automatically fill in a form that requests
+    the same information.</li>
+  <li><strong>Never for this site</strong>: Click this button to ensure that
+    Form Manager will not ask in the future if you want to save information
+    that you enter in forms at this site. 
+
+    <p>You may want to do this if you want to ensure that you&apos;ll always
+      have to enter sensitive information manually at a particular site. You
+      can change your mind later if you like; for details, see
+      <a href="#editing_stored_site_information">Editing Stored Site
+      Information</a>.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>No</strong>: Form Manager won&apos;t save the information you
+    entered, but will ask again the next time you enter form information at
+    this site.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Form Manager stores your personal data on your own computer in a file
+  that&apos;s difficult, but not impossible, for an intruder to read. See
+  <a href="#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Encrypting Stored
+  Sensitive Information</a> for information on protecting your information with
+  encryption technology.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_the_form_manager">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="filling_out_forms_automatically">Filling Out Forms Automatically</h2>
+
+<p>You can use the Form Manager to fill out forms automatically in two ways:
+  either one field at a time, or multiple fields at once. In both cases, the
+  information is not actually sent to the site until you click the Submit
+  button or perform some similar action.</p>
+
+<p>To fill out a single field automatically in an online form, double-click in
+  the field. If Form Manager has stored the data for that field, it will fill
+  it in. You can edit the filled-in data if necessary.</p>
+
+<p>To fill out multiple fields in an online form all at once:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Go to the online form you want to fill out.</li>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Fill in Form. 
+
+    <p>Note that the Fill in Form menu item won&apos;t be accessible if the
+      Form Manager hasn&apos;t yet stored any relevant information.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>A dialog box called Prefill Form Data appears (unless you have previously
+    chosen to bypass it for this site). This shows exactly what information
+    Form Manager is about to fill in. You can use this dialog box as follows:
+    <ul>
+      <li>To prevent a field from being filled in automatically, deselect the
+        checkbox beside it.</li>
+      <li>To prevent any fields from being filled in automatically, click
+        Cancel.</li>
+    </ul>
+
+    <p><strong>Important</strong>: You can also choose to bypass this dialog
+      box in the future. However, if you bypass this screen, you risk filling
+      in personal information (such as your credit card number) inadvertently.
+      For details, see below.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK to confirm your choices. Form Manager then fills in the form as
+    you specified.
+
+    <p>The form is now filled in with the saved information. You may still need
+      to provide some additional information that the Form Manager does not
+      have available. The information is not actually sent to the site until
+      you click Submit or perform some similar action.</p>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>In addition to providing a convenient way to confirm saved data and fill in
+  a form all at once, the Prefill Form Data dialog box is useful for two
+  reasons:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Prefill Form Data can help you prevent malicious sites from collecting
+    data you are not aware of. 
+
+    <p>For example, it&apos;s possible for a site to hide a field on a form
+      where you can&apos;t see it and specify that field to be a credit card
+      number. If you prefill the form without first examining the information
+      displayed in the Prefill Form Data dialog box, you may end up providing
+      your credit card number to such a site without realizing it. Prefill
+      Form Data lets you see every value that will be provided to the site,
+      allowing you to detect such tricks.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Prefill Form Data allows you to select which of several saved values for
+    a given field you want to use for a particular site.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>For a detailed description of the Prefill Form Data dialog box, see
+  <a href="#prefill_form_data">Prefill Form Data</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_the_form_manager">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="turning_off_form_manager_notification">Turning Off Form Manager
+  Notification</h2>
+
+<p>Form Manager is set to prompt you to save information whenever you submit an
+  online form that includes certain kinds of information, such as your name and
+  address. To stop these messages from appearing on your screen:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Forms. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+  <li>In the Form Manager section, deselect <q>Save form data from web pages
+    when completing forms</q>.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Note that deselecting this option turns off the notification feature, but
+  not Form Manager. The form data it may have already collected is still
+  available.</p>
+
+<p>You can still open the Edit menu and choose Save Form Info any time you want
+  to save information from a form you&apos;ve just filled in, or choose Fill in
+  Form (or double-click each field) to fill in a form automatically.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_the_form_manager">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="managing_stored_form_data">Managing Stored Form Data</h2>
+
+<p>To examine or edit personal data that Form Manager has saved:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>From the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Forms. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+  <li>Click Manage Stored Form Data.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Form Manager dialog box for editing data appears. Click the
+  subcategories on the left to view or edit the corresponding data in the panel
+  on the right. To view subcategories that aren&apos;t visible, double-click a
+  category to expand the list.</p>
+
+<p>To add information not currently included in one of the drop down lists on
+  the right, select the blank item and start typing. Similarly, select existing
+  text to edit or delete it.</p>
+
+<p>The last category on the left side, Other Saved Information, includes panels
+  for two special kinds of data:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Concatenations</strong> lists data stored as a single element
+    that would normally be stored as two or more elements. For example, data
+    stored from a single Full Name field that includes both your first and last
+    names would be stored here together rather than separately in those
+    individual categories.</li>
+  <li><strong>URL-Specific</strong> lists fields and the values to use for each
+    of them that are applicable only for the site where you entered
+    them.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_the_form_manager">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="editing_stored_site_information">Editing Stored Site Information</h2>
+
+<p>As explained in <a href="#saving_form_data">Saving Form Data</a>, you can
+  choose <q>Never for this site</q> when Form Manager prompts you to save
+  data you&apos;ve entered in a form. Similarly, you can choose not to display
+  the Prefill Form Data dialog box on a site-by-site basis.</p>
+
+<p>Form Manager lets you change your mind about these decisions at any time. To
+  view site-specific information about your saved form data:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>From the Privacy and Security category, click Forms. (If no subcategories
+    are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand the list.)</li>
+  <li>Click Manage Sites.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Form Manager dialog box for managing sites appears:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>The Forms Never Previewed tab lists the sites for which you&apos;ve
+    decided not to display the Prefill Form Data dialog box.</li>
+  <li>The Forms Never Saved tab lists the sites for which you&apos;ve asked not
+    to be prompted to save form data.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To remove a site from either list and thus restore the default behavior,
+  select the site and click Remove. For more details, see
+  <a href="#form_manager_sites">Form Manager - Sites</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_the_form_manager">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="viewing_privacy_policies">Viewing Privacy Policies</h2>
+
+<p>When you provide personal information such as your name, phone number, or
+  email address to a site, or when the site collects personal information in
+  other ways, the site can use the information for its own purposes (such as
+  shipping you a product or customizing your browsing experience) and can
+  potentially share it with others.</p>
+
+<p>Before providing personal information on an online form, you must decide
+  whether or not you trust the site&mdash;just as you judge whether or not
+  you trust a catalog company before you provide your credit card number on the
+  company&apos;s order form.</p>
+
+<p>One way to evaluate a site&apos;s trustworthiness is to examine its
+  published privacy policy. Sites publish privacy statements online, and
+  some of them publish such statements based on the Platform for Privacy
+  Preferences (P3P) standard and the browser&apos;s implementation of that
+  standard.</p>
+
+<p>A site&apos;s privacy policy describes what kind of information the site
+  collects, to whom it gives that information, and how it uses the information.
+  Sites publish privacy policies in both human-readable form and as a file
+  that can be interpreted by the browser according to your
+  <a href="#privacy_settings">Privacy Settings</a>.</p>
+
+<p>To view a site&apos;s privacy policy, browse to the site and follow these
+  steps:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Open the View menu and choose Page Info. The Page Info window
+    appears.</li>
+  <li>Click the Privacy tab.</li>
+  <li>Click these buttons to see the corresponding information:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Policy</strong>: Click this button to view the site&apos;s
+        published privacy policy on the web.</li>
+      <li><strong>Summary</strong>: Click this button to view a summary of the
+        site&apos;s built-in XML policy file, which defines the site&apos;s
+        policies in detail.</li>
+      <li><strong>Options</strong>: Click this button to view a web page
+        provided by the site where you can choose to withhold or grant your
+        consent to certain kinds of information gathering.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Many web pages are made up of a variety of text, images, advertisements, and
+  other elements, some of which may be controlled by different companies.</p>
+
+<p>To view the same information for any individual element of the web page:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Double-click the categories to see addresses for individual
+    components.</li>
+  <li>Select the component whose privacy policy you want to examine.</li>
+  <li>Click the buttons as described above.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>For more information on controlling your privacy, see
+  <a href="#setting_privacy_levels">Setting Privacy Levels</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_the_form_manager">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="form_settings">Form Settings</h1>
+
+<p>When you fill out an online form, Form Manager normally detects the form
+  and, when you click Submit, gives you an opportunity to save the data you
+  entered.</p>
+
+<p>This section describes the preferences and other settings that control the
+  way Form Manager works.</p>
+
+<p>For step-by-step instructions on using these settings, see
+  <a href="#using_the_form_manager">Using the Form Manager</a>.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#forms">Privacy &amp; Security Preferences - Forms</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#form_manager_data">Form Manager - Data</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#form_manager_sites">Form Manager - Sites</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#prefill_form_data">Prefill Form Data</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="forms">Privacy &amp; Security Preferences - Forms</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Forms preferences panel. If you are
+  not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Forms. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<h3 id="form_manager">Form Manager</h3>
+
+<p>When you fill out an online form and click Submit, Form Manager displays a
+  dialog box that asks if you want it to save the form data you just entered
+  (but only some of the filled-in fields include standard ones such as name and
+  address).</p>
+
+<p>If you click Yes at least some of the time, Form Manager will soon have
+  enough data to begin filling out forms automatically.</p>
+
+<p>Form preferences allow you to:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Save form data from web pages when completing forms</strong>:
+    This checkbox determines whether you are asked if you want to save form
+    data every time you submit a new form. This option is selected by default.
+    If you deselect it, Form Manager never asks if you want to save form data.
+    The only way to save form data is for you open the Edit Menu and choose
+    Save Form Info while viewing a form that you&apos;ve just filled in.
+
+    <p>Note that deselecting this option turns off the notification feature,
+      but not Form Manager. The form data it may have already collected is
+      still available. You can still open the Edit Menu and choose Fill in Form
+      or Save Form Info.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Manage Stored Form Data</strong>: Click this button to examine or
+    edit personal data that Form Manager has saved. For details, see
+    <a href="#form_manager_data">Form Manager - Data</a>.</li>
+  <li><strong>Manage Sites</strong>: Click this button to view site-specific
+    information about your saved form data. For details, see
+    <a href="#form_manager_sites">Form Manager - Sites</a>.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h2 id="form_manager_data">Form Manager - Data</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the window that allows you to edit data
+  saved on your behalf by the Form Manager. If you are not already viewing this
+  window, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Forms. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+  <li>Click Manage Stored Form Data.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Form Manager window for managing stored form data allows you to perform
+  two tasks:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Category</strong>: Double-click a category in the Category column
+    to view its subcategories, and click a subcategory to view its data on the
+    right side of the window. To edit or add to the displayed data, click in a
+    field and type.
+
+    <p>To add information not currently included in one of the drop down lists
+      on the right, select the blank item and start typing. Similarly, select
+      existing text to edit or delete it.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Remove All Saved Data</strong>: Click this button to remove all
+    the saved data at once.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>The last category on the left side, Other Saved Information, includes panels
+  for two special kinds of data:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Concatenations</strong>: The Form Manager typically captures and
+    prefills individual elements, such as first and last name, and combines
+    them when necessary. If it encounters a page that asks for a full name, for
+    example, it prefills it with the first and last name it has stored
+    previously.
+
+    <p>However, if the Form Manager hasn&apos;t yet stored your first and last
+      name, it saves the full name (if you ask it to) as a single element in
+      the Concatenations panel.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>URL-Specific</strong>: This panel lists URL-specific fields and
+    the values to use for each of them at each URL for which you have entered
+    such information.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>For step-by-step instructions on using the Form Manager, see
+  <a href="#using_the_form_manager">Using the Form Manager</a>.</p>
+
+<h2 id="form_manager_sites">Form Manager - Sites</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the dialog box that allows you to edit
+  site information saved on your behalf by Form Manager. If you are not already
+  viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Forms. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+  <li>Click Manage Sites.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Form Manager window for managing sites has two tabs:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Forms Never Previewed</strong>: Click this tab to view the list
+    of sites for which you selected <q>Bypass this screen when prefilling
+    this form in the future</q> after choosing Fill in Form from the Edit
+    menu.
+
+    <p>If you remove an entry from this list, Form Manager will again give you
+      an opportunity to review form data for that site before filling it
+      in.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Forms Never Saved</strong>: Click this tab to view the list of
+    sites for which you selected <q>Never for this site</q> in response to
+    the Form Manager&apos;s request to store form data.
+
+    <p>If you remove an entry from this list, Form Manager will again ask
+      whether to store form data when you submit forms at that site (assuming
+      that the main Form Manager notification option has been selected in
+      <a href= "#forms">Privacy &amp; Security Preferences - Forms</a>).</p>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Regardless of which tab you are viewing, you can remove entries from the
+  list as follows:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Remove</strong>: Select one or more entries that you want to
+    remove, then click this button to remove them.</li>
+  <li><strong>Remove All</strong>: Click this button to remove all the entries
+    for the tab you are viewing.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>See the descriptions of each tab above for the consequences of removing
+  entries.</p>
+
+<p>For step-by-step instructions on working with form data, see
+  <a href="#using_the_form_manager">Using the Form Manager</a>.</p>
+
+<h2 id="prefill_form_data">Prefill Form Data</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes the window that normally appears when you open the
+  Edit menu and choose Fill In Form.</p>
+
+<p>However, the Fill in Form menu item is enabled only if you have previously
+  used Form Manager to save some form data and are now viewing a web page that
+  is requesting some of the same data. For step-by-step instructions on working
+  with form data, see <a href="#using_the_form_manager">Using the Form
+  Manager</a>.</p>
+
+<p>The Prefill Form Data window allows you to perform these actions:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Click in a field to edit the displayed data</strong>: Any changes
+    you make here will be reflected in the data used to fill in this form, but
+    won&apos;t change your stored data.</li>
+  <li><strong>Select alternate data</strong>: Click the arrow on the right side
+    of any field to display a drop-down menu for that field. If you have
+    previously used Form Manager to save alternate information (for example, a
+    different mailing address), the available alternates are listed in the
+    menu.</li>
+  <li><strong>Check the items that you would like to have prefilled</strong>:
+    Only the items with checkmarks beside them will be filled in automatically.
+    When you first open the window, all the items are checked. Click to
+    deselect any that you don&apos;t want filled in automatically.</li>
+  <li><strong>Bypass this screen when prefilling this form in the
+    future</strong>: Select this checkbox to avoid seeing this window the next
+    time you visit this site. This can be convenient; for example, if you
+    frequently need to enter the same data at the same site.
+
+    <p><strong>Important</strong>: If you bypass this screen, you risk filling
+      in personal information (such as your credit card number) inadvertently.
+      For details, see <a href="#filling_out_forms_automatically">Filling Out
+      Forms Automatically</a>.</p>
+
+    <p>If you change your mind about this decision, you can restore the
+      Prefill Form Data window for this site. For details, see
+      <a href="#form_manager_sites">Form Manager - Sites</a>.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>View Stored Form Data</strong>: Click this button to examine or
+    edit all personal data that Form Manager has saved. For details, see
+    <a href="#form_manager_data">Form Manager - Data</a>.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h1 id="encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Encrypting Stored Sensitive
+  Information</h1>
+
+<p>If you use Password Manager or Form Manager to save passwords and personal
+  data, then this sensitive information is stored on your computer in a file
+  that&apos;s difficult, but not impossible, for an intruder to read.</p>
+
+<p>For example, if your computer is in an area where unauthorized people have
+  access to it, it&apos;s possible for a determined person to read the file
+  containing your sensitive information.</p>
+
+<p>For a greater degree of security, you may want to protect the file with
+  encryption. Encryption makes it much harder for an unauthorized person to
+  view your stored sensitive information.</p>
+
+<p>Your decision about whether to use encryption for stored sensitive data is a
+  tradeoff between improved security and convenience.</p>
+
+<p>If you use encryption, you will need to enter a master password
+  periodically, which can be inconvenient. If you don&apos;t, it may be easier
+  for a stranger who has access to your computer to steal your passwords.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#turning_encryption_on_and_off">Turning Encryption On and
+      Off</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#setting_a_master_password">Setting a Master Password</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#changing_your_master_password">Changing Your Master
+      Password</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#logging_out_of_your_master_password">Logging Out of Your
+      Master Password</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#what_to_do_if_you_forget_your_master_password">What to Do If
+      You Forget Your Master Password</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="turning_encryption_on_and_off">Turning Encryption On and Off</h2>
+
+<p>To turn on encryption for your stored sensitive information:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Passwords. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+  <li>In the Encrypting versus Obscuring section, select <q>Use encryption
+    when storing sensitive data</q>.</li> 
+  <li>Click OK. If you haven&apos;t previously set a master password, a new
+    dialog box appears and leads you through the process of setting it.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To turn encryption off, deselect <q>Use encryption when storing sensitive
+  data</q>.</p>
+
+<p>You must supply your master password when you turn encryption on or off.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="setting_a_master_password">Setting a Master Password</h2>
+
+<p>If you choose to encrypt your stored sensitive information, you&apos;ll need
+  a master password. With encryption selected, you&apos;ll be asked for your
+  master password at least once during a &brandShortName; session in which you
+  access any of your stored sensitive information.</p>
+
+<p>If you choose encryption, but don&apos;t already have a master password,
+  you&apos;ll be prompted to create one the first time you try to save or
+  retrieve your sensitive information.</p>
+
+<p>If your master password has not previously been set, you can set at this
+  time:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Master Passwords. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+  <li>In the Change Master Password section, click Change Password to open the
+    Change Master Password dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Enter your desired master password, and retype it to confirm the
+    spelling.</li>
+  <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Make sure your new password is difficult to guess. For some suggestions on
+  how to improve password security, see 
+  <a href="passwords_help.xhtml#choosing_a_good_password">Choosing a Good
+  Password</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="changing_your_master_password">Changing Your Master Password</h2>
+
+<p>To change your master password:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> 
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Master Passwords. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+  <li>In the Change Master Password section, click Change Password to open the
+    Change Master Password dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Enter your current master password.</li>
+  <li>Enter your new master password, and retype it to confirm the
+    spelling.</li>
+  <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Make sure your new password is difficult to guess. For some guidelines, see
+  <a href="passwords_help.xhtml#choosing_a_good_password">Choosing a Good
+  Password</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="logging_out_of_your_master_password">Logging Out of Your Master
+  Password</h2>
+
+<p>Normally, you are asked for your master password once during each
+  &brandShortName; session during which you access any of your stored sensitive
+  information.</p>
+
+<p>It&apos;s also possible to require that your master password be requested
+  each time it is needed, or after a certain amount of time has passed. For
+  details, see <a href="passwords_help.xhtml#master_password_timeout">Master
+  Password Timeout</a>.</p>
+
+<p>You can log out of your master password so that it must be entered again
+  before any sensitive information can be stored or retrieved. This is useful
+  if you are going to leave your computer unattended for a period of time.</p>
+
+<p>To log out of your master password:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Password Manager.</li>
+  <li>Select Log Out from the submenu.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="what_to_do_if_you_forget_your_master_password">What to Do If You Forget
+  Your Master Password</h2>
+
+<p>If you forget your master password and you have chosen to encrypt sensitive
+  data (see <a href="#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Encrypting
+  Stored Sensitive Information</a>), you won&apos;t be able to access any of
+  the stored password and form data that it protects (assuming you have turned
+  on encryption). Your master password is your most important password. Make
+  sure you remember it or record it in a safe place.</p>
+
+<p>As a last resort, it&apos;s possible to reset your master password if you
+  are sure you can&apos;t remember it. However, resetting your master password
+  permanently erases all the web passwords, email passwords, and form data
+  saved on your behalf by Password Manager and Form Manager. You will also lose
+  all your personal certificates associated with the
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#software_security_device">Software Security
+  Device</a>.</p>
+
+<p>Before taking this drastic step, read
+  <a href="passwords_help.xhtml#reset_master_password">Reset Master
+  Password</a>.</p>
+
+<p>If you are sure you can&apos;t remember or retrieve your master password,
+  follow these instructions to reset it:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Master Passwords. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+  <li>Click Reset Master Password.</li>
+  <li>In the Reset Master Password dialog box, click Reset.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="managing_images">Managing Images</h1>
+
+<p>If you wish, you can choose not to download any images when you browse the
+  web. This greatly restricts what you can view online, but may be helpful if
+  you have a slow connection and wish to shorten the time it takes web pages to
+  load.</p>
+
+<p>You can also control how frequently animated images repeat their animation,
+  or turn off animation completely.</p>
+
+<p>The next section describes how to control these image settings. The default
+  settings allow all images to be accepted and allow them to repeat their
+  animation.</p>
+
+<h2 id="images">Privacy &amp; Security Preferences - Images</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to set preferences for images. To view the
+  preference settings for images:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Images. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<h3 id="image_acceptance_policy">Image Acceptance Policy</h3>
+
+<p>Image Acceptance preferences allow you to control whether and where
+  Navigator displays images:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Do not load any images</strong>: Select this option if you do not
+    want Navigator to display images.</li>
+  <li><strong>Accept images that come from the originating server
+    only</strong>: Select this option if you do not want to load images from
+    third-party sites.</li>
+  <li><strong>Accept all images</strong>: Select this option if you want
+    Navigator to display all images. (This option is selected by default.)</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3>Animated images should loop</h3>
+
+<p>These settings control how many times animated images repeat their
+  animation:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>As many times as the image specifies</strong>: Select this if you
+    want image animation to repeat as many times as specified within each
+    image. (This option is selected by default.)</li>
+  <li><strong>Once</strong>: Select this if you want image animation to occur
+    once, overriding the number of times specified within each image.</li>
+  <li><strong>Never</strong>: Select this if you do not want image
+    animation.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>&copyright.string;</p>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/welcome_help.xhtml b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/welcome_help.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1767132fed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/help/welcome_help.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+   
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>&brandShortName; Help</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1>Welcome to &brandShortName; Help</h1>
+
+<p>To display information about &brandShortName; in this window, <strong>click
+  tabs or topics in the left frame</strong>:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Contents</strong> shows main topics and subtopics.</li>
+  <li><strong>Search</strong> lets you search built-in &brandShortName;
+    Help.</li>
+  <li><strong>Index</strong> lists all topics alphabetically.</li>
+  <li><strong>Glossary</strong> defines key terms.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>For more information on using &brandShortName; Help, see
+  <a href="help_help.xhtml">Using the Help Window</a>.</p>
+
+<table width="100%" border="0">
+  <tr valign="top">
+    <td><h3>Help on the Web</h3></td>
+    <td><h3>Mozilla Community</h3></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr valign="top">
+    <td>
+      <p><strong><a href="x-moz-url-link:app.releaseNotesURL">Release Notes</a></strong></p>
+
+      <p>Latest information about known problems or issues with
+        &brandShortName;.</p>
+    </td>
+    <td>
+      <p><strong><a href="http://www.mozillazine.org/">MozillaZine</a></strong></p>
+
+      <p>The oldest community site around, providing news flashes, polls, and
+        Web forums.</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr valign="top">
+    <td>
+      <p><strong><a href="http://www.mozilla.org/start/1.5/troubleshooting/">Troubleshooting</a></strong></p>
+
+      <p>Answers to some of the most frequently encountered problems.</p>
+    </td>
+    <td>&nbsp;</td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr valign="top">
+    <td>
+      <p><strong><a href="http://plugindoc.mozdev.org/">PluginDoc</a></strong></p>
+
+      <p>Up-to-date information on &brandShortName; plugins.</p>
+    </td>
+    <td></td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr valign="top">
+    <td colspan="2"><h2>Peer Support</h2></td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr valign="top">
+    <td>
+      <p><strong><a href="http://forums.mozillazine.org/index.php">MozillaZine
+        Forums</a></strong></p>
+
+      <p>Web forums for Mozilla users like you.</p>
+    </td>
+    <td>
+      <p><strong><a href="http://www.mozilla.org/support/#community">User
+        Newsgroups</a></strong></p>
+
+      <p>User newsgroups hosted by mozilla.org.</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr valign="top">
+    <td>
+      <p><strong><a href="irc://moznet/mozillazine/">Realtime Chat</a></strong></p>
+      <p>Chat with &brandShortName; users via IRC.</p>
+    </td>
+    <td></td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr valign="top">
+    <td colspan="2"><h2>User Feedback</h2></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>
+      <p><strong><a href="http://www.mozilla.org/quality/qfa.html">Quality
+        Feedback Agent</a></strong></p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>&copyright.string;</p>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/helpviewer/help.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/helpviewer/help.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..515ce40c64
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/helpviewer/help.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY printCmd.commandkey            "p">
+
+<!ENTITY findOnCmd.commandkey           "F">
+<!ENTITY findAgainCmd.commandkey        "G">
+<!ENTITY findAgainCmd.commandkey2       "VK_F3">
+
+<!ENTITY backButton.label               "Voltar">
+<!ENTITY backButton.accesskey           "B">
+<!ENTITY backButton.tooltip             "Voltar uma página">
+<!ENTITY forwardButton.label            "Avançar">
+<!ENTITY forwardButton.accesskey        "F">
+<!ENTITY forwardButton.tooltip          "Avançar uma página">
+<!ENTITY copyCmd.label                  "Copiar">
+<!ENTITY copyCmd.accesskey              "C">
+<!ENTITY selectAllCmd.label             "Selecionar Todos">
+<!ENTITY selectAllCmd.accesskey         "A">
+<!ENTITY goBackCmd.commandkey           "[">
+<!ENTITY goForwardCmd.commandkey        "]">
+<!ENTITY homeButton.label               "Página inicial">
+<!ENTITY homeButton.tooltip             "Ir para Página Inicial de Ajuda">
+<!ENTITY printButton.label              "Imprimir">
+<!ENTITY printButton.tooltip            "Imprimir esta página">
+<!ENTITY closeWindow.commandkey         "W">
+
+<!ENTITY search.emptytext               "Pesquisar">
+<!ENTITY searchHeader.label             "Pesquisar resultados">
+<!ENTITY toctab.label                   "Conteúdo">
+<!ENTITY toctab.accesskey               "C">
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE :
+fullZoomEnlargeCmd.commandkey3, fullZoomReduceCmd.commandkey2 and
+fullZoomResetCmd.commandkey2 are alternative acceleration keys for zoom.
+If shift key is needed with your locale popular keyboard for them,
+you can use these alternative items. Otherwise, their values should be empty.  -->
+
+<!ENTITY fullZoomReduceCmd.commandkey   "-">
+<!ENTITY fullZoomReduceCmd.commandkey2  "">
+<!ENTITY fullZoomEnlargeCmd.commandkey  "+">
+<!ENTITY fullZoomEnlargeCmd.commandkey2 "="> <!-- + is above this key on many keyboards -->
+<!ENTITY fullZoomEnlargeCmd.commandkey3 "">
+<!ENTITY fullZoomResetCmd.commandkey    "0">
+<!ENTITY fullZoomResetCmd.commandkey2   "">
+
+<!ENTITY helpSearch.commandkey          "k">
+
+<!ENTITY zLevel.label                   "Sempre no Topo">
+<!ENTITY zLevel.accesskey               "T">
+
+<!ENTITY fullZoomReduceBtn.label        "Diminuir">
+<!ENTITY fullZoomReduceBtn.accesskey    "O">
+<!ENTITY fullZoomEnlargeBtn.label       "Aumentar">
+<!ENTITY fullZoomEnlargeBtn.accesskey   "I">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/helpviewer/help.properties b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/helpviewer/help.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..56dc5dcd73
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/helpviewer/help.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+emptySearchText=Nenhum item de pesquisa encontrado.
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/helpviewer/help/help-toc.rdf b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/helpviewer/help/help-toc.rdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4d10ef77a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/helpviewer/help/help-toc.rdf
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<rdf:RDF xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"
+        xmlns:nc="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#">
+
+  <rdf:Description about="urn:root">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="use-help" nc:name="Utilizando a Janela de Ajuda"
+                  nc:link="chrome://help/locale/welcome.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="#use-help">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="use-help-finding-the-topic-you-want" nc:name="Encontrando o tópico que você procura" nc:link="chrome://help/locale/welcome.xhtml#finding_the_topic_you_want"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="use-help-search" nc:name="Dicas de pesquisa" nc:link="chrome://help/locale/welcome.xhtml#search_tips"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+</rdf:RDF>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/helpviewer/help/welcome.xhtml b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/helpviewer/help/welcome.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0035a67deb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/helpviewer/help/welcome.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>

+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[

+    <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >

+    %brandDTD;

+]

+>

+<!--

+Contributors:

+  R.J. Keller <rlk@trfenv.com> (original author)

+  Jeff Walden <jwalden+code@mit.edu>

+  Steffen Wilberg <steffen.wilberg@web.de>

+-->

+

+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="pt-BR" lang="pt-BR" dir="ltr">

+<head>

+  <title>Utilizando a Janela de Ajuda</title>

+  <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="chrome://help/skin/helpFileLayout.css"/>

+</head>

+

+<body>

+

+<h1 id="help_window_top">Utilizando a Janela de Ajuda</h1>

+

+<div class="contentsBox">Nesta seção:

+  <ul>

+    <li><a href="#finding_the_topic_you_want">Encontrando o tópico que você procura</a></li>

+    <li><a href="#search_tips">Dicas de pesquisa</a></li>

+  </ul>

+</div>

+

+<h2 id="finding_the_topic_you_want">Encontrando o tópico que você procura</h2>

+

+<p>Para exibir informações da Ajuda nesta janela, clique em um tópico no painel <em>Conteúdo</em>, à esquerda. Clique no <span class="noMac">sinal +</span><span class="mac">triângulo</span> ao lado de um tópico para exibir seus subtópicos.</p>

+

+<p>Para localizar um tópico da Ajuda, digite uma palavra ou frase no campo <em>Localizar</em> na barra de ferramentas da janela da Ajuda para exibir os tópicos relacionados. Clique em um tópico para exibi-lo. Se a sua pesquisa não retornar nenhum resultado, tente digitar menos palavras ou uma combinação diferente entre elas. Os resultados serão exibidos no painel assim que você digitar. Para exibir o painel de conteúdo novamente, limpe o campo <em>Localizar</em> na barra de ferramentas ou pressione <kbd>Esc</kbd>.</p>

+

+<p>Para exibir informações relacionadas ao tópico da Ajuda exibido, clique nos links da janela da Ajuda exatamente como em página comum da web. Você também pode navegar entre páginas da Ajuda visitadas anteriormente utilizando os botões <em>Voltar</em> e <em>Avançar</em>.</p>

+

+<h2 id="search_tips">Dicas de pesquisa</h2>

+

+<p>Se você não estiver encontrando o que você procura nas suas pesquisas, aqui vão algumas dicas úteis:</p>

+

+<ul>

+  <li>Tenha certeza de que você está procurando por algo relacionado ao &brandShortName;; a pesquisa da Ajuda não realiza pesquisas gerais na internet.</li>

+  <li>Tente fazer uma pesquisa ampla - não seja muito específico; alguns termos podem estar escritos de forma diferente da que você procura.</li>

+  <li>Evite ser amplo demais na sua pesquisa; uma palavra como &quot;página&quot; possivelmente retornaria mais tópicos do que você deseja.</li>

+</ul>

+

+<p>Copyright &copy; 2003-2010 Colaboradores do projeto Mozilla.</p>

+

+</body>

+</html>

diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/mac/platformCommunicatorOverlay.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/mac/platformCommunicatorOverlay.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4cd347c7a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/mac/platformCommunicatorOverlay.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- mac -->
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE: FILE Do not translate all the entities ending with
+  Cmd.key. -->
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (.modifiers): The following entites are for the
+  application menu. Never change the modifiers unless you are 100% sure that
+  they are different on your locale (should be very rare). -->
+<!ENTITY preferencesCmd.label           "Preferências...">
+<!ENTITY preferencesCmd.key             ",">
+<!ENTITY preferencesCmd.modifiers       "accel">
+<!ENTITY servicesMenu.label             "Serviços">
+<!ENTITY hideThisAppCmd.label           "Ocultar &brandShortName;">
+<!ENTITY hideThisAppCmd.key             "H">
+<!ENTITY hideThisAppCmd.modifiers       "accel">
+<!ENTITY hideOtherAppsCmd.label         "Ocultar outros">
+<!ENTITY hideOtherAppsCmd.key           "H">
+<!ENTITY hideOtherAppsCmd.modifiers     "accel,alt">
+<!ENTITY showAllAppsCmd.label           "Exibir todos">
+<!ENTITY quitApplicationCmd.label       "Sair do &brandShortName;"> 
+<!ENTITY quitApplicationCmd.key         "Q">
+<!ENTITY quitApplicationCmd.modifiers   "accel">
+<!-- End of Application menu -->
+
+<!ENTITY closeCmd.label                 "Fechar">  
+<!ENTITY closeCmd.key                   "W">  
+
+<!ENTITY printSetupCmd.label            "Configurar página...">
+<!ENTITY printSetupCmd.accesskey        "u">
+
+<!ENTITY findReplaceCmd.key             "F">
+<!ENTITY redoCmd.key                    "Z">
+
+<!-- Keys for toggling Sidebar, Folder Pane in mailNews and Directory Pane in
+  Address Book -->
+<!ENTITY showHideSidebarCmd.key         "S">
+<!ENTITY toggleFolderPaneCmd.key        "S">
+<!ENTITY toggleDirectoryPaneCmd.key     "S">
+
+<!ENTITY historyCmd.key                 "H">  
+
+<!ENTITY findTypeTextCmd.key            "">
+<!ENTITY findTypeLinksCmd.key           "">
+
+<!ENTITY accel.emacs_conflict           "accel">
+
+<!ENTITY minimizeWindowCmd.label        "Minimizar">
+<!ENTITY minimizeWindowCmd.key          "M">
+<!ENTITY zoomWindowCmd.label            "Zoom">
+
+<!-- Help menu -->
+<!ENTITY openHelpCmd.label              "Ajuda do &brandShortName;">
+<!ENTITY openHelpCmd.accesskey          "H">
+<!ENTITY openHelpCmd.key                "?">
+<!ENTITY openHelpCmd.modifiers          "accel,shift">
+
+<!-- Key labels, for mousewheel prefs -->
+<!ENTITY ctrlKey.label                   "Ctrl">
+<!ENTITY altKey.label                    "Option">
+<!ENTITY shiftKey.label                  "Shift">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/migration/migration.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/migration/migration.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d07694e21e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/migration/migration.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY migrationWizard.title           "Assistente de importação">
+
+<!ENTITY importAllFrom.label             "Importar todos os itens de:">
+<!ENTITY importBookmarksFrom.label       "Importar marcadores de:">
+
+<!ENTITY importFromThunderbird.label     "Thunderbird">
+<!ENTITY importFromThunderbird.accesskey "T">
+<!ENTITY importFromFile.label            "Arquivo">
+<!ENTITY importFromFile.accesskey        "A">
+<!ENTITY importFromNothing.label         "Não importar nada">
+<!ENTITY importFromNothing.accesskey     "N">
+
+<!ENTITY importSource.title              "Importar configurações e dados">
+<!ENTITY importItems.title               "Itens para importar">
+<!ENTITY importItems.label               "Selecione os itens para importar:">
+
+<!ENTITY selectProfile.title             "Selecionar perfil">
+<!ENTITY selectProfile.label             "Os seguintes perfis estão disponíveis para importação:">
+
+<!ENTITY migrating.title                 "Importando...">
+<!ENTITY migrating.label                 "Os seguintes itens estão sendo importados...">
+
+<!ENTITY done.title                      "Importação completa">
+<!ENTITY done.label                      "Os seguintes itens foram importados com sucesso:">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/migration/migration.properties b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/migration/migration.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..490db1e0de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/migration/migration.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+# the following section is used in the first-time migration wizard
+# new and scary, however if these strings are not present, we will simply 
+# skip this wizard page
+homePageStartDefault=Página Inicial Padrão do SeaMonkey
+homePageStartCurrent=Página Inicial Atual do SeaMonkey
+homePageImport=Importar página inicial de %S
+
+homePageMigrationPageTitle=Seleção de página inicial
+homePageMigrationDescription=Por favor, selecione a página inicial que deseja usar:
+# end safe-to-not-have section
+
+# note that the names of apps are in lower case to fit in with the
+# protocol specifications.
+sourceNamethunderbird=Thunderbird
+
+importedBookmarksFolder=De %S
+
+importedSeamonkeyBookmarksTitle=SeaMonkey 1.x, Netscape 6/7 ou Mozilla 1.x
+
+# Import Sources
+# These are the string names for the values given in nsISuiteProfileMigrator.idl
+# _generic will apply to all import sources unless specifically overriden by another
+# item.
+# e.g. 1_ie=Internet Options will display "Internet Options" rather than "Preferences" when
+# importing from Internet Explorer.
+1_generic=Preferências
+
+2_generic=Cookies
+
+4_generic=Histórico
+
+8_generic=Página Inicial
+
+16_generic=Senhas Armazenadas
+
+32_generic=Favoritos
+
+64_generic=Outras Informações
+
+128_generic=Configurações da conta
+
+256_generic=Catálogo de Endereços
+
+512_generic=Treinamento do Filtro de Spam
+
+1024_generic=Pastas de Grupo de Notícias
+
+2048_generic=Pastas de Email
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/notification.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/notification.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..258c88e8ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/notification.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY closeNotification.tooltip "Fechar esta mensagem">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (closeNotificationItem.label): This entity is used
+     to replace the Toolkit default closeNotificationItem.label ("Not Now")
+     which is ambiguous in some cases. Thus, make sure to select a phrase
+     that clearly relates to closing the current doorhanger. -->
+
+<!ENTITY closeNotificationItem.label "Descartar notificação">
+
+<!ENTITY checkForUpdates "Verificar por atualizações…">
+
+<!ENTITY learnMore "Saiba mais…">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/notification.properties b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/notification.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1d185acee7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/notification.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+outdatedpluginsMessage.title=Alguns dos plugins usados por esta página estão desatualizados.
+outdatedpluginsMessage.button.label=Atualizar plugins…
+outdatedpluginsMessage.button.accesskey=u
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (carbonfailurepluginsMessage.title):
+# The English form of this string used to use the word "requires" but it was
+# later thought that this word felt too aggressive and we now use "requests".
+# Localizers can use use a word corresponding to "requests" or "requires"
+# or both, depending on what matches the language best.
+carbonfailurepluginsMessage.title=Esta página requer um plugin que só pode rodar em modo de 32 bits.
+carbonfailurepluginsMessage.button.label=Reiniciar em modo de 32 bits
+carbonfailurepluginsMessage.button.accesskey=R
+
+missingpluginsMessage.title=Plugins adicionais são requeridos para exibir todo conteúdo de mídia desta página.
+missingpluginsMessage.button.label=Preferências
+missingpluginsMessage.button.accesskey=P
+
+blockedpluginsMessage.title=Alguns plugins requeridos por esta página foram bloqueados para sua proteção.
+blockedpluginsMessage.infoButton.label=Detalhes…
+blockedpluginsMessage.infoButton.accesskey=D
+
+crashedpluginsMessage.title=O plugin %S travou.
+crashedpluginsMessage.reloadButton.label=Recarregar página
+crashedpluginsMessage.reloadButton.accesskey=R
+crashedpluginsMessage.submitButton.label=Enviar relatório do travamento
+crashedpluginsMessage.submitButton.accesskey=m
+crashedpluginsMessage.learnMore=Saiba mais…
+
+activatepluginsMessage.title=Você deseja ativar os plugins nesta página?
+activatepluginsMessage.activate.label=Ativar plugins
+activatepluginsMessage.activate.accesskey=A
+activatepluginsMessage.dismiss.label=Não ativar
+activatepluginsMessage.dismiss.accesskey=N
+activatepluginsMessage.remember=Lembrar para este site
+activatepluginsMessage.always.label=Sempre ativar plugins para este site
+activatepluginsMessage.always.accesskey=t
+activatepluginsMessage.never.label=Nunca ativar plugins para este site
+activatepluginsMessage.never.accesskey=N
+activateSinglePlugin=Ativar
+PluginClickToActivate=Ativar %S.
+PluginVulnerableUpdatable=Este plugin é vulnerável e deve ser atualizado.
+PluginVulnerableNoUpdate=Este plugin tem vulnerabilidades de segurança.
+vulnerableUpdatablePluginWarning=Versão desatualizada!
+vulnerableNoUpdatePluginWarning=Plugin vulnerável!
+vulnerablePluginsMessage=Alguns plugins foram desativados para sua segurança.
+pluginInfo.unknownPlugin=Desconhecido
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (popupWarning.message): Semicolon-separated list of plural forms.
+# See: http://developer.mozilla.org/en/docs/Localization_and_Plurals
+# #1 is brandShortName and #2 is the number of popups blocked.
+popupWarning.message=O #1 preveniu este site de abrir uma janela de popup.;O #1 preveniu que este site abrisse #2 janelas de popup.
+popupWarningButton=Preferências
+popupWarningButton.accesskey=P
+
+xpinstallHostNotAvailable=host desconhecido
+xpinstallPromptWarning=%S preveniu que este site (%S) perguntasse se deseja instalar programas no seu computador.
+xpinstallPromptInstallButton=Instalar programa...
+xpinstallPromptInstallButton.accesskey=I
+xpinstallDisabledMessageLocked=A instalação de programas foi desabilitada pelo administrador do sistema.
+xpinstallDisabledMessage=A instalação de programas está desabilitada atualmente. Clique em Ativar e tente novamente.
+xpinstallDisabledButton=Ativar
+xpinstallDisabledButton.accesskey=A
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (addonDownloading, addonDownloadCancelled):
+# Semi-colon list of plural forms. See:
+# http://developer.mozilla.org/en/Localization_and_Plurals
+# The number of add-ons is not itself substituted in the string.
+addonDownloading=Complemento sendo baixado:;Complementos sendo baixados:
+addonDownloadCancelled=Download de complemento cancelado.;Download de complementos cancelados.
+addonDownloadCancelButton=Cancelar
+addonDownloadCancelButton.accesskey=C
+addonDownloadRestartButton=Reiniciar
+addonDownloadRestartButton.accesskey=R
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (addonsInstalled, addonsInstalledNeedsRestart):
+# Semi-colon list of plural forms. See:
+# http://developer.mozilla.org/en/Localization_and_Plurals
+# #1 first add-on's name, #2 number of add-ons, #3 application name
+addonsInstalled=O #1 foi instalado.;#2 complementos foram instalados.
+addonsInstalledNeedsRestart=O #1 será instalado após o #3 ser reiniciado.;#2 complementos serão instalados após o #3 ser reiniciado.
+addonInstallRestartButton=Reiniciar agora
+addonInstallRestartButton.accesskey=R
+addonInstallManageButton=Abrir gerenciador de complementos
+addonInstallManageButton.accesskey=A
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (addonError-1, addonError-2, addonError-3, addonError-4, addonErrorIncompatible, addonErrorBlocklisted):
+# #1 is the add-on name, #2 is the host name, #3 is the application name
+# #4 is the application version
+addonError-1=Este complemento não pôde ser recebido. Houve uma falha na conexão com #2.
+addonError-2=Este complemento recebido de #2 não pôde ser instalado. Ele não corresponde ao arquivo esperado pelo #3.
+addonError-3=Este complemento recebido de #2 não pôde ser instalado. Ele aparenta estar corrompido.
+addonError-4=O #1 não pôde ser instalado. O #3 não conseguiu modificar o arquivo que precisava.
+addonErrorBlocklisted=O #1 não pôde ser instalado. Há uma alta probabilidade dele causar problemas de segurança ou estabilidade.
+addonErrorIncompatible=O #1 não pôde ser instalado por não ser compatível com o #3 #4.
+
+# Light Weight Themes
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (lwthemeInstallRequest.message): %S will be replaced with
+# the host name of the site.
+lwthemeInstallRequest.message=Este site (%S) tentou instalar um tema. Clique em aceitar para continuar.
+lwthemeInstallRequest.allowButton=Permitir
+lwthemeInstallRequest.allowButton.accesskey=P
+
+lwthemeInstallNotification.message=Um novo tema foi instalado.
+lwthemeInstallNotification.undoButton=Desfazer
+lwthemeInstallNotification.undoButton.accesskey=D
+lwthemeInstallNotification.manageButton=Gerenciar temas…
+lwthemeInstallNotification.manageButton.accesskey=G
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (lwthemeNeedsRestart.message):
+# %S will be replaced with the new theme name.
+lwthemeNeedsRestart.message=O %S será instalado após você reiniciar.
+lwthemeNeedsRestart.restartButton=Reiniciar agora
+lwthemeNeedsRestart.restartButton.accesskey=R
+
+# Geolocation UI
+geolocation.allowLocation=Permitir acesso à localização
+geolocation.allowLocation.accesskey=P
+geolocation.dontAllowLocation=Não permitir
+geolocation.dontAllowLocation.accesskey=N
+geolocation.shareWithSite3=Você permite que o %S acesse sua localização?
+geolocation.shareWithFile3=Você permite que este arquivo local acesse sua localização?
+geolocation.remember=Lembrar para este site
+
+# Persistent storage UI
+persistentStorage.allow=Permitir
+persistentStorage.allow.accesskey=P
+persistentStorage.dontAllow=Não permitir
+persistentStorage.dontAllow.accesskey=N
+persistentStorage.allowWithSite=Você permite que o %S armazene dados em armazenamento persistente?
+persistentStorage.remember=Memorizar esta decisão
+
+# Desktop Notifications
+webNotifications.allow=Permitir notificações
+webNotifications.allow.accesskey=P
+webNotifications.notNow=Agora não
+webNotifications.notNow.accesskey=n
+webNotifications.never=Nunca permitir
+webNotifications.never.accesskey=N
+webNotifications.receiveFromSite2=Você permite que o %S envie notificações?
+
+# IndexedDB
+offlineApps.permissions=Este site (%S) está solicitando o armazenamento de dados no seu computador para uso offline.
+offlineApps.private=Você está em uma janela privativa. Este site (%S) não tem permissão de armazenar dados em seu computador para uso offline.
+offlineApps.quota=Este site (%1$S) está tentando armazenar mais que %2$SMB de dados em seu computador para uso offline.
+offlineApps.always=Sempre permitir
+offlineApps.always.accesskey=A
+offlineApps.later=Agora não
+offlineApps.later.accesskey=N
+offlineApps.never=Nunca para este site
+offlineApps.never.accesskey=e
+
+# Block autorefresh
+refreshBlocked.goButton=Permitir
+refreshBlocked.goButton.accesskey=A
+refreshBlocked.refreshLabel=O %S impediu esta página de recarregar automaticamente.
+refreshBlocked.redirectLabel=O %S impediu esta página de redirecionar automaticamente para outra página.
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (updatePrompt.text)
+# %S will be replaced with the application name.
+updatePrompt.text=Sua cópia do %S é antiga e provavelmente possui falhas de segurança conhecidas, mas você desativou as verificações de atualização automática. Por favor, atualize para uma versão mais recente.
+updatePromptCheckButton.label=Verificar atualizações
+updatePromptCheckButton.accesskey=V
+
+SecurityTitle=Alerta de segurança
+MixedContentMessage=Você requisitou uma página criptografada que contém algumas informações não criptografadas. As informações que você visualizar ou publicar nesta página poderão ser facilmente lidas por terceiros.
+MixedActiveContentMessage=Você requisitou uma página criptografada que contém informações inseguras. As informações que você visualizar ou publicas nesta página poderão ser facilmente lidas por terceiros.
+TrackingContentMessage=Partes desta página podem estar rastreando suas atividades on-line.
+MixedDisplayContentMessage=Você requisitou uma página que está parcialmente criptografada e não previne a espionagem.
+BlockedActiveContentMessage=Informação insegura desta página foi bloqueada.
+BlockedTrackingContentMessage=Partes da página que rastreiam suas atividades on-line foram bloqueadas.
+BlockedDisplayContentMessage=Informações descriptografadas nesta página foram bloqueadas.
+EnterInsecureMessage=Você saiu de uma página criptografada. As informações que você enviar ou receber a partir de agora podem ser facilmente lidas por terceiros.
+EnterSecureMessage=Você requisitou uma página criptografada. O site identificou-se corretamente e as informações que você visualizar ou publicar nesta página não poderão ser facilmente lidas por terceiros.
+SecurityKeepBlocking.label=Manter Bloqueio
+SecurityKeepBlocking.accesskey=M
+SecurityUnblock.label=Desbloquear
+SecurityUnblock.accesskey=D
+SecurityPreferences.label=Preferências
+SecurityPreferences.accesskey=P
+PostToInsecureFromInsecureMessage=A informação que você inseriu está para ser enviada através de uma conexão não criptografada e poderá ser facilmente lida por terceiros.\nVocê tem certeza que deseja continuar o envio desta informação?
+PostToInsecureFromInsecureShowAgain=Alerte-me sempre que for enviar informações que não estejam criptografadas.
+PostToInsecureContinue=Continuar
+
+# Phishing/Malware Notification Bar.
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (notADeceptiveSite, notAnAttack)
+# The two button strings will never be shown at the same time, so
+# it's okay for them to have the same access key.
+safebrowsing.getMeOutOfHereButton.label=Me tire daqui!
+safebrowsing.getMeOutOfHereButton.accessKey=M
+safebrowsing.deceptiveSite=Página Maliciosa!
+safebrowsing.notADeceptiveSiteButton.label=Esta não é uma página maliciosa…
+safebrowsing.notADeceptiveSiteButton.accessKey=d
+safebrowsing.reportedAttackSite=Site falso reportado!
+safebrowsing.notAnAttackButton.label=Este não é um foco de ataques…
+safebrowsing.notAnAttackButton.accessKey=a
+safebrowsing.reportedUnwantedSite=Relatada como página de software indesejado!
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/openLocation.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/openLocation.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..469dbc8a1a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/openLocation.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+<!-- extracted from content/openLocation.xul -->
+
+
+<!ENTITY enter.label "Forneça um endereço ou selecione o arquivo que você deseja abrir:">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (enter.accesskey): should be present in both enter.label
+     as defined above and attachEnterLabel as defined in
+     openLocation.properties -->
+<!ENTITY enter.accesskey "F">
+<!ENTITY chooseFile.label "Arquivo...">
+<!ENTITY chooseFile.accesskey "A">
+<!ENTITY newPrivate.label "Nova janela privativa">
+<!ENTITY newWindow.label "Nova janela">
+<!ENTITY newTab.label "Nova aba">
+<!ENTITY currentTab.label "Aba atual do navegador">
+<!ENTITY editNewWindow.label "Composer">
+<!ENTITY open.label "Abrir">
+<!ENTITY caption.label "Abrir">
+<!ENTITY openWhere.label "Abrir em:">
+<!ENTITY openWhere.accesskey "b">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/openLocation.properties b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/openLocation.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bdd6e7d64a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/openLocation.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+attachTitle=Anexar página web
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (attachEnterLabel): should contain "enter.accesskey"
+# as defined in openLocation.dtd
+attachEnterLabel=Forneça um endereço (URL) ou selecione o arquivo que você deseja abrir:
+attachButtonLabel=Anexar
+chooseFileDialogTitle=Selecionar arquivo
+existingNavigatorWindow=Janela existente do navegador
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/permissions/cookieViewer.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/permissions/cookieViewer.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..518b34094e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/permissions/cookieViewer.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY     tab.cookiesonsystem.label      "Cookies armazenados">
+<!ENTITY     tab.bannedservers.label        "Permissões">
+<!ENTITY     div.bannedservers.label        "Sites que podem e não podem armazenar cookies em seu computador.">
+<!ENTITY     div.cookiesonsystem.label      "Veja e remova os cookies armazenados no seu computador.">
+<!ENTITY     treehead.cookiename.label      "Cookie">
+<!ENTITY     treehead.cookiedomain.label    "Site">
+<!ENTITY     treehead.cookieexpires.label   "Expira">
+<!ENTITY     treehead.infoselected.label    "Detalhes do cookie selecionado">
+<!ENTITY     button.removecookie.label      "Remover cookie">
+<!ENTITY     button.removecookie.accesskey  "R">
+<!ENTITY     button.removeallcookies.label  "Excluir todos">
+<!ENTITY     button.removeallcookies.accesskey "t">
+
+<!ENTITY     search.placeholder             "Pesquisar cookies">
+<!ENTITY     focusSearch.key                "f">
+<!ENTITY     selectAll.key                  "a">
+
+<!ENTITY     props.name.label               "Nome:">
+<!ENTITY     props.value.label              "Valor:">
+<!ENTITY     props.domain.label             "Servidor:">
+<!ENTITY     props.path.label               "Caminho:">
+<!ENTITY     props.secure.label             "Enviar:">
+<!ENTITY     props.expires.label            "Válido até:">
+
+<!ENTITY     treehead.sitename.label        "Site">
+<!ENTITY     treehead.scheme.label          "Schema">
+<!ENTITY     treehead.status.label          "Status">
+<!ENTITY     windowtitle.label              "Cookies">
+
+<!ENTITY     blockSite.label                "Bloquear">
+<!ENTITY     blockSite.accesskey            "B">
+<!ENTITY     allowSite.label                "Permitir">
+<!ENTITY     allowSite.accesskey            "P">
+<!ENTITY     allowSiteSession.label         "Sessão">
+<!ENTITY     allowSiteSession.accesskey     "S">
+<!ENTITY     removepermission.label         "Remover site">
+<!ENTITY     removepermission.accesskey     "R">
+<!ENTITY     removeallpermissions.label     "Excluir todos">
+<!ENTITY     removeallpermissions.accesskey "t">
+
+<!ENTITY     futureCookies.label            "Não permitir que sites que tenham cookies removidos armazenem cookies futuramente">
+<!ENTITY     futureCookies.accesskey        "N">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/permissions/cookieViewer.properties b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/permissions/cookieViewer.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..20a9d9e0cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/permissions/cookieViewer.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+# note this section of the code may require some tinkering in other languages =(
+# format in dialog: site [can/cannot] set cookies
+can=Permitir
+cannot=Bloquear
+canSession=Excluir ao sair
+domain=Domínio para o qual este cookie se aplica:
+host=Servidor que enviou o cookie:
+hostColon=Servidor:
+domainColon=Domínio:
+forSecureOnly=Somente conexões criptografadas
+forAnyConnection=Qualquer tipo de conexão
+expireAtEndOfSession=No final da sessão
+allowedURLSchemes=Verifique a URL digitada. Você também pode só adicionar permissões para os esquemas HTTP ou HTTPS
+errorAddPermission=A permissão para esse site não pôde ser adicionada
+deleteAllCookies=Tem certeza de que deseja excluir todos os cookies?
+deleteAllCookiesTitle=Remover todos os cookies
+deleteAllCookiesYes=&Remover
+deleteAllCookiesSites=Tem certeza de que deseja excluir todos os sites de cookies?
+deleteAllSitesTitle=Remover todos os sites
+deleteAllSitesYes=&Remover
+deleteSelectedCookies=Tem certeza de que deseja excluir os cookies selecionados?
+deleteSelectedCookiesTitle=Remover cookies selecionados
+deleteSelectedCookiesYes=&Remover
+deleteSelectedCookiesSites=Tem certeza de que deseja excluir os sites dos cookies selecionados?
+deleteSelectedSitesTitle=Remover websites selecionados
+deleteSelectedSitesYes=&Remover
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/permissions/permissionsManager.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/permissions/permissionsManager.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..84529c9eef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/permissions/permissionsManager.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY windowtitle.label              "Exceções">
+<!ENTITY treehead.sitename.label        "Site">
+<!ENTITY treehead.status.label          "Status">
+<!ENTITY remove.label                   "Remover site">
+<!ENTITY remove.accesskey               "R">
+<!ENTITY removeall.label                "Excluir tudo">
+<!ENTITY removeall.accesskey            "E">
+<!ENTITY address.label                  "Endereço do site:">
+<!ENTITY address.accesskey              "d">
+<!ENTITY block.label                    "Bloquear">
+<!ENTITY block.accesskey                "B">
+<!ENTITY session.label                  "Excluir ao sair">
+<!ENTITY session.accesskey              "x">
+<!ENTITY allow.label                    "Permitir">
+<!ENTITY allow.accesskey                "P">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/permissions/permissionsManager.properties b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/permissions/permissionsManager.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9b2eb9166e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/permissions/permissionsManager.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+installpermissionstext=Especifique os sites que podem instalar extensões e atualizações. Forneça o endereço exato do site e clique em Permitir.
+installpermissionstitle=Sites permitidos - Instalação de extensões e atualizações
+installpermissionshelp=advanced_pref_installation
+popuppermissionstext=Especifique os sites que podem abrir janelas popup. Forneça o endereço exato do site e clique em Permitir.
+popuppermissionstitle=Sites permitidos - Janelas popup
+popuppermissionshelp=pop_up_blocking
+imagepermissionstext=Especifique os sites que podem ou não carregar imagens. Forneça o endereço exato do site e clique em Bloquear ou Permitir.
+imagepermissionstitle=Exceções - Imagens
+imagepermissionshelp=images-help-managing
+offline-apppermissionstext=Especifique os sites que podem ou não armazenar dados para uso em modo desconectado. Forneça o endereço exato do site e clique em Bloquear ou Permitir.
+offline-apppermissionstitle=Dados offline
+offline-apppermissionshelp=offline_apps
+
+can=Permitir
+canSession=Permitir na sessão
+cannot=Bloquear
+
+alertInvalidTitle=Endereço inválido.
+alertInvalid=O endereço do site %S é inválido.
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/places/bookmarkProperties.properties b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/places/bookmarkProperties.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..09c16e7bb2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/places/bookmarkProperties.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+dialogAcceptLabelAddItem=Adicionar
+dialogAcceptLabelSaveItem=Salvar
+dialogAcceptLabelAddLivemark=Inscrever
+dialogAcceptLabelAddMulti=Adicionar favoritos
+dialogAcceptLabelEdit=Salvar
+dialogTitleAddBookmark=Novo favorito
+dialogTitleAddLivemark=Inscrever nos favoritos
+dialogTitleAddFolder=Nova pasta
+dialogTitleAddMulti=Novos favoritos
+dialogTitleEdit=Propriedades de “%S”
+
+bookmarkAllTabsDefault=[Nome da pasta]
+newFolderDefault=Nova pasta
+newBookmarkDefault=Novo favorito
+newLivemarkDefault=Novo favorito
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/places/editBookmarkOverlay.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/places/editBookmarkOverlay.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e308915d75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/places/editBookmarkOverlay.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.name.label                      "Nome:">
+<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.name.accesskey                  "N">
+<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.location.label                  "Endereço:">
+<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.location.accesskey              "E">
+<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.feedLocation.label              "Endereço do RSS:">
+<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.feedLocation.accesskey          "R">
+<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.siteLocation.label              "Endereço do site:">
+<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.siteLocation.accesskey          "S">
+<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.folder.label                    "Pasta:">
+<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.foldersExpanderDown.tooltip     "Mostrar todas as pastas de favoritos">
+<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.expanderUp.tooltip              "Ocultar">
+<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.tags.label                      "Etiquetas:">
+<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.tags.accesskey                  "E">
+<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.tagsEmptyDesc.label             "Separar etiquetas com vírgulas">
+<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.description.label               "Descrição:">
+<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.description.accesskey           "D">
+<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.keyword.label                   "Palavra-chave:">
+<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.keyword.accesskey               "P">
+<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.tagsExpanderDown.tooltip        "Mostrar todas as etiquetas">
+<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.loadInSidebar.label             "Carregar este favorito no painel lateral">
+<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.loadInSidebar.accesskey         "a">
+<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.choose.label                    "Escolher…">
+<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.newFolderButton.label           "Nova pasta">
+<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.newFolderButton.accesskey       "o">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/places/places.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/places/places.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..12827e2dde
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/places/places.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (places.library.title): use "Library", "Archive" or "Repository" -->
+<!ENTITY places.library.title  "Biblioteca">
+<!ENTITY places.library.width  "700">
+<!ENTITY places.library.height "500">
+<!ENTITY organize.label        "Organizar">
+<!ENTITY organize.accesskey    "O">
+<!ENTITY organize.tooltip      "Organizar seus favoritos">
+
+<!ENTITY file.close.label               "Fechar">
+<!ENTITY file.close.accesskey           "F">
+<!ENTITY cmd.close.key                  "w">
+<!ENTITY views.label                    "Visualizações">
+<!ENTITY views.accesskey                "V">
+<!ENTITY views.tooltip                  "Alterar o modo de exibição">
+<!ENTITY view.columns.label             "Exibir colunas">
+<!ENTITY view.columns.accesskey         "C">
+<!ENTITY view.sort.label                "Ordenar">
+<!ENTITY view.sort.accesskey            "S">
+<!ENTITY view.unsorted.label            "Não ordenado">
+<!ENTITY view.unsorted.accesskey        "N">
+<!ENTITY view.sortAscending.label       "Ordem crescente">
+<!ENTITY view.sortAscending.accesskey   "c">
+<!ENTITY view.sortDescending.label      "Ordem decrescente">
+<!ENTITY view.sortDescending.accesskey  "d">
+
+<!ENTITY importBookmarksFromHTML.label     "Importar favoritos em HTML…">
+<!ENTITY importBookmarksFromHTML.accesskey "I">
+<!ENTITY exportBookmarksToHTML.label       "Exportar favoritos como HTML…">
+<!ENTITY exportBookmarksToHTML.accesskey   "E">
+<!ENTITY importOtherBrowser.label          "Importar dados de outro navegador…">
+<!ENTITY importOtherBrowser.accesskey      "m">
+
+<!ENTITY cmd.backup.label               "Backup…">
+<!ENTITY cmd.backup.accesskey           "B">
+<!ENTITY cmd.restore2.label             "Restaurar">
+<!ENTITY cmd.restore2.accesskey         "R">
+<!ENTITY cmd.restoreFromFile.label      "Selecionar arquivo…">
+<!ENTITY cmd.restoreFromFile.accesskey  "S">
+
+<!ENTITY cmd.deleteDomainData.label     "Limpar tudo sobre este site">
+<!ENTITY cmd.deleteDomainData.accesskey "L">
+
+<!ENTITY cmd.open.label                  "Abrir">
+<!ENTITY cmd.open.accesskey              "A">
+<!ENTITY cmd.open_window.label           "Abrir em uma nova janela">
+<!ENTITY cmd.open_window.accesskey       "j">
+<!ENTITY cmd.open_private_window.label     "Abrir em uma nova janela privativa">
+<!ENTITY cmd.open_private_window.accesskey "p">
+<!ENTITY cmd.open_tab.label              "Abrir em uma nova aba">
+<!ENTITY cmd.open_tab.accesskey          "a">
+<!ENTITY cmd.open_all_in_tabs.label      "Abrir tudo em abas">
+<!ENTITY cmd.open_all_in_tabs.accesskey  "t">
+
+<!ENTITY cmd.properties.label      "Propriedades">
+<!ENTITY cmd.properties.accesskey  "i">
+
+<!ENTITY cmd.sortby_name.label              "Ordenar por nome">
+<!ENTITY cmd.sortby_name.accesskey          "n">
+<!ENTITY cmd.context_sortby_name.accesskey  "c">
+
+<!ENTITY cmd.new_bookmark.label            "Novo favorito…">
+<!ENTITY cmd.new_bookmark.accesskey        "f">
+<!ENTITY cmd.new_folder.label              "Nova pasta…">
+<!ENTITY cmd.new_folder.accesskey          "v">
+<!ENTITY cmd.context_new_folder.accesskey  "o">
+<!ENTITY cmd.new_separator.label           "Novo separador">
+<!ENTITY cmd.new_separator.accesskey       "s">
+
+<!ENTITY cmd.reloadLivebookmark.label      "Recarregar RSS">
+<!ENTITY cmd.reloadLivebookmark.accesskey  "e">
+
+<!ENTITY col.name.label          "Nome">
+<!ENTITY col.tags.label          "Tags">
+<!ENTITY col.url.label           "Localização">
+<!ENTITY col.mostrecentvisit.label "Recentemente visitado">
+<!ENTITY col.visitcount.label    "Número de visitas">
+<!ENTITY col.description.label   "Descrição">
+<!ENTITY col.dateadded.label     "Adicionado">
+<!ENTITY col.lastmodified.label  "Última modificação">
+
+<!ENTITY search.placeholder  "Pesquisar">
+
+<!ENTITY cmd.find.key  "f">
+
+<!ENTITY detailsPane.more.label "Mais">
+<!ENTITY detailsPane.more.accesskey "M">
+<!ENTITY detailsPane.less.label "Menos">
+<!ENTITY detailsPane.less.accesskey "M">
+<!ENTITY detailsPane.selectAnItemText.description "Selecione um item para ver e editar as suas propriedades">
+
+<!ENTITY view.label               "Ver">
+<!ENTITY view.accesskey           "V">
+<!ENTITY byDate.label             "Por data">
+<!ENTITY byDate.accesskey         "t">
+<!ENTITY bySite.label             "Por site">
+<!ENTITY bySite.accesskey         "s">
+<!ENTITY byMostVisited.label      "Por número de visitas">
+<!ENTITY byMostVisited.accesskey  "P">
+<!ENTITY byLastVisited.label      "Por último visitado">
+<!ENTITY byLastVisited.accesskey  "u">
+<!ENTITY byDayAndSite.label       "Por data e site">
+<!ENTITY byDayAndSite.accesskey   "t">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/places/places.properties b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/places/places.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a025b7a56b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/places/places.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+load-js-data-url-error=Por motivos de segurança, URLs de javascript ou dados não podem ser carregadas a partir da janela de histórico ou do painel lateral.
+noTitle=(sem título)
+
+bookmarksMenuEmptyFolder=(Vazio)
+
+bookmarksBackupTitle=Nome do arquivo de backup dos favoritos
+
+bookmarksRestoreAlertTitle=Reverter favoritos
+bookmarksRestoreAlert=Isso irá substituir todos os seus favoritos atuais pelo backup. Tem certeza disso?
+bookmarksRestoreTitle=Selecionar um backup de favoritos
+bookmarksRestoreFilterName=JSON
+
+bookmarksRestoreFormatError=Tipo de arquivo não suportado.
+bookmarksRestoreParseError=Não foi possível processar o arquivo de backup.
+
+bookmarksLivemarkLoading=Carregando RSS…
+bookmarksLivemarkFailed=Falha no carregamento do RSS.
+
+menuOpenLivemarkOrigin.label=Abrir "%S"
+
+sortByName=Ordenar ‘%S’ por nome
+sortByNameGeneric=Ordenar por nome
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (view.sortBy.1.name.label): sortBy properties are versioned.
+# When any of these changes, all of the properties must be bumped, and the
+# change must be annotated here.  Both label and accesskey must be updated.
+# - version 1: changed view.sortBy.1.date.
+view.sortBy.1.name.label=Ordenar por nome
+view.sortBy.1.name.accesskey=N
+view.sortBy.1.url.label=Ordenar por localização
+view.sortBy.1.url.accesskey=L
+view.sortBy.1.date.label=Ordenar por visitados mais recentemente
+view.sortBy.1.date.accesskey=D
+view.sortBy.1.visitCount.label=Ordenar por número de visitas
+view.sortBy.1.visitCount.accesskey=e
+view.sortBy.1.description.label=Ordenar por descrição
+view.sortBy.1.description.accesskey=s
+view.sortBy.1.dateAdded.label=Ordenar por data
+view.sortBy.1.dateAdded.accesskey=a
+view.sortBy.1.lastModified.label=Ordenar por data de modificação
+view.sortBy.1.lastModified.accesskey=m
+view.sortBy.1.tags.label=Ordenar por tags
+view.sortBy.1.tags.accesskey=T
+
+searchBookmarks=Pesquisar nos favoritos
+searchHistory=Localizar no histórico
+
+SelectImport=Importar arquivo de favoritos
+EnterExport=Exportar arquivo de favoritos
+
+detailsPane.noItems=Nenhum item
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (detailsPane.itemsCountLabel): Semicolon-separated list of plural forms.
+# See: http://developer.mozilla.org/en/docs/Localization_and_Plurals
+# #1 number of items
+# example: 111 items
+detailsPane.itemsCountLabel=Um item;#1 itens
+
+mostVisitedTitle=Mais visitados
+recentlyBookmarkedTitle=Favoritos recentes
+recentTagsTitle=Rótulos recentes
+
+OrganizerQueryHistory=Histórico
+OrganizerQueryAllBookmarks=Todos os favoritos
+OrganizerQueryTags=Rótulos
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (tagResultLabel, bookmarkResultLabel, switchtabResultLabel,
+# keywordResultLabel, searchengineResultLabel)
+# Noun used to describe the location bar autocomplete result type
+# to users with screen readers
+# See createResultLabel() in urlbarBindings.xml
+tagResultLabel=Etiqueta
+bookmarkResultLabel=Favorito
+switchtabResultLabel=Aba
+keywordResultLabel=Palavra-chave
+searchengineResultLabel=Pesquisar
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (lockPrompt.text)
+# %S will be replaced with the application name.
+lockPrompt.text=Histórico e favoritos não serão funcionais porque um dos arquivos do %S está sendo usado por outro aplicativo, talvez um programa de segurança.
+lockPromptInfoButton.label=Saiba mais
+lockPromptInfoButton.accesskey=S
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (cmd.deleteSinglePage.accesskey,
+# cmd.deleteMultiplePages.accesskey): these accesskeys can use the same
+# character, since they're never displayed at the same time
+cmd.deleteSinglePage.label=Apagar página
+cmd.deleteSinglePage.accesskey=D
+cmd.deleteMultiplePages.label=Apagar páginas
+cmd.deleteMultiplePages.accesskey=P
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (cmd.bookmarkSinglePage.accesskey,
+# cmd.bookmarkMultiplePages.accesskey): these accesskeys can use the same
+# character, since they're never displayed at the same time
+cmd.bookmarkSinglePage.label=Adicionar página aos favoritos
+cmd.bookmarkSinglePage.accesskey=F
+cmd.bookmarkMultiplePages.label=Adicionar páginas aos favoritos
+cmd.bookmarkMultiplePages.accesskey=F
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/mac/platformPrefOverlay.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/mac/platformPrefOverlay.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e117d0eb1a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/mac/platformPrefOverlay.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE : this is part of an inline-style attribute on the
+     preference dialog's <window> node, which specifies the width and height
+     in em units of the dialog. Localizers ONLY can increase these widths 
+     if they are having difficulty getting panel content to fit. 1em = the 
+     width of the letter 'm' in the selected font.
+     XUL/FE DEVELOPERS: DO NOT MODIFY THIS VALUE. It represents the correct
+     size of this window for en-US. -->
+<!ENTITY  prefWindow.size             "width: 62em; height: 41em;">
+
+<!-- pref-tabs.xul -->
+<!ENTITY urlbar.label                 "&#8984;+Return na barra de localização">
+<!ENTITY urlbar.accesskey             "e">
+<!ENTITY middleClick.label            "Clique com o botão do meio, &#8984;+clique ou &#8984;+Return em links numa página">
+<!ENTITY middleClick.accesskey        "m">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-advanced.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-advanced.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9c2b9772f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-advanced.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE 'Advanced' prefs settings -->
+<!ENTITY pref.advanced.title              "Avançado">
+
+<!ENTITY systemPref.caption               "Preferências do Sistema">
+<!ENTITY systemPrefCheck.label            "Usar preferências do sistema">
+<!ENTITY systemPrefCheck.accesskey        "s">
+<!ENTITY systemPref.desc                  "Com esta opção, o &brandShortName; utiliza as preferências do sistema. Estas definições do sistema sobrepõem-se às preferências do &brandShortName;.">
+
+<!ENTITY prefCheckDefault.caption         "Integração com o sistema">
+<!ENTITY prefCheckDefaultClient.label     "Verificar configurações de aplicativos padrão ao iniciar">
+<!ENTITY prefCheckDefaultClient.accesskey "s">
+
+<!ENTITY printing.label                   "Imprimindo">
+<!ENTITY useNativePrintDialog.label       "Usar diálogo de impressão nativo (onde for aceito)">
+<!ENTITY useNativePrintDialog.accesskey   "U">
+<!ENTITY useGlobalPrintSettings.label     "Usar configurações globais de impressão">
+<!ENTITY useGlobalPrintSettings.accesskey "g">
+
+<!ENTITY crashReports.caption             "Relator de travamentos">
+<!ENTITY submitCrashes.label              "Enviar relatórios de travamento">
+<!ENTITY submitCrashes.accesskey          "s">
+
+<!ENTITY devTools.caption                 "Ferramentas do desenvolvedor">
+<!ENTITY allowDebugger.label              "Permitir que um depurador se conecte ao &brandShortName;">
+<!ENTITY allowDebugger.accesskey          "P">
+<!ENTITY allowRemoteConnections.label     "Permitir conexões a partir de outros computadores">
+<!ENTITY allowRemoteConnections.accesskey "o">
+<!ENTITY connectionPrompt.label           "Pedir confirmação para conexões recebidas">
+<!ENTITY connectionPrompt.accesskey       "p">
+<!ENTITY remoteDebuggerPort.label         "Numero da porta para conexão:">
+<!ENTITY remoteDebuggerPort.accesskey     "N">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-appearance.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-appearance.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..949ceb9638
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-appearance.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE The Appearance prefs dialog.  -->
+
+<!ENTITY pref.appearance.title "Aparência">
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE (onStartLegend.label): Don't translate "&brandShortName;".
+    Place &brandShortName; in the phrase where the name of the application should appear
+-->
+<!ENTITY onStartLegend.label                    "Ao iniciar o &brandShortName;, abrir o">
+<!ENTITY navCheck.label                         "Navigator">
+<!ENTITY navCheck.accesskey                     "N">
+<!ENTITY showToolsLegend.label                  "Exibir barras de ferramentas como">
+<!ENTITY picsNtextRadio.label                   "Ícones e texto">
+<!ENTITY picsNtextRadio.accesskey               "c">
+<!ENTITY picsOnlyRadio.label                    "Ícones">
+<!ENTITY picsOnlyRadio.accesskey                "o">
+<!ENTITY textonlyRadio.label                    "Texto">
+<!ENTITY textonlyRadio.accesskey                "t">
+<!ENTITY showHideTooltips.label                 "Exibir descrições em balões (ao apontar com o ponteiro do mouse)">
+<!ENTITY showHideTooltips.accesskey             "x">
+
+<!ENTITY showHideGrippies.label                 "Ocultar alças da barra de ferramentas">
+<!ENTITY showHideGrippies.accesskey             "O">
+
+<!ENTITY pref.locales.title                     "Linguagem da interface">
+<!ENTITY selectLocale.label                     "Selecione o idioma para o texto que aparece nas janelas, menus, barras de ferramentas e títulos dos botões:">
+
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE (dateTimeFormatting.label): labels/accesskeys for
+     radiobuttons are set dynamically from prefutilities.properties
+-->
+<!ENTITY dateTimeFormatting.label               "Formatação de data e hora">
+
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE (restartOnLocaleChange.label): Don't translate "&brandShortName;".
+    Place &brandShortName; in the phrase where the name of the application should appear
+-->
+<!ENTITY restartOnLocaleChange.label            "Preferências de formatação e idiomas tomarão efeito ao reiniciar o &brandShortName;.">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-applicationManager.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-applicationManager.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dca1281807
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-applicationManager.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY appManager.title     "Detalhes">
+<!ENTITY appManager.style     "width: 40ch; min-height: 20em;">
+<!ENTITY remove.label         "Remover">
+<!ENTITY remove.accesskey     "R">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-applicationManager.properties b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-applicationManager.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..79fb0e149f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-applicationManager.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+descriptionHandleProtocol=Os seguintes aplicativos podem ser utilizados para lidar com links %S
+descriptionHandleWebFeeds=Os seguintes aplicativos podem ser utilizados para lidar com feeds web
+descriptionHandleFile=Os seguintes aplicativos podem ser utilizados para lidar com arquivos do tipo %S
+
+descriptionWebApp=Esta aplicação está hospedada em:
+descriptionLocalApp=Esta aplicação se localiza em:
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-applications.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-applications.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..eaecb74bf9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-applications.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE The Applications prefs dialog -->
+<!ENTITY pref.applications.title "Programas">
+
+<!ENTITY typeColumn.label        "Tipo de conteúdo">
+<!ENTITY typeColumn.accesskey    "T">
+
+<!ENTITY actionColumn2.label     "Ação">
+<!ENTITY actionColumn2.accesskey "A">
+
+<!ENTITY search.placeholder      "Pesquisar tipos e ações">
+
+<!ENTITY useAppChooser.label     "Usar o seletor de aplicativos nativo, quando disponível">
+<!ENTITY useAppChooser.accesskey "U">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-applications.properties b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-applications.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1def02366c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-applications.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+#### Applications
+
+fileEnding=arquivo %S
+saveFile=Salvar arquivo
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (useApp, useDefault): %S = Application name
+useApp=Usar %S
+useDefault=Usar %S (padrão)
+
+useOtherApp=Usar outro…
+fpTitleChooseApp=Selecionar aplicativo auxiliar
+manageApp=Detalhes do aplicativo…
+webFeed=Feed
+videoPodcastFeed=Podcast de vídeo
+audioPodcastFeed=Podcast
+alwaysAsk=Sempre perguntar
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (usePluginIn):
+# %1$S = plugin name (for example "QuickTime Plugin-in 7.2")
+# %2$S = brandShortName from brand.properties (for example "Minefield")
+usePluginIn=Usar %S (em %S)
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (previewInApp, addNewsBlogsInApp): %S = brandShortName
+previewInApp=Visualizar em %S
+addNewsBlogsInApp=Inscrever-se em “%S”
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (typeDescriptionWithType):
+# %1$S = type description (for example "Portable Document Format")
+# %2$S = type (for example "application/pdf")
+typeDescriptionWithType=%S (%S)
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-cache.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-cache.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7dac0e273c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-cache.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- extracted from content/pref-cache.xul -->
+
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE Cache prefs dialog -->
+<!ENTITY pref.cache.title                "Cache">
+<!ENTITY pref.cache.caption              "Opções">
+<!ENTITY cachePara                       "O cache mantém em disco cópia das páginas visitadas frequentemente. (Clicar em Recarregar sempre exibe a versão mais recente da página.)">
+<!ENTITY cacheCheck.label                "Deixar o &brandShortName; gerenciar o tamanho do meu cache">
+<!ENTITY cacheCheck.accesskey            "D">
+<!ENTITY diskCacheUpTo.label             "Usar no máximo">
+<!ENTITY diskCacheUpTo.accesskey         "U">
+<!ENTITY spaceMbytes                     "MB de espaço em disco para o cache">
+<!ENTITY diskCacheFolder.label           "Pasta do cache:">
+<!ENTITY clearDiskCache.label            "Limpar o cache">
+<!ENTITY clearDiskCache.accesskey        "L">
+<!ENTITY chooseDiskCacheFolder.label     "Pasta...">
+<!ENTITY chooseDiskCacheFolder.accesskey "P">
+<!ENTITY diskCacheFolderExplanation      "Arquivos do cache serão armazenados em uma subpasta chamada &quot;Cache&quot;, na pasta que você especificar. Reinicie o &brandShortName; para que as mudanças ocorram.">
+<!ENTITY docCache.label                  "Comparar a página em cache com a página na rede:">
+<!ENTITY docCache.accesskey              "m">
+<!ENTITY checkOncePerSession.label       "Uma vez por sessão">
+<!ENTITY checkEveryTime.label            "Toda vez que eu visualizar a página">
+<!ENTITY checkNever.label                "Nunca">
+<!ENTITY checkAutomatically.label        "Quando a página estiver desatualizada">
+
+<!ENTITY prefetchTitle.label             "Baixar links antecipadamente">
+<!ENTITY enablePrefetch.label            "Pré-carregar páginas automaticamente se a conexão não estiver sendo utilizada (links que utilizem este recurso carregarão mais rápido)">
+<!ENTITY enablePrefetch.accesskey        "c">
+
+<!ENTITY debugCache.label                "Depuração">
+<!ENTITY debugEnableMemCache.label       "Ativar cache de memória">
+<!ENTITY debugEnableMemCache.accesskey   "A">
+<!ENTITY debugEnableDiskCache.label      "Ativar cache de disco">
+<!ENTITY debugEnableDiskCache.accesskey  "d">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-certs.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-certs.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..998488d7e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-certs.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY  managecerts.caption      "Gerenciador de certificados">
+<!ENTITY  managecerts.text         "Use o gerenciador de certificados para gerenciar seus certificados pessoais, como também de outras pessoas e autoridades certificadoras.">
+<!ENTITY  managecerts.button       "Gerenciador de certificados…">
+<!ENTITY  managecerts.accesskey    "A">
+<!ENTITY  managedevices.caption    "Gerenciador de dispositivos de segurança">
+<!ENTITY  managedevices.text       "Use este botão para gerenciar seus dispositivos de segurança, como smart cards.">
+<!ENTITY  managedevices.button     "Gerenciador de dispositivos de segurança…">
+<!ENTITY  managedevices.accesskey  "G">
+
+<!ENTITY  ssl.label                "SSL">
+
+<!ENTITY  pref.certs.title         "Certificados">
+<!ENTITY  certs.label              "Certificados">
+
+<!ENTITY validation.ocsp.caption                  "OCSP">
+<!ENTITY enableOCSP.label                         "Usar o Protocolo para Status de Certificados Online (OCSP) para confirmar a validade atual dos certificados">
+<!ENTITY enableOCSP.accesskey                     "C">
+<!ENTITY validation.requireOCSP.description       "Quando a conexão com o servidor OCSP falhar, tratar o certificado como inválido">
+<!ENTITY validation.requireOCSP.accesskey         "Q">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-colors.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-colors.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..326a1d6003
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-colors.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+<!-- extracted from content/pref-colors.xul -->
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE Color management prefs -->
+
+
+<!ENTITY pref.colors.title                 "Cores">
+<!ENTITY color                             "Cores padrão">
+<!ENTITY textColor.label                   "Texto:">
+<!ENTITY textColor.accesskey               "T">
+<!ENTITY backgroundColor.label             "Plano de fundo:">
+<!ENTITY backgroundColor.accesskey         "P">
+<!ENTITY useSystemColors.label             "Usar cores do sistema">
+<!ENTITY useSystemColors.accesskey         "U">
+
+<!ENTITY underlineLinks.label              "Sublinhar">
+<!ENTITY underlineLinks.accesskey          "S">
+<!ENTITY links                             "Aparência padrão dos links">
+<!ENTITY linkColor.label                   "Não visitados:">
+<!ENTITY linkColor.accesskey               "N">
+<!ENTITY activeLinkColor.label             "Links ativos:">
+<!ENTITY activeLinkColor.accesskey         "a">
+<!ENTITY visitedLinkColor.label            "Visitados:">
+<!ENTITY visitedLinkColor.accesskey        "V">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (someProvColors): This is the start of a sentence and will be followed by the following radio buttons. -->
+<!ENTITY someProvColors                    "Aplicar cores">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (alwaysUseDocColors.label): This is option one, and it appends to 'someProvColors' above. -->
+<!ENTITY alwaysUseDocumentColors.label     "Usar as cores especificadas pela página">
+<!ENTITY alwaysUseDocumentColors.accesskey "e">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (ignoreDocColors.label): This is option two, and it appends to 'someProvColors' above.  -->
+<!ENTITY useMyColors.label                 "Sempre usar as cores padrão">
+<!ENTITY useMyColors.accesskey             "m">
+<!ENTITY automaticColors.label             "Somente ignorar as cores da página ao usar um tema de alto contraste">
+<!ENTITY automaticColors.accesskey         "o">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-content.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-content.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..24fd3fb3eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-content.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE The Appearance > Content prefs dialog.  -->
+
+<!ENTITY pref.content.title                     "Conteúdo">
+<!ENTITY pref.content.description               "Essas opções influenciam como conteúdo de sites e mensagens devem aparecer no &brandShortName;.">
+
+<!ENTITY siteIcons.label                        "Ícones de sites">
+<!ENTITY useSiteIcons.label                     "Exibir ícones de sites">
+<!ENTITY useSiteIcons.accesskey                 "E">
+<!ENTITY useFavIcons2.label                     "Tente usar o favicon de servidores quando a página não define um ícone">
+<!ENTITY useFavIcons2.accesskey                 "i">
+
+<!ENTITY scrolling.label                        "Rolagem">
+<!ENTITY useAutoScroll.label                    "Usar autorrolagem">
+<!ENTITY useAutoScroll.accesskey                "t">
+<!ENTITY useSmoothScroll.label                  "Usar rolagem suave">
+<!ENTITY useSmoothScroll.accesskey              "U">
+
+<!ENTITY zoomPrefs.label                        "Opções de zoom">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (minZoom.label, maxZoom.label, percent.label):
+     single hbox with minZoom.label preceding the minZoom control and
+     maxZoom.label preceding the maxZoom control; percent.label shows
+     the ASCII '%' character at the end of that string -->
+<!ENTITY minZoom.label                          "Faixa de">
+<!ENTITY minZoom.accesskey                      "f">
+<!ENTITY maxZoom.label                          "até">
+<!ENTITY maxZoom.accesskey                      "o">
+<!ENTITY percent.label                          "&#37;">
+
+<!ENTITY defaultZoom.label                      "Zoom padrão">
+<!ENTITY defaultZoom.accesskey                  "d">
+
+<!ENTITY siteSpecific.label                     "Lembrar níveis de zoom com base no site">
+<!ENTITY siteSpecific.accesskey                 "m">
+<!ENTITY textZoomOnly.label                     "Realizar zoom apenas para o texto em vez da página toda">
+<!ENTITY textZoomOnly.accesskey                 "z">
+<!ENTITY enableAutomaticImageResizing.label     "Redimensionar imagens para caber na janela">
+<!ENTITY enableAutomaticImageResizing.accesskey "R">
+
+<!ENTITY allowHWAccel.label                     "Usar aceleração de hardware quando disponível">
+<!ENTITY allowHWAccel.accesskey                 "e">
+<!ENTITY blockAutoRefresh.label                 "Alertar se sites tentarem redirecionar ou recarregar a página">
+<!ENTITY blockAutoRefresh.accesskey             "A">
+
+<!ENTITY showZoomStatusPanel.label              "Mostrar controles de zoom na barra de status">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-cookies.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-cookies.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8e8af2ce38
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-cookies.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY pref.cookies.title             "Cookies">
+<!-- cookies -->
+
+
+<!ENTITY cookiePolicy.label             "Política de aceitação de cookies">
+
+<!ENTITY disableCookies.label           "Não permitir nenhum cookie">
+<!ENTITY disableCookies.accesskey       "N">
+
+<!ENTITY accNo3rdPartyCookies.label     "Permitir cookies somente para o site atual (sem cookies de terceiros):">
+<!ENTITY accNo3rdPartyCookies.accesskey "o">
+
+<!ENTITY acc3rdPartyVisited.label       "Aceitar cookies de terceiros apenas para os sites já visitados">
+<!ENTITY acc3rdPartyVisited.accesskey   "v">
+
+<!ENTITY accAllCookies.label            "Permitir todos os cookies">
+<!ENTITY accAllCookies.accesskey        "c">
+
+<!ENTITY cookieRetentionPolicy.label    "Política de retenção">
+
+<!ENTITY acceptNormally.label           "Aceitar cookies">
+<!ENTITY acceptNormally.accesskey       "a">
+
+<!ENTITY acceptForSession.label         "Aceitar apenas para a sessão atual">
+<!ENTITY acceptForSession.accesskey     "r">
+
+<!ENTITY acceptforNDays.label           "Aceitar cookies por">
+<!ENTITY acceptforNDays.accesskey       "p">
+<!ENTITY days.label                     "dias">
+
+<!ENTITY warnAboutCookies.label         "Perguntar antes de aceitar um cookie">
+<!ENTITY warnAboutCookies.accesskey     "c">
+<!ENTITY forCurrentSession.label        "exceto para cookies de sessão">
+<!ENTITY forCurrentSession.accesskey    "x">
+
+<!ENTITY manageCookies.label            "Gerenciar cookies e sites">
+<!ENTITY manageCookiesDescription.label "Permite visualizar e gerenciar os cookies armazenados e aceitar ou recusar cookies de sites específicos. As configurações para sites específicos sobrepõem as configurações acima.">
+
+<!ENTITY viewCookies.label              "Exibir cookies...">
+<!ENTITY viewCookies.accesskey          "k">
+
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-debugging.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-debugging.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6133edff19
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-debugging.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- extracted from pref-eventdebugging.xul -->
+
+<!ENTITY pref.debugging.title "Depuração">
+
+<!-- Render Debugging -->
+<!ENTITY debugRendering.label             "Renderização">
+<!ENTITY debugXULBox.label                "Debugar caixas XUL">
+<!ENTITY debugXULBox.accesskey            "X">
+<!ENTITY debugDisableXULCache.label       "Desativar cache XUL">
+<!ENTITY debugDisableXULCache.accesskey   "L">
+
+<!-- Event Debugging -->
+<!ENTITY debugEvents.label "Eventos">
+<!ENTITY debugPaintFlashing.label "Piscamento ao desenhar (botão Caps Lock alterna)">
+<!ENTITY debugPaintFlashing.accesskey "P">
+<!ENTITY debugPaintFlashingChrome.label "Chrome de piscamento ao desenhar">
+<!ENTITY debugPaintFlashingChrome.accesskey "h">
+<!ENTITY debugPaintDumping.label "Dump de desenho">
+<!ENTITY debugPaintDumping.accesskey "a">
+<!ENTITY debugInvalidateDumping.label "Dump de invalidação">
+<!ENTITY debugInvalidateDumping.accesskey "n">
+<!ENTITY debugEventDumping.label "Dump de eventos">
+<!ENTITY debugEventDumping.accesskey "e">
+<!ENTITY debugMotionEventDumping.label "Dump de eventos de movimento">
+<!ENTITY debugMotionEventDumping.accesskey "m">
+<!ENTITY debugCrossingEventDumping.label "Dump de eventos de cruzamento">
+<!ENTITY debugCrossingEventDumping.accesskey "c">
+
+<!-- Reflow Event Debugging -->
+<!ENTITY debugReflowEvents.label                 "Eventos de refluxo">
+<!ENTITY debugReflowShowFrameCounts.label        "Mostrar contagem de frames">
+<!ENTITY debugReflowShowFrameCounts.accesskey    "s">
+<!ENTITY debugReflowDumpFrameCounts.label        "Dump de contagem de frames">
+<!ENTITY debugReflowDumpFrameCounts.accesskey    "D">
+<!ENTITY debugReflowDumpFrameByFrameCounts.label "Dump de contagem frame a frame">
+<!ENTITY debugReflowDumpFrameByFrameCounts.accesskey "u">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-download.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-download.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1bef622f14
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-download.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY pref.download.title            "Downloads">
+
+<!ENTITY downloadBehavior.label         "Ao iniciar um download">
+<!ENTITY doNothing.label                "Não abrir nada">
+<!ENTITY doNothing.accesskey            "N">
+<!ENTITY openProgressDialog.label       "Abrir uma janela padrão de download">
+<!ENTITY openProgressDialog.accesskey   "a">
+<!ENTITY openDM.label                   "Abrir o gerenciador de downloads">
+<!ENTITY openDM.accesskey               "g">
+<!ENTITY flashWhenOpen.label            "Apenas piscar o gerenciador de downloads caso já esteja aberto">
+<!ENTITY flashWhenOpen.accesskey        "p">
+
+<!ENTITY downloadLocation.label         "Ao salvar um arquivo">
+<!ENTITY saveTo.label                   "Salvar arquivos em">
+<!ENTITY saveTo.accesskey               "v">
+<!ENTITY chooseDownloadFolder.label     "Procurar...">
+<!ENTITY chooseDownloadFolder.accesskey "c">
+<!ENTITY alwaysAsk.label                "Sempre perguntar onde salvar arquivos">
+<!ENTITY alwaysAsk.accesskey            "a">
+
+<!ENTITY downloadHistory.label          "Histórico de downloads">
+<!ENTITY removeEntries.label            "Remover entradas de downloads">
+<!ENTITY removeEntries.accesskey        "R">
+<!ENTITY whenCompleted.label            "Quando houverem concluído">
+<!ENTITY whenQuittingApp.label          "Quando sair do &brandShortName;">
+<!ENTITY neverRemove.label              "Nunca">
+
+<!ENTITY finishedBehavior.label         "Quando o download for concluído">
+<!ENTITY playSound.label                "Tocar um som">
+<!ENTITY playSound.accesskey            "s">
+<!ENTITY showAlert.label                "Exibir uma notificação">
+<!ENTITY showAlert.accesskey            "x">
+<!ENTITY browse.label                   "Navegar…">
+<!ENTITY browse.accesskey               "N">
+<!ENTITY playButton.label               "Reproduzir">
+<!ENTITY playButton.accesskey           "R">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-findasyoutype.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-findasyoutype.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c5fe26b6f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-findasyoutype.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY pref.findAsYouType.title "Localizar texto ao digitar">
+<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeBehavior.label "Localizar texto ao digitar">
+<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeTip.label "Dica: Para começar manualmente a localizar ao digitar, digite / para encontrar texto ou ' para encontrar links, seguido do texto que você deseja encontrar.">
+<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeTimeout.label "Limpar a pesquisa atual depois de alguns segundos de inatividade">
+<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeTimeout.accesskey "L">
+<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeSound.label "Tocar um som quando o texto digitado não for encontrado">
+<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeSound.accesskey "T">
+<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeEnableAuto.label "Localizar automaticamente ao digitar dentro de uma página web:">
+<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeEnableAuto.accesskey "L">
+<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeAutoText.label "Qualquer texto na página">
+<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeAutoText.accesskey "a">
+<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeAutoLinks.label "Somente links">
+<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeAutoLinks.accesskey "l">
+
+<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeFindbarEnable.label "Mostrar a barra de ferramentas de pesquisa enquanto você localiza ao digitar">
+<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeFindbarEnable.accesskey "s">
+<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeFindbarEnableTip.label "Observação: Localizar ao digitar sem exibir a barra de localização não permite entrada de texto internacional.">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-fonts.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-fonts.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5f037a0a01
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-fonts.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- extracted from content/pref-fonts.xul -->
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE 'Fonts' prefs dialog -->
+<!ENTITY  pref.fonts.title                        "Fontes">
+
+<!ENTITY  language.label                          "Fontes padrão para:">
+<!ENTITY  language.accesskey                      "F">
+
+<!ENTITY  typefaces.label                         "Nome:">
+<!ENTITY  sizes.label                             "Tamanho:">
+
+<!ENTITY  proportional.label                      "Proporcional:">
+<!ENTITY  proportional.accesskey                  "P">
+
+<!ENTITY  serif.label                             "Com serifa:">
+<!ENTITY  serif.accesskey                         "C">
+<!ENTITY  sans-serif.label                        "Sem serifa:">
+<!ENTITY  sans-serif.accesskey                    "s">
+<!ENTITY  monospace.label                         "Monoespaçada:">
+<!ENTITY  monospace.accesskey                     "M">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (fantasy.label): 'Fantasy' means 'Ornate' -->
+<!ENTITY  fantasy.label                           "Fantasia:">
+<!ENTITY  fantasy.accesskey                       "a">
+<!ENTITY  cursive.label                           "Cursiva:">
+<!ENTITY  cursive.accesskey                       "v">
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (font.langGroup.latin) :
+     Translate "Latin" as the name of Latin (Roman) script, not as the name of
+     the Latin language. -->
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.latin                    "Latim">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.japanese                 "Japonês">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.trad-chinese             "Chinês tradicional (Taiwan)">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.simpl-chinese            "Chinês simplificado">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.trad-chinese-hk          "Traditional Chinese (Hong Kong)">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.korean                   "Coreano">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.cyrillic                 "Cirílico">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.el                       "Grego">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.thai                     "Tailandês">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.hebrew                   "Hebraico">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.arabic                   "Árabe">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.devanagari               "Devanágari">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.tamil                    "Tâmil">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.armenian                 "Armênio">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.bengali                  "Bengali">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.canadian                 "Silabário unificado canadense">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.ethiopic                 "Etíope">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.georgian                 "Georgiano">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.gujarati                 "Gujarati">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.gurmukhi                 "Gurmukhi">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.khmer                    "Cambojano">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.malayalam                "Malayalam">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.math                     "Matemáticas">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.odia                     "Odia">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.telugu                   "Telugu">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.kannada                  "Kannada">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.sinhala                  "Cingalês">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.tibetan                  "Tibetano">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.other                    "Outros sistemas de escrita">
+<!-- Minimum font size -->
+<!ENTITY minSize.label                            "Tamanho mínimo:">
+<!ENTITY minSize.accesskey                        "a">
+<!ENTITY minSize.none                             "Nenhum">
+
+<!-- default font type -->
+<!ENTITY  useDefaultFontSerif.label               "Com serifa">
+<!ENTITY  useDefaultFontSansSerif.label           "Sem serifa">
+
+<!ENTITY  useDocumentFonts.label                  "Permitir que os documentos usem outras fontes">
+<!ENTITY  useDocumentFonts.accesskey              "o">
+
+<!-- leaving this stuff in for now -->
+
+<!ENTITY  header2                                 "Quando uma página especificar as próprias fontes">
+<!ENTITY  useDefaultFont.label                    "Usar as fontes padrão e ignorar as fontes especificadas pela página">
+<!ENTITY  useDefaultFont.accesskey                "U">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-history.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-history.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..69c2ca1bb9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-history.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY  pref.history.title                "Histórico">
+
+<!ENTITY  pref.history.caption              "Histórico de navegação">
+<!ENTITY  historyPages.label                "É a lista das páginas visitadas.">
+<!ENTITY  enableHistory.label               "Lembrar páginas visitadas">
+<!ENTITY  enableHistory.accesskey           "r">
+<!ENTITY  clearHistory.label                "Limpar">
+<!ENTITY  clearHistory.accesskey            "L">
+
+<!ENTITY  locationBarHistory.caption        "Histórico da barra de localização">
+<!ENTITY  urlBarHistoryEnabled.caption      "Ativar o histórico da barra de localização">
+<!ENTITY  urlBarHistoryEnabled.accesskey    "e">
+<!ENTITY  clearLocationBar.label            "Limpar a lista de sites armazenada na barra de localização.">
+<!ENTITY  clearLocationBarButton.label      "Limpar">
+<!ENTITY  clearLocationBarButton.accesskey  "r">
+<!ENTITY  formfillHistory.caption           "Dados de formulários e histórico de buscas">
+<!ENTITY  enableFormfill.label              "Ativar dados de formulários e histórico de buscas">
+<!ENTITY  enableFormfill.accesskey          "A">
+<!ENTITY  formfillExpire.label              "Lembrar dados de formulários e histórico de buscas em até">
+<!ENTITY  formfillExpire.accesskey          "f">
+<!ENTITY  formfillDays.label                "dias">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-http.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-http.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2cb900ac6d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-http.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY pref.http.title                     "HTTP">
+
+<!-- Network-->
+<!ENTITY prefDirect.label                    "Conexão direta">
+<!ENTITY prefProxy.label                     "Conexão com proxy">
+<!ENTITY prefEnableHTTP10.label              "Usar HTTP 1.0">
+<!ENTITY prefEnableHTTP10.accesskey          "H">
+<!ENTITY prefEnableHTTP10Proxy.accesskey     "U">
+<!ENTITY prefEnableHTTP11.label              "Usar HTTP 1.1">
+<!ENTITY prefEnableHTTP11.accesskey          "T">
+<!ENTITY prefEnableHTTP11Proxy.accesskey     "s">
+<!ENTITY prefPara                            "Estas opções permitem aumentar o desempenho e a compatibilidade das conexões HTTP . Alguns servidores, por exemplo, são conhecidos por exigirem HTTP 1.0 (veja detalhes nas notas de atualização).">
+<!ENTITY prefUseragent.label                 "Agente do usuário">
+<!ENTITY prefFirefoxStrict.label             "Identificar como Firefox">
+<!ENTITY prefFirefoxStrict.accesskey         "I">
+<!ENTITY prefFirefoxNone.label               "Identificar como SeaMonkey">
+<!ENTITY prefFirefoxNone.accesskey           "M">
+<!ENTITY prefFirefoxCompat2.label            "Identificar como SeaMonkey e anunciar compatibilidade com o Firefox">
+<!ENTITY prefFirefoxCompat2.accesskey        "F">
+<!ENTITY prefCompatWarning2.desc             "AVISO: Alterar esta configuração pode resultar em sites ou serviços não funcionarem corretamente.">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-images.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-images.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1ebe1c46b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-images.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY pref.images.title              "Imagens">
+
+<!ENTITY imageBlocking.label            "Carregamento">
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE (onStartLegend.label): Don't translate "&brandShortName;".
+    Place "&brandShortName;" in the phrase where the name of the application should
+	 appear
+-->
+
+<!ENTITY imageDetails                   "Determine como o &brandShortName; manipula imagens.">
+
+<!ENTITY loadAllImagesRadio.label       "Carregar todas as imagens">
+<!ENTITY loadAllImagesRadio.accesskey   "C">
+<!ENTITY loadOrgImagesRadio.label       "Apenas carregar imagens quando vierem do mesmo servidor que a página">
+<!ENTITY loadOrgImagesRadio.accesskey   "n">
+<!ENTITY loadNoImagesRadio.label        "Não carregar nenhuma imagem">
+<!ENTITY loadNoImagesRadio.accesskey    "h">
+<!ENTITY viewPermissions.label          "Gerenciar permissão de imagens">
+<!ENTITY viewPermissions.accesskey      "P">
+<!ENTITY animLoopingTitle.label         "Limitar a repetição de imagens animadas">
+<!ENTITY animLoopAsSpecified.label      "Determinado pela imagem">
+<!ENTITY animLoopAsSpecified.accesskey  "d">
+<!ENTITY animLoopOnce.label             "Repetir uma vez">
+<!ENTITY animLoopOnce.accesskey         "R">
+<!ENTITY animLoopNever.label            "Nunca repetir">
+<!ENTITY animLoopNever.accesskey        "u">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-keynav.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-keynav.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..670e77233b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-keynav.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY pref.keyNav.title "Navegação com o teclado">
+<!ENTITY tabNavigationBehavior.label "Foco">
+<!ENTITY tabNavigationLinks.label "Links">
+<!ENTITY tabNavigationLinks.accesskey "k">
+<!ENTITY tabNavigationForms.label "Botões, rádios, caixas de seleção e listas">
+<!ENTITY tabNavigationForms.accesskey "B">
+<!ENTITY tabNavigationTextboxes.label "NOTA: Caixas de texto sempre fazem parte da ordem da tecla tab.">
+<!ENTITY tabNavigationDesc.label "Tab e Shift+Tab movem o foco entre:">
+<!ENTITY accessibilityBrowseWithCaret.label "Navegação por cursor">
+<!ENTITY browseWithCaretDesc.label "Cursor de teclado permite que você navegue e selecione nas páginas usando as teclas de seta para mover um cursor visível.">
+<!ENTITY browseWithCaretUse.label "Usar cursor de teclado">
+<!ENTITY browseWithCaretUse.accesskey "U">
+<!ENTITY browseWithCaretShortCut.label "Use a tecla de atalho F7 para alternar o modo de cursor de teclado">
+<!ENTITY browseWithCaretShortCut.accesskey "F">
+<!ENTITY browseWithCaretWarn.label "Me avise antes de ativar o cursor de teclado">
+<!ENTITY browseWithCaretWarn.accesskey "M">
+
+<!ENTITY modifiers.label "Modificadores">
+<!ENTITY acceleratorKey.label "Tecla aceleradora:">
+<!ENTITY acceleratorKey.accesskey "a">
+<!ENTITY menuAccessKey.label "Tecla de acesso ao menu:">
+<!ENTITY menuAccessKey.accesskey "m">
+<!ENTITY modifiersDesc.label "Nota: O valor zero desativa a tecla modificadora.">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-languages.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-languages.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..73d04b090b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-languages.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE 'Languages' preferences dialog -->
+
+
+<!ENTITY languages.customize.prefLangDescript           "Algumas páginas web estão disponíveis em mais de um idioma. Selecione o idioma em que prefere exibi-las.">
+<!ENTITY languages.customize.title                      "Idiomas">
+<!ENTITY langtitle.label                                "Idiomas para páginas web">
+<!ENTITY languages.customize.prefAddLangDescript        "Selecione o(s) idioma(s) que deseja adicionar.">
+<!ENTITY languages.customize.addButton.label            "Adicionar...">
+<!ENTITY languages.customize.addButton.accesskey        "A">
+<!ENTITY languages.customize.deleteButton.label         "Remover">
+<!ENTITY languages.customize.deleteButton.accesskey     "R">
+<!ENTITY languages.customize.add.title.label            "Adicionar idiomas">
+<!ENTITY languages.customize.available.label            "Idiomas:">
+<!ENTITY languages.customize.active.label               "Idiomas (na ordem de preferência):">
+<!ENTITY languages.customize.active.accesskey           "I">
+<!ENTITY languages.customize.others.label               "Outros:">
+<!ENTITY languages.customize.others.accesskey           "O">
+<!ENTITY languages.customize.Fallback2.grouplabel       "Codificação de texto para conteúdo legado">
+<!ENTITY languages.customize.Fallback2.label            "Codificação secundária do texto:">
+<!ENTITY languages.customize.Fallback2.accesskey        "t">
+<!ENTITY languages.customize.Fallback2.desc             "Usada para conteúdo antigo que falha em declarar sua codificação.">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE  Character Encoding Preferences Dialog: Do NOT localize the terms "en-bz, ar-jo"  -->
+<!ENTITY languages.customize.others.examples            "exemplo: en-bz, ar-jo">
+<!ENTITY languages.customize.moveUp.label               "Para cima">
+<!ENTITY languages.customize.moveUp.accesskey           "c">
+<!ENTITY languages.customize.moveDown.label             "Para baixo">
+<!ENTITY languages.customize.moveDown.accesskey         "b">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-languages.properties b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-languages.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d58c520506
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-languages.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+illegalOtherLanguage=Os seguintes códigos de idioma não são válidos:
+illegalOtherLanguageTitle=Código(s) de idioma inválido(s)
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE: Next two strings are for language name representations with
+#   and without the region.
+#   e.g. languageRegionCodeFormat : "French/Canada  [fr-ca]" languageCodeFormat : "French  [fr]"
+#   %1$S = language name, %2$S = region name, %3$S = language-region code
+languageRegionCodeFormat=%1$S/%2$S  [%3$S]
+#   %1$S = language name, %2$S = language-region code
+languageCodeFormat=%1$S  [%2$S]
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-links.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-links.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3a441961ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-links.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY linksHeader.label "Comportamento dos links">
+<!ENTITY newWindow.label "Comportamento de abertura dos links">
+<!ENTITY newWindowDescription.label "Abrir links feitas para abrir em nova janela em:">
+<!ENTITY newWindowRestriction.label "Quando os scripts tentam abrir uma nova janela:">
+<!ENTITY external.label "Links de outras aplicações">
+<!ENTITY externalDescription.label "Abrir links passados por outras aplicações em:">
+
+<!ENTITY openCurrent.label "A atual aba/janela">
+<!ENTITY newWindowGroupCurrent.accesskey "b">
+<!ENTITY externalGroupCurrent.accesskey "u">
+
+<!ENTITY openTab.label "Uma nova aba na janela atual">
+<!ENTITY newWindowGroupTab.accesskey "t">
+<!ENTITY externalGroupTab.accesskey "a">
+
+<!ENTITY openWindow.label "Em uma nova janela">
+<!ENTITY newWindowGroupWindow.accesskey "j">
+<!ENTITY externalGroupWindow.accesskey "o">
+
+<!ENTITY divertAll.label "Sempre desviar janelas em abas">
+<!ENTITY divertAll.accesskey "d">
+<!ENTITY divertNoFeatures.label "Não desviar janelas personalizadas em abas">
+<!ENTITY divertNoFeatures.accesskey "s">
+<!ENTITY dontDivert.label "Sempre abrir novas janelas">
+<!ENTITY dontDivert.accesskey "r">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-locationbar.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-locationbar.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3e8cf72aec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-locationbar.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE The Location Bar prefs panel -->
+<!ENTITY pref.locationBar.title                "Barra de localização">
+
+<!ENTITY autoComplete.label                    "Completar automaticamente">
+<!ENTITY autoCompleteMatchHistory.label        "Sugerir automaticamente sites do Histórico">
+<!ENTITY autoCompleteMatchHistory.accesskey    "a">
+<!ENTITY autoCompleteMatchBookmarks.label      "Sugerir automaticamente sites dos Favoritos">
+<!ENTITY autoCompleteMatchBookmarks.accesskey  "F">
+<!ENTITY autoCompleteAutoFill.label            "Preencher automaticamente com o endereço mais provável">
+<!ENTITY autoCompleteAutoFill.accesskey        "P">
+<!ENTITY autoCompleteShowPopup.label           "Listar os endereços mais prováveis">
+<!ENTITY autoCompleteShowPopup.accesskey       "L">
+<!ENTITY autoCompleteMatchOnlyTyped.label      "Considerar apenas os endereços digitados anteriormente">
+<!ENTITY autoCompleteMatchOnlyTyped.accesskey  "C">
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE (autoCompleteMatch.label): This is the common leading
+  part of the menulist items listed below, mainly to make the control available
+  via the accesskey
+-->
+<!ENTITY autoCompleteMatch.label               "Coincidir">
+<!ENTITY autoCompleteMatch.accesskey           "C">
+<!ENTITY autoCompleteMatchAnywhere             "Em qualquer lugar do endereço ou título">
+<!ENTITY autoCompleteMatchWordsFirst           "Em qualquer lugar, mas preferivelmente em bordas de palavras">
+<!ENTITY autoCompleteMatchWords                "Somente em bordas de palavras">
+<!ENTITY autoCompleteMatchStart                "Somente no início do endereço ou título">
+<!ENTITY showInternetSearch.label              "Mostrar mecanismo padrão de pesquisa na Internet">
+<!ENTITY showInternetSearch.accesskey          "p">
+
+<!ENTITY formatting.label                      "Formatação">
+<!ENTITY domainFormatting.label                "Realçar o dominio efetivo dos sites e servidores FTP">
+<!ENTITY domainFormatting.accesskey            "d">
+<!ENTITY highlightSecure.label                 "Destacar páginas web com um alto nível de segurança de conexão">
+<!ENTITY highlightSecure.accesskey             "c">
+
+<!ENTITY unknownLocations.label                "Endereços desconhecidos">
+<!ENTITY domainGuessing.label                  "Se a página não for encontrada, adicionar &quot;www.&quot; e &quot;.com&quot; ao endereço">
+<!ENTITY domainGuessing.accesskey              "S">
+<!ENTITY keywords.label                        "Realizar uma busca na web quando o texto fornecido não for um endereço válido">
+<!ENTITY keywords.accesskey                    "R">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-masterpass.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-masterpass.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..183563f448
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-masterpass.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY  pref.masterpass.title                  "Senhas mestra">
+
+<!ENTITY  changepassword.caption                 "Modificar senha mestra">
+<!ENTITY  changepassword.text                    "Sua senha mestra protege informações confidenciais tais como certificados e senhas de sites.">
+<!ENTITY  changepassword.button                  "Modificar…">
+<!ENTITY  changepassword.accesskey               "o">
+
+<!ENTITY  resetpassword.caption                  "Redefinir senha mestra">
+<!ENTITY  resetpassword.text                     "Se remover a senha mestra, todas as suas senhas de sites e email, dados de formulários, certificados pessoais e chaves privadas serão perdidas.">
+<!ENTITY  resetpassword.button                   "Excluir…">
+<!ENTITY  resetpassword.accesskey                "x">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-media.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-media.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c51a1a4e74
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-media.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- extracted from content/pref-media.xul -->
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE Media management prefs -->
+<!ENTITY pref.media.title               "Mídia">
+<!ENTITY mediaHTML5Preferences.label    "Áudio/Vídeo">
+<!ENTITY allowMediaAutoplay.label       "Ativar execução automática para conteúdo em HTML5">
+<!ENTITY allowMediaAutoplay.accesskey   "H">
+
+<!ENTITY enableDrmMedia.label           "Ativar Gestão dos Direitos Digitais para">
+<!ENTITY enableEmeForSuite.label        "Módulos de terceiros para decodificação de conteúdo">
+<!ENTITY enableEmeForSuite.accesskey    "c">
+
+<!ENTITY animLoopingTitle.label         "Limitar a repetição de imagens animadas">
+<!ENTITY animLoopAsSpecified.label      "Tantas vezes quanto a imagem especifica">
+<!ENTITY animLoopAsSpecified.accesskey  "T">
+<!ENTITY animLoopOnce.label             "Repetir uma vez">
+<!ENTITY animLoopOnce.accesskey         "R">
+<!ENTITY animLoopNever.label            "Nunca repetir">
+<!ENTITY animLoopNever.accesskey        "u">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-mousewheel.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-mousewheel.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1679038d8b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-mousewheel.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE Mouse-wheel management prefs, for those lucky OSes that support mouse wheels -->
+
+<!ENTITY pref.mouseWheel.title           "Roda do mouse">
+<!ENTITY mouseWheelPanel.label           "Especifique como a roda do mouse deve agir ao usar esta tecla modificadora:">
+<!ENTITY usingJustTheWheel.label         "Sem tecla modificadora">
+<!ENTITY usingWheelAndAlt.label          "&altKey.label;">
+<!ENTITY usingWheelAndCtrl.label         "&ctrlKey.label;">
+<!ENTITY usingWheelAndShft.label         "&shiftKey.label;">
+<!-- Key labels, for mousewheel prefs -->
+<!ENTITY usingWheelAndAlt.label2         "Alt">
+<!ENTITY usingWheelAndOption.label       "Option">
+<!ENTITY usingWheelAndCtrl.label2        "Ctrl">
+<!ENTITY usingWheelAndShft.label2        "Shift">
+<!ENTITY mouseWheelGroup.label           "Navegação vertical">
+<!ENTITY mouseWheelHorizGroup.label      "Navegação horizontal">
+<!ENTITY sameAsVertical.label            "O mesmo que navegação vertical">
+<!ENTITY sameAsVertical.accesskey        "v">
+<!ENTITY doNothing.label                 "Não fazer nada">
+<!ENTITY doNothing.accesskey             "N">
+<!ENTITY doNothingHoriz.accesskey        "N">
+<!ENTITY scrollDocument.label            "Rolar o documento">
+<!ENTITY scrollDocument.accesskey        "R">
+<!ENTITY scrollDocumentHoriz.accesskey   "c">
+<!ENTITY history.label                   "Voltar ou avançar no histórico de navegação">
+<!ENTITY history.accesskey               "v">
+<!ENTITY historyHoriz.accesskey          "h">
+<!ENTITY zoom.label                      "Aumentar ou diminuir o zoom da página">
+<!ENTITY zoom.accesskey                  "z">
+<!ENTITY zoomHoriz.accesskey             "e">
+<!ENTITY wheelSpeed.label                "Velocidade da roda do mouse:">
+<!ENTITY wheelSpeed.accesskey            "r">
+<!ENTITY wheelSpeedHoriz.accesskey       "u">
+<!ENTITY reverseDirection.label          "Direção inversa">
+<!ENTITY reverseDirection.accesskey      "i">
+<!ENTITY reverseDirectionHoriz.accesskey "e">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-navigator.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-navigator.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bc6e0ecf29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-navigator.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY pref.navigator.title           "Navegador">
+
+<!ENTITY navRadio.label                 "Abrir em">
+<!ENTITY navRadio.accesskey             "A">
+<!ENTITY navStartPageMenu.label         "Inicialização">
+<!ENTITY newWinPageMenu.label           "Novas janelas">
+<!ENTITY newTabPageMenu.label           "Novas abas">
+
+<!ENTITY blankPageRadio.label           "Nada">
+<!ENTITY blankPageRadio.accesskey       "N">
+<!ENTITY homePageRadio.label            "Página Inicial">
+<!ENTITY homePageRadio.accesskey        "P">
+<!ENTITY lastPageRadio.label            "Última página visitada">
+<!ENTITY lastPageRadio.accesskey        "v">
+<!ENTITY restoreSessionRadio.label      "Restaurar sessão anterior">
+<!ENTITY restoreSessionRadio.accesskey  "s">
+
+<!ENTITY restoreSessionIntro.label      "Ao restaurar sessões e janelas">
+<!ENTITY restoreImmediately.label       "Reabrir todas as abas imediatamente">
+<!ENTITY restoreImmediately.accesskey   "e">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (restoreTabs.label): This will concatenate to
+     "Restore [___] tab(s) at a time",
+     using (restoreTabs.label) and a number (restoreTabsAtATime.label). -->
+<!ENTITY restoreTabs.label              "Restaurar">
+<!ENTITY restoreTabs.accesskey          "s">
+<!ENTITY restoreTabsAtATime.label       "aba(s) de cada vez">
+<!ENTITY restoreDeferred.label          "Apenas restaurar abas quando eu precisar delas">
+<!ENTITY restoreDeferred.accesskey      "A">
+
+<!ENTITY homePageIntro.label            "O comando Página Inicial abre esta página ou grupo de páginas.">
+<!ENTITY useCurrent.label               "Usar a página atual">
+<!ENTITY useCurrent.accesskey           "n">
+<!ENTITY useCurrentGroup.label          "Usar o grupo atual">
+<!ENTITY useCurrentGroup.accesskey      "t">
+<!ENTITY browseFile.label               "Usar um arquivo...">
+<!ENTITY browseFile.accesskey           "a">
+<!ENTITY useDefault.label               "Usar o padrão">
+<!ENTITY useDefault.accesskey           "U">
+
+<!ENTITY defaultBrowserGroup.label      "Navegador padrão">
+<!ENTITY defaultBrowserButton.label     "Definir como navegador padrão">
+<!ENTITY defaultBrowserButton.accesskey "n">
+<!ENTITY alreadyDefaultText             "&brandShortName; já é seu navegador padrão.">
+<!ENTITY defaultPendingText             "&brandShortName; será definido como seu navegador padrão quando clicar em OK.">
+<!ENTITY wasMadeDefaultText             "&brandShortName; foi definido como seu navegador padrão.">
+<!ENTITY makeDefaultText                "Definir &brandShortName; como seu navegador padrão.">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-offlineapps.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-offlineapps.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..930cd7bd8c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-offlineapps.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+<!-- extracted from content/pref-offlineapps.xul -->
+
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE Offline Apps prefs dialog -->
+<!ENTITY pref.offlineapps.title             "Aplicações web offline">
+<!ENTITY pref.offlineCache.caption          "Conteúdo web offline e dados do usuário">
+
+<!ENTITY clearOfflineAppCache.label         "Limpar">
+<!ENTITY clearOfflineAppCache.accesskey     "L">
+
+<!ENTITY offlineAlwaysAllow.label           "Permitir que todos os sites armazenem dados para uso em modo desconectado">
+<!ENTITY offlineAlwaysAllow.accesskey       "P">
+<!ENTITY offlineExplicit.label              "Permitir apenas sites com permissões explícitas">
+<!ENTITY offlineExplicit.accesskey          "P">
+<!ENTITY offlineNotifyAsk.label             "Notificar quando sites desejam armazenar dados para utilização em modo desconectado">
+<!ENTITY offlineNotifyAsk.accesskey         "N">
+<!ENTITY offlineNotifyPermissions.label     "Gerenciar permissões">
+<!ENTITY offlineNotifyPermissions.accesskey "P">
+
+<!ENTITY offlineAppsUsage.label             "Estes sites estão usando armazenamento de dados para uso em modo desconectado:">
+<!ENTITY offlineAppsListRemove.label        "Limpar dados…">
+<!ENTITY offlineAppsListRemove.accesskey    "d">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-passwords.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-passwords.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..aaf3f3a111
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-passwords.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY  pref.passwords.title        "Senhas">
+
+<!ENTITY  signonHeader.caption        "Gerenciador de senhas">
+<!ENTITY  signonDescription.label     "O gerenciador de senhas armazena suas informações de login para sites protegidos por senha, servidores de email e servidores de notícias e as fornece quando necessárias.">
+
+<!ENTITY  signonEnabled.label         "Armazenar nomes de usuário e senhas">
+<!ENTITY  signonEnabled.accesskey     "s">
+<!ENTITY  viewSignons.label           "Organizar">
+<!ENTITY  viewSignons.accesskey       "z">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-popups.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-popups.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e9728f6fc3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-popups.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY pref.popups.title              "Janelas popup">
+
+<!ENTITY pref.popups.caption            "Janelas popup">
+
+<!ENTITY popupBlock.label               "Bloquear janelas popup">
+<!ENTITY popupBlock.accesskey           "B">
+
+<!ENTITY viewPermissions.label          "Gerenciar permissões">
+<!ENTITY viewPermissions.accesskey      "G">
+
+<!ENTITY whenBlock.description          "Quando um popup for bloqueado:">
+<!ENTITY playSound.label                "Tocar este som:">
+<!ENTITY playSound.accesskey            "s">
+<!ENTITY systemSound.label              "Beep do sistema">
+<!ENTITY systemSound.accesskey          "B">
+<!ENTITY customSound.label              "Arquivo de som personalizado">
+<!ENTITY customSound.accesskey          "A">
+
+<!ENTITY selectSound.label              "Selecionar...">
+<!ENTITY selectSound.accesskey          "S">
+<!ENTITY playSoundButton.label          "Reproduzir">
+<!ENTITY playSoundButton.accesskey      "R">
+
+<!ENTITY displayIcon.label              "Exibir um ícone na barra de status">
+<!ENTITY displayIcon.accesskey          "x">
+
+<!ENTITY displayNotification.label      "Exibir uma barra de notificação no topo da área de conteúdo">
+<!ENTITY displayNotification.accesskey  "E">
+
+<!ENTITY popupNote.description          "NOTA: O bloqueio total de popups pode impedir o carregamento de algumas páginas - como janelas de login. Para desbloquear sites rapidamente, use o menu &quot;Ferramentas&quot; - &quot;Popups&quot;. Mesmo se bloqueados, sites podem usar outros métodos para abrir janelas.">
+
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-privatedata.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-privatedata.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..54bac0530b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-privatedata.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE 'Private Data' prefs settings
+    These entities go on top of the sanitize.dtd definitions
+-->
+<!ENTITY pref.privatedata.title           "Dados pessoais">
+
+
+<!ENTITY clearPrivateData.label           "Limpar dados pessoais">
+
+<!ENTITY alwaysClear.label                "Sempre limpar dados privativos ao sair do &brandShortName;">
+<!ENTITY alwaysClear.accesskey            "a">
+
+<!ENTITY askBeforeClear.label             "Perguntar antes de limpar dados privativos">
+<!ENTITY askBeforeClear.accesskey         "g">
+
+<!ENTITY clearDataSettings.label          "Quando eu pedir para o &brandShortName; limpar meus dados pessoais, ele deve apagar:">
+
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE (clearDataDialog.label, clearDataSilent.label, clearDataDialog.accesskey):
+  The only difference bettween the two labels is that one calls a dialog, the other doesn't.
+  The same accesskey is used for both labels.
+-->
+<!ENTITY clearDataDialog.label            "Limpar agora…">
+<!ENTITY clearDataSilent.label            "Limpar agora">
+<!ENTITY clearDataDialog.accesskey        "L">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-proxies-advanced.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-proxies-advanced.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7a95a4df27
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-proxies-advanced.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE The Advanced Proxy Preferences dialog -->
+
+<!ENTITY  pref.proxies.advanced.title "Configurações avançadas de proxy">
+<!ENTITY  protocols.caption           "Proxies específicos para cada protocolo">
+<!ENTITY  protocols.description       "Normalmente o mesmo proxy pode manipular todos os protocolos listados aqui.">
+<!ENTITY  http.label                  "HTTP:">
+<!ENTITY  http.accesskey              "T">
+<!ENTITY  ssl.label                   "Proxy SSL:">
+<!ENTITY  ssl.accesskey               "S">
+<!ENTITY  ftp.label                   "FTP:">
+<!ENTITY  ftp.accesskey               "F">
+<!ENTITY  reuseProxy.label            "Usar as configurações do proxy HTTP em todos os protocolos">
+<!ENTITY  reuseProxy.accesskey        "U">
+<!ENTITY  port.label                  "Porta:">
+<!ENTITY  HTTPPort.accesskey          "P">
+<!ENTITY  SSLPort.accesskey           "o">
+<!ENTITY  FTPPort.accesskey           "r">
+
+<!ENTITY  socks.caption               "Proxy genérico">
+<!ENTITY  socks.description           "Um proxy SOCKS é um proxy genérico utilizado em corporações ou ambientes similares.">
+<!ENTITY  socks.label                 "Proxy SOCKS:">
+<!ENTITY  socks.accesskey             "O">
+<!ENTITY  socks4.label                "SOCKS v4">
+<!ENTITY  socks4.accesskey            "C">
+<!ENTITY  socks5.label                "SOCKS v5">
+<!ENTITY  socks5.accesskey            "K">
+<!ENTITY  socksRemoteDNS.label        "Usar para resolver nomes (recomendado para o SOCKS v5)">
+<!ENTITY  socksRemoteDNS.accesskey    "e">
+<!ENTITY  SOCKSport.accesskey         "t">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-proxies.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-proxies.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..07a5402140
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-proxies.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+<!-- extracted from content/pref-proxies.xul -->
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE The Proxies preferences dialog -->
+
+
+<!ENTITY  pref.proxies.title            "Proxies">
+<!ENTITY  pref.proxies.desc             "Um Proxy é um serviço de rede que pode filtrar e acelerar a sua conexão à Internet.">
+<!ENTITY  proxyTitle.label              "Acesso à Internet">
+<!ENTITY  directTypeRadio.label         "Conectar-se diretamente">
+<!ENTITY  directTypeRadio.accesskey     "d">
+<!ENTITY  systemTypeRadio.label         "Usar configurações de proxy do sistema">
+<!ENTITY  systemTypeRadio.accesskey     "U">
+<!ENTITY  manualTypeRadio.label         "Usar um servidor proxy:">
+<!ENTITY  manualTypeRadio.accesskey     "x">
+<!ENTITY  wpadTypeRadio.label           "Descobrir automaticamente a configuração de proxy">
+<!ENTITY  wpadTypeRadio.accesskey       "a">
+<!ENTITY  autoTypeRadio.label           "Endereço para configuração automática de proxy:">
+<!ENTITY  autoTypeRadio.accesskey       "e">
+<!ENTITY  reload.label                  "Recarregar">
+<!ENTITY  reload.accesskey              "c">
+<!ENTITY  http.label                    "HTTP:">
+<!ENTITY  http.accesskey                "H">
+<!ENTITY  port.label                    "Porta:">
+<!ENTITY  HTTPPort.accesskey            "p">
+<!ENTITY  advanced.label                "Avançado...">
+<!ENTITY  advanced.accesskey            "v">
+<!ENTITY  noproxy.label                 "Não usar proxy para:">
+<!ENTITY  noproxy.accesskey             "N">
+<!ENTITY  noproxyExplain.label          "Exemplo: .com.br, .mozilla.org, .net.nz">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-scripts.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-scripts.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9b9cf4f33d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-scripts.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- extracted from content/pref-scripts.xul -->
+
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE The 'Scripts & Plugins' preferences dialog -->
+<!ENTITY pref.scripts.title              "Scripts e Plugins">
+
+<!ENTITY navigator.label                 "Navigator">
+<!ENTITY navigator.accesskey             "N">
+
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE (enableJavaScript.label): 'JavaScript' should never be translated -->
+<!ENTITY enableJavaScript.label          "Permitir JavaScript no">
+<!ENTITY allowScripts.label              "Scripts têm permissão para:">
+<!ENTITY allowScripts.accesskey          "s">
+<!ENTITY allowWindowMoveResize.label     "Mover ou alterar o tamanho de janelas existentes">
+<!ENTITY allowWindowFlip.label           "Alterar a disposição entre as janelas">
+<!ENTITY allowWindowStatusChange.label   "Alterar o texto da barra de status">
+<!ENTITY allowContextmenuDisable.label   "Desativar ou substituir menus de contexto">
+<!ENTITY allowHideStatusBar.label        "Ocultar a barra de status ">
+
+<!ENTITY debugging.label                  "Depuração de JavaScript">
+<!ENTITY debugEnableDump.label            "Ativar saída dump() de JavaScript">
+<!ENTITY debugEnableDump.accesskey        "A">
+<!ENTITY debugStrictJavascript.label      "Mostrar avisos rigorosos de JavaScript">
+<!ENTITY debugStrictJavascript.accesskey  "J">
+<!ENTITY debugConsoleJavascript.label     "Mostrar erros e avisos de JavaScript do chrome">
+<!ENTITY debugConsoleJavascript.accesskey "c">
+
+<!ENTITY enablePlugins.label             "Permitir plugins para">
+<!ENTITY enablePluginForSuite.label      "Suite">
+<!ENTITY enablePluginForSuite.accesskey  "u">
+
+<!ENTITY whenPageRequiresPlugins.label   "Quando a página necessitar usar plugins">
+<!ENTITY activateAllPlugins.label        "Ativar todos plugins por padrão">
+<!ENTITY activateAllPlugins.accesskey    "d">
+<!ENTITY warnPluginsRequired.label       "Alertar se plugins adicionais precisam ser instalados">
+<!ENTITY warnPluginsRequired.accesskey   "A">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-search.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-search.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..34c027976a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-search.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- extracted from content/pref-search.xul -->
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE The Search prefs dialog -->
+
+<!ENTITY pref.search.title                "Pesquisa na Internet">
+<!ENTITY legendHeader                     "Pesquisar na web">
+<!ENTITY defaultSearchEngine.label        "Usar:">
+<!ENTITY defaultSearchEngine.accesskey    "s">
+
+<!ENTITY engineManager.label              "Gerenciar mecanismos de pesquisa…">
+
+<!ENTITY searchResults.label              "Resultados da pesquisa">
+
+<!ENTITY openInTab.label                  "Abrir novas abas de resultados de pesquisa no painel lateral">
+<!ENTITY openInTab.accesskey              "b">
+<!ENTITY openContextSearchTab.label       "Abrir uma aba ao invés de uma janela ao usar o menu de contexto de pesquisa">
+<!ENTITY openContextSearchTab.accesskey   "t">
+<!ENTITY openSidebarSearchPanel.label     "Abrir a aba de pesquisa no painel lateral quando uma pesquisa for chamada">
+<!ENTITY openSidebarSearchPanel.accesskey "a">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-security.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-security.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4d95dfdb96
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-security.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE 'Privacy and Security' prefs settings -->
+<!ENTITY pref.security.title              "Privacidade e Segurança">
+
+<!ENTITY tracking.label                   "Rastreamento de usuário">
+<!ENTITY trackingIntro.label              "Sites podem rastrear como você os utiliza, afetando assim a sua privacidade.">
+
+<!ENTITY doNotTrack.label                 "Notificar aos sites que não quero ser rastreado">
+<!ENTITY doNotTrack.accesskey             "t">
+<!ENTITY trackProtect.label               "Prevenir atividades de rastreamento por sites conhecidos">
+<!ENTITY trackProtect.accesskey           "n">
+<!ENTITY warnTrackContent.label           "Me avise quando atividades comuns de rastreamento forem detectadas">
+<!ENTITY warnTrackContent.accesskey       "M">
+
+<!ENTITY geoLocation.label                "Navegação sensível à localização">
+<!ENTITY geoIntro.label                   "Sites podem solicitar mais informações sobre sua localização atual.">
+
+<!ENTITY geoEnabled.label                 "Solicitar minha permissão se uma requisição for feita">
+<!ENTITY geoEnabled.accesskey             "m">
+<!ENTITY geoDisabled.label                "Desativar esta funcionalidade e negar todas as solicitações">
+<!ENTITY geoDisabled.accesskey            "D">
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (safeBrowsing.label, blockWebForgeries.label, blockAttackSites.label):
+  The methods by which forged (phished) and attack sites will be detected by
+  phishing providers will vary from human review to machine-based heuristics
+  to a combination of both, so it's important that these strings convey the
+  meaning "reported" (and not something like "known").
+-->
+<!ENTITY safeBrowsing.label               "Navegação segura">
+<!ENTITY safeBrowsingIntro.label          "O &brandShortName; pode bloquear sites avaliados como tendo conteúdo malicioso.">
+
+<!ENTITY blockAttackSites.label           "Bloquear sites avaliados como focos de ataques (malware, vírus)">
+<!ENTITY blockAttackSites.accesskey       "B">
+
+<!ENTITY blockWebForgeries.label          "Bloquear sites avaliados como fraudulentos (roubo de dados)">
+<!ENTITY blockWebForgeries.accesskey      "r">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-smartupdate.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-smartupdate.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ed9befb1ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-smartupdate.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE UI for Software Updates prefs -->
+<!ENTITY pref.smartUpdate.title               "Atualizações">
+<!ENTITY addOnsTitle.label                    "Complementos">
+<!ENTITY addOnsAllow.label                    "Permitir que sites instalem extensões e atualizações">
+<!ENTITY addOnsAllow.accesskey                "P">
+<!ENTITY allowedSitesLink.label               "Sites permitidos">
+<!ENTITY autoAddOnsUpdates.label              "Procurar por atualizações automaticamente">
+<!ENTITY autoAddOnsUpdates.accesskey          "o">
+<!ENTITY daily.label                          "Todo dia">
+<!ENTITY addOnsDaily.accesskey                "d">
+<!ENTITY weekly.label                         "Toda semana">
+<!ENTITY addOnsWeekly.accesskey               "k">
+<!ENTITY addOnsModeAutomatic.label            "Baixar e instalar atualizações automaticamente">
+<!ENTITY addOnsModeAutomatic.accesskey        "m">
+<!ENTITY enablePersonalized.label             "Personalizar recomendações de complementos">
+<!ENTITY enablePersonalized.accesskey         "P">
+<!ENTITY addonManagerLink.label               "Gerenciar complementos">
+
+<!ENTITY appUpdates.caption                   "&brandShortName;">
+<!ENTITY autoAppUpdates.label                 "Procurar atualizações automaticamente">
+<!ENTITY autoAppUpdates.accesskey             "o">
+<!ENTITY appDaily.accesskey                   "d">
+<!ENTITY appWeekly.accesskey                  "w">
+<!ENTITY appModeAutomatic.label               "Baixar e instalar a atualização automaticamente">
+<!ENTITY appModeAutomatic.accesskey           "u">
+<!ENTITY updateHistoryButton.label            "Exibir histórico de atualizações…">
+<!ENTITY updateHistoryButton.accesskey        "s">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-spelling.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-spelling.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e59fd6272d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-spelling.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this file,
+   - You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.  -->
+   
+<!ENTITY prefSpelling.title                   "Ortografia">
+<!ENTITY generalSpelling.label                "Geral">
+<!ENTITY checkSpellingWhenTyping.label        "Ao digitar, verificar minha ortografia:">
+<!ENTITY checkSpellingWhenTyping.accesskey    "v">
+<!ENTITY dontCheckSpelling.label              "Nunca">
+<!ENTITY multilineCheckSpelling.label         "Em caixas com várias linhas">
+<!ENTITY alwaysCheckSpelling.label            "Todas as caixas">
+<!ENTITY spellForMailAndNews.label            "Email e grupos de notícias">
+<!ENTITY checkSpellingBeforeSend.label        "Verificar ortografia antes de enviar">
+<!ENTITY checkSpellingBeforeSend.accesskey    "c">
+<!ENTITY spellCheckInline.label               "Verificação ortográfica automática">
+<!ENTITY spellCheckInline.accesskey           "e">
+<!ENTITY languagePopup.label                  "Idioma:">
+<!ENTITY languagePopup.accessKey              "m">
+<!ENTITY moreDictionaries.label               "Baixando mais dicionários&#x2026;">
+<!ENTITY noSpellCheckAvailable.label          "Nenhum dicionário disponível.">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-ssl.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-ssl.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b5b3fda790
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-ssl.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY SSLTLSProtocolVersions.caption     "Versões do protocolo SSL/TLS">
+<!ENTITY SSLTLSWarnings.caption             "Avisos SSL/TLS">
+<!ENTITY SSLMixedContent.caption            "Conteúdo mesclado">
+<!ENTITY SSLClientAuthMethod.caption        "Seleção do certificado do cliente">
+
+<!ENTITY pref.ssltls.title                  "Segurança da camada de transporte (SSL/TLS)">
+<!ENTITY limit.description                  "Você pode restringir quais protocolos de criptografia usar para a segurança das conexões. Escolha uma única versão ou um intervalo de versões.">
+<!ENTITY limit.enable.label                 "Ativar:">
+<!ENTITY limit.tls10.label                  "TLS 1.0">
+<!ENTITY limit.tls10.accesskey              "T">
+<!ENTITY limit.tls11.label                  "TLS 1.1">
+<!ENTITY limit.tls11.accesskey              "1">
+<!ENTITY limit.tls12.label                  "TLS 1.2">
+<!ENTITY limit.tls12.accesskey              "2">
+<!ENTITY limit.tls13.label                  "TLS 1.3">
+<!ENTITY limit.tls13.accesskey              "3">
+
+<!ENTITY warn.description2                  "O &brandShortName; pode te alertar sobre o status de segurança da página web que você esteja vendo. O &brandShortName; deve exibir um alerta quando:">
+<!ENTITY warn.enteringsecure                "Carregar uma página que usa criptografia">
+<!ENTITY warn.enteringsecure.accesskey      "C">
+<!ENTITY warn.insecurepost                  "Enviar informações de formulário de uma página não criptografada para outra página não criptografada">
+<!ENTITY warn.insecurepost.accesskey        "E">
+<!ENTITY warn.leavingsecure                 "Sair de uma página criptografada">
+<!ENTITY warn.leavingsecure.accesskey       "S">
+
+<!ENTITY mixed.description                  "Páginas criptografadas podem conter conteúdo não criptografado que é vulnerável a espionagem ou fraudes. O &brandShortName; pode detectar e bloquear o seguinte:">
+<!ENTITY warn.mixedactivecontent            "Me alerte quando páginas criptografadas contiverem conteúdo inseguro">
+<!ENTITY warn.mixedactivecontent.accesskey  "a">
+<!ENTITY block.activecontent                "Não carregue conteúdo inseguro em páginas criptografadas">
+<!ENTITY block.activecontent.accesskey      "N">
+<!ENTITY warn.mixeddisplaycontent           "Me alerte quando páginas criptografadas contiverem outros tipos de conteúdos mesclados">
+<!ENTITY warn.mixeddisplaycontent.accesskey "c">
+<!ENTITY block.displaycontent               "Não carregar outros conteúdos mesclados em páginas criptografadas">
+<!ENTITY block.displaycontent.accesskey     "m">
+
+<!ENTITY certselect.description             "Escolha como o &brandShortName; seleciona um certificado de segurança para apresentar a sites que solicitem um:">
+<!ENTITY certselect.auto                    "Selecionar automaticamente">
+<!ENTITY certselect.auto.accesskey          "S">
+<!ENTITY certselect.ask                     "Perguntar quando necessário">
+<!ENTITY certselect.ask.accesskey           "P">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-sync.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-sync.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..135f15d8a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-sync.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- The page shown when not logged in... -->
+<!ENTITY setupButton.label          "Configurar o &syncBrand.fullName.label;">
+<!ENTITY setupButton.accesskey      "C">
+<!ENTITY weaveDesc.label            "O &syncBrand.fullName.label; permite que você acesse seu histórico, favoritos, senhas e abas abertas em qualquer computador ou dispositivo móvel.">
+
+<!-- The page shown when logged in... -->
+<!ENTITY accountGroupboxCaption.label "Conta do &syncBrand.fullName.label;">
+<!ENTITY accountName.label            "Nome da conta:">
+
+<!-- Login error feedback -->
+<!ENTITY updatePass.label             "Editar">
+<!ENTITY updatePass.accesskey         "E">
+<!ENTITY resetPass.label              "Restaurar o padrão">
+<!ENTITY resetPass.accesskey          "R">
+
+<!-- Manage Account -->
+<!ENTITY manageAccount.label          "Gerenciar conta">
+<!ENTITY manageAccount.accesskey      "G">
+<!ENTITY viewQuota.label              "Ver cota">
+<!ENTITY viewQuota.accesskey          "V">
+<!ENTITY changePassword.label         "Mudar a senha">
+<!ENTITY changePassword.accesskey     "M">
+<!ENTITY myRecoveryKey.label          "Minha chave de recuperação">
+<!ENTITY myRecoveryKey.accesskey      "M">
+<!ENTITY resetSync.label              "Reconfigurar Sync">
+<!ENTITY resetSync.accesskey          "R">
+<!ENTITY unlinkDevice.label           "Desconectar este dispositivo">
+<!ENTITY unlinkDevice.accesskey       "D">
+<!ENTITY addDevice.label              "Adicionar um dispositivo">
+<!ENTITY addDevice.accesskey          "A">
+
+<!-- Sync Settings -->
+<!ENTITY syncComputerName.label       "Nome do computador:">
+<!ENTITY syncComputerName.accesskey   "N">
+
+<!ENTITY syncMy2.label              "Sincronizar:">
+<!ENTITY engine.addons.label        "Complementos">
+<!ENTITY engine.addons.accesskey    "C">
+<!ENTITY engine.bookmarks.label     "Favoritos">
+<!ENTITY engine.bookmarks.accesskey "F">
+<!ENTITY engine.tabs.label          "Abas">
+<!ENTITY engine.tabs.accesskey      "b">
+<!ENTITY engine.history.label       "Histórico">
+<!ENTITY engine.history.accesskey   "H">
+<!ENTITY engine.passwords.label     "Senhas">
+<!ENTITY engine.passwords.accesskey "S">
+<!ENTITY engine.prefs.label         "Preferências">
+<!ENTITY engine.prefs.accesskey     "P">
+
+<!-- Footer stuff -->
+<!ENTITY prefs.tosLink.label        "Termos do serviço">
+<!ENTITY prefs.ppLink.label         "Política de privacidade">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-tabs.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-tabs.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1a9fba8cdf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-tabs.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY tabHeader.label "Navegando com abas">
+
+<!ENTITY tabDisplay.label "Geral">
+<!ENTITY autoHide.label "Exibir a barra de abas apenas se houver mais de uma aba">
+<!ENTITY autoHide.accesskey2 "e">
+<!ENTITY background.label "Carregar links em primeiro plano">
+<!ENTITY background.accesskey "s">
+<!ENTITY warnOnClose.label "Alertar ao fechar uma janela com várias abas">
+<!ENTITY warnOnClose.accesskey "A">
+<!ENTITY relatedAfterCurrent.label "Abrir abas relacionadas após a aba atual">
+<!ENTITY relatedAfterCurrent.accesskey "o">
+
+<!ENTITY loadGroup.label "Ao abrir um grupo de marcadores">
+<!ENTITY loadGroupAppend.label "Adicionar abas">
+<!ENTITY loadGroupAppend.accesskey "A">
+<!ENTITY loadGroupReplace.label "Substituir as abas existentes">
+<!ENTITY loadGroupReplace.accesskey "S">
+
+<!ENTITY openTabs.label "Abrir em nova aba quando">
+
+<!ENTITY middleClick.label "Clique com o botão do meio, Ctrl+clique ou Ctrl+Enter em links em uma página web">
+<!ENTITY middleClick.accesskey "m">
+<!ENTITY middleClickMac.label "Clique com o botão do meio, &#8984;+clique ou &#8984;+Return em links em uma página web">
+<!ENTITY middleClickMac.accesskey "m">
+<!ENTITY urlbar.label "Ctrl+Enter na barra de localização">
+<!ENTITY urlbar.accesskey "l">
+<!ENTITY urlbarMac.label "&#8984;+Return na barra de localização">
+<!ENTITY urlbarMac.accesskey "l">
+
+<!ENTITY openManagers.label "Abrir uma nova aba ao invés de uma nova janela">
+<!ENTITY openDataManager.label "Gerenciador de dados">
+<!ENTITY openDataManager.accesskey "D">
+<!ENTITY openAddOnsManager.label "Gerenciador de complementos">
+<!ENTITY openAddOnsManager.accesskey "n">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/preferences.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/preferences.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7dfa324bad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/preferences.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY  windowClose.key "w">
+<!ENTITY  preferencesDefaultTitleMac.title "Preferências">
+<!ENTITY  preferencesDefaultTitleWin.title "Opções">
+<!ENTITY  preferencesCloseButton.label "Fechar">
+<!ENTITY  preferencesCloseButton.accesskey "C">
+
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE (.label): Preferences categories that appear on the left of the preferences dialog -->
+<!ENTITY prefWindow.title "Preferências">
+<!ENTITY prefWindow.size "width: 102ch; height: 44em;">
+<!ENTITY prefWindowMac.size "width: 62em; height: 41em;">
+<!ENTITY prefWindowWin.size "width: 115ch; height: 43em;">
+<!ENTITY prefWindowMac2.size "width: 70em; height: 41em;">
+<!ENTITY prefWindowWin2.size "width: 125ch; height: 44em;">
+<!ENTITY categoryHeader "Categoria">
+
+<!ENTITY appear.label "Aparência">
+<!ENTITY content.label "Conteúdo">
+<!ENTITY fonts.label "Fontes">
+<!ENTITY colors.label "Cores">
+<!ENTITY media.label "Mídia">
+<!ENTITY spellingPane.label "Ortografia">
+
+<!ENTITY navigator.label "Navegador">
+<!ENTITY history.label "Histórico">
+<!ENTITY languages.label "Idiomas">
+<!ENTITY applications.label "Programas">
+<!ENTITY locationBar.label "Barra de localização">
+<!ENTITY search.label "Pesquisar na web">
+<!ENTITY tabWindows.label "Abas">
+<!ENTITY links.label "Comportamento do link">
+<!ENTITY download.label "Downloads">
+
+<!ENTITY security.label "Privacidade e Segurança">
+<!ENTITY privatedata.label "Dados pessoais">
+<!ENTITY cookies.label "Cookies">
+<!ENTITY images.label "Imagens">
+<!ENTITY popups.label "Janelas popup">
+<!ENTITY passwords.label "Senhas">
+<!ENTITY masterpass.label "Senhas mestra">
+<!ENTITY ssltls.label "SSL/TLS">
+<!ENTITY certs.label "Certificados">
+
+<!ENTITY sync.label "Sync">
+
+<!ENTITY advance.label "Avançado">
+<!ENTITY scriptsAndWindows.label "Scripts e Plugins">
+<!ENTITY keynav.label "Teclado">
+<!ENTITY findAsYouType.label "Localizar texto ao digitar">
+<!ENTITY cache.label "Cache">
+<!ENTITY offlineApps.label "Aplicativos em modo desconectado">
+<!ENTITY proxies.label "Proxies">
+<!ENTITY httpnetworking.label "HTTP">
+<!ENTITY smart.label "Instalação de programas">
+<!ENTITY mousewheel.label "Roda do mouse">
+
+<!ENTITY debugging.label "Depuração">
+
+<!ENTITY focusSearch.key "f">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/prefutilities.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/prefutilities.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..94fca53d4f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/prefutilities.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY FallbackCharset.auto         "Padrão do idioma atual">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (FallbackCharset.arabic):
+     Translate "Arabic" as an adjective for an encoding, not as the name of the language. -->
+<!ENTITY FallbackCharset.arabic       "Árabe">
+<!ENTITY FallbackCharset.baltic       "Báltico">
+<!ENTITY FallbackCharset.ceiso        "Europeu central, ISO">
+<!ENTITY FallbackCharset.cewindows    "Europeu central, Microsoft">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (FallbackCharset.simplified):
+     Translate "Chinese" as an adjective for an encoding, not as the name of the language. -->
+<!ENTITY FallbackCharset.simplified   "Chinês, simplificado">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (FallbackCharset.traditional):
+     Translate "Chinese" as an adjective for an encoding, not as the name of the language. -->
+<!ENTITY FallbackCharset.traditional  "Chinês, tradicional">
+<!ENTITY FallbackCharset.cyrillic     "Cirílico">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (FallbackCharset.greek):
+     Translate "Greek" as an adjective for an encoding, not as the name of the language. -->
+<!ENTITY FallbackCharset.greek        "Grego">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (FallbackCharset.hebrew):
+     Translate "Hebrew" as an adjective for an encoding, not as the name of the language. -->
+<!ENTITY FallbackCharset.hebrew       "Hebraico">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (FallbackCharset.japanese):
+     Translate "Japanese" as an adjective for an encoding, not as the name of the language. -->
+<!ENTITY FallbackCharset.japanese     "Japonês">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (FallbackCharset.korean):
+     Translate "Korean" as an adjective for an encoding, not as the name of the language. -->
+<!ENTITY FallbackCharset.korean       "Coreano">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (FallbackCharset.thai):
+     Translate "Thai" as an adjective for an encoding, not as the name of the language. -->
+<!ENTITY FallbackCharset.thai         "Tailandês">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (FallbackCharset.turkish):
+     Translate "Turkish" as an adjective for an encoding, not as the name of the language. -->
+<!ENTITY FallbackCharset.turkish      "Turco">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (FallbackCharset.vietnamese):
+     Translate "Vietnamese" as an adjective for an encoding, not as the name of the language. -->
+<!ENTITY FallbackCharset.vietnamese   "Vietnamita">
+<!ENTITY FallbackCharset.other        "Outra (incl europeu ocidental)">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/prefutilities.properties b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/prefutilities.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6c06e1f812
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/prefutilities.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+cachefolder=Selecione a pasta do cache:
+#LOCALIZATION NOTE (%1$S) is the size and (%2$S) is the unit of disk space.
+cacheSizeInfo=Seu cache está usando %1$S %2$S de espaço em disco.
+
+# Offline apps
+offlineAppSizeInfo=Seu armazenamento em modo desconectado está usando %1$S%2$S de espaço em disco.
+offlineAppRemoveTitle=Remover dados offline de sites
+offlineAppRemovePrompt=Após remover estes dados, o %S não estará mais disponível para uso em modo desconectado. Deseja remover este site em modo desconectado?
+offlineAppRemoveConfirm=Remover dados de sites em modo desconectado
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE: The next string is for the disk usage of the
+# offline application
+#   e.g. offlineAppUsage : "50.23 MB"
+#   %1$S = size (in bytes or megabytes, ...)
+#   %2$S = unit of measure (bytes, KB, MB, ...)
+offlineAppUsage=%1$S %2$S
+
+choosehomepage=Arquivo da página inicial
+downloadfolder=Selecione uma pasta de download
+desktopFolderName=Área de trabalho
+downloadsFolderName=Downloads
+choosesound=Selecione um som
+
+SoundFiles=Sons
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (labelDefaultFont2): %S = font name
+labelDefaultFont2=Padrão (%S)
+labelDefaultFontUnnamed=Padrão
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (appLocale.label): %S = Name of the application locale,
+# e.g. English (United States)
+appLocale.label=Idioma da aplicação: %S
+appLocale.accesskey=c
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (rsLocale.label): %S = Name of the locale chosen in regional settings,
+# e.g. German (Germany)
+rsLocale.label=Idioma de definições regionais: %S
+rsLocale.accesskey=r
+
+syncUnlink.title=Deseja desconectar seu dispositivo?
+syncUnlink.label=Este dispositivo não estará mais associado à sua conta do Sync. Os seus dados, neste dispositivo e na conta do Sync, permanecerão intactos.
+syncUnlinkConfirm.label=Desconectar
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/unix/platformPrefOverlay.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/unix/platformPrefOverlay.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..78e81eb693
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/unix/platformPrefOverlay.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE : this is part of an inline-style attribute on the
+     preference dialog's <window> node, which specifies the width and height
+     in em units of the dialog. Localizers ONLY can increase these widths 
+     if they are having difficulty getting panel content to fit. 1em = the 
+     width of the letter 'm' in the selected font.
+     XUL/FE DEVELOPERS: DO NOT MODIFY THIS VALUE. It represents the correct
+     size of this window for en-US. -->
+<!ENTITY  prefWindow.size             "width: 102ch; height: 44em;">
+
+<!-- pref-tabs.xul -->
+<!ENTITY urlbar.label                 "Ctrl+Enter na barra de localização">
+<!ENTITY urlbar.accesskey             "e">
+<!ENTITY middleClick.label            "Clique com o botão do meio, Ctrl+clique ou Ctrl+Enter em links numa página">
+<!ENTITY middleClick.accesskey        "m">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/win/platformPrefOverlay.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/win/platformPrefOverlay.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7ffe49f7c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/pref/win/platformPrefOverlay.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE : this is part of an inline-style attribute on the
+     preference dialog's <window> node, which specifies the width and height
+     in em units of the dialog. Localizers ONLY can increase these widths 
+     if they are having difficulty getting panel content to fit. 1em = the 
+     width of the letter 'm' in the selected font.
+     XUL/FE DEVELOPERS: DO NOT MODIFY THIS VALUE. It represents the correct
+     size of this window for en-US. -->
+<!ENTITY  prefWindow.size             "width: 115ch; height: 43em;">
+
+<!-- pref-tabs.xul -->
+<!ENTITY urlbar.label                 "Ctrl+Enter na barra de localização">
+<!ENTITY urlbar.accesskey             "e">
+<!ENTITY middleClick.label            "Clique com o botão do meio, Ctrl+clique ou Ctrl+Enter em links numa página">
+<!ENTITY middleClick.accesskey        "m">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/printPreview.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/printPreview.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..151ac72d5d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/printPreview.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY print.label          "Imprimir...">
+<!ENTITY print.accesskey      "I">
+<!ENTITY pageSetup.label      "Configurar...">
+<!ENTITY pageSetup.accesskey  "C">
+<!ENTITY page.label           "Página:">
+<!ENTITY page.accesskey       "a">
+<!ENTITY of.label             "de">
+<!ENTITY scale.label          "Escala:">
+<!ENTITY scale.accesskey      "s">
+<!ENTITY portrait.label       "Retrato">
+<!ENTITY portrait.accesskey   "r">
+<!ENTITY landscape.label      "Paisagem">
+<!ENTITY landscape.accesskey  "P">
+<!ENTITY close.label          "Fechar">
+<!ENTITY close.accesskey      "F">
+<!ENTITY p30.label            "30&#037;">
+<!ENTITY p40.label            "40&#037;">
+<!ENTITY p50.label            "50&#037;">
+<!ENTITY p60.label            "60&#037;">
+<!ENTITY p70.label            "70&#037;">
+<!ENTITY p80.label            "80&#037;">
+<!ENTITY p90.label            "90&#037;">
+<!ENTITY p100.label           "100&#037;">
+<!ENTITY p125.label           "125&#037;">
+<!ENTITY p150.label           "150&#037;">
+<!ENTITY p175.label           "175&#037;">
+<!ENTITY p200.label           "200&#037;">
+<!ENTITY Custom.label         "Personalizar...">
+<!ENTITY ShrinkToFit.label    "Diminuir até caber">
+<!ENTITY customPrompt.title   "Escala personalizada">
+
+<!ENTITY homearrow.tooltip    "Primeira página">
+<!ENTITY endarrow.tooltip     "Última página">
+<!ENTITY rightarrow.tooltip   "Próxima página">
+<!ENTITY leftarrow.tooltip    "Página anterior">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/profile/profileSelection.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/profile/profileSelection.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..34ac6885ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/profile/profileSelection.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+<!-- -*- Mode: SGML; indent-tabs-mode: nil; -*- -->
+<!--
+
+ This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY            windowTitle.label    "Selecionar perfil de usuário">
+<!ENTITY            profileManager.title "&brandShortName; Gerenciador de perfis">
+
+<!ENTITY            manage.label     "Organizar">
+<!ENTITY            manage.accesskey "z">
+<!ENTITY            select.label     "Usar perfil">
+
+<!ENTITY            availableProfiles.label "Perfis disponíveis">
+
+<!ENTITY            introStart.label         "Para acessar teu perfil, que contém tuas mensagens armazenadas, configurações e outras informações personalizadas, escolha um perfil da lista e clique &start.label; para iniciar tua sessão.">
+<!ENTITY            introSwitch.label        "Para mudar para outro perfil, que contém mensagens armazenadas, configurações e outras informações personalizadas, escolha um perfil da lista e clique &select.label; para começar a usá-lo.">
+<!ENTITY            profileManagerText.label "&brandShortName; armazena informação acerca de tuas configurações, preferências, marcadores, mensagens armazena e outros items de usuário no teu perfil.">
+
+<!ENTITY            autoSelect.label         "Padrão para este perfil">
+<!ENTITY            autoSelect.accesskey     "s">
+
+<!ENTITY            start.label              "Iniciar o &brandShortName;">
+<!ENTITY            exit.label               "Sair">
+
+<!ENTITY            newButton.label          "Criar perfil…">
+<!ENTITY            newButton.accesskey      "C">
+<!ENTITY            renameButton.label       "Renomear perfil…">
+<!ENTITY            renameButton.accesskey   "R">
+<!ENTITY            deleteButton.label       "Excluir perfil…">
+<!ENTITY            deleteButton.accesskey   "E">
+
+<!ENTITY            offlineState.label       "Trabalhar offline">
+<!ENTITY            offlineState.accesskey   "o">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/profile/profileSelection.properties b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/profile/profileSelection.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f28a07baca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/profile/profileSelection.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+deleteLocked=%S não pôde excluir o perfil "%S" porque ele está um uso.
+deleteProfile=Excluir um perfil o removerá da lista de perfis existentes e não poderá ser desfeito.\n\nVocê pode também selecionar os excluir arquivos com as informações do perfil, incluindo suas mensagens, configurações e certificados. Esta opção também removerá a pasta "%S", o que também não poderá ser desfeito.\n\nDeseja excluir os arquivos com as informações do perfil?\n\n
+
+manageTitle=Gerenciador de perfis
+selectTitle=Selecione um perfil
+
+dirLocked=%S não pôde usar o perfil "%S" porque ele está um uso, indisponível ou danificado.\n\n Por favor, selecione outro ou crie um novo.
+
+renameProfileTitle=Renomear perfil
+renameProfilePrompt=Renomear o perfil "%S" para:
+profileNameInvalidTitle=Nome de perfil inválido
+profileNameEmpty=Um perfil precisa ter um nome.
+invalidChar=O caractere "%S" não é permitido em nomes de perfil. Por favor, escolha um nome diferente.
+deleteTitle=Excluir perfil
+deleteFiles=Excluir arquivos
+dontDeleteFiles=Não excluir arquivos
+profileExists=Já existe um perfil com este nome. Por favor, escolha outro nome.
+profileExistsTitle=Perfil existe
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/quitDialog.properties b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/quitDialog.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bc9f3ffee0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/quitDialog.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+# Strings for the Quit, Restart, and Close-browser dialogs
+# used by _onQuitRequest() in nsSuiteGlue.js
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE:
+# %S (also in the messages further down)
+# is the application's short name (e.g. SeaMonkey)
+# from the brand.properties file
+quitDialogTitle=Sair do %S
+lastwindowDialogTitle=Fechar navegador %S
+restartDialogTitle=Reiniciar o %S
+
+restartNowTitle=&Reiniciar agora
+restartLaterTitle=Reiniciar mais &tarde
+quitTitle=&Sair
+lastwindowTitle=Fechar navega&dor
+cancelTitle=&Cancelar
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE:
+# The following two strings are labels for the same button, depending on
+# whether we are quitting the whole Suite, or only the Browser
+saveTitle=&Salvar e sair
+savelastwindowTitle=&Salvar e fechar
+neverAsk=Não per&guntar na próxima vez
+message=Deseja que o %S abra estas mesmas abas e janelas ao reiniciar?
+messageNoWindows=Você deseja que o %S salve suas abas ao reiniciar?
+messageRestart=O %S vai tentar restaurar suas abas e janelas ao reiniciar.
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/region.properties b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/region.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..55d2cf9252
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/region.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+# search-panel.properties
+#   Localizable URLs
+browser.search.defaultenginename=Google
+
+# More information about this update link available in the update wizard.
+# Only change this if you are providing localized release notes.
+# XXXasrail: We will provide nice localized release notes in the future
+app.update.url.details=http://www.seamonkey-project.org/releases/
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/safeBrowsing.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/safeBrowsing.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7b6e7a62e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/safeBrowsing.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY safeb.palm.accept.label "Me tire daqui!">
+<!ENTITY safeb.palm.decline.label "Ignorar este aviso">
+<!ENTITY safeb.palm.reportPage.label "Por que esta página foi bloqueada?">
+
+<!ENTITY safeb.blocked.malwarePage.title "Página avaliada como foco de ataques!">
+<!-- Localization note (safeb.blocked.malwarePage.shortDesc) - Please don't translate the contents of the <span id="malware_sitename"/> tag.  It will be replaced at runtime with a domain name (e.g. www.badsite.com) -->
+<!ENTITY safeb.blocked.malwarePage.shortDesc "A página no site <span id='malware_sitename'/> foi considerada um foco de ataques e foi bloqueada de acordo com as suas preferências de segurança.">
+<!ENTITY safeb.blocked.malwarePage.longDesc "<p>Focos de ataques são páginas que tentam instalar aplicativos que roubam informações pessoais, usam o seu computador para atacar outros ou danificam o seu sistema.</p><p>Algumas destas páginas intencionalmente distribuem software nocivo, mas muitos são comprometidos sem o conhecimento ou permissão de seus responsáveis.</p>">
+
+<!ENTITY safeb.blocked.unwantedPage.title "Relatada como página de software indesejado!">
+<!-- Localization note (safeb.blocked.unwantedPage.shortDesc) - Please don't translate the contents of the <span id="unwanted_sitename"/> tag.  It will be replaced at runtime with a domain name (e.g. www.badsite.com) -->
+<!ENTITY safeb.blocked.unwantedPage.shortDesc "Esta página web em <span id='unwanted_sitename'/> foi denunciada por conter softwares indesejados e foi bloqueada com base em suas preferências de segurança.">
+<!ENTITY safeb.blocked.unwantedPage.longDesc "<p>As páginas de software indesejado tentam instalar software que pode ser enganoso e afetar o seu sistema de formas inesperadas.</p>">
+
+<!ENTITY safeb.blocked.phishingPage.title2 "Página Maliciosa!">
+<!-- Localization note (safeb.blocked.phishingPage.shortDesc2) - Please don't translate the contents of the <span id="phishing_sitename"/> tag. It will be replaced at runtime with a domain name (e.g. www.badsite.com) -->
+<!ENTITY safeb.blocked.phishingPage.shortDesc2 "Esta página web em <span id='phishing_sitename'/> foi denunciada como sendo de um site enganoso e foi bloqueada com base em suas preferências de segurança.">
+<!ENTITY safeb.blocked.phishingPage.longDesc2 "<p>Sites maliciosos são projetados para induzi-lo a fazer algo perigoso, como instalar software, ou revelar suas informações pessoais, como senhas, números de telefone ou cartões de crédito.</p><p>Introduzir qualquer informação nesta página da web pode resultar em roubo de identidade ou outras fraudes.</p>">
+
+<!ENTITY safeb.blocked.harmfulPage.title "O site à frente pode conter código malicioso">
+<!-- Localization note (safeb.blocked.harmfulPage.shortDesc) - Please don't translate the contents of the <span id="harmful_sitename"/> tag. It will be replaced at runtime with a domain name (e.g. www.badsite.com) -->
+<!ENTITY safeb.blocked.harmfulPage.shortDesc "O &brandShortName; bloqueou a página web em <span id='harmful_sitename'/> porque ela pode tentar instalar aplicativos perigosos que roubam ou apagam suas informações (por exemplo, fotos, senhas, mensagens e cartões de crédito).">
+<!ENTITY safeb.blocked.harmfulPage.longDesc "">
+
+<!-- Localization note (reportDeceptiveSite, notADeceptiveSite) - The two button strings will never be shown at the same time, so it's okay for them to have the same access key. -->
+<!ENTITY reportDeceptiveSite.label "Reportar página maliciosa…">
+<!ENTITY reportDeceptiveSite.accesskey "d">
+<!ENTITY notADeceptiveSite.label "Esta não é uma página maliciosa…">
+<!ENTITY notADeceptiveSite.accesskey "d">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/safeMode.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/safeMode.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0e02428c7d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/safeMode.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY safeModeDialog.title         "Modo de segurança do &brandShortName;">
+<!ENTITY window.width                 "37em">
+
+<!ENTITY safeModeDescription.label    "&brandShortName; está sendo executado no modo de segurança, que desativa temporariamente suas configurações personalizadas, temas e complementos.">
+<!ENTITY safeModeDescription2.label   "Você pode tornar algumas ou todas essas mudanças permanentes:">
+
+<!ENTITY disableAddons.label          "Desativar todos os complementos">
+<!ENTITY disableAddons.accesskey      "D">
+
+<!ENTITY resetToolbars.label          "Restaurar o tamanho das janelas e barras de ferramentas">
+<!ENTITY resetToolbars.accesskey      "R">
+
+<!ENTITY deleteBookmarks.label        "Excluir todos os favoritos, exceto os backups">
+<!ENTITY deleteBookmarks.accesskey    "b">
+
+<!ENTITY resetUserPrefs.label         "Restaurar todas preferências de usuário para os padrões do &brandShortName;">
+<!ENTITY resetUserPrefs.accesskey     "p">
+
+<!ENTITY restoreSearch.label          "Restaurar mecanismos de pesquisa padrão">
+<!ENTITY restoreSearch.accesskey      "R">
+
+<!ENTITY changeAndRestartButton.label "Aplicar alterações e reiniciar">
+<!ENTITY continueButton.label         "Continuar em modo de segurança">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/sanitize.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/sanitize.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..43d9f8ff76
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/sanitize.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY sanitizeDialog.title            "Limpar dados pessoais">
+<!ENTITY sanitizeItems.label             "Limpar agora os seguintes itens:">
+
+<!ENTITY itemHistory.label               "Histórico de navegação">
+<!ENTITY itemHistory.accesskey           "n">
+<!ENTITY itemUrlBar.label                "Histórico da barra de localização">
+<!ENTITY itemUrlBar.accesskey            "r">
+<!ENTITY itemDownloads.label             "Histórico dos downloads">
+<!ENTITY itemDownloads.accesskey         "d">
+<!ENTITY itemFormSearchHistory.label     "Dados de formulários e histórico de buscas">
+<!ENTITY itemFormSearchHistory.accesskey "f">
+<!ENTITY itemCache.label                 "Cache">
+<!ENTITY itemCache.accesskey             "a">
+<!ENTITY itemCookies.label               "Cookies">
+<!ENTITY itemCookies.accesskey           "C">
+<!ENTITY itemOfflineApps.label           "Dados de sites em modo desconectado">
+<!ENTITY itemOfflineApps.accesskey       "o">
+<!ENTITY itemPasswords.label             "Senhas memorizadas">
+<!ENTITY itemPasswords.accesskey         "m">
+<!ENTITY itemSessions.label              "Sessões autenticadas">
+<!ENTITY itemSessions.accesskey          "S">
+
+<!ENTITY sanitizeButton.label            "Limpar dados pessoais agora">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/search/engineManager.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/search/engineManager.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1206112495
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/search/engineManager.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY  engineManager.title       "Gerenciar mecanismos de pesquisa">
+<!ENTITY  engineManager.style       "min-width: 35em;">
+<!ENTITY  engineManager.intro       "Você tem os seguintes mecanismos de pesquisa instalados:">
+
+<!ENTITY  columnLabel.name          "Nome">
+<!ENTITY  columnLabel.keyword       "Palavra-chave">
+<!-- Buttons -->
+
+<!ENTITY  up.label                  "Para cima">
+<!ENTITY  up.accesskey              "c">
+<!ENTITY  dn.label                  "Para baixo">
+<!ENTITY  dn.accesskey              "b">
+<!ENTITY  remove.label              "Remover">
+<!ENTITY  remove.accesskey          "R">
+<!ENTITY  edit.label                "Editar palavra-chave…">
+<!ENTITY  edit.accesskey            "t">
+
+<!ENTITY  addEngine.label           "Adicionar mecanismos de pesquisa…">
+<!ENTITY  addEngine.accesskey       "a">
+
+<!ENTITY  enableSuggest.label       "Mostrar sugestões de pesquisa">
+<!ENTITY  enableSuggest.accesskey   "M">
+
+<!ENTITY  restoreDefaults.label     "Restaurar padrões">
+<!ENTITY  restoreDefaults.accesskey "e">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/search/engineManager.properties b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/search/engineManager.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7520d200f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/search/engineManager.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+editTitle=Editar palavra-chave
+editMsg=Digite uma nova palavra-chave para "%S":
+duplicateTitle=Duplicar palavra-chave
+duplicateEngineMsg=Você escolheu uma palavra-chave que já está em uso pelo "%S". Por favor, escolha outra.
+duplicateBookmarkMsg=Você possui uma palavra-chave que está sendo utilizada por um favorito. Por favor, selecione outra.
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/search/search-panel.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/search/search-panel.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3f9c2bdb1f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/search/search-panel.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY search.button.label      "Pesquisar">
+<!ENTITY search.placeholder       "Digite um termo de pesquisa">
+
+<!ENTITY search.engineManager.label "Gerenciar mecanismos de pesquisa…">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/search/search.properties b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/search/search.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7e4ee5172d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/search/search.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+searchtip=Pesquisar usando %S
+cmd_addFoundEngine=Adicionar "%S"
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/search/searchbar.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/search/searchbar.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7cb21fb625
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/search/searchbar.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY cmd_engineManager.label        "Gerenciar mecanismos de pesquisa…">
+<!ENTITY searchEndCap.label             "Pesquisar">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/setDesktopBackground.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/setDesktopBackground.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..81711c343c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/setDesktopBackground.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY setDesktopBackground.title "Definir plano de fundo da área de trabalho">
+
+<!ENTITY position.label             "Posição:">
+<!ENTITY position.accesskey         "P">
+<!ENTITY position.tile.label        "Lado a lado">
+<!ENTITY position.stretch.label     "Toda a tela">
+<!ENTITY position.center.label      "Centralizar">
+<!ENTITY position.fill.label        "Preencher">
+<!ENTITY position.fit.label         "Ajustar">
+<!ENTITY picker.label               "Cor:">
+<!ENTITY picker.accesskey           "o">
+<!ENTITY preview.caption            "Visualizar">
+<!ENTITY apply.label                "Aplicar">
+<!ENTITY apply.accesskey            "A">
+<!ENTITY close.label                "Fechar">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/shellservice.properties b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/shellservice.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..82e743eec7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/shellservice.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+preferencesLabel=%S &Preferências
+safeModeLabel=%S Modo &seguro
+desktopBackgroundLeafNameWin=Plano de fundo.bmp
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/sidebar/customize.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/sidebar/customize.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..de21404d00
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/sidebar/customize.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- extracted from ./customize.xul -->
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE  sidebar.customize.title.label: Do NOT localize the term "&sidebarName;"  -->
+<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.title.label          "Personalizar &sidebarName;">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE  sidebar.customize.current.label: Do NOT localize the term "&sidebarName;"  -->
+<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.current.label        "Abas no &sidebarName;:">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.current.accesskey    "A">
+
+<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.title                "Personalizar painel lateral">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.current2.label       "Abas no painel lateral:">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.current2.accesskey   "A">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.customize.label      "Personalizar aba...">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.customize.accesskey  "P">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.remove.label         "Remover">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.remove.accesskey     "R">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.additional.label     "Abas disponíveis:">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.additional.accesskey "v">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.add.label            "Adicionar">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.add.accesskey        "A">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.preview.label        "Visualizar…">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.preview.accesskey    "V">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.up.label             "Para cima">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.up.accesskey         "c">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.down.label           "Para baixo">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.down.accesskey       "b">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.more.label                     "Encontrar mais abas…">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.more.accesskey                 "m">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/sidebar/preview.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/sidebar/preview.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b3bf8eee46
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/sidebar/preview.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY sidebar.preview.title.label          "Visualizar aba">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/sidebar/sidebar.properties b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/sidebar/sidebar.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..40069c0472
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/sidebar/sidebar.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+addPanelConfirmTitle=Adicionar aba ao painel lateral
+addPanelConfirmMessage=Adicionar a aba '%title%' ao %name%?##Fonte: %url%
+persistentPanelWarning=A aba do painel lateral que você está adicionando pode transferir dados pela internet e executar código JavaScript mesmo quando %name% estiver fechado.
+
+addPanelConfirmMessage2=Adicionar a aba '%title%' ao painel lateral?##Fonte: %url%
+persistentPanelWarning2=A aba do painel lateral que você está adicionando pode transferir dados pela internet e executar código JavaScript mesmo quando a barra lateral estiver fechada.
+
+dupePanelAlertTitle=Painel lateral
+dupePanelAlertMessage=%url% já existe em %name%.
+dupePanelAlertMessage2=%url% já existe no painel lateral.
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/sidebar/sidebarOverlay.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/sidebar/sidebarOverlay.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b930aff11f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/sidebar/sidebarOverlay.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY sidebar.panels.label           "Painel lateral">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.reload.label           "Recarregar">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.reload.accesskey       "R">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.picker.label           "Abas">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.label        "Personalizar painel lateral…">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.accesskey    "s">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.hide.label             "Ocultar aba">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.hide.accesskey         "O">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.switch.label           "Alternar para aba">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.switch.accesskey       "t">
+<!ENTITY sidebarCmd.label               "Painel lateral">
+<!ENTITY sidebarCmd.accesskey           "P">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.loading.label          "Carregando…">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.loadstopped.label      "Carregamento interrompido">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.loading.stop.label     "Parar">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.loading.stop.accesskey "P">
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (showHideSidebarCmd.key): This is only used on the
+     mac platform, other platforms use VK_F9. -->
+<!ENTITY showHideSidebarCmd.key         "S">
+
+<!ENTITY sidebar.no-panels.state     "O painel lateral está vazio.">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.no-panels.add       'Você pode adicionar abas clicando no botão "Abas" acima.'>
+<!ENTITY sidebar.no-panels.hide      'Se quiser ocultar totalmente o painel lateral, clique no menu "Exibir" acima e selecione "Painel lateral" no submenu "Exibir/Ocultar".'>
+<!ENTITY sidebar.sbDirectory.label   "Diretório do painel lateral…">
+
+<!ENTITY sidebar.pagenotfound.label  "Esta aba não está disponível agora.">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.close.tooltip       "Fechar painel lateral">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.open.tooltip        "Abrir painel lateral">
+
+<!ENTITY sidebar.search.label         "Pesquisar">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.client-bookmarks.label     "Favoritos">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.client-history.label       "Histórico">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.client-addressbook.label   "Catálogo de endereços">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/sitePermissions.properties b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/sitePermissions.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4c441cc17f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/sitePermissions.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (state.current.allowed,
+#                    state.current.allowedForSession,
+#                    state.current.allowedTemporarily,
+#                    state.current.blockedTemporarily,
+#                    state.current.blocked,
+#                    state.current.hide):
+# This label is used to display active permission states in the site
+# identity popup (which does not have a lot of screen space).
+state.current.allowed = Permitido
+state.current.allowedForSession = Permitido nesta sessão
+state.current.allowedTemporarily = Permitido temporariamente
+state.current.blockedTemporarily = Bloqueado temporariamente
+state.current.blocked = Bloqueado
+
+state.current.prompt = Sempre perguntar
+state.current.hide = Ocultar pergunta
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (state.multichoice.alwaysAsk,
+#                    state.multichoice.allow,
+#                    state.multichoice.allowForSameDomain,
+#                    state.multichoice.allowForSession,
+#                    state.multichoice.block):
+# Used to label permission state checkboxes in the page info dialog.
+state.multichoice.alwaysAsk = Sempre perguntar
+state.multichoice.allow = Permitir
+state.multichoice.allowForSameDomain = Permitir no mesmo domínio
+state.multichoice.allowForSession = Permitir nesta sessão
+state.multichoice.block = Bloquear
+
+permission.cookie.label = Definir cookies
+permission.desktop-notification2.label = Receber notificações
+permission.image.label = Carregar imagens
+permission.camera.label = Usar a câmera
+permission.microphone.label = Usar o microfone
+permission.screen.label = Compartilhar a tela
+permission.install.label = Instalar extensões
+permission.popup.label = Abrir janelas popup
+permission.geo.label = Acessar sua localização
+permission.indexedDB.label = Preservar armazenamento offline
+permission.focus-tab-by-prompt.label = Mudar para esta aba
+permission.persistent-storage.label = Armazenar dados no armazenamento persistente
+permission.flash-plugin.label = Executar Adobe Flash
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncBrand.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncBrand.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8cd8b047f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncBrand.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY syncBrand.shortName.label  "Sincronizar">
+<!ENTITY syncBrand.fullName.label   "SeaMonkey Sync">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncGenericChange.properties b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncGenericChange.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..97b0241888
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncGenericChange.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (whole file) "Sync" should match &syncBrand.shortName.label; from syncBrand.dtd
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (change.password.title): This (and associated change.password/passphrase) are used when the user elects to change their password.
+change.password.title          = Alterar sua senha
+change.password.acceptButton   = Alterar Senha
+change.password.status.active  = Alterando a sua senha…
+change.password.status.success = Sua senha foi alterada.
+change.password.status.error   = Ocorreu um erro ao alterar sua senha.
+
+change.password3.introText  = Sua senha deve ter pelo menos 8 caracteres.  Ela não pode ser igual ao seu nome de usuário ou à sua chave de recuperação.
+change.password.warningText = Atenção: seus outros dispositivos não conseguirão se conectar à sua conta após a modificação desta senha.
+
+change.recoverykey.title        = Alterar sua chave de recuperação
+change.recoverykey.acceptButton = Alterar chave de recuperação
+change.recoverykey.label        = Modificando a chave de recuperação e enviando os dados locais. Por favor, aguarde…
+change.recoverykey.error        = Houve um erro ao modificar sua chave de recuperação!
+change.recoverykey.success      = A chave de recuperação foi modificada com sucesso!
+change.recoverykey.introText2   = Para assegurar a sua total privacidade, todos os seus dados serão criptografados antes de serem enviados. A chave para descriptografá-los não será enviada.
+change.recoverykey.warningText  = Nota: Todos os dados armazenados no servidor Sync serão apagados e novos dados protegidos por esta chave de recuperação serão enviados. Os seus outros dispositivos não serão sincronizados até que a nova chave de recuperação seja inserida neles.
+
+new.recoverykey.label = Sua chave de recuperação
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (new.password.title): This (and associated new.password/passphrase) are used on a second computer when it detects that your password or passphrase has been changed on a different device.
+new.password.title            = Atualizar senha
+new.password.introText        = Sua senha foi rejeitada pelo servidor. Por favor, atualize-a.
+new.password.label            = Digite sua nova senha
+new.password.confirm          = Confirme sua nova senha
+new.password.acceptButton     = Atualizar senha
+new.password.status.incorrect = Senha incorreta. Por favor, tente de novo.
+
+new.recoverykey.title            = Atualizar chave de recuperação
+new.recoverykey.introText        = Você alterou sua chave de recuperação a partir de outro dispositivo. Por favor, digite sua chave de recuperação atualizada.
+new.recoverykey.acceptButton     = Atualizar chave de recuperação
+new.recoverykey.status.incorrect = Chave de recuperação incorreta. Por favor, tente novamente.
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncKey.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncKey.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2b67dc5ab8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncKey.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY syncKey.page.title               "Sua chave do &syncBrand.fullName.label;">
+<!ENTITY syncKey.page.description         "A chave é usada para descriptografar os dados da sua conta &syncBrand.fullName.label;. Você precisará fornecê-la cada vez que configurar o &syncBrand.fullName.label; em um novo computador ou dispositivo.">
+<!ENTITY syncKey.keepItSecret.heading     "A mantenha secreta">
+<!ENTITY syncKey.keepItSecret.description "A conta &syncBrand.fullName.label; é criptografada para proteger sua privacidade. Sem esta chave, alguém levaria anos para descobrir suas informações pessoais. Você é a única pessoa que possui esta chave. Isto significa que só você pode acessar seus dados do &syncBrand.fullName.label;.">
+<!ENTITY syncKey.keepItSafe.heading       "A mantenha segura">
+<!ENTITY syncKey.keepItSafe1.description  "Não perca esta chave.">
+<!ENTITY syncKey.keepItSafe2.description  " Nós não temos uma cópia da sua chave (afinal ela é secreta!). Por isso ">
+<!ENTITY syncKey.keepItSafe3.description  "nós não poderemos ajudá-lo a recuperá-la">
+<!ENTITY syncKey.keepItSafe4.description  " caso a perca. Você precisará usar esta chave sempre que conectar um novo computador ou dispositivo ao &syncBrand.fullName.label;.">
+<!ENTITY syncKey.findOutMore1.label       "Saiba mais sobre o &syncBrand.fullName.label; e sua privacidade em ">
+<!ENTITY syncKey.findOutMore2.label       ".">
+<!ENTITY syncKey.footer1.label            "Os termos do serviço do &syncBrand.fullName.label; estão disponíveis em ">
+<!ENTITY syncKey.footer2.label            ". A política de privacidade está disponível em ">
+<!ENTITY syncKey.footer3.label            ".">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncQuota.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncQuota.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5f1a00c108
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncQuota.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY quota.dialogTitle.label    "Cota no servidor">
+<!ENTITY quota.retrievingInfo.label "Carregando informações sobre a cota…">
+<!ENTITY quota.typeColumn.label     "Tipo">
+<!ENTITY quota.sizeColumn.label     "Tamanho">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncQuota.properties b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncQuota.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..44e47b6098
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncQuota.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+collection.addons.label    = Complementos
+collection.bookmarks.label = Favoritos
+collection.history.label   = Histórico
+collection.passwords.label = Senhas
+collection.prefs.label     = Preferências
+collection.tabs.label      = Abas
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (quota.usageNoQuota.label): %1$S and %2$S are numeric value
+# and unit (as defined in the download manager) of the amount of space occupied
+# on the server
+quota.usageNoQuota.label    = Você está usando %1$S %2$S.
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (quota.usagePercentage.label):
+# %1$S is the percentage of space used,
+# %2$S and %3$S numeric value and unit (as defined in the download manager)
+# of the amount of space used,
+# %3$S and %4$S numeric value and unit (as defined in the download manager)
+# of the total space available.
+quota.usagePercentage.label = Você está usando %1$S%% (%2$S  %3$S) dos %4$S  %5$S permitidos.
+quota.usageError.label      = Não foi possível carregar informações sobre a cota.
+quota.retrieving.label      = Carregando…
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (quota.sizeValueUnit.label): %1$S is the amount of space
+# occupied by the engine, %2$K the corresponding unit (e.g. kB) as defined in
+# the download manager.
+quota.sizeValueUnit.label   = %1$S %2$S
+quota.remove.label          = Remover
+quota.treeCaption.label     = Para liberar espaço no servidor, desmarque os itens que não quiser sincronizar.
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (quota.removal.label): %S is a list of engines that will be
+# disabled and whose data will be removed once the user confirms.
+quota.removal.label         = O SeaMonkey Sync irá remover o conteúdo destes itens: %S.
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (quota.list.separator): This is the separator string used
+# for the list of engines (incl. spaces where appropriate)
+quota.list.separator        = ,\u0020
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (quota.freeup.label): %1$S and %2$S are numeric value
+# and unit (as defined in the download manager) of the amount of space freed
+# up by disabling the unchecked engines.  If displayed this string is
+# concatenated directly to quota.removal.label and may need to start off with
+# whitespace.
+quota.freeup.label          = \u0020Serão liberados %1$S %2$S.
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncSetup.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncSetup.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..354821992c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncSetup.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY accountSetupTitle.label    "Configuração do &syncBrand.fullName.label;">
+
+<!-- First page of the wizard -->
+
+<!ENTITY setup.pickSetupType.description "Boas-vindas! Se você nunca usou o &syncBrand.fullName.label;, precisará criar uma conta.">
+<!ENTITY button.createNewAccount.label "Criar uma nova conta">
+<!ENTITY setup.haveAccount.label "Eu já tenho uma conta do &syncBrand.fullName.label;.">
+<!ENTITY button.connect.label "Conectar">
+
+<!ENTITY setup.choicePage.title.label     "Você já usa o &syncBrand.fullName.label;?">
+<!ENTITY setup.choicePage.new.label       "Nunca usei o &syncBrand.shortName.label;">
+<!ENTITY setup.choicePage.existing.label  "Já uso o &syncBrand.shortName.label; em outro computador">
+
+<!-- New Account AND Existing Account -->
+<!ENTITY server.label               "Servidor">
+<!ENTITY server.accesskey           "S">
+<!ENTITY serverType.main.label      "Servidor do &syncBrand.fullName.label;">
+<!ENTITY serverType.custom2.label   "Usar um outro servidor…">
+<!ENTITY signIn.account2.label      "Conta:">
+<!ENTITY signIn.account2.accesskey  "a">
+<!ENTITY signIn.password.label      "Senhas">
+<!ENTITY signIn.password.accesskey  "S">
+<!ENTITY signIn.recoveryKey.label     "Chave de recuperação">
+<!ENTITY signIn.recoveryKey.accesskey "C">
+
+<!-- New Account Page 1: Basic Account Info -->
+<!ENTITY setup.newAccountDetailsPage.title.label "Detalhes da conta">
+<!ENTITY setup.confirmPassword.label             "Confirmar senha">
+<!ENTITY setup.confirmPassword.accesskey         "C">
+<!ENTITY setup.emailAddress.label                "Endereço de email">
+<!ENTITY setup.emailAddress.accesskey            "E">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE: tosAgree1, tosLink, tosAgree2, ppLink, tosAgree3 are
+     joined with implicit white space, so spaces in the strings aren't necessary -->
+<!ENTITY setup.tosAgree1.label      "Concordo com os">
+<!ENTITY setup.tosAgree1.accesskey  "o">
+<!ENTITY setup.tosLink.label        "Termos do serviço">
+<!ENTITY setup.tosAgree2.label      "e a">
+<!ENTITY setup.ppLink.label         "Política de privacidade">
+<!ENTITY setup.tosAgree3.label      "Sincronizar">
+<!ENTITY setup.tosAgree2.accesskey  "">
+
+<!-- New Account Page 2: Recovery Key -->
+<!ENTITY setup.newRecoveryKeyPage.title.label "O &brandShortName; se importa com a sua privacidade.">
+<!ENTITY setup.newRecoveryKeyPage.description.label "Para assegurar a sua total privacidade, todos os seus dados serão criptografados antes de serem enviados. A chave de recuperação, necessária para descriptografar os dados, não será enviada.">
+<!ENTITY recoveryKeyEntry.label        "Sua chave de recuperação">
+<!ENTITY recoveryKeyEntry.accesskey    "c">
+<!ENTITY recoveryGenerateNewKey.label  "Gerar uma nova chave">
+<!ENTITY recoveryKeyBackup.description "Sua chave de recuperação é necessária para acessar o &syncBrand.fullName.label; em outros dispositivos. Por favor, faça um backup. Não poderemos auxiliá-lo caso a perca.">
+
+<!ENTITY button.syncKeyBackup.print.label     "Imprimir...">
+<!ENTITY button.syncKeyBackup.print.accesskey "I">
+<!ENTITY button.syncKeyBackup.save.label      "Salvar…">
+<!ENTITY button.syncKeyBackup.save.accesskey  "v">
+
+<!-- New Account Page 3: Captcha -->
+<!ENTITY setup.captchaPage2.title.label     "Por favor, confirme que você não é um robô">
+
+<!-- Existing Account Page 1: Add Device (incl. Add a Device dialog strings) -->
+<!ENTITY addDevice.title.label              "Adicionar um dispositivo">
+<!ENTITY addDevice.showMeHow.label          "Mostre-me como.">
+<!ENTITY addDevice.dontHaveDevice.label     "O dispositivo não está comigo">
+<!ENTITY addDevice.setup.description.label  "Para ativar, vá para as preferências/opções do &syncBrand.shortName.label; no seu outro dispositivo e selecione &quot;Adicionar um dispositivo&quot;.">
+<!ENTITY addDevice.setup.enterCode.label    "Então, forneça este código:">
+<!ENTITY addDevice.dialog.description.label "Para ativar seu novo dispositivo, vá para as preferências/opções do &syncBrand.shortName.label; no seu dispositivo e selecione &quot;Conectar.&quot;">
+<!ENTITY addDevice.dialog.enterCode.label   "Forneça o código dado pelo dispositivo:">
+<!ENTITY addDevice.dialog.tryAgain.label    "Por favor, tente de novo.">
+<!ENTITY addDevice.dialog.successful.label  "O dispositivo foi adicionado com êxito. A sincronização inicial pode levar vários minutos e será concluída em segundo plano.">
+<!ENTITY addDevice.dialog.recoveryKey.label "Para ativar seu dispositivo você precisará fornecer sua chave de recuperação. Por favor, imprima ou salve esta chave e guarde-a com você.">
+<!ENTITY addDevice.dialog.connected.label   "Dispositivo conectado">
+
+<!-- Existing Account Page 2: Manual Login -->
+<!ENTITY setup.signInPage.title.label "Entrar">
+<!ENTITY existingRecoveryKey.description "Você pode conseguir uma cópia da sua chave de recuperação em preferências/opções do &syncBrand.shortName.label; no seu outro dispositivo e então selecionando “Minha chave de recuperação” em “Gerenciar conta”.">
+<!ENTITY verifying.label              "Verificando…">
+<!ENTITY resetPassword.label          "Excluir…">
+<!ENTITY resetSyncKey.label           "Perdi meu outro dispositivo">
+
+<!-- Sync Options -->
+<!ENTITY setup.optionsPage.title      "Opções do Sync">
+<!ENTITY syncComputerName.label       "Nome do computador:">
+<!ENTITY syncComputerName.accesskey   "c">
+
+<!ENTITY syncMy.label               "Sincronizar:">
+<!ENTITY engine.addons.label        "Complementos">
+<!ENTITY engine.addons.accesskey    "C">
+<!ENTITY engine.bookmarks.label     "Favoritos">
+<!ENTITY engine.bookmarks.accesskey "F">
+<!ENTITY engine.tabs.label          "Abas">
+<!ENTITY engine.tabs.accesskey      "b">
+<!ENTITY engine.history.label       "Histórico">
+<!ENTITY engine.history.accesskey   "H">
+<!ENTITY engine.passwords.label     "Senhas">
+<!ENTITY engine.passwords.accesskey "S">
+<!ENTITY engine.prefs.label         "Preferências">
+<!ENTITY engine.prefs.accesskey     "P">
+
+<!ENTITY choice2.merge.main.label      "Mesclar os dados deste computador com os do &syncBrand.shortName.label;">
+<!ENTITY choice2.merge.recommended.label "(recomendado)">
+<!ENTITY choice2.client.main.label     "Substituir os dados deste computador pelos do &syncBrand.shortName.label;">
+<!ENTITY choice2.server.main.label     "Substituir os dados dos outros dispositivos pelos deste computador">
+
+<!-- Confirm Merge Options -->
+<!ENTITY setup.optionsConfirmPage.title "Confirmar">
+<!ENTITY confirm.merge.label    "O &syncBrand.fullName.label; irá mesclar os dados da sua conta do Sync com os deste computador.">
+<!ENTITY confirm.client2.label         "Alerta: estes dados do &brandShortName; neste computador serão excluídos:">
+<!ENTITY confirm.client.moreinfo.label "Então o &brandShortName; copiará para este computador os dados do &syncBrand.fullName.label;.">
+<!ENTITY confirm.server2.label         "Alerta: estes dispositivos terão seus dados substituídos pelos dados locais:">
+
+<!-- New & Existing Account: Setup Complete -->
+<!ENTITY setup.successPage.title "A configuração foi concluída.">
+<!ENTITY changeOptions.label "Esta preferência pode ser modificada pelo botão Opções do Sync, logo abaixo.">
+<!ENTITY continueUsing.label "Você pode continuar usando o &brandShortName;.">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncSetup.properties b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncSetup.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f96c5eb8ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncSetup.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+button.syncOptions.label       = Opções do Sync
+button.syncOptionsDone.label   = Concluído
+button.syncOptionsCancel.label = Cancelar
+
+invalidEmail.label          = Endereço de email inválido
+serverInvalid.label         = Por favor, forneça uma URL de servidor válida
+usernameNotAvailable.label  = Já está sendo usado
+
+verifying.label = Verificando…
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (additionalClientCount.label):
+# Semi-colon list of plural forms. See:
+# http://developer.mozilla.org/en/docs/Localization_and_Plurals
+# #1 is the number of additional clients (was %S for a short while, use #1 instead, even if both work)
+additionalClientCount.label = e #1 dispositivo adicional;e #1 dispositivos adicionais
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (bookmarksCount.label):
+# Semi-colon list of plural forms. See:
+# http://developer.mozilla.org/en/docs/Localization_and_Plurals
+# #1 is the number of bookmarks (was %S for a short while, use #1 instead, even if both work)
+bookmarksCount.label        = #1 favorito;#1 favoritos
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (historyDaysCount.label):
+# Semi-colon list of plural forms. See:
+# http://developer.mozilla.org/en/docs/Localization_and_Plurals
+# #1 is the number of days (was %S for a short while, use #1 instead, even if both work)
+historyDaysCount.label      = #1 dia de histórico;#1 dias de histórico
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (passwordsCount.label):
+# Semi-colon list of plural forms. See:
+# http://developer.mozilla.org/en/docs/Localization_and_Plurals
+# #1 is the number of passwords (was %S for a short while, use #1 instead, even if both work)
+passwordsCount.label        = #1 senha;#1 senhas
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (addonsCount.label):
+# #1 is the number of add-ons, see the link above for forms
+addonsCount.label           = #1 complemento;#1 complementos
+
+save.recoverykey.title = Salvar chave de recuperação
+save.recoverykey.defaultfilename = Chave de recuperação do SeaMonkey.xhtml
+
+newAccount.action.label = O SeaMonkey Sync está configurado para sincronizar automaticamente todos os dados do navegador.
+newAccount.change.label = Você pode escolher o que sincronizar através do botão Opções do Sync, logo abaixo.
+resetClient.change.label = O SeaMonkey Sync irá mesclar os dados da sua conta do Sync com os deste computador.
+wipeClient.change.label = O SeaMonkey Sync irá substituir todos os dados de navegação deste computador pelos da sua conta do Sync.
+wipeRemote.change.label = O SeaMonkey Sync irá substituir todos os dados de navegação da sua conta do Sync pelos deste computador.
+existingAccount.change.label = Esta preferência pode ser modificada pelo botão Opções do Sync, logo abaixo.
+
+# Several other strings are used (via Weave.Status.login), but they come from
+#  /services/sync
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/tasksOverlay.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/tasksOverlay.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..03b582a897
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/tasksOverlay.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- extracted from tasksOverlay.xul -->
+<!ENTITY minimizeWindowCmd.label "Minimizar">
+<!ENTITY minimizeWindowCmd.key "M">
+<!ENTITY zoomWindowCmd.label "Zoom">
+<!ENTITY navigatorCmd.label "Navegador">
+<!ENTITY navigatorCmd.accesskey "N">
+<!ENTITY navigatorCmd.commandkey "1">
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (editorCmd.label): DONT_TRANSLATE -->
+<!ENTITY editorCmd.label "Composer">
+<!ENTITY editorCmd.accesskey "c">
+<!ENTITY editorCmd.commandkey "4">
+
+<!ENTITY errorConsoleCmd.label "Console de erros">
+<!ENTITY errorConsoleCmd.accesskey "C">
+<!ENTITY errorConsoleCmd.commandkey2 "j">
+
+<!ENTITY taskNavigator.tooltip "Navegador">
+<!ENTITY taskComposer.tooltip "Composer">
+
+<!ENTITY webDevelopment.label "Desenvolvimento Web">
+<!ENTITY webDevelopment.accesskey "W">
+
+<!ENTITY windowMenu.label "Janela">
+<!ENTITY windowMenu.accesskey "J">
+
+<!ENTITY tasksMenu.label "Ferramentas">
+<!ENTITY tasksMenu.accesskey "F">
+
+<!ENTITY datamanCmd.label "Gerenciador de dados">
+<!ENTITY datamanCmd.accesskey "d">
+
+<!ENTITY passwordManagerCmd.label "Gerenciador de senhas">
+<!ENTITY passwordManagerCmd.accesskey "G">
+
+<!ENTITY passwordDisplayCmd.label "Gerenciar senhas">
+<!ENTITY passwordDisplayCmd.accesskey "G">
+
+<!ENTITY passwordExpireCmd.label "Deslogar">
+<!ENTITY passwordExpireCmd.accesskey "D">
+
+<!ENTITY downloadManagerCmd.label "Gerenciador de downloads">
+<!ENTITY downloadManagerCmd.accesskey "d">
+<!ENTITY downloadManagerCmd.commandkey "j">
+
+<!ENTITY addOnsManagerCmd.label "Gerenciador de complementos">
+<!ENTITY addOnsManagerCmd.accesskey "a">
+<!ENTITY addOnsManagerCmd.commandkey "a">
+
+<!ENTITY switchProfileCmd.label "Alternar perfil…">
+<!ENTITY switchProfileCmd.accesskey "A">
+
+<!ENTITY syncBrand.shortName.label "Sincronizar">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (syncSetup.accesskey, syncSyncNowItem.accesskey):
+     Only one of these will show at a time (based on setup state),
+     so reusing accesskey is ok. -->
+<!ENTITY syncSetup.label "Configurar Sync…">
+<!ENTITY syncSetup.accesskey "S">
+<!ENTITY syncSyncNowItem.label "Sincronizar agora">
+<!ENTITY syncSyncNowItem.accesskey "S">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/typeaheadfind.properties b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/typeaheadfind.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4653e04867
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/typeaheadfind.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+openparen     = (
+closeparen    = )
+textfound     = Texto encontrado: "
+textnotfound  = Texto não encontrado: "
+linkfound     = Link encontrado: "
+linknotfound  = Link não encontrado: "
+closequote    = "
+stopfind      = Busca finalizada.
+starttextfind = Iniciando -- localizar texto ao digitar
+startlinkfind = Iniciando -- localizar links ao digitar
+repeated      = repetido
+nextmatch     = - próximo resultado
+prevmatch     = - resultado anterior
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/unix/platformCommunicatorOverlay.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/unix/platformCommunicatorOverlay.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3dee601acf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/unix/platformCommunicatorOverlay.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+<!-- unix -->
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE Do not translate all the Cmd.key and accesskey --> 
+
+
+<!ENTITY closeCmd.label                 "Fechar">  
+<!ENTITY closeCmd.key                   "W">  
+<!ENTITY closeCmd.accesskey             "F">
+
+<!ENTITY quitApplicationCmd.label       "Sair"> 
+<!ENTITY quitApplicationCmd.key         "Q"> 
+<!ENTITY quitApplicationCmd.accesskey   "S">
+
+<!ENTITY redoCmd.key                    "Y">  
+
+<!ENTITY findCmd.key2                   "VK_F19">
+<!ENTITY findReplaceCmd.key             "H">
+<!ENTITY findTypeTextCmd.key            "/">
+<!ENTITY findTypeLinksCmd.key           "'">
+
+<!ENTITY accel.emacs_conflict           "accel,shift">
+<!-- Help viewer -->
+
+<!ENTITY openHelpCmd.label              "Conteúdo da ajuda">
+<!ENTITY openHelpCmd.accesskey          "a">
+<!ENTITY openHelpCmd.key                "VK_F1">
+<!-- Key labels, for mousewheel prefs -->
+
+<!ENTITY ctrlKey.label                  "Ctrl">
+<!ENTITY altKey.label                   "Alt">
+<!ENTITY shiftKey.label                 "Shift">
+
+<!ENTITY menubarCmd.label               "Barra de menu">
+<!ENTITY menubarCmd.accesskey           "e">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/utilityOverlay.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/utilityOverlay.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..775c939183
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/utilityOverlay.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,209 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- these things need to move into utilityOverlay.xul -->
+<!ENTITY  offlineGoOfflineCmd.label                 "Modo desconectado">
+<!ENTITY  offlineGoOfflineCmd.accesskey             "d">
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE This file contains the global menu items -->
+
+<!ENTITY fileMenu.label                   "Arquivo">
+<!ENTITY fileMenu.accesskey               "A">
+<!ENTITY newMenu.label                    "Novo">
+<!ENTITY newMenu.accesskey                "N">
+<!ENTITY newBlankPageCmd.label            "Editor de HTML">
+<!ENTITY newBlankPageCmd.accesskey        "H">
+<!ENTITY newBlankPageCmd.key              "n">
+<!ENTITY newPageFromTemplateCmd.label "Página usando modelo">
+<!ENTITY newPageFromTemplateCmd.accesskey "m">
+<!ENTITY newPageFromDraftCmd.label "Página usando rascunho">
+<!ENTITY newPageFromDraftCmd.accesskey "r">
+<!ENTITY newNavigatorCmd.label "Navegador">
+<!ENTITY newNavigatorCmd.key "N">
+<!ENTITY newNavigatorCmd.accesskey "N">
+<!ENTITY newPrivateWindowCmd.label "Janela privativa">
+<!ENTITY newPrivateWindowCmd.key "B">
+<!ENTITY newPrivateWindowCmd.accesskey "J">
+<!ENTITY closeCmd.label "Fechar">
+<!ENTITY closeCmd.key "W">
+<!ENTITY closeCmd.accesskey "F">
+<!ENTITY printSetupCmd.label "Configurar página…">
+<!ENTITY printSetupCmd.accesskey "u">
+<!ENTITY printPreviewCmd.label "Visualizar impressão">
+<!ENTITY printPreviewCmd.accesskey "V">
+<!ENTITY printCmd.label "Imprimir...">
+<!ENTITY printCmd.accesskey "I">
+<!ENTITY printCmd.key "P">
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (.modifiers): The following entites are for the
+     application menu. Never change the modifiers unless you are 100% sure that
+     they are different on your locale (should be very rare). -->
+<!ENTITY preferencesCmdMac.label          "Preferências…">
+<!ENTITY preferencesCmdMac.key            ",">
+<!ENTITY preferencesCmdMac.modifiers      "accel">
+<!ENTITY servicesMenu.label               "Serviços">
+<!ENTITY hideThisAppCmd.label             "Ocultar &brandShortName;">
+<!ENTITY hideThisAppCmd.key               "H">
+<!ENTITY hideThisAppCmd.modifiers         "accel">
+<!ENTITY hideOtherAppsCmd.label           "Ocultar outros">
+<!ENTITY hideOtherAppsCmd.key             "H">
+<!ENTITY hideOtherAppsCmd.modifiers       "accel,alt">
+<!ENTITY showAllAppsCmd.label             "Mostrar tudo">
+<!ENTITY openHelpCmdMac.label             "Ajuda do &brandShortName;">
+<!ENTITY openHelpCmdMac.accesskey         "A">
+<!ENTITY openHelpCmdMac.key               "?">
+<!ENTITY openHelpCmdMac.modifiers         "accel">
+
+<!ENTITY quitApplicationCmd.label         "Sair">
+<!ENTITY quitApplicationCmd.key           "Q">
+<!ENTITY quitApplicationCmd.accesskey     "S">
+<!ENTITY quitApplicationCmdMac.label      "Sair do &brandShortName;">
+<!ENTITY quitApplicationCmdMac.accesskey  "S">
+<!ENTITY quitApplicationCmdUnix.label     "Sair">
+<!ENTITY quitApplicationCmdUnix.accesskey "S">
+
+<!ENTITY editMenu.label                   "Editar">
+<!ENTITY editMenu.accesskey               "E">
+<!ENTITY undoCmd.label                    "Desfazer">
+<!ENTITY undoCmd.key                      "Z">
+<!ENTITY undoCmd.accesskey                "D">
+<!ENTITY redoCmd.label                    "Refazer">
+<!ENTITY redoCmd.key                      "Y">
+<!ENTITY redoCmdMac.key                   "Z">
+<!ENTITY redoCmd.accesskey                "R">
+<!ENTITY cutCmd.label                     "Recortar">
+<!ENTITY cutCmd.key                       "X">
+<!ENTITY cutCmd.accesskey                 "t">
+<!ENTITY copyCmd.label                    "Copiar">
+<!ENTITY copyCmd.key                      "C">
+<!ENTITY copyCmd.accesskey                "C">
+<!ENTITY pasteCmd.label                   "Colar">
+<!ENTITY pasteCmd.key                     "V">
+<!ENTITY pasteCmd.accesskey               "o">
+<!ENTITY pasteGoCmd.label                 "Colar e Ir">
+<!ENTITY pasteGoCmd.accesskey             "C">
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (pasteSearchCmd): "Search" is a verb, this is the
+     search bar equivalent to the url bar's "Paste & Go"  -->
+<!ENTITY pasteSearchCmd.label             "Colar e pesquisar">
+<!ENTITY pasteSearchCmd.accesskey         "P">
+<!ENTITY deleteCmd.label                  "Excluir">
+<!ENTITY deleteCmd.accesskey              "x">
+<!ENTITY selectAllCmd.label               "Selecionar tudo">
+<!ENTITY selectAllCmd.key                 "A">
+<!ENTITY selectAllCmd.accesskey           "S">
+<!ENTITY clearHistoryCmd.label            "Limpar histórico de pesquisa">
+<!ENTITY clearHistoryCmd.accesskey        "h">
+<!ENTITY showSuggestionsCmd.label         "Mostrar sugestões">
+<!ENTITY showSuggestionsCmd.accesskey     "s">
+<!ENTITY preferencesCmd.label             "Preferências">
+<!ENTITY preferencesCmd.key               "E">
+<!ENTITY preferencesCmd.accesskey         "P">
+<!ENTITY findBarCmd.key "F">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (findBarCmd.accesskey): This accesskey should be within
+     findBarCmd.label found in editorOverlay.dtd, findCmd.label in messenger.dtd
+     and messengercompose.dtd and findOnCmd.label found in navigatorOverlay.dtd -->
+<!ENTITY findBarCmd.accesskey "F">
+<!ENTITY findCmd.key2 "VK_F19">
+<!ENTITY findReplaceCmd.key "H">
+<!ENTITY findReplaceCmdMac.key "F">
+<!ENTITY findReplaceCmd.accesskey "I">
+<!ENTITY findAgainCmd.label "Encontrar novamente">
+<!ENTITY findAgainCmd.key "G">
+<!ENTITY findAgainCmd.accesskey "t">
+<!ENTITY findAgainCmd.key2 "VK_F3">
+<!ENTITY findPrevCmd.label "Procurar anterior">
+<!ENTITY findPrevCmd.key "G">
+<!ENTITY findPrevCmd.key2 "VK_F3">
+<!ENTITY findPrevCmd.accesskey "a">
+<!ENTITY findTypeTextCmd.label "Localizar texto ao digitar">
+<!ENTITY findTypeTextCmd.key "/">
+<!ENTITY findTypeTextCmd.accesskey "g">
+<!ENTITY findTypeLinksCmd.label "Localizar links ao digitar">
+<!ENTITY findTypeLinksCmd.key "'">
+<!ENTITY findTypeLinksCmd.accesskey "k">
+
+<!ENTITY viewMenu.label                   "Exibir">
+<!ENTITY viewMenu.accesskey               "x">
+<!ENTITY viewToolbarsMenu.label           "Barra de ferramentas">
+<!ENTITY viewToolbarsMenu.accesskey       "B">
+<!ENTITY showTaskbarCmd.label             "Barra de status">
+<!ENTITY showTaskbarCmd.accesskey         "s">
+
+<!ENTITY helpMenu.label                   "Ajuda">
+<!ENTITY helpMenu.accesskey               "u">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE some localizations of Windows use "?"
+     for the help button in the menubar. -->
+<!ENTITY helpMenuWin.label                "Ajuda">
+<!ENTITY helpMenuWin.accesskey            "A">
+<!ENTITY openHelpCmd.label                "Tópicos de ajuda">
+<!ENTITY openHelpCmd.accesskey            "T">
+<!ENTITY openHelpCmd.key                  "VK_F1">
+
+<!ENTITY helpForIEUsers.label               "Para usuários do Internet Explorer">
+<!ENTITY helpForIEUsers.accesskey           "I">
+
+<!ENTITY helpTroubleshootingInfo.label      "Dados para suporte">
+<!ENTITY helpTroubleshootingInfo.accesskey  "t">
+<!ENTITY releaseCmd.label                   "Notas de atualização">
+<!ENTITY releaseCmd.accesskey               "n">
+<!ENTITY helpSafeMode.label                 "Reiniciar com complementos desabilitados">
+<!ENTITY helpSafeMode.accesskey             "R">
+<!ENTITY updateCmd.label                    "Buscar por atualizações…">
+<!ENTITY updateCmd.accesskey                "B">
+<!ENTITY aboutCmd.label                     "Sobre o &brandShortName;">
+<!ENTITY aboutCmd.accesskey                 "S">
+<!ENTITY aboutCommPluginsCmd.label          "Sobre os plugins">
+<!ENTITY aboutCommPluginsCmd.accesskey      "l">
+
+<!ENTITY direct.label                             "Conectado (Proxy: nenhum)">
+<!ENTITY direct.accesskey                         "C">
+<!ENTITY manual.label                             "Conectado (Proxy: manual)">
+<!ENTITY manual.accesskey                         "m">
+<!ENTITY pac.label                                "Conectado (Proxy: URL automática)">
+<!ENTITY pac.accesskey                            "a">
+<!ENTITY wpad.label                               "Conectado (Proxy: detectar automaticamente)">
+<!ENTITY wpad.accesskey                           "d">
+<!ENTITY system.label                             "Conectado (Proxy: proxy do sistema)">
+<!ENTITY system.accesskey                         "s">
+
+<!ENTITY proxy.label                              "Configurações de proxy...">
+<!ENTITY proxy.accesskey                          "C">
+
+<!ENTITY bidiSwitchTextDirectionItem.label        "Alternar a direção do texto">
+<!ENTITY bidiSwitchTextDirectionItem.accesskey    "t">
+<!ENTITY bidiSwitchTextDirectionItem.commandkey   "X">
+
+<!ENTITY menubarCmd.label                         "Barra de menu">
+<!ENTITY menubarCmd.accesskey                     "e">
+
+<!ENTITY customizeToolbarContext.label            "Personalizar…">
+<!ENTITY customizeToolbarContext.accesskey        "P">
+
+<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.toolbarmode.label       "Configurações para esta barra de ferramentas">
+<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.toolbarmode.accesskey   "t">
+<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.iconsAndText.label      "Ícones e texto">
+<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.iconsAndText.accesskey  "e">
+<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.icons.label             "Ícones">
+<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.icons.accesskey         "o">
+<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.text.label              "Texto">
+<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.text.accesskey          "T">
+<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.useSmallIcons.label     "Usar ícones pequenos">
+<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.useSmallIcons.accesskey "U">
+<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.labelAlignEnd.label     "Exibir texto ao lado do ícone">
+<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.labelAlignEnd.accesskey "a">
+<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.useDefault.label        "Usar configurações padrão">
+<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.useDefault.accesskey    "p">
+
+<!-- Popup Blocked notification menu -->
+<!ENTITY allowPopups.accesskey        "p">
+<!ENTITY showPopupManager.label       "Gerenciar popups">
+<!ENTITY showPopupManager.accesskey   "G">
+<!ENTITY dontShowMessage.label        "Não exibir esta mensagem quando popups forem bloqueados">
+<!ENTITY dontShowMessage.accesskey    "N">
+
+<!ENTITY throbber.title 'Indicador de "Carregando"'>
+<!ENTITY throbber.tooltip2 "Ir para a página inicial do &brandShortName;">
+
+<!ENTITY syncToolbarButton.label "Sincronizar">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/utilityOverlay.properties b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/utilityOverlay.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c60726dbef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/utilityOverlay.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+# Online/offline tooltips
+onlineTooltip0=Você está conectado (proxy: nenhum). Clique no ícone para desconectar.
+onlineTooltip1=Você está conectado (proxy: manual). Clique no ícone para desconectar.
+onlineTooltip2=Você está conectado (proxy: URL automática). Clique no ícone para desconectar.
+onlineTooltip4=Você está conectado (proxy: automático). Clique no ícone para desconectar.
+onlineTooltip5=Você está conectado (proxy: proxy do sistema). Clique no ícone para desconectar.
+offlineTooltip=Você está offline. Clique no ícone para conectar.
+
+# Popup menus
+popupMenuShow=Exibir %S
+popupAllow=Permitir popups de %S
+
+# Check for Updates
+updatesItem_default=Checar por atualizações…
+updatesItem_defaultFallback=Checar por atualizações…
+updatesItem_defaultAccessKey=C
+updatesItem_downloading=Baixando %S…
+updatesItem_downloadingFallback=Baixando atualização…
+updatesItem_downloadingAccessKey=B
+updatesItem_resume=Continuar a baixar %S…
+updatesItem_resumeFallback=Continuando a baixar atualização…
+updatesItem_resumeAccessKey=o
+updatesItem_pending=Aplicar atualização agora…
+updatesItem_pendingFallback=Aplicar atualização agora…
+updatesItem_pendingAccessKey=A
+
+# safeModeRestart
+safeModeRestartPromptTitle=Reiniciar com os complementos desativados
+safeModeRestartPromptMessage=Tem certeza de que deseja desativar todos os complementos e reiniciar?
+safeModeRestartButton=Reiniciar
+safeModeRestartCheckbox=Reiniciar com os complementos desativados
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/viewApplyThemeOverlay.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/viewApplyThemeOverlay.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6197e480a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/viewApplyThemeOverlay.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY applyTheme.label            "Aplicar tema">
+<!ENTITY applyTheme.accesskey        "A">
+<!ENTITY getMoreThemesCmd.label      "Obter mais temas">
+<!ENTITY getMoreThemesCmd.accesskey  "O">
+<!ENTITY getBackgroundsCmd.label     "Obter planos de fundo">
+<!ENTITY getBackgroundsCmd.accesskey "d">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/viewApplyThemeOverlay.properties b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/viewApplyThemeOverlay.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3450d70a1f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/viewApplyThemeOverlay.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+switchskins=Mudanças de temas terão efeito quando reiniciar o %S.
+switchskinstitle=Aplicar tema
+switchskinsnow=Reiniciar agora
+switchskinslater=Reiniciar depois
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/viewZoomOverlay.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/viewZoomOverlay.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..02dcb46d7e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/viewZoomOverlay.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE: do not use digits "0"-"9" as accesskeys -->
+
+<!ENTITY zoomEnlargeCmd.label       "Aumentar">
+<!ENTITY zoomEnlargeCmd.accesskey   "A">
+<!ENTITY zoomEnlargeCmd.commandkey  "+">
+<!-- + is above this key on many keyboards -->
+<!ENTITY zoomEnlargeCmd.commandkey2 "="> 
+
+<!ENTITY zoomReduceCmd.label        "Diminuir">
+<!ENTITY zoomReduceCmd.accesskey    "D">
+<!ENTITY zoomReduceCmd.commandkey   "-">
+
+<!ENTITY zoomResetCmd.commandkey    "0">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/viewZoomOverlay.properties b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/viewZoomOverlay.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..66ca58b573
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/viewZoomOverlay.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+# zoom submenu
+#
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE: don't translate %zoom% in any property
+#                    don't use digits "0"-"9" for accesskeys
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (fullZoom,textZoom): are never available at the same time
+fullZoom.label=Zoom (%zoom% %)
+fullZoom.accesskey=Z
+textZoom.label=Ampliar texto (%zoom% %)
+textZoom.accesskey=Z
+
+# labels and accesskeys to emphasize the 100 % and 200 % entries
+zoom.100.label=100 % (Tamanho original)
+zoom.100.accesskey=z
+zoom.200.label=200 % (Dobro do tamanho)
+zoom.200.accesskey=D
+
+# labels and accesskeys to emphasize the minimum and maximum boundaries
+zoom.min.label=%zoom% % (Mínimo)
+zoom.min.accesskey=n
+zoom.max.label=%zoom% % (Máximo)
+zoom.max.accesskey=x
+
+# label pattern for remaining values, accesskeys are assigned dynamically
+zoom.value.label=%zoom% %
+
+zoom.other.label=Outro (%zoom% %)…
+zoom.other.accesskey=O
diff --git a/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/win/platformCommunicatorOverlay.dtd b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/win/platformCommunicatorOverlay.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9ec674cc64
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-BR/suite/chrome/common/win/platformCommunicatorOverlay.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+<!-- win -->
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE Do not translate "accel" or "shift",
+                         You may want to translate the Cmd.key and accesskey --> 
+
+
+<!ENTITY closeCmd.label                 "Fechar">  
+<!ENTITY closeCmd.key                   "W">  
+<!ENTITY closeCmd.accesskey             "F">
+
+<!ENTITY quitApplicationCmd.label       "Sair"> 
+<!ENTITY quitApplicationCmd.key         "Q"> 
+<!ENTITY quitApplicationCmd.accesskey   "S">
+
+<!ENTITY redoCmd.key                    "Y">  
+<!ENTITY findReplaceCmd.key             "H">
+<!ENTITY findTypeTextCmd.key            "/">
+<!ENTITY findTypeLinksCmd.key           "'">
+
+<!ENTITY accel.emacs_conflict           "accel">
+<!-- Help viewer -->
+
+<!ENTITY openHelpCmd.label              "Conteúdo da Ajuda">
+<!ENTITY openHelpCmd.accesskey          "A">
+<!ENTITY openHelpCmd.key                "VK_F1">
+<!ENTITY helpForIEUsers.label           "Para usuários do Internet Explorer">
+<!ENTITY helpForIEUsers.accesskey       "I">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE some localizations need to change the
+                       "Help" menu label on Windows -->
+<!ENTITY helpMenu.label                 "Ajuda"> 
+<!ENTITY helpMenu.accesskey             "u">
+<!-- Key labels, for mousewheel prefs -->
+
+<!ENTITY ctrlKey.label                  "Ctrl">
+<!ENTITY altKey.label                   "Alt">
+<!ENTITY shiftKey.label                 "Shift">
+
+<!ENTITY menubarCmd.label               "Barra de menu">
+<!ENTITY menubarCmd.accesskey           "e">